It Nba

B.
Tech in Information Technology
(January 2013 Format)
NBA February 2015
Self Assessment Report (SAR)
For Accreditation of
Undergraduate Engineering Programme
(TIER II)
B.Tech
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
PART A & PART B
Submitted by
DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING & MANAGEMENT
Y12, SectorSector-V, Salt Lake City Electronics Complex, Kolkata 700091
February, 2015
To
NATIONAL BOARD OF ACCREDITATION
4th Floor East Tower, NBCC Place Bhisham Pitamah Marg, Pragati Vihar
New Delhi 110003
India
P: 91(11)2436062091(11)24360620-22, 24360654
Fax: 91(11) 24360682
(January 2013 format)
Institute of Engineering & Management
Page 1 of 448
B.Tech in Information Technology
NBA February 2015
Table of Contents
Part A ................................................................................................................................................. 6
I. Institutional Information .............................................................................................................. 6
I.1. Name and address of the institution and affiliating university: ................................................................... 6
I.2. Name, designation, telephone number, and e-mail address of the contact person for the NBA: ................ 6
I.3. History of the institution (including the date of introduction and number of seats of various programmes
of study alongwith the NBA accreditation, if any) in tabular form: .................................................................. 6
I.4. Ownership status: Govt. (central/state) / trust / society (Govt./NGO/Private) / private/ other:................... 7
I.5. Mission and Vision of the Institution: ......................................................................................................... 7
I.6. Organizational Structure: ............................................................................................................................. 8
I.7. Financial status: Govt. (central/state) / grants-in-aid / not-for-profit / private self-financing / other:......... 9
I.8. Nature of the trust/society: ........................................................................................................................... 9
I.9. External sources of funds:............................................................................................................................ 9
I.10. Internally acquired funds: ......................................................................................................................... 9
I.11 Scholarships or any other financial assistance provided to students? Yes ............................................... 10
I.12 Basis/criterion for admission to the institution: ........................................................................................ 10
I.13 Total number of engineering students: ..................................................................................................... 10
I.14 Total number of employees ...................................................................................................................... 11
II. Departmental Information ........................................................................................................ 13
II.1.
Name and address of the department: ................................................................................................... 13
II.2. Name, designation, telephone number, and e-mail address of the contact person for the NBA: ............ 13
II.3. History of the department including date of introduction and number of seats of various programmes of
study along with the NBA accreditation, if any: .............................................................................................. 13
II.4. Mission and Vision of the department ...................................................................................................... 13
II.5. List of the programmes/ departments which share human resources and/or the facilities of this
department/programme (in %): ........................................................................................................................ 14
II.6.
Total number of students: ...................................................................................................................... 14
II.7. Minimum and maximum number of staff on roll during the current and three previous academic years
(1st July to 30th June) in the department: ........................................................................................................ 14
II.8. Summary of budget for the CFY and the actual expenditure incurred in the CFYm1, CFYm2 and
CFYm3 (for the department): ........................................................................................................................... 14
III. Programme Specific Information ........................................................................................... 15
III.1.
Name of the Programme .................................................................................................................... 15
III.2.
Title of the Degree ............................................................................................................................. 15
III.3.
Name, designation, telephone number, and e-mail address of the..................................................... 15
Programme Coordinator for the NBA: ............................................................................................................. 15

III.4.
History of the programme along with the NBA accreditation, if any:............................................... 15
III.5.
Deficiencies, weaknesses/concerns from previous accreditations: .................................................... 15
III.6.
Total number of students in the programme: ..................................................................................... 15
III.7.
Minimum and maximum number of staff for the current and the three previous academic years (1st
July to 30th June) in the programme: ............................................................................................................... 16
III.8.
Summary of budget for the CFY and the actual expenditure incurred in CFYm1, CFYm2 and
CFYm3 (for this programme in the department exclusively): ......................................................................... 16
Part B ................................................................................................................................................ 17
Page 2 of 448

1.
NBA February 2015
Vision, Mission and Programme Educational Objectives (75) ........................................... 17

1.1. Vision and Mission (5) .............................................................................................................................. 17
1.1.1. State the Mission and Vision of the institute and department (1) .......................................................... 17
1.1.2. Indicate how and where the Mission and Vision are published and disseminated (2)........................... 17
1.1.3. Mention the process for defining the Mission and Vision of the department (2) .................................. 18
2.
Programme Outcomes (150)................................................................................................... 50

2.1. Definition and Validation of Course Outcomes and Programme Outcomes (25)..................................... 50
2.1.2.
State how and where the POs are published and disseminated (3) ................................................ 64
2.1.3.
Indicate the processes employed for defining of the POs (5) ........................................................ 64
2.1.4.
Indicate how defined POs aligned to Graduate Attributes prescribed by the NBA (10) ............... 65
2.1.5.
Establish the correlation between the POs and the PEOs (5)......................................................... 66
2.2.
Attainment of Programme Outcomes (40) ............................................................................................ 67
2.2.1.
Illustrate how course outcomes contribute to the POs (10) ........................................................... 67
2.2.2.
Explain how modes of delivery of courses help in the attainment of the Pos (10) ........................ 78
2.2.3. Indicate the extent to which the laboratory and project course work are contributing towards the
attainment of the POs (20) ........................................................................................................................... 79
2.3
Evaluation of the attainment of Programme Outcomes (75) ................................................................. 86
2.3.1.
Describe assessment tools and processes used for assessing the attainment of each PO (50) ....... 86
2.3.2.
Indicate results of evaluation of each PO (25) ............................................................................... 97
2.4. Indicate how the results of evaluation of achievement of the POs have been used for redefining the
POs (10).......................................................................................................................................................... 119
3.
Programme Curriculum (125) ............................................................................................. 120

3.1. Curriculum (15) ....................................................................................................................................... 120
3.1.2. Give the Prerequisite flow chart of courses (5) .................................................................................... 125
3.2. State the components of the curriculum and their relevance to the POs and the PEOs (15) .................. 129
3.3 State core engineering subjects and their relevance to Programme Outcomes including design experience
(30) ................................................................................................................................................................. 132
3.5. Illustrate the measures and processes used to identify the curricular gaps to the attainment of the
COs/POs (15) ................................................................................................................................................. 137
3.6. Indicate the content beyond syllabus imparted for the attainment of the COs/POs(35) ......................... 139
4. Students Performance (100) .................................................................................................... 142

4.1. Success Rate (30) .................................................................................................................................... 142
4.2. Academic Performance (20).................................................................................................................... 143
4.3.
Placement and Higher Studies (30) ..................................................................................................... 144
4.4.
Professional Activities (20) ................................................................................................................. 145
4.4.1.
Professional societies/chapters and organising engineering events (4) ....................................... 145
4.4.2.
Organization of paper contests, design contests, etc., and achievements (4) ............................... 147
4.4.3. Publication of technical magazines, newsletters, etc. (4) ................................................................. 147

4.4.4. Entrepreneurship initiatives, product designs and innovations (4) .................................................. 148
4.4.5. Publications and awards in inter-institute events by students of the programme of study (4) ......... 149
5. Faculty Contributions (175) ..................................................................................................... 152
5.1. StudentTeacher Ratio (STR) (20) ........................................................................................................... 169
5.2. Faculty Cadre Ratio (20) ......................................................................................................................... 170
5.3. Faculty Qualifications (30) ..................................................................................................................... 170
5.4 Faculty competencies in correlation to Programme Specific Criteria (15) .............................................. 171
5.5. Faculty as participants/resource persons in faculty development/training activities(15) ...................... 174
5.6.
Faculty Retention (15) ......................................................................................................................... 175
Page 3 of 448
NBA February 2015
5.7. Faculty Research Publications (FRP) (20) ............................................................................................. 176

5.8. Faculty Intellectual Property Rights (FIPR) (10) .................................................................................... 178
5.9.
Funded R&D Projects and Consultancy (FRDC) Work (20) .............................................................. 179
5.10 Faculty interaction with outside world (10) ........................................................................................... 180

6. Facilities and Technical Support (125) .................................................................................... 181
6.1. Classrooms in the department (10).......................................................................................................... 182
6.1.1. Adequate number of rooms for lectures (core/electives), seminars, tutorials, etc., for the program
(10) ............................................................................................................................................................. 182
6.1.2 Teaching aids---multimedia projectors, etc (15) ............................................................................... 183
6.1.3 Acoustics, classroom size, conditions of chairs/benches, air circulation, lighting, exits, ambience,
and such other amenities/facilities (5) ........................................................................................................ 183
6.2 Faculty Rooms in the Department (3) ...................................................................................................... 183
6.2.1 Availability of individual faculty rooms (1) ..................................................................................... 183
6.2.2 Room equipped with white/black board, computer, Internet, and such other amenities/facilities (10)
.................................................................................................................................................................... 184
6.2.3 Usage of room for counseling/discussion with students (5) ............................................................. 184
6.3. Laboratories in the department to meet the Curriculum Requirements and the POs (60) ...................... 185
6.3.1. Adequate, well-equipped laboratories to meet the curriculum requirements and the POs (20)....... 185
6.3.2 Availability of computing facilities in the department (15) .............................................................. 187
6.3.3 Availability of laboratories with technical support within and beyond working hours (15) ............ 188
6.3.4 Equipment to run experiments and their maintenance, number of students per experimental setup,
size of the laboratories, overall ambience, etc (10) .................................................................................... 188
6.4.
Technical Manpower Support in the Department (15) .................................................................... 188
6.4.1 Availability of adequate and qualified technical supporting staff for programme-specific laboratories
(10) ............................................................................................................................................................. 190
6.4.2 Incentives, skill-upgrade, and professional advancement (5) ........................................................... 190
7. Academic Support Units and Teaching-Learning Process (75) ............................................ 191
7.1. Academic Support Units (35).................................................................................................................. 198
7.1.1. Assessment of First Year Student Teacher Ratio (FYSTR) (10) ..................................................... 198
7.1.2. Assessment of Faculty Qualification Teaching First Year Common Courses (15) ......................... 199
7.2. Teaching Learning Process(40) ........................................................................................................... 199
7.2.1. Tutorial classes to address student questions: size of tutorial classes, hours per subject given in
timetable (5) ............................................................................................................................................... 199
7.2.2. Mentoring system to help at individual levels (5) ............................................................................ 201
7.2.3. Feedback analysis and reward / corrective measures taken, if any (5) ............................................ 205
7.2.4. Scope for self-learning (5)................................................................................................................ 206
7.2.5. Generation of self-learning facilities, and availability of materials for learning beyond syllabus (5)
.................................................................................................................................................................... 206
7.2.6. Career Guidance, Training, Placement, and Entrepreneurship Cell (5) ........................................... 207
7.2.7. Co-curricular and Extra-curricular Activities (5) ............................................................................. 210
7.2.8. Games and Sports, facilities, and qualified sports instructors (5) .................................................... 213
8.
Governance, Institutional support and Financial Resources (75) .................................... 213

8.1.
Campus Infrastructure and Facility (10) .............................................................................................. 213
8.1.1.
Maintenance of academic infrastructure and facilities (4) ........................................................... 213
8.1.2.
Hostel (boys and girls), transportation facility, and canteen (2) .................................................. 214
8.1.3.
Electricity, power backup, telecom facility, drinking water, and security (4) ............................. 215
8.2.
Organisation, Governance, and Transparency (10) ............................................................................. 216
8.2.1.
Governing body, administrative setup, and functions of various bodies (2)................................ 216
Page 4 of 448

8.2.2.
NBA February 2015
Defined rules, procedures, recruitment, and promotional policies, etc. (2) ................................. 219
8.2.3. Decentralisation in working, including delegation of financial power and grievance redressal system
(3) ............................................................................................................................................................... 221
8.2.4. Transparency and availability of correct/unambiguous information (3).......................................... 236
8.3. Budget Allocation, Utilization, and Public Accounting (10) .................................................................. 237
8.3.1. Adequacy of budget allocation (4) ................................................................................................... 237
8.3.2. Utilisation of allocated funds (5) ...................................................................................................... 238
8.3.3. Availability of the audited statements on the institutes website (1) ............................................... 238
8.4. Programme Specific Budget Allocation, Utilisation (10) ....................................................................... 238
8.4.1. Adequacy of budget allocation (5) ................................................................................................... 239
8.4.2. Utilisation of allocated funds (5) ...................................................................................................... 239
8.5. Library (20) ............................................................................................................................................ 240
8.5.1. Library space and ambience, timings and usage, availability of a qualified librarian and other staff,
library automation, online access, networking, etc. (5) ............................................................................. 240
8.5.2. Titles and volumes per title (4) ........................................................................................................ 240
8.5.3. Scholarly journal subscription (3) .................................................................................................... 241
8.5.4. Digital Library (3) ............................................................................................................................ 241
8.5.5. Library expenditure on books, magazines/journals, and miscellaneous content (5) ........................ 241
8.6. Internet (5) .............................................................................................................................................. 242
8.7.
Safety Norms and Checks (5) .............................................................................................................. 242
8.7.1.
Checks for wiring and electrical installations for leakage and earthing (1) ................................. 242
8.7.2. Fire-fighting measurements: Effective safety arrangements with emergency / multiple exits and
ventilation/exhausts in auditoriums and large classrooms/laboratories, fire-fighting equipment and
training, availability of water, and other such facilities. (1) ...................................................................... 242
8.7.3.
Safety of civil structure (1)........................................................................................................... 243
8.7.4.
Handling of hazardous chemicals and other such activities (2) ................................................... 243
8.8. Counseling and Emergency Medical Care and Firstaid (5) .................................................................... 243
9. Continuous Improvement (100) ............................................................................................... 244
9.1 Improvement in Success Index of Students (5)........................................................................................ 244
9.2 Improvement in Academic Performance Index of Students (5)............................................................... 244
9.3 Improvement in Student-Teacher Ratio (10) ........................................................................................... 245
9.4 Enhancement of Faculty Qualification Index (10) ................................................................................... 245
9.5 Improvement in Faculty Research Publications, R&D Work and Consultancy Work (20) .................... 245
9.6 Continuing Education (10) ....................................................................................................................... 246
9.7 New Facility Created (20) ........................................................................................................................ 249
9.8 Overall Improvement since last accreditation, if any, otherwise, since the commencement of the
programme (20) .............................................................................................................................................. 251
Declaration ..................................................................................................................................... 254
APPENDIX I .................................................................................................................................. 255
APPENDIX II ................................................................................................................................ 294
APPENDIX III............................................................................................................................... 319
APPENDIX IV ............................................................................................................................... 326
APPENDIX V ................................................................................................................................ 335
Page 5 of 448
NBA February 2015
Self Assessment Report (SAR)

Part A
I. Institutional Information
I.1. Name and address of the institution and affiliating university:
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING & MANAGEMENT,

Y12 SALTLAKE ELECTRONICS COMPLEX
SECTOR V, SALTLAKE KOLKATA 700091
WEST BENGAL UNIVERSITY OF TECHNOLOGY

BF 142, SECTOR 1, SALT LAKE CITY, KOLKATA
WEST BENGAL KOLKATA 700064
I.2. Name, designation, telephone number, and e-mail address of the contact person for the NBA:
Name:
PROF. SATYAJIT CHAKRABARTI
Designation:
DIRECTOR
Telephone No.:
033-2357-2969
FAX No.:
033-2357-8302
E-mail:
director@iemcal.com
I.3. History of the institution (including the date of introduction and number of seats of various
programmes of study alongwith the NBA accreditation, if any) in tabular form:
Year
1997
Description
Started with the courses :
B.Tech (Computer Engineering)-intake-40
B.Tech (Electronics & Telecommunication Engineering) intake-60
1999
Introduction of new course:

B.Tech Information & Multimedia Technology intake 40
Revised intake of B.Tech Computer Engineering to 60
2001
Revised intake of B.Tech Computer Science & Engineering to 90
2004
Revised intake of B.Tech Information & Multimedia Technology to 60

NBA-AICTE Accreditation visits and accreditation granted, B.Tech (ECE)
2005
NBA-AICTE Accreditation visits and accreditation granted, B.Tech (CSE)
Page 6 of 448
NBA February 2015
2006
NBA-AICTE Accreditation visits and accreditation granted, B.Tech (IT)

Introduction of new course : M.Tech (ECE) intake - 18
2008
Introduction of new courses:

M.Tech (CSE) intake 18
Revised intake of B.Tech ECE to 90, Revised intake of B.Tech IT to 90
2009
NBA-AICTE Accreditation visits and accreditation granted, B.Tech (CSE)
2011
Introduction of new courses:
2012
M.Tech (IT) intake 18

NBA-AICTE Accreditation visits and accreditation granted, B.Tech (ECE)
NBA-AICTE Accreditation visits and accreditation granted, B.Tech (IT)
Revised intake of B.Tech ECE to 120
Revised intake of B.Tech IT to 120
Revised intake of B.Tech CSE to 120
Approval for Technical Campus
2013
Revised intake of B.Tech ECE to 180

New Stream started for B.Tech (EE) intake 60
New Stream started for B.Tech (ME) intake 60
2014
Revised intake of B.Tech CSE to 180

Revised intake of B.Tech EE to 120
2015
New Stream started for B.Tech (EEE) intake 60
I.4. Ownership status: Govt. (central/state) / trust / society (Govt./NGO/Private) / private/ other:
TRUST
Institute of Engineering and Management Trust
I.5. Mission and Vision of the Institution:

VISION
To be globally recognized as a leader in engineering education, research and enhance the
application of knowledge to benefit the society.
MISSION
To provide the highest quality engineering graduates, cutting-edge researchers and
innovative technologists by offering a congenial learning atmosphere to students with a
target of
to Engineering
create good &
citizens
Institute
Management
Page 7 of 448
NBA February 2015
I.6. Organizational Structure:

ORGANIZATIONAL CHART
Page 8 of 448
NBA February 2015
I.7. Financial status: Govt. (central/state) / grants-in-aid / not-for-profit / private

self-financing / other:
Private self-financing
Name of the
external
source
EXTERNAL
CFY
CFYm1
CFYm2
CFYm3 CFYm4
2014-15
2013-14
2012-13
2011-12 2010-11
59.30
Rs in Lakhs
34.42
Rs in Lakhs
35.52
Rs in Lakhs
NIL
0.78
Rs in Lakhs
I.8. Nature of the trust/society:

A non-profitable charitable trust.
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING & MANAGEMENT TRUST
Also list other institutions/colleges run by the trust/society
Name of the Institution
University of Engineering &
Management, Jaipur
University of Engineering &
Management, Kolkata
Year of Establishment
2011
2015
Location
Jaipur, Rajasthan, INDIA
Kolkata, West Bengal, INDIA
I.9. External sources of funds:

Name of the
external
source
EXTERNAL
CFY
CFYm1
CFYm2
CFYm3
CFYm4
2014-15
Rs in Lakhs
2013-14
Rs in Lakhs
2012-13
Rs in Lakhs
2011-12
Rs in Lakhs
2010-11
Rs in Lakhs
59.30
34.42
35.52
NIL
0.78
CFYm2
CFYm3
CFYm4
I.10. Internally acquired funds:

Name of the
internal
source
CFY
CFYm1
Page 9 of 448
NBA February 2015
2014-15
Rs in Lakhs
2013-14
Rs in Lakhs
2012-13
Rs in Lakhs
2011-12
Rs in Lakhs
2010-11
Rs in Lakhs
Student Fees
2119.21
2926.41
2771.97
2481.91
2058.44
Internal Source
430.92
Rs in Lakhs
422.96
Rs in Lakhs
362.35
Rs in Lakhs
357.86
Rs in Lakhs
291.55
Rs in Lakhs
Others
162.46
Rs in Lakhs
326.96
Rs in Lakhs
192.63
Rs in Lakhs
105.59
Rs in Lakhs
111.44
Rs in Lakhs
I.11 Scholarships or any other financial assistance provided to students? Yes

Details
CFY
CFYm1
CFYm2
CFYm3
CFYm4
2014-15
Rs in Lakhs
2013-14
Rs in Lakhs
2012-13
Rs in Lakhs
2011-12
Rs in Lakhs
2010-11
Rs in Lakhs
Category
Free & free Free & free Free & free Free & free Free & free
Scholarship
Assistance
113
112
179
102
81
Amount
42.46
67.21
90.30
53.50
34.36
I.12 Basis/criterion for admission to the institution:

All India entrance / state- level entrance / university entrance / 12th standard mark sheet /
others:
All India entrance JEE Mains
State- level entrance WBJEE
I.13 Total number of engineering students:

Details
Total No. of boys
Total No. of Girls
Total No. of Students
2014-2015
596
123
719

448
2013-2014
477
94
571
2012-13
324
79
403
2011-12
225
82
307
2010-11
236
72
308
Page 10 of
NBA February 2015
I.14 Total number of employees

Minimum and maximum number of staff on roll in the engineering institution, during the CAY
and the previous CAYs (1st July to 30th June):
A. Regular Staff
Items
Teaching
Staff in
Engg
CAY
2014-15
Min Max
CAYm1
2013-14
Min
Max
CAYm2
2012-13
Min
Max
CAYm3
2011-12
Min
Max
CAYm4
2010-11
Min
Max
90
100
97
100
117
120
88
97
37
44
48
50
48
50
49
50
28
30
16
19
Teaching
staff in
M
science &
Humanities
25
25
22
25
27
30
15
21
10
16
15
15
13
15
80
82
77
80
39
40
34
44
38
40
20
22
19
20
12
15
10
12
13
15
Non
teaching
staff
B. Contract Staff
Items
Teaching Staff
in Engg
CAY
CAYm1
CAYm2
CAYm3
CAYm4
2014-2015 2013-14
2012-13
2011-12
2010-11
Min MAx Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max
M
1 _

448
Page 11 of
Teaching staff
in science &
Humanities
Non teaching
staff
NBA February 2015
M _
M _

448
Page 12 of
NBA February 2015
II. Departmental Information

II.1.
Name and address of the department:

DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING & MANAGEMENT,
Y-12, SECTOR V, SALT LAKE ELECTRONICS COMPLEX,
KOLKATA 700091.
II.2. Name, designation, telephone number, and e-mail address of the contact person
for the NBA:
Name:
Designation:
Telephone No.:
Mobile No.:
E-mail:
Dr. Mohuya Chakraborty

Professor and Departmental Head (IT)
033-2357-2969 Ext.: 22
+91-98746-28587
mohuyacb@yahoo.com
II.3. History of the department including date of introduction and number of seats of
various programmes of study along with the NBA accreditation, if any:
Level Programme Initial
In
Intake
In
Earlier
of Study
started Year increased Year Accreditation
with
to
Status
Number
of seats
UG
PG
B.Tech (IT)
M.Tech (IT)
40
18
1999
2011
60
90
120
-
2001
2008
2012
-
Accreditation Year of
Status A/NA obtaining
Accreditation
ACCREDITATED A
2006
ACCREDITATED A
-
2012
-
II.4. Mission and Vision of the department

VISION
To produce Creators of Innovative Technological Solutions who shall contribute

towards the advancement of engineering, science and technology to benefit the nation.
MISSION
To impart quality and value based education beyond the state of the art of Information
Technology with relevant theoretical basis
To contribute in design and development process in industries
To provide all possible support to promote research & development of international quality
To promote awareness of entrepreneurship among the students
To encourage the students to imbibe the concept of corporate social responsibility
Page 13 of 448
NBA February 2015
II.5. List of the programmes/ departments which share human resources and/or the
facilities of this department/programme (in %):
Department
Level
Programme
IT
PG
M.Tech (IT)
Sharing of
Human
Resources (%)
90%
ECE
1st Year UG
B.Tech (ECE)
8%
ECE
PG
M.Tech (ECE)
10%
st
EE
1 Year UG
B.Tech (EE)
8%
ME
1st Year UG
B.Tech (ME)
8%
II.6. Total number of students:

2014-2015
2013-2014
2012-2013
2011-2012
Total no. of Boys
368 + 19 =
387
324 + 19 =
343
292 + 23 =
315
271 + 11 =
282
Total no. of Girls
111 + 10 =
121
118 + 13=
131
119 +11=130 104 + 6 =

110
Total no. of Students
479 + 29
=508
442 + 32 =
474
411 + 34=
445
374 + 17 =
392
II.7. Minimum and maximum number of staff on roll during the current and
three previous academic years (1st July to 30th June) in the department:
2014-2015
Items
2013-2014
Min.
Max.
Min.
Teaching staff in
the department
27
35
Non-teaching
staff
Total
14
41
2012-2013
2011-2012
Max.
Min.
Max.
Min.
Max.
24
27
19
24
19
19
16
12
14
10
12
10
10
51
36
41
29
36
29
29
II.8. Summary of budget for the CFY and the actual expenditure incurred in the
CFYm1, CFYm2 and CFYm3 (for the department):
Items
Budgeted
in CFY
20142015
Budgeted
in
CFYm1
20132014
Actual
Expenses
in CFY
m1 20142015
Budgeted
in
CFYm2
20132014
Actual
Expenses
in CFY
m2 20142015
Budgeted
in
CFYm3
20132014
Actual
Expenses
in CFY
m3 20142015
120.00
5.00
5.00
Actual
Expenses
(till..) in
CFY
20142015
115.48
4.99
3.12
Laboratory
Software
Laboratory
consumable
Maintenance
and spares
45.00
5.00
5.00
42.18
3.52
3.98
45.00
5.00
3.00
40.18
4.65
2.71
44.00
5.00
3.00
41.18
3.65
2.40
40.00
31.80
37.00
35.85
26.00
24.25
32.00
22.25
Training and
Travel
15.00
11.68
15.00
14.43
3.00
2.48
7.00
2.11
Miscellaneous 15.00
12.52
15.00
13.61
12.00
11.89
12.00
10.65
Page 14 of 448
NBA February 2015
expenses for
academic
activities
15.00
215.00
R&D
Total
11.21
190.8
15.00
137
12.62
126.19
12.00
106
11.29
97.45
14.00
117
III. Programme Specific Information

III.1.
Name of the Programme

Under Graduate Programme in INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT)
of the programme, as it appears on the graduates certificate and transcript, and
abbreviation used for the programme.)
III.2.
Title of the Degree

B.TECH in INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT)
(List name of the degree title, as it appears on the graduates certificate and
transcript, and abbreviation used for the degree.)
III.3.
Name, designation, telephone number, and e-mail address of the

Programme Coordinator for the NBA:
Name:
Designation:
Telephone No.:
Mobile No.:
E-mail:
III.4.

Professor and Departmental Head (IT)
033-2357-2969 Ext.: 22
+91-98746-28587
mohuyacb@yahoo.com
History of the programme along with the NBA accreditation, if any:

Programme
Description
Started with 40 seats in 1999
Intake increased to 60 in 2001
Accredited by NBA in 2006
Accredited by NBA in 2012
Under Graduate Programme

in INFORMATION
TECHNOLOGY (IT)
III.5.
Deficiencies, weaknesses/concerns from previous accreditations:

Need improvement in Research & Publications
Need improvement in Consultancy Work
Need penetration of ICT in teaching-learning process
III.6.
Total number of students in the programme:

Year
2014-15
2013-14
Session
2012-13
2011-12
Page 15 of 448
11.31
93.55
III.7.
III.8.
1st
128
121
129
93
2nd
125
128
98
95
3rd
128
98
95
89
4th
98
95
89
97
Total
479
442
411
374
Maximum No
of Teaching
staff
35
27
24
Minimum No of
Teaching staff
27
24
19
Maximum No
of NonTeaching staff
16
14
12
Minimum No of
Non- Teaching
staff
14
12
10
Summary of budget for the CFY and the actual expenditure incurred in
CFYm1, CFYm2 and CFYm3 (for this programme in the department
exclusively):
Budgeted
in CFY
Actual
expenses in
CFY(till
31/12/14)
Budgeted
inCFYm1
Actual
Expenses
inCFYm1
Budgeted
inCFYm2
Actual
Expenses
inCFYm2
Budgeted
inCFYm3
Actual
Expenses
inCFYm3
Items
Laboratory
equipments
Software
R&D
Laboratory
Consumables
Maintenance
and spares
Training and
Travel
Miscellaneous
expense for
academic
activities
TOTAL
NBA February 2015
Minimum and maximum number of staff for the current and the three
previous academic years (1st July to 30th June) in the programme:
Academic
Year
2014-15
2013-14
2012-13
120.00
115.48
45.00
42.18
45.00
40.18
44.00
41.18
5.00
15.00
5.00
4.99
11.21
3.12
5.00
15.00
5.00
3.52
12.62
3.98
5.00
12.00
3.00
4.65
11.29
2.71
5.00
14.00
3.00
3.65
11.31
2.40
40.00
31.80
37.00
35.85
26.00
24.25
32.00
22.25
15.00
11.68
15.00
14.43
3.00
2.48
7.00
2.11
15.00
12.52
15.00
13.61
12.00
11.89
12.00
10.65
215.00
190.80
137.00
126.19
106.00
97.45
117.0
0
93.55
Page 16 of 448
NBA February 2015
Part B
1.
Vision, Mission and Programme Educational Objectives (75)
1.1. Vision and Mission (5)

1.1.1. State the Mission and Vision of the institute and department (1)
VISION OF THE INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING & MANAGEMENT (IEM)
To be globally recognized as a leader in engineering education, research and enhance

the application of knowledge to benefit the society
MISSION OF THE INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING & MANAGEMENT (IEM)

To provide the highest quality engineering graduates, cutting-edge researchers and
innovative technologists by offering a congenial learning atmosphere to students with a
target to create good citizens
VISION OF THE IT DEPARTMENT
To produce Innovators of Sustainable Technological Solutions who shall contribute

towards the advancement of next generation engineering, science and technology to benefit
the nation
MISSION OF THE IT DEPARTMENT
To impart state of the art value based engineering education with relevant
theoretical basis
To contribute in design and development process in industries
To provide all possible support to promote research & development of

international quality
To promote awareness of entrepreneurship among the students
To encourage the students to imbibe the concept of corporate social responsibility
1.1.2. Indicate how and where the Mission and Vision are published and
disseminated (2)
The Mission and Vision are published at
Department website http://iem.edu.in/informationTechnology.php

College website http://iem.edu.in/index.php
Curriculum books
Notice boards
Page 17 of 448
NBA February 2015
Apart from this, Mission and Vision is disseminated to all the stakeholders of the
programs through faculty meetings, student awareness workshops, student induction
programs, and parent meetings.
1.1.3. Mention the process for defining the Mission and Vision of the
department (2)
The department established the vision and mission through a consultative process
involving the stakeholders of the department, the future scope of the department and the
societal requirements as shown in Figure 1.1. In establishing the vision and mission of
the department, the following steps were followed:
Step 1: Vision and Mission of the institute are taken as foundation.
Step 2: Opinions of stakeholders of the Department such as industry, management,
parents, faculty and professional bodies are taken and considered.
Step 3: The accepted opinions are analyzed and reviewed to check the consistency with
the vision and mission of the institute.
Figure 1.1: Process for defining Vision and Mission of the IT Department
1.2. Programme Educational Objectives(15)

1.2.1. Describe the Programme Educational Objectives (PEOs) (2)
Program Educational Objectives (PEOs) of the UG in IT are established through a
consultation process as described in Sec.1.2.4 and these address the following broad
aspects.
Knowledge of Mathematics, Basic Science & Engineering
Design skills in core areas of Information Technology
Professional values
Consciousness of learning environment
Program Educational Objectives of the UG Information Technology are:

PEO Number
PEO1
PEO Description
To
provide
students
with good breadth of
knowledge in
mathematical, scientific, computing and basic engineering
fundamentals necessary to formulate, analyze and solve
hardware/software engineering problems and/or also to pursue
advanced study or research.
Page 18 of 448
NBA February 2015
PEO2
To educate students with proficiency in core areas of Information

Technology and related engineering so as to comprehend engineering
trade-offs, analyze, design, and synthesize data and technical
concepts to create novel products and solutions for the real life
problems.
PEO3
To instill in students a sense of high professionalism, to work as part

of teams on multidisciplinary projects and diverse professional
environments, needed for a successful professional career and relate
engineering issues to the society, global economy and to emerging
technologies
To provide our students with a learning environment consciousness
of the life-long learning process, to develop effective oral and written
communication skills and to introduce them to written ethical codes
and guidelines, show leadership and entrepreneurship and exhibit
good citizenship.
PEO4
1.2.2. State how and where the PEOs are published and disseminated (2)
The PEOs are published at
Department website http://iem.edu.in/informationTechnology.php

College website http://iem.edu.in/index.php
Curricula books
Notice boards
Additionally, the dissemination of PEOs to all the stakeholders of the program is done
through student awareness programs, student induction programs and faculty meetings.
1.2.3. List the stakeholders of the programme (1)

Our program has identified the following as Stakeholders:
Students, Alumni, Industry, Faculty, Employer and Parents.
Students
Most important role in the program.
Students feedback is considered to introduce innovative engineering
pedagogical methodologies for the benefit of the students at large
Students input will help in program to introduce the elective courses to meet
current trends.
Faculty
Involve a vital role in working of the program.
Faculty involves in various committees to check the consistency of the program.
Faculty provides inputs for designing the program, PEOs/POs establishment
course objectives and assessment.
Alumni
Focus group because they are a measure of the long-term success of our
program.
Alumni feedback helps in curriculum design to meet recent trends in
engineering.
Recollect their existence during their program study and advise the department
with necessary inputs in point of student career.
Gives suggestions which overcome the gap between program and industry.
Employer
Represents the major end users of our graduates.
Page 19 of 448
NBA February 2015
Gives higher focus to the program on future data to create awareness with
current industry
Gives inputs which overcome the gap between program and industry.
Parents
Expects their wards in good professional career and higher education.
1.2.4. State the process for establishing the PEOs (5)

The Program Educational Objectives are established through a consultation process
involving the core constituents such as: Students, Alumni, Industry, Faculty and
Employer. The PEOs are established through the following process steps:
Step 1: Vision and Mission of the Department are taken as a foundation to interact with
various stake holders and graduate attributes defined by NBA are also kept in view.
Step 2: Program Coordinator consults the key constituents and collects their views and
submits the views to Program Assessment Committee.
Step 3: Program Assessment Committee summarizes the collected views and expresses
its opinion on the views and forwards the same to Department Advisory Board.
Step 4: Department Advisory Board deliberates on the views expressed by the Program
Assessment Committee and formulates the accepted views based on which PEOs are to
be established.
Figure 1.2 illustrates the process for establishing PEOs.
Figure 1.2: Process for establishing PEOs of the IT Department
1.2.5. Establish consistency of PEOs with Mission of the institute (5)

Table 1.1 indicates the consistency of PEOs with the Mission of the department.
Page 20 of 448
NBA February 2015
Table 1.1: PEOs consistency with Mission of the Department

Main points
from Mission of
the Department
To impart state of
the art value based
engineering
education
with
relevant theoretical
basis.
To contribute in
design
and
development
process
in
industries.
To provide all
possible support to
promote research
& development of
international
quality.
To
promote
awareness
of
entrepreneurship
among
the
students.
To encourage the
students to imbibe
the concept of
corporate
social
responsibility.
Quality
education
Professional
career
Research
Higher education
Entrepreneurship
Socially
responsible
PEO1
PEO2
PEO3
PEO4
To
educate
students
with
proficiency
in
core areas of
Information
Technology and
related
engineering so as
to
comprehend
engineering tradeoffs,
analyze,
design,
and
synthesize
data
and
technical
concepts to create
novel
products
and solutions for
the
real
life
problems.
To instill in
students a sense
of
high
professionalism,
to work as part
of teams on
multidisciplinary
projects
and
diverse
professional
environments,
needed for a
successful
professional
career and relate
engineering
issues to the
society, global
economy and to
emerging
technologies
To provide our
students
with a
learning
environment consci
ousness of the lifelong
learning
process, to develop
effective oral and
written
communication
skills
and
to
introduce them to
written ethical codes
and guidelines, show
leadership
and
entrepreneurship and
exhibit
good
citizenship.
To
provide
students
with good breadth
of knowledge in
mathematical,
scientific,
computing
and
basic engineering
fundamentals
necessary
to
formulate, analyze
and
solve
hardware/software
engineering
problems and/or
also to pursue
advanced study or
research.
PEO1 of the UG program aims at offering high quality fundamental knowledge such that the
students prosper in their professional career or pursue higher education or research to further
enhance their knowledge.
PEO2 of the UG program aims at providing thorough knowledge of the core areas of IT by
providing the sound fundamental knowledge of the same so that students develop an attitude
towards analyzing, designing and synthesizing real life projects.
PEO3 of the UG program strongly addresses the mission component of positive contribution to
the society. The graduates of the program are expected to work in a team on multidisciplinary
areas and diverse professional environments to provide computing solutions which are
economically feasible to real world problems to carter the needs of society.
PEO4 of the UG program aims at creating an environment for providing awareness for lifelong learning process and entrepreneurship. The graduates are expected to have good moral
values so as to exhibit good citizenship and positive contribution to the society.
Page 21 of 448
NBA February 2015
1.3 Achievement of Programme Educational Objectives (20)

1.3.1 Justify the academic factors involved in achievement of the PEOs (5)
The curriculum is one of the main tools to prepare students in achieving PEOs. Therefore, the
relevance of the courses in the program specific curriculum to PEO needs be quantified in order
to establish their level of support to PEO. The description of IT Program broad curricular
components relevant to PEOs is shown in Table 1.2 and Figure 1.3. The curriculum mapping
with PEOs of the program is shown in Table 1.3.
Table 1.2: Course Component distribution of credits and PEOs of the
Department
Course Component
PEOs
Curriculum Content
(% of total number of credits of
the program )
Mathematics and Basic
PEO1 & PEO2
(36/211)*100 = 17%
Sciences
Basic Engineering courses
PEO1, PEO2 & PEO3
(42/211)*100 = 20%
Humanities
PEO3 & PEO4
(15/211)*100 = 8%
Professional core
PEO1, PEO2, PEO3 &
(83/211)*100 = 40%
PEO4
Electives
PEO1, PEO2, PEO3 &
(32/211)*100 = 15%
PEO4
100%
90%
88%
80%
66.66%
70%
60%
50%
PEOs
40%
25.33%
30%
20%
20%
10%
0%
PEO1
PEO2
PEO3
PEO4
Figure 1.3: Contribution of courses with PEOs of the Department
Observation: In program curriculum, about 88% of the courses address PEO1,

66.66% of courses address PEO2, 25.33% of courses address PEO3 and 20% of
the courses address PEO4. However, to attain PEO3 and PEO4, the department
provides the necessary educational eco system through guest lectures,
industry visits, workshops, seminars and professional associations.
Page 22 of 448
NBA February 2015
2
3
5
6
7
8
9
Mathematics and Basic Sciences
10
M(C
S)40
1
M(C
S)49
1
M40
1
11
12
1
Basic
Engineering
Courses
ES10
1
ES19
1
PEO3
PEO4
To
provide
students
with good brea
dth of
knowledge in
mathematical,
scientific,
computing and
basic
engineering
fundamentals
necessary
to
formulate,
analyze
and
solve
hardware/softw
are engineering
problems
and/or also to
pursue
advanced study
or research.
To
educate
students with
proficiency in
core areas of
Information
Technology
and
related
engineering so
as
to
comprehend
engineering
trade-offs,
analyze,
design,
and
synthesize
data
and
technical
concepts
to
create novel
products and
solutions for
the real life
problems.
To instill in
students
a
sense of high
professionalis
m, to work as
part of teams
on
multidisciplin
ary projects
and
diverse
professional
environments,
needed for a
successful
professional
career
and
relate
engineering
issues to the
society, global
economy and
to emerging
technologies.
To provide our
students with a
learning
environment c
onsciousness
of the life-long
learning
process,
to
develop
effective oral
and
written
communication
skills and to
introduce them
to
written
ethical codes
and guidelines,
show
leadership and
entrepreneurshi
p and exhibit
good
citizenship.
Semester
PH1
01
PH1
91
M10
1
CH2
01
CH2
91
M20
1
PH3
01
PH3
91
CH3
01
PEO2
Credit
PEO1
Course
Code
Course Component
Sl. No.
Table 1.3: Curriculum mapping with PEOs of the Department
Physics1
Physics1
Lab
Mathemati
cs-1
Chemistry1
Chemistry1 Lab
Mathemati
cs-2
Physics-2
Physics-2
Lab
Basic
Environme
ntal
Engineerin
g&
Elementar
y Biology
Numerical
Methods
Numerical
Methods
Lab
Mathemati
cs-3
Basic
Electrical
&
Electronic
Engineerin
g1
Basic
Electrical
Page 23 of 448
ME1
01
ME1
92
ME2
92
4
5
CS2
01
CS2
91
ES20
1
ES29
1
10
ME2
01
11
CS3
01
12
CS3
91
13
CS4
01
14
CS4
91
HU1
01
2
3
HSS (Humanity &

Social Sciences)
HU1
81
XC1
81
&
Electronic
Engineerin
g -1 Lab
Engg.
Mechanics
Workshop
Practice
Basic
Engg
Drawing &
Computer
Graphics
Basic
Computati
on &
Principles
of
Computer
Programmi
ng
Basic
Computati
on &
Principles
of
Computer
Programmi
ng Lab
Basic
Electrical
&
Electronic
Engineerin
g-II
Basic
Electrical
&
Electronic
Engineerin
g- II
Engineerin
g
Thermody
namics &
Fluid
Mechanics
Analog &
Digital
Electronics
Analog &
Digital
Electronics
Lab
Communic
ation Engg
& Coding
Theory
Communic
ation Engg
& Coding
Theory
Lab
English
Language
&
Technical
Communic
ation
Language
Laboratory
Extra
Curricular
Activities(
NSS/NCC/
NSO
etc)
NBA February 2015
Page 24 of 448

4
HU3
01
HU4
81
HU5
01
HU6
01
HU7
81
NBA February 2015
CS3
02
Data
Structure
&
Algorithm
CS3
92
Data
Structure
&
Algorithm
Lab
CS3
03
CS3
03
CS4
02
Computer
Organisati
on
Computer
Organisati
on Lab
Formal
Language
&
Automata
Theory
CS4
92
Software
Tools
Object Lab
IT40
1
Object
Oriented
Programmi
ng & UML
Oriented
Programmi
ng & UML
Lab
Design &
Analysis
of
Algorithm
Professional Core
Values &
Ethics in
Profession
Technical
Report
Writing &
Language
Lab
Practice
Economics
for
Engineers
Principles
of
Manageme
nt
Group
Discussion
IT49
1
IT50
1
10
IT50
2
Computer
Architectu
re
11
IT50
3
IT59
1
Operating
System
Algorithm
Lab
13
IT59
2
Computer
Architectu
re Lab
14
IT59
3
15
IT.6
01
Operating
System
Lab
Data Base
Manageme
12
Page 25 of 448
NBA February 2015
nt System
16
IT60
2
Computer
Networkin
g
17
IT60
3
IT69
1
Software
Engg
Data Base
Manageme
nt System
Lab
19
IT69
2
Computer
Networkin
g Lab
20
IT69
3
21
IT70
1
Software
Engineerin
g Lab
Internet
Technolog
y
22
IT70
2
IT79
1
Multimedi
a
Internet
Technolog
y Lab
IT79
2
IT79
4
IT79
5
IT89
1
Multimedi
a Lab
Industrial
Training
Project-1
Design
Lab /
Industrial
problem
related
practical
training
Project-2
Grand
Viva
Free
Elective
(5th Sem)
Circuit
Theory &
Network
18
23
24
25
26
27
28
IT89
2
IT89
3
29
1
IT50
4
Electives
IT50
4A
IT50
4B
Data
Communic
ation
IT50
4C
Digital
Signal
Processing
IT50
4D
Operation
Research
IT50
4E
Microproc
essors &
Microcontr
ollers
IT50
4F
Programmi
ng
Practices
using C++
Free
Elective
IT59
4
Page 26 of 448
IT59
4A
Data
Communic
ation Lab
IT59
4C
Digital
Signal
Processing
Lab
IT59
4D
Operation
Research
Lab
IT59
4E
Microproc
essors &
Microcontr
ollers Lab
IT59
4F
Programmi
ng
Practices
using C++
Lab
Free
Elective
(6th Sem)
Discrete
Mathemati
cs
Human
Resource
Manageme
nt
IT60
5A
IT60
5B
IT60
5C
Compiler
Design
IT60
5D
Artificial
Intelligenc
e
Profession
al Elective
Informatio
n Theory
& Coding
IT60
4
IT60
4A
NBA February 2015
Lab (5th
Sem)
Circuit
Theory &
Network
Lab
IT59
4B
IT60
5
IT60
4B
Computer
Graphics
IT60
4C
Pattern
Recognitio
n
IT60
4D
IT70
3
IT70
3A
ERP
IT70
3B
IT70
3C
IT70
4
IT70
4A
Soft
Computing
Image
Processing
Elective II
(7th Sem)
Distributed
Operating
System
Elective I
(7th Sem)
ECommerce
Page 27 of 448
IT70
4B
Cloud
Computing
IT70
4C
Data
Warehousi
ng & Data
Mining
IT70
4D
Sensor
Networks
IT70
4E
IT70
5
Mobile
Computing
Elective
III
(7th
Sem)
Bio
Informatic
s
IT70
5A
IT70
5B
Control
System
IT70
5C
Modeling
&
Simulation
IT70
5D
Microelect
ronics &
VLSI
Design
IT70
5E
Advanced
Data
Communic
ation
&
Coding
Elective
Lab (7th
Sem)
ECommerce
Lab
IT79
3
IT79
3A
IT79
3B
Soft
Computing
Lab
IT79
3C
Image
Processing
Lab
Elective I
(8th Sem)
Organisati
onal
Behaviour
HU8
01
HU8
01A
HU8
01B
10
IT80
1
IT80
1A
IT80
1B
IT80
1C
IT80
1D
11
IT80
2
Project
Manageme
nt
Elective II
(8th Sem)
Advanced
Computer
Architectu
re
Parallel
Computing
Natural
Language
Processing
Cryptogra
phy
&
Network
Security
Elective
III
(8th
NBA February 2015
Page 28 of 448
IT80
2A
IT80
2B
IT80
2C
IT80
2D
IT80
2E
IT80
2F
NBA February 2015
Sem)
Technolog
y
Manageme
nt
Cyber Law
& Security
Policy
Optical
Networkin
g
Low
Power
Circuits &
Systems
Business
Analytics
Robotics
Total number of courses for each PEO

Percentage of contribution of courses for each PEO
66
88%
50
66.66%
19
25.33%
15
20%
1.3.2. Explain how the administrative system helps in ensuring the achievement
of the PEOs (5)
The following administrative setup is put in place to ensure the attainment of PEOs and
POs
Program Coordinator
Module Coordinator
Class Representatives
Program Assessment Committee
Department Advisory Board
Program Coordinator
Sl. No.
1
Name
Mr. Indraneel Mukhopadhyay
Designation
Assistant Professor - IT
Responsibility
Program Coordinator
Roles & Responsibilities

Interacts and maintains liaison with key stake holders, students, faculty, Department
Head and employer.
Monitors and reviews the activities of each year in program independently with course
coordinators
Schedules program work plan in accordance with specifications of program objectives
and outcomes
Oversees daily operations and coordinates activities of program with interrelated
activities of other programs, departments or staff to ensure optimum efficiency and
compliance with appropriate policies, procedures and specifications given by HOD.
Conducts and interprets various surveys required to assess POs and PEOs
Module Coordinator
Sl. No.
1
2
Designation
Responsibility
Module Coordinator 1st year IT
Name
Ms. Ashima Sarkar,
Dr. Paromita
Mukherjee
Ms. Kajari Sur
Ms. Lopa Mandal
Ms. Debalina Ghosh
Module Coordinator 2nd year IT

(Sec A)
Module Coordinator 2nd year
IT(Sec B)
Module Coordinator 3rd year
IT(Sec A)
Page 29 of 448
Mr. Avijit Bose
13
Mr. Rabi Narayan

Behera
Mr. Satyasaran
Changdar
Arkaprava Ghosh
14
Moutushi Santra
15
Sanjona Majumdar
2nd Yr B.Tech Dept. of
IT
3rd Yr B.Tech Dept. of
IT
4th Yr B.Tech Dept. of
IT
NBA February 2015

IT(Sec B)
Module Coordinator 4th year
IT(Sec A)
IT(Sec B)
Class Representative

Coordinates and supervise the faculty teaching the particular course in the module
Responsible for assessment of the course objectives and outcomes
Recommend and facilitate workshops, faculty development programs, meetings or
conferences to meet the course outcomes
Analyzes results of particular course and recommends the Program coordinator and/or
Head of the Department to take appropriate action
Liaise with students, faculty, program coordinator and Head of the Department to
determine priorities and policies
Class Representatives
Sl. No.
1
Name
Arkaprava Ghosh
2
3
Suddhasheel Guha
Majumdar
Moutushi Santra
Tajinder Singh
Inder Chopra
Sanjona Majumdar
Designation
B.Tech 2nd Yr /Sec A
Dept. of IT
B.Tech 2nd Yr /Sec B
Dept. of IT
B.Tech 3rd Yr /Sec A
Dept. of IT
B.Tech 3rd Yr /Sec B
Dept. of IT
B.Tech 4th Yr /Sec A
Dept. of IT
B.Tech 4th Yr /Sec B
Dept. of IT
Responsibility
Helps in conducing various surveys required to assess POs and PEOs

Liaise with students and module coordinators to discuss about course outcomes
Program Assessment Committee

Sl. No.
1
Designation
Assistant HOD IT
Name
Mr. Indraneel
Mukhopadhyay
Ms. Ashima Sarkar,
Dr. Paromita
Mukherjee
Ms. Kajari Sur
Ms. Lopa Mandal
Ms. Debalina Ghosh
Mr. Avijit Bose
Mr. Rabi Narayan
2
3
Responsibility
Program Coordinator
(Sec A)
IT(Sec B)
IT(Sec A)
IT(Sec B)
Page 30 of 448

Behera
Mr. Satyasaran
Changdar
NBA February 2015
IT(Sec A)
IT(Sec B)
Program Assessment Committee consists of Program Coordinator, Module Coordinator

and faculty representatives
Chaired by Program Coordinator, the committee monitors the attainment of POs and
PEOs.
Evaluates program effectiveness and proposes necessary changes
Prepares periodic reports records on program activities, progress, status or other special
reports for management key stake holders.
Motivates the faculty and students towards attending workshops, developing projects,
working models, paper publications and research
Interacts with students, faculty, Program Coordinators, Module Coordinator and
outside/community agencies (through their representation)in facilitating program
educational objectives
PAC meets at least once in 6 months to review the program and submits report to
Department Advisory Board.
Department Advisory Board (DAB)

Sl. No.
1
2
3
4
5
Name
Prof. Dr. Amlan
Kusum Nayak
Prof. Dr. Mohuya
Chakraborty
Mr. Indraneel
Mukhopadhyay
Designation
Principal
Responsibility
Chairman
HOD Dept. of IT
Co-Chairperson
Assistant HOD Dept.

of IT
Program Coordinator
Ms. Ashima Sarkar,

Dr. Paromita
Mukherjee
Ms. Kajari Sur
Ms. Lopa Mandal
Ms. Debalina Ghosh
Mr. Avijit Bose
10
Mr. Rabi Narayan

Behera
Mr. Satyasaran
Changdar
Ms. Moutushi
Biswas Singh
Ms. Maumita
Chakraborty
11
12
13


(Sec A)
IT(Sec B)
IT(Sec A)
IT(Sec B)
IT(Sec A)
IT(Sec B)
Member
Member

DAB consists of the principal, head of the department, program coordinators, and the
representatives of key stake holders
DAB chaired by head of the department, receives the report of the Program Assessment
Committee and monitors the progress of the program
DAB discusses on current and future issues related to programs
Develops and recommends new or revised program goals and objectives
PAC meets at least once in a year to review the programs
Page 31 of 448
NBA February 2015
1.3.3 Indicate the additional co-curricular activities undertaken towards the

attainment of the PEOs (10)
The co-curricular activities that are undertaken towards attainment of the PEOs are briefly
described below. Table 1.4 shows the co-curricular mapping with PEOs of the department.
Table 1.4 Co-Curricular mapping with PEOs of the Department
Sl. No.
1
Co-Curricular
Activities
Techno
Management
Fest
Cultural Fest
MUN
[Model
United Nations]
International
Conferences
Workshops
Seminars
Interactive
Sessions
&
Group
Discussions
Industry Visit,
Pre-Placement
Training
and
Soft
Skill
Training
Innovation and
Entrepreneurship
Development
Cell (IEDC)
Sports & Games
National Social
Service
Awareness
Campaign
Rabindra-Nazrul
Jayanti
5
6
7
10
11
12
PEO1
PEO2
PEO3
PEO4
Table 1.4 shows that attainment of almost 95% of PEO3 and PEO4 and additional 5% of
PEO1 and PEO2 of the department are fulfilled by providing the necessary co-curricular
activities as described below.
1. Techno Management Fest
Annual Techno Management Fest (viz., Innovacin 2015, Innovacin 2014, IEM Utsav
'11, Festronix '10, Festronix '09 and Dzyan '08) is organized every year which is an arena
to exhibit the creativity and talent of students in varied dimensions of technology and
management. It is a technological carnival where we conduct copious events based on the
diverse field of education including the domains of very fast growing Robotics and
Automation, Information Science and many more. Participants from all over the world take
active participation in various events.
a)
INNOVACION 2014 & INNOVACION 2015
Page 32 of 448
i)
NBA February 2015
Robotics Events
Hell in a Cell: Robo-wars, manual robotics event.
Tracker: Line-following robot, autonomous robotics event.
Robofooties: Soccer-playing robots, manual robotics event.
X-Race: Race in an arena, manual robotics event.
Coding events
Bug Smash: Error detection and coding in C.
Almost There: Online treasure hunt on technology.
Algorithmist: Coding and algorithms using any programming language.
Electronics Events
Electrocuted: Analog and Digital Circuit Designing.
ii)
iii)
iv)
Gaming Events
Several PC gaming events, which included:
FIFA
NFS Most Wanted
Counter Strike
v)
Other events
Innovare: Innovative model display.
Aperture: Online photography contest.
Mathemagic: Mathematical problem solving.
https://enba.nbaind.org/SARTemplates/SARUGTireIITemplatePrint.as...
167 of 192 5/6/2014 12:18 PM
Quiz Crusade: General quiz.
Floor Planning of INNOVACION 2015
b)
IEMUtsav 2011, 2012, 2013
It is a technological fest of Institute of Engineering and Management (IEM), held in 2011,

2012, 2013 were an interesting concoction of various technical, creative and brainstorming
events as follows:
Ecopallete: Poster-making
Innovare: Model making
Aperture: Photography
Docudrama : Making of short films
Scrapchamp: Innovation challenge
Page 33 of 448
c)
NBA February 2015
Q-Mania: Current affairs

Robofooties: Robots playing soccer
X-race, Counter-Strike, NFS and FIFA 09: Gaming
FESTRONIX 2009, 2010
IEM organizes a technological event, called FESTRONIX which has been conceived as a
medium to convert theoretical knowledge of students into the practical application.
FESTRONIX encompasses a wide range of events comprising virtually every field of
engineering. The last FESTRONIX, held during 16-17 Jan14 comprised of the following
events as follows:
MathMagic: Mathematical problem solving
Crysis: Engineering challenge
Electrocuted: Circuit design Encoded: Coding competition over internet, an
international event
D-Bug: Program debugging challenge
Code-IT: Coding event
MicroManiac: Microprocessor programming
Tracker: Basic robotics event
Robocup: Soccer playing competition of robots
Mine-Sweeper: Advanced robotics event on sensing metallic mines
Qforia: Quiz
WallStreet: International quiz competition over internet
Innova: Implementing challenging ideas
With these events on offer, Festronix 11 registered a total footfall of 1100+ over two days
2. Cultural Fest
Cultural Fest forms a part of our co-curricular activity where various competitions are held.
Some of them are as follows:
Step Up: Dance

Quizzard: Quiz
Out of the Box: Creative Writing
Rock N Rolla: Music
Crossroads: Debate
Millimeter: Photography
Guest artists are invited to perform on the stage. This year (2015) singer Rupan Islam & his
team of the bangle Band Fossils performed on stage at CK-CL ground, Salt Lake. Singer
Anupam Roy & his team performed at the IEMs cultural fest for the year 2014. In the year
2011, it was held at Nazrul Mancha from 8th Sep 2011 9th Sep 2011. The best three in each
event are given awards.
3.
MUN [Model United Nations]
IEM Gymkhana presents their first ever MUN (student conference) on the 23rd and 24th
of January, 2015 at the IEM Gurukul Campus in association with AIESEC Kolkata. The
conference MUN is a life changing journey that helps students to develop confidence in
leading others, a stronger awareness of global issues, and the chance to make new friends
from around the nation with our varied participation. Some of the topics of discussion in
MUN are Possibility of formation of Nuclear Weapon Free World and Terror in South
Asia.
4. International Conferences
We hold International Conferences on various topics twice in a year which provide an
opportunity for researchers, educators, and students to discuss and exchange ideas on issues,
trends, and developments in Information Technology, Computer Science Engineering,
Page 34 of 448
NBA February 2015
Electronics, Management, Basic Science and allied fields. Some of the conferences are as
follows:
2nd International Conference on Opto-Electronics and Applied Optics

(IEMOPTRONIX 2015), the occasion of The International Year of Light, IYL
2015 to be held on 16th-17th October, 2015 at University Of British Columbia,
2329 West Mall, Vancouver, BC Canada V6T1Z4.
International Conference on Opto-Electronics and Applied Optics
(IEMOPTRONIX 2014), that took place during 17th December - 18th
December 2014. The conference covered areas like Quantum Optics and
Information Processing, Applications of Solar Energy.
International Science & Technology Congress (IEMCONGRESS 2014) held at
Science City, Kolkata comprised of three conferences as follows:
o SCICON (International Science Conference)
o IEMCON (5th International Conference on Electronics Engineering &
Computer Science)
o BIZCON (International Conference on Business & Management)
International Conference on Technical and Managerial Innovation in

Computing and Communications in Industry and Academia (IEMCON 2013)
held at Science City, Kolkata.
International Conference on Innovation in Computing and Communications &
Innovative Ideas in National Skill Development (IEMCON 2012) held at
Science City, Kolkata.
International Conference on Scientific Paradigm Shift in Information
Technology & Management (IEMCON 2011) held at Science City, Kolkata.
5. Workshops
Regular workshops are held where experts from industry and academia and invited to
impart knowledge in the areas of latest technical and technological developments which are
outside the curriculum to the students and faculty members. Some of the workshops that are
held are as follows:
Physics
Mathematics
English
Python
Photography
Photoshop
Hacking
Android
Network Security
Linux Administration
DOT-NET
6. Seminars
Seminars are held regularly on recent trends in technological innovation to enhance
knowledge of the students. Guest lectures are arranged from industry, academia and
research organizations to deliver lectures on the topics like:
Intellectual Property Rights and Knowledge Economy

Research Methodologies
Security in Communication Systems
Technology Invasion in Todays Social Lifestyle
E-Governance Opportunities and Threats for Next Generation
Cloud Computing
Toy Technology
Patent Search and Filing
Page 35 of 448
NBA February 2015
Astronomical Dating of Ancient Events and Mahabharata
7. Interactive Sessions and Group Discussions

Teaching methodologies that are adopted here are
Problem Based Learning (PBL)

Interactive Session
Group Discussion
Quiz
Extempore
These sessions help the students to grasp the subject knowledge at a greater depth and
enable students to develop novel innovative models and products and encourage them to
become good entrepreneurs of the future.
8. Industry Visit, Pre-Placement Training and Soft Skill Training
In order to prepare students for placement and campus interviews, pre-placement talks are
organized from different companies. Students get a forum to interact with the company
representatives to have knowledge about the latest developments in the respective
companies. Later on the department takes initiative to arrange regular pre placement
training classes for all the students (second year onwards) in the areas of
Data Structure
Database Management System
Networking
Software Engineering
Object Oriented Programming (JAVA, C++)
Soft Skill and Personality Development Training
Summer and winter internships are arranged for the students in various industries and
organizations for carrying out industry related project works.
9. Innovation and Entrepreneurship Development Cell (IEDC)
An Innovation and Entrepreneurship Development Cell (IEDC) has been set up in the
college from the student project fund worth Rs 45.3 Lakhs sanctioned by the Department of
Science & Technology, Government of West Bengal. The project areas where the students
are working are as follows:
Low cost home security system with remote access
Portable support aid for visually impaired
Bluetooth aided switchless home
Portable foul detecting device
Wireless print (any printer, wireless printer)
Advanced railway gate control
Low cost and portable smart room service security
Emergency response robot
It is desired that more and more students and faculty members get involved in the innovation
and technology transfer through IPR. IEM E-Cell has been working very effectively over the
past several years and has become winner of National Entrepreneurship Network (NEN) EWeek consecutively for several years viz., 2009, 2010, 2013, 2014 and runners up in 2008 and
2012. Some of the activities organized by IEM E_Cell are briefly described below.
Speech On Role Of Social Media For Startups In India

Student Activities: Canteen - Sale Of Food To Generate Revenue
Slogan Competition
Workshop: Innovative Ways To Recycle E-Wastes
Poster Showcase
Page 36 of 448
NBA February 2015
Corporate Social Responsibility
IEM hit the roads of Kolkata to do our project on Three Different fields
1) Anti-Smoking
2) Traffic/Transport System
3) Wastage & Economic In equilibrium
Screening Films On Entrepreneurship

Going Global
Launch Of An Innovative Model Named "Stalker"
Launch Of A Model On Efficient Power Transfer
Model Display: Automatic Rooftop System
Model Display: Spybot
Model Display: Sms-Controlled Alarm System
Launch Of Spy Cam Model
Debate On "Is Formal Diploma Or Degree Required To Be A Successful
Entrepreneur"
Group Discussion On "Financial Viability Of Social Entrepreneurship
Workshop On Business Plan
Panel Discussion: Stock Overflow
etc.
10. Sports & Games
Students participate in various sports and game competitions (both intra-college and intercollege) like cricket, football.
11. Rabindra-Nazrul Jayanti
IEM is a place where scholars, along with their teaching and research work, are very passionate
about music and literature. There is a time of the year, during May-June, which witnesses the
birth anniversaries of two legendary and prolific poets, Rabindranath Tagore and Kazi Nazrul
Islam, who through their creations shaped the thinking and life of an entire state, which
includes the present Bangladesh. We at IEM commemorate this time of the year by a combined
cultural program to pay tributes to these two great luminaries. The artistic and intellectual
ability of faculty members are brought to the fore in this annual event through singing,
recitation and discussions.
12. National Social Service Awareness Campaign
We organize National Social Service Awareness campaign on environment each year. Our
students have been going out in the streets with anti-pollution festoons.
1.4 Assessment of the achievement of the Programme Educational Objectives (25)

1.4.1 Indicate the tools and processes used in assessment of the achievement of
the PEOs (15)
Describe the assessment process that periodically documents and demonstrates the degree to which
the Programme Educational Objectives have been attained. Also include information on:
a) Listing and description of the assessment processes used to gather data upon which the evaluation of
each Programme Educational Objective is based. Examples of data collection processes may include,
but are not limited to, employer surveys, graduate surveys, focus groups, industrial advisory committee
meetings, or other processes that are relevant and appropriate to the programme;
b) The frequency with which these assessment processes are carried out.
PEOs (Program Educational Objectives) relate to the career and professional accomplishments
of students after they graduate from the program. Consequently, assessment and evaluation of
the objectives requires assessment tools that can be applied after graduation. The PEOs
assessment process and methods are tabulated in Table 1.5.
Page 37 of 448
NBA February 2015
However, keeping the significance of contribution of the curriculum and the assessment
opportunities such as placement data and higher education entrance performance, these
assessments are taken as supplementary evidence.
.
In order to assess the attainment of PEOs, each PEO is further subdivided as follows:
PEO1: To provide students with good breadth of knowledge in mathematical, scientific,
computing and basic engineering fundamentals necessary to formulate, analyze and solve
hardware/software engineering problems and/or also to pursue advanced study or research.
PEO1.1 Progress in professional career
PEO1.2 Higher education & research
PEO2: To educate students with proficiency in core areas of Information Technology and
related engineering so as to comprehend engineering trade-offs, analyze, design, and synthesize
data and technical concepts to create novel products and solutions for the real life problems.
PEO2.1 Proficiency in core areas of Information technology to deal with social
problems
PEO2.2 Analyze, design and develop novel products and solutions for real life
problems
PEO3: To instill in students a sense of high professionalism, to work as part of teams on
multidisciplinary projects and diverse professional environments, needed for a successful
professional career and relate engineering issues to the society, global economy and to
emerging technologies.
PEO3.1 Professional conduct and interpersonal skills
PEO3.2 Adapting to emerging trends in technology by considering global economy and
societal issues
PEO4: To provide our students with a learning environment consciousness of the life-long
learning process, to develop effective oral and written communication skills and to introduce
them to written ethical codes and guidelines, show leadership and entrepreneurship and exhibit
good citizenship.
PEO4.1 Life-long learning skills
PEO4.2 Leadership, entrepreneurship and good citizenship
Table 1.5: Assessment of PEOs of the program
PEO
Assessment
Tool
PEO1 PEO1.1 Placement
record
Employer
survey
Alumni
survey
Assessment Criteria
Data
Faculty
Goal
Collection Responsible
Number of students
placed in campus
interview (during
graduation)
Number of students
placed after graduation
Once in
year
Program
Assessment
Committee
7080%
Once in
year
1520%
How satisfied are you

with the performance of
our graduates
How comfortable were
you in the training/initial
months in your first
employment
What is your progress in
the employment
After 3,4,
5 years of
graduation
Program
Assessment
Committee
Department
Advisory
Committee
After 3,4,
5 years of
graduation
Program
Assessment
Committee
7080%
After 3,4,
5 years of
graduation
Program
Assessment
Committee
7080%
5060%
Page 38 of 448
PEO1.2 Performance How many students
Once in
year
NBA February 2015

Program
Assessment
Committee
Program
Assessment
Committee
Program
Assessment
Committee
Program
Assessment
Committee
7080%
After 3
years of
graduation
After 3
years of
graduation
Department
Advisory
Committee
Program
Assessment
Committee
3040%
After 3
years of
graduation
Program
Assessment
Committee
5060%
After 3
years of
graduation
Program
Assessment
Committee
5060%
in the
program
Entrance
test
passed with
distinction/First class
GATE/GRE/TOEFL/CAT Once in
Alumni
survey
Have you pursued any

higher education
Once in
year
What is your masters

degree that you had
pursued? ( M.S / M.Tech /
MBA / Any other )
Do our graduates have
inclination to identify
problems in society
To meet the current job
requirements, please
specify the
tools/technologies you
used other than what you
have learnt during the
program
What is the nature of
projects you handled after
your graduation (either in
employment or
individually)
What is the size of your
team in profession when
working in teams
How do you rate our
graduates written and
oral communication
abilities
Once in
year
After 3
years of
graduation
Department
Advisory
Committee
3040%
How comfortable are you in

understanding
new
emerging
technologies
based on societal issues in
your company
How do you rate our
graduates
learning
capability
After 3
years of
graduation
Program
Assessment
Committee
5060%
After 3
years of
graduation
After 3
years of
graduation
Department
Advisory
Committee
Program
Assessment
Committee
7080%
How many events / projects After 3

have
you
organized/ years of
undertaken after graduation? graduation
Program
Assessment
Committee
2030%
PEO2 PEO2.1 Employer
survey
Alumni
survey
PEO2.2 Alumni
survey
PEO3 PEO3.1 Alumni
survey
Employer
survey
PEO3.2 Alumni
Survey
PEO4 PEO4.1 Employer

survey
Alumni
Survey
PEO4.2 Alumni
Survey
year
Have you taken any

Diploma courses
minimum 6 months
duration since graduation
5060%
5060%
5060%
5060%
5060%
1.4.2. Provide the evidence of the achievement of the PEOs (10)

a) The expected level of attainment for each of the programme educational objectives;
b) Summaries of the results of the evaluation processes and an analysis illustrating the extent to
which each of the Programme Educational Objectives is being attained; and
c) How the results are documented and maintained.
The Program assessment Committee and Program Coordinator measure the level to which our program
has met each of the PEOs independently as explained. The collected evidences are depicted below.
PEO 1.1. Progress in professional career
Target : 70-80%
Page 39 of 448
NBA February 2015
Supplementary Evidences from the above tools
Placement -> Number of Students placed in campus interview
120%
100%
80%
Total
60%
On-Campus
Off-Campus
40%
20%
0%
2013-14
2012-13
2011-12
Figure 1.4: Graduates placement information for last three years

From the figure 1.4 the placement data (both during campus interviews and after graduation)
indicates that on an average around 77% of graduates are placed one year before and after
the graduation.
Confirmed Evidences for PEO 1.1
Alumni Survey -> How comfortable were you in the training/initial months in your first
employment?
25
50%
No. of Responses
20
22%
15
10
17%
4.5%
6.5%
0
Very Satisfied
Satisfied
Good
Average
No Answer
Figure 1.5: Graduates satisfaction in Training

From Figure 1 .5, it is observed that most of our alumni of (3 years) (89%) expressed their
satisfaction level during their training period of their first employment which indicates their
understanding of the fundamentals required for profession.
Page 40 of 448
NBA February 2015
Alumni Survey -> What is your progress in the employment?
45
40
35
30
25
Initial Position
20
Current position
15
10
5
0
Trainees/Technical
Assistants
Consultants
Softw are/Systems
Engineer
Assistant Professor
Figure 1.6: Graduates employment progress

Data is received from 50% of our alumni of (3 years). From these responses, from Figure 1.6 it
is identified that nearly 45% of them were Trainees as their initial position in profession and
about 15% of them were directly designated as Consultants in their first employment itself.
After two years in profession, majority of them are progressed in their profession as Software
Engineer and about 3% became Assistant Professors in Engineering College.
PEO1.2 Higher education & research
Target : 20-30%
Supplementary Evidences from the above tools
Performance in the program-> Results
96%
94%
92%
90%
88%
86%
84%
82%
80%
2014 pass out
2013 pass out
2012 pass out
Figure 1.7: Graduate results for last three years

From the Figure 1.7 graduate results (percentage of students passed) of the past three years
is 90% on an average which indicates the performance level is at Very Good.
Page 41 of 448
NBA February 2015
Performance in the program ->How many students passed DGPA > 8 and How many
graduates showed interest in higher education
100%
Percentage of Students
90%
80%
70%
60%
2014 pass out
50%
2013 pass out
40%
2012 pass out
30%
20%
10%
0%
Passed with
DGPA>8
Appeared for
Qualified for
entrance exams entrance exams
Pursued higher
education
Figure 1.8: Graduates performance and higher education interest

From Figure 1.8, it is observed that nearly 55-65% of our graduates passed with Distinction
and among these 55% of them showed interest towards pursuing higher studies. In order to
get the eligibility for higher studies either locally or abroad, our students appeared for entrance
tests like GATE, GRE, etc & nearly most of our graduates could achieve qualified, out of
which 15% of them succeeded in higher education
Alumni Survey-> What is your masters degree that you had pursued? ( M.S / M.Tech /
MBA / Any other )
4%
4%
15%
MS
MTECH
MBA
Figure 1.9: Graduates in higher education

From Figure 1.9, about 23% of our graduates were successful in pursuing their Higher
education.
Page 42 of 448
NBA February 2015
PEO2.1 Proficiency in core areas of Information technology to deal with social problems
Target : 40-50%
Alumni Survey -> To meet the current job requirements, please specify the
tools/technologies you used other than what you have learnt during the program
Figure 1.10: Graduates expertise in profession

From Figure 1.10, it is observed that our graduates are adopting to new technologies to
develop technically sound computing solution for their problems. used their skill set in new
ways in realizing and handling societal problems with feasible solutions.
PEO2.2 Analyze, design and develop novel products and solutions for real life problems
Target : 50-60%
Alumni Survey -> What is the nature of projects you handled after your graduation
(either in employment or individually)
Figure 1.11: Graduates projects handling in profession

Figure 1.11 indicates, 60% of graduates are in Application Development to obtain engineering solutions
that are globally acceptable. About 18-20% of our graduates were handling projects in Testing,
Information Security and E-Governance projects.
Page 43 of 448
PEO3.1 Professional conduct and interpersonal skills
NBA February 2015

Target : 50-60%
Alumni Survey -> What is the size of your team in profession when working in teams
Figure 1.12: Graduates participation in teams

From Figure 1. 12, it is observed all of our graduates are working in large teams. This created
an evidence of Interpersonal skills of graduates in their profession.
PEO3.2 Adapting to emerging trends in technology by considering global economy and

societal issue
Target : 50-60%
Alumni Survey -> How comfortable are you in understanding new emerging
technologies based on societal issues in your company?
60%
50%
40%
Quite Comfortable
30%
Comfortable
Difficult
20%
10%
0%
2014 pass out
2013 pass out
2012 pass out
Figure 1.13: Graduates learning capability of new emerging trends

Figure 1.13 evidences about 40% of our graduates could learn new emerging trends in their
organizations based on societal issues that include Oracle, Testing, SAP, Web Development,
IOS and Android Development cloud computing, Hadoop etc. This is an indication of our
graduates learning capability.
Page 44 of 448
PEO4.1 Life-long learning skills
NBA February 2015

Target : 50-60%
Alumni Survey -> Have you taken any diploma courses (minimum 6 months duration)
since graduation? If yes, specify below
Figure 1.14: Graduates pursuing diploma courses

Figure 1.14 evidences about 13% of our graduates could obtain diploma courses with a
minimum of 6 months duration that include Oracle, Testing, SAP, Web Development, IOS and
Android Development courses This is an indication that our graduates participate in lifelong
learning.
PEO4.2 Leadership, entrepreneurship and good citizenship
Target : 20-30%
Alumni Survey -> How many events / projects have you organized/ taken initiation after
graduation? Do you have the inclination to do start-up projects?
2.5
No. of Students
1.5
0.5
0
2014-2015
2012-2013
2011-2012
Figure 1.15: Graduates taking initiative to do start-up projects

Figure 1.15 evidences about 13% of our graduates could initiate their own start-ups. This is an
indication of our graduates inclination towards leadership and entrepreneurship
Page 45 of 448
NBA February 2015
PEOs Attainment Rubric:

PEO
PEO1 Supplementary
Evidence
(30%)
Level of PEOs Attainment

Satisfactory
Moderate (3)
(5)
Placement
80-90% of
50-70% of
record
students placed students placed
(15%)
in campus
in campus and
10-20% placed
out
Performance
in the
program
(7%)
60-75% with
CGPA 8 and
above
Entrance test 50% students

(3%)
qualified in
competitive
exams
Higher
education
(5%)
Confirmed
Evidence
(70%)
Alumni
survey
(45%)
Above 20% of
graduates
pursue higher
education
80% or above
completed
training
successfully
50% graduates
upgraded in
profession
Employer
survey
(25%)
PEO2 Confirmed
Evidence
(100%)
Alumni
survey
(80%)
Employer
survey
(20%)
Highly
satisfied
graduates
performance
Above 60%
graduates are in
Application
development.
85% graduates
handled
societal
problems.
Above 60% of
graduates were
able to analyze
real life
problems.
55-65% with
CGPA 8 and
above
Unsatisfactory
(1)
Less than 50%
of
students placed
either in
campus
or out
Below 55%
CGPA 8 and
above
40% students
qualified in
competitive
exams
Only 30%
qualified in
competitive
exams
10-20% of
graduates
pursue higher
education
Below 10% of
graduates
pursue higher
education
70-75%
satisfied
their training
65-70%
satisfied
their training
30-50%
graduates
upgraded in
profession
30% graduates
upgraded in
profession
Satisfied
graduates
performance
Below 60%
satisfied
graduates
performance
40-60%
graduates are in
Application
development.
Belo 40%
graduates are in
Application
development.
About 40- 60%

of
graduates were
able to analyze
real life
problems.
Below 40% of
graduates were
able to analyze
real life
problems.
Page 46 of 448
PEO3 Confirmed
Evidence
(100%)
Alumni
survey
(80%)
Employer
survey
(20%)
PEO4 Confirmed
Evidence
(100%)
Alumni
survey
(20%)
Employer
survey
(80%)
Scoring Function :
Above 80%
graduates
working in
large
teams.
About 50%
graduates
adapted to new
emerging
technologies
based on
societal issues
50% pursue
self
learning or
diploma
courses and
became
entrepreneurs.
Above 60% of
graduates
posses good
communication
abilities
NBA February 2015
50-80%
graduates
working in
large
teams.
Below 60%
graduates
working in
large
teams.
30-50%
graduates
adapted to new
emerging
technologies
based on
societal issues
Less than 30%

graduates
adapted to new
emerging
technologies
based on
societal issues
30-50% pursue
self
learning or
diploma
courses and
became
entrepreneurs.
50- 60% of
graduates
posses
good
communication
abilities
Less than 30%

pursue self
learning or
diploma
courses and
became
entrepreneurs.
Below 40% of
graduates
posses
good
communication
abilities
(Assessment Tool weightage*actual rubric level)/Maximum rubric value

PEO 1 Scoring
95.2%
Supplementary Evidences (30%)

[(Placement record(15%)*Satisfactory(5)+ (Performance in the program(7%)* Moderate (3))
+
(Entrance test(3%) * Satisfactory(5)) + Higher education(5%) * Moderate(3)]/5 ->
25.2%
Confirmed Evidence (70%)
[Alumni survey(50%)* Satisfactory(5) + Employer Survey(20%) * Satisfactory (5)]/5 ->
70%
PEO 2 Scoring
92%

[Alumni survey(80%)* Satisfactory(5) + Employer Survey(20%) * Moderate (3)]/5 ->
92%
PEO 3 Scoring
84%

(100%)
[Alumni survey(80%)* Satisfactory(5) + Employer Survey(20%) * Unsatisfactory(1)]/5 ->
Page 47 of 448
NBA February 2015
84%
PEO 4 Scoring
84%

[Alumni survey(20%)* Unsatisfactory(1) + Employer Survey(80%) * Satisfactory(5)]/5 ->
84%
PEOs Attainment Summary:
PEO1 is seen to reach 95.2% of attainment in terms of professional career. This attainment level
can be improved further with more emphasis of graduates in Higher Education.
PEO2 has attained in the level of 92% with respect to graduate participation in handling societal
problem with sound computing solutions.
PEO3 assessment evidences that 84% graduates exhibit professionalism in team work and
adapting to new emerging technologies based on societal issues.
PEO4 has scored 84% with respect to graduate engaging in continuous education and becoming
entrepreneurs.
1.5. Indicate how the PEOs have been redefining in the past (10)
(Articulate, with rationale, how the results of the evaluation of the PEOs have been used to
review/redefine the PEOs)
Figure 1.16 illustrates the process of redefining the existing PEOs.
The process is initiated by Department Advisory Board during PEOs

assessment and attainment process.
To redefine, the existing PEOs assessment data is gathered through direct and
indirect assessment methods.
To improve the program performance, the collected data is analyzed to identify
the need for redefining PEOs.
Based on identified changes in terms of curriculum (i.e., content beyond
syllabus from gap analysis), regulations and PEOs, the administrative system
like BOS, Academic Council and Program Assessment Committee involve
appropriate actions.
Page 48 of 448
NBA February 2015
Figure 1.16: Redefining PEOs Process
Page 49 of 448
2.
NBA February 2015
Programme Outcomes (150)
2.1. Definition and Validation of Course Outcomes and Programme Outcomes

(25)
2.1.1. List the Course Outcomes (COs) and Programme Outcomes (POs) (2)
(List the course outcomes of the courses in programme curriculum and programme
outcomes of the programme under accreditation)
Program Outcomes (PO)

POs describe what students are expected to know or be able to do by the time of
graduation from the program. Program Outcomes are established as per the process
described in 2.1.3. The Program Outcomes of UG in Information Technology are:
PO Number
PO1.
PO2.
PO3.
PO4.
PO5.
PO6.
PO7.
PO8.
PO9.
PO Description
An ability to apply knowledge of computing, mathematics including
discrete mathematics, probability, statistics, science and engineering
fundamentals appropriate to the discipline.
An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to organize,
analyze and interpret data to produce meaningful conclusions and
recommendations.
An ability to design, implement, and evaluate a computer-based
system, process, component, or program to meet desired needs within
realistic constraints such as economic, environmental, social, political,
ethical, health and safety, manufacturability, and sustainability.
An ability to analyze, identify, formulate and solve hardware and
software based computing problems accounting for the interaction
between hardware and software appropriate to its solution using
current techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools
An ability to analyze the local and global impact of computing on
individuals, organizations, and society.
Knowledge of contemporary issues in the social sciences and the
humanities using computational tools.
An understanding of professional, ethical, legal, security and social
issues and responsibilities.
An ability to function effectively individually and on teams, including
diverse and multidisciplinary areas, to accomplish a common goal.
An ability to propose original ideas and solutions, culminating into a
modern, easy to use tool, by a larger section of the society with
longevity through effective communication in speech and in writing,
including documentation of hardware and software systems to
customers/users or peers.
PO10.
An ability to recognize the importance of professional development by

pursuing postgraduate studies or face competitive examinations that
offer challenging and rewarding careers in computing globally.
PO11.
An ability to apply engineering and management knowledge and

techniques to estimate time and resources needed to complete a
technical project.
An ability to have an entrepreneurial mindset to apply knowledge of
engineering and management to ones own surrounding environments.
PO12.
Page 50 of 448
NBA February 2015
Course Outcomes(CO)
On completion of these courses, the students will be able to:
Table 2.1: Outcomes of courses in curriculum
Course
Course Outcomes
HU101 : English Language & Technical CO1: To impart advance skills of technical
communication in English through Language Lab
Communication
Practice sessions to 1st semester UG students of
Engineering and Technology.
CO2: To enable them to communicate confidently
and competently in English Language in all
spheres.
CO3: To develop in the students professional and
ethical attitude and effective communication skills.
CO4: To inculcate in the students team work
skills, multidisciplinary approach and ability to
relate engineering issues to broader social context
and equip them with strong knowledge,
competence and soft skills that allows them to
contribute to the needs of industry, consultancy,
government and academia.
CO1: To develop an understanding in basic
PH101 : Physics 1
knowledge of science.
CO2: To improve the logical ability of thinking to
solve problems.
CO3: An ability to use the techniques, skills and
modern engineering tools necessary for
engineering practice.
CO4: Develop students understanding through
laboratory activities to solve problems related to
key concepts taught in the classroom.
CO1: Students would be able to build up logical
M101 : Mathematics-1
and analytical skills to solve practical problems
that will arise in their respective professional
fields.
CO2: An ability to apply knowledge of
mathematics & fundamentals appropriate to the
discipline.
CO3: An ability to develop mathematical models
of physical problems.
CO4: An ability to propose original ideas and
solutions in Information Technology related to
Mathematics
CO5: An ability to face competitive examinations
that offer challenging and rewarding careers in
computing globally.
CO1: apply various tools of mathematics and
ES101 : Basic Electrical & Electronic
basic knowledge of physics in electrical and
Engineering 1
electronics engineering.
CO2: understand basic tools of electrical circuit
theory and analyze any circuit by the application
of network theorems in order to set right any
circuital problem of hardware.
CO3: appreciate fundamental function of various
electrical elements and its application to develop
Page 51 of 448

NBA February 2015
any circuit for some desired objective.
CO4: have clear knowledge in the fundamental
function of various electronic components and its
applications.
CO5: apply the basic knowledge of electrical and
electronics engineering to understand the principle
and the method of functioning in various
equipments generally come across by any
individual.
CO 1: Problem understanding & defining skills.
ME101: Engg. Mechanics
CO 2: Analyzing problems on different aspects.
CO 3: Conceptual design of different types of
mechanisms, structures, etc.
CO1: To develop an understanding in basic
PH191 : Physics 1 Lab
knowledge of science.
CO2: To improve the logical ability of thinking to
solve problems.
CO3: An ability to use the techniques, skills and
modern engineering tools necessary for
engineering practice.
key concepts taught in the classroom
CO1: work as a member of a team in order to
perform a given job.
Engineering -1Lab
CO2: make an electrical/electronic circuit to
achieve a desired objective.
CO3: understand the application of various
network theorems and its application in trouble
shooting in any electrical/electronic circuits.
CO4: understand the basic working principle of
various common electrical/electronic equipments
for appreciating how the basic knowledge of
science is used for making any electrical/electronic
equipment.
CO5: gather data with reference to any
independent variable appreciate the same and
analyze the reason for variation of any
experimental parameters with any independent
variable.
CO1: Improved planning and execution approach:
ME192 : Workshop Practice
Approach any project with proper job planning
along with required resource estimation in line
with job specified requirement.
CO2: Product Design and development process:
Design and develop product with desired
specifications through economically viable process
with understanding of practical constraints.
CO3: Teamwork: Work effectively in teams to
accomplish the assigned responsibilities in an
integral manner.
CO4: Technical Communication: Communicate
effectively about laboratory work both orally and
in writing journals/technical reports.
CO5: Ethics and safety awareness: Behave with
highest ethical standards with concern to global,
environmental, economic, social issues, safety
requirement with lifelong learning and awareness
of contemporary issues.
HU181 : Language Laboratory
integral manner.
CO2: Communication: Communicate effectively
Page 52 of 448
XC181 : Extra Curricular

Activities(NSS/NCC/NSO etc)
CS201 : Basic Computation &

Principles of
Computer Programming
CH201 : Chemistry-1

NBA February 2015
about laboratory work both orally and in writing
journals/technical reports.
CO3: Ethics and Awareness: Behave with highest
ethical standards with concern to global,
environmental, economic, social issues & lifelong
learning, and awareness of contemporary issues.
CO1: Understand the community in which they
work
CO2: Understand themselves in relation to their
community.
CO3: Identify the needs and problems of the
community and involve them
in problem-solving
CO4: Develop among themselves a sense of
social and civic responsibility
CO5: Utilize their knowledge in finding practical
solutions to individual and community problems
CO6: Develop competence required for groupliving and sharing of responsibilities
CO7: Gain skills in mobilizing community
participation
CO8: Acquire leadership qualities and democratic
attitudes
CO9: Develop capacity to meet emergencies and
natural disasters and
CO10: Practice national integration and social
harmony
CO1: To learn about basics of computation &
principles of Computer Programming.
CO2: To impart the basic concepts of digital
computers.
CO3: To impart the basic concepts of C
programming language through C character set,
expression, operators.
CO4: Fundamentals of C through Standard input
and output Flow of Control and Program
Structures.
CO5: To impart the basic knowledge on C array,
function, pointers and file handling.
CO6: Impart the knowledge of real life projects on
programming language.
CO1: know about the theoretical concepts and
their limitations in depth.
CO2: be able to apply different theoretical
concepts in real life applications.
CO3: be able to analyze and interpret data to
produce
meaningful
conclusions
and
recommendations.
CO1: Students would be able to build up logical
and analytical skills to solve practical problems
that will arise in their respective professional
fields.
CO2: An ability to apply knowledge of
mathematics & fundamentals appropriate to the
discipline.
CO3: An ability to develop mathematical models
of physical problems.
CO4: An ability to propose original ideas and
solutions in Information Technology related to
Mathematics
CO5: An ability to face competitive examinations
that offer challenging and rewarding careers in
computing globally.
Page 53 of 448

NBA February 2015
CO1: apply various tools of mathematics and
basic knowledge of physics in electrical and
Engineering-II
electronics engineering.
CO2: understand the principle of working and
characteristics of various electrical machines
/electronic components and their application in
industry.
CO3: appreciate various techniques of
measurements of electrical parameters and its
practical applications.
CO4: have fundamental knowledge in 3 phase ac
fundamentals and its application in electrical
machines, transmission and distribution of
electrical power.
CO5: appreciate the building blocks of digital
hardware and difference between analog and
digital electronic system.
ME201 : Engineering Thermodynamics CO 1: Problem understanding & defining skills.
CO 2: Analyzing problems on different aspects.
& Fluid Mechanics
CO 3: Conceptual design of different types of
mechanisms, structures, etc.
CO1: Illustrate flowchart and algorithm for a
CS291 : Basic Computation &
given problem
Principles of Computer Programming
CO2: Understand basic Structure of the CLab
PROGRAMMING, declaration and usage of
variables
CO3: Inscribe C programs using operators
CO4: Exercise conditional and iterative statements
to inscribe C programs
CO5: Exercise user defined functions to solve real
time problems
CO6: Inscribe C programs using Pointers to
access arrays, strings and functions.
CO7: Inscribe C programs using pointers and
allocate memory using dynamic memory
management functions.
CO8: Exercise user defined data types including
structures and unions to solve problems.
CO9: Exercise files concept to show input and
output of files in C.
CO1: Instrumentation: Apply appropriate
CH291 : Chemistry-1Lab
instruments handle them carefully and safely to
make measurements of physical quantities or
perform data analysis.
CO2: Experiment: Specify appropriate equipment
and procedures, implement these procedures,
analyze and interpret the resulting data.
integral manner.
CO1: work as a member of a team in order to
perform the given job.
Engineering- II Lab
CO2: make an electrical/electronic circuit to
achieve a desired objective.
CO3: understand the working principle,
characteristics and method of control of various
electrical machines/ electronic components.
CO4: understand the method of calibration of
electrical instruments and have knowledge of
measurement of power in a 3 phase system.
Page 54 of 448

NBA February 2015
CO5: gather data with reference to any
independent variable appreciate the same and
analyze the reason for variation of any
experimental parameters with any independent
variable.
CO1: To be able to use different engineering
ME292 : Basic Engg Drawing &
drawing instruments properly.
Computer Graphics
CO2: Get familiarized with different engineering
curves and shapes
CO3: Visualization and presentation in the form
of graphics
CO4:Communicate effectively about practical
work
HU301 : Values & Ethics in Profession CO1: Ability to comprehend the nature of ethics
and engineering issues, the advantages and
disadvantages of rules-based and principles-based
approaches to ethics.
CO2: Identify ethical issues and determine when
ethical principles apply; describe and explain
historical, legal, professional, and personal reasons
why legal and professional definitions of ethics
exist.
CO3: Understand the role of environment in
engineering, the concept of social responsibility;
apply the fundamental ethical principles of
integrity, objectivity, professional competence,
confidentiality, and professional behavior to
ethical dilemmas.
CO4: Defend ones own personal definition of
what makes for an ethical engineer and apply the
relevant ethical requirements to professional
behavior in compliance with standards.
CO1: Students would be having knowledge of
PH301 : Physics-2
different theories related to electricity and
magnetism, classical mechanics, quantum
mechanics and statistical mechanics.
CO2: Student will have a broad idea how to test
theories.
CO1: Understand the importance of environment
CH301 : Basic Environmental
CO2: Identify the environmental problems and
Engineering & Elementary Biology
issues on local, regional and global scale
CO3: Identify problems due to human interactions
with the environment
CO4: Get encouragement to contribute solutions
for the existing environmental issues
CO5: Understand the enforcement of
environmental acts in our constitution
CO1: Students would be able to evaluate and
CS301 : Analog & Digital Electronics
analyze the circuit designing principles.
CO2: Students would be able to understand the
operations of various combinational and sequential
circuits.
CO3: Students would be able to design and
implement both simple and complex analog and
digital systems.
Page 55 of 448

NBA February 2015
CO1: Interpret and compute asymptotic notations
CS302 : Data Structure & Algorithm
of an algorithm to analyze the consumption of
resources (time/space).
CO2: Exemplify and implement stack, queue and
list ADT to manage the memory using static and
dynamic allocations. Implement binary search tree
to design applications like expression trees.
Identify, model, solve and develop code for real
life problems like shortest path and MST using
graph theory.
CO3: Develop and compare the comparison-based
search algorithms and sorting algorithms.
CO4: Identify appropriate data structure and
algorithm for a given contextual problem and
develop in C.
CO1: Analyze the designing process of
CS303 : Computer Organization
combinational and sequential circuits
CO2: Express arithmetic, logic and shift micro
operations in symbolic form and their
corresponding circuits at a register transfer level.
Also apply it for the design and implementation of
ALU.
CO3: Identify the addressing modes used in macro
instructions and develop micro code for typical
instructions in symbolic form.
CO4: Identify different input output devices and
the control circuit.
CO5: Identify real life problems and implement
solutions.
PH391 : Physics-2 Lab
CO1: Able to analyze and verify theoretical
knowledge of physics-II.
CO2: Able to understand the reason of difference
between theoretical and practical outcome of the
experiment.
CO1: Ability to design and implement both
CS391 : Analog & Digital Electronics
combinational and sequential circuits and to
Lab
analyze their operations.
CO2: Ability to solve engineering problems in
digital system design.
CO3: Ability to design simple analog circuits and
observe their performance.
CO4: Communicate effectively about laboratory
work both orally and in writing journals/technical
reports.
CO 1: Familiar to map real world problems into
CS392 : Data Structure & Algorithm
the Programming language.
Lab
CO 2: Can solve the problems in systematic way.
CO 3: Efficiently implement linear, nonlinear data
structures and various searching and sorting
techniques.
CO1: Identify the strength and limitations of
CS393 : Computer Organization Lab
theoretical models and establish a relationship
between measured data and underlying physical
principles.
CO2: Specify appropriate equipment and
procedures/algorithms,
implement
these
procedures/algorithms, analyze and interpret the
resulting data.
CO3: Design and build a software/hardware part
to meet desired specifications and tests it using
appropriate testing strategy and/or equipment s.
Page 56 of 448

M(CS)401 : Numerical Methods

NBA February 2015
CO1:Develop numerical methods for
approximately solving problems
CO2: Examine the accuracy of these methods
CO3: Examine the failure modes of these methods
CO4:Demonstrate knowledge and understanding
of numerical methods to solve systems of linear
equations, to compute quadratures and to solve
Ordinary and Partial Differential Equations
CO1: Ability to solve problems, applies
mathematics to other areas, and creates rigorous
mathematical arguments.
CO2: To obtain basic knowledge about
mathematical probability and statistics , their
properties and applications as models of real life
problem
CO3: To formulate problems in terms of graphs,
solve problems, and apply algorithms
CO4: To introduce the fundamental concepts and
theorems of Group Theory
CO1: Design Analog and Digital communication
CS401 : Communication Engg &
systems to meet desired needs.
Coding Theory
CO2: Evaluate fundamental communication
system parameters, such as bandwidth, power,
signal to quantization noise ration, and data rate.
CO3: It will provide fundamental concepts &
limits in information theory in the context of
digital communication theory,
CO4: Will able to analyze mathematical model of
digital communication systems.
CS402 : Formal Language & Automata CO1: Define languages by abstract, recursive
definitions and by regular expressions.
Theory
CO2: Design a finite automaton to recognize a
given regular language.
CO3: Transform a language into regular
expression or finite automaton or transition graph.
CO4: Define deterministic and nondeterministic
finite automata.
CO5: Prove properties of regular languages and
classify them.
CO6: Determine decidability, finiteness and
equivalence properties.
CO7: Define relationship between regular
languages and context-free grammars.
CO8: Building a context-free grammar for
pushdown automata.
CO9: Determine whether a given language is
context-free language or not.
CO10: Prove properties of context-free languages.
CO11: Design Turing machine and Post machine
for a given language.
CO12: Discuss the concept of computability.
IT401 : Object Oriented Programming CO1: Understands fundamental constructs of
OOP.
& UML
CO2: Get the knowledge of UML with skills to
draw UML diagrams.
CO3: Gets the knowledge of different forms of
OO Implementation.
CO4: Apply object oriented programming
concepts in problem solving through JAVA.
CO5: Design and implement Applet and event
handling mechanisms in programs
CO1: Ability to use the unique qualities of
HU481 : Technical Report Writing &
professional rhetoric and writing style, such as
Language Lab Practice
Page 57 of 448

NBA February 2015
sentence conciseness, clarity, accuracy, honesty,
avoiding wordiness or ambiguity, using direct
order organization, readability, coherence and
transitional devices; ability to revise and edit
effectively in all assignments.
CO2: Ability to recognize, explain, and use the
rhetorical strategies and the formal elements of
these specific genres of technical communication:
technical abstracts, data based research reports,
instructional manuals, technical descriptions, web
pages, wikis, and correspondence.
CO3: Develop professional work habits, including
those necessary for effective collaboration and
cooperation with other students, instructors and
professionals.
CO1: An Ability to familiarize with
M(CS)491 : Numerical Methods Lab
implementation of numerical methods using
Matlab.
CO2: Able to implement a mathematical problem
and determine which numerical technique to use to
solve it
CO3: Logical thinking in coding a mathematical
problem.
CO4: Knowledge of Matlab to learn more easily
any other programming language you will need to
use in future.
CO1: Ability to design and implement modulator
CS491 : Communication Engg &
circuits and to analyze their operations.
Coding Theory Lab
CO2: Ability to solve engineering problems in
communication system design.
CO3: Communicate effectively about laboratory
work both orally and in writing journals/technical
reports.
CO1: Models: Identify the concept of WindowCS492 : Software Tools Lab
Based application and ability to implement it using
Visual Basic 6.0 (VB).
CO2: Experiment: Ability to do basic VB
programming
CO3: Design: Design and build a window-based
project to meet desired specifications and tests it
using appropriate testing strategy and/or
equipments.
integral manner.
CO6: Ethics and Awareness: Behave with
IT491 : Object Oriented Programming CO1: Models: Identify the strength and
& UML (IT) Lab
limitations of Object Oriented Programming
principles and ability to implement them using
Java programming.
CO2: Experiment: Ability to do basic Java
programming
CO3: Design: Design and build software to meet
desired Object Oriented specifications and tests it
using appropriate testing strategy and/or
Page 58 of 448

NBA February 2015
equipments.
integral manner.
CO1: Students would be able to evaluate and
HU501 Economics for Engineers
analyze various economic policies and application
of theories.
CO2: Students would be able to understand
standard accounting principles and procedures
applicable to various accounting practices
CO3: Students would be able to pick and choose
the best methods for analyzing financial and
economic concepts for a given problem.
CO1: To develop an understanding of different
IT501Design & Analysis of Algorithm
standard algorithm design techniques such as
divide & conquer, greedy technique, dynamic
programming and backtracking
CO2: To improve the logical ability of designing
proper algorithm for a given problem and
analyzing the developed algorithms.
CO3: To gain the ability perform optimal analysis
of algorithms
CO4: To obtain optimal algorithm for a problem,
that is Students would be able to pick and choose
the best algorithm for a given problem
CO1: Understand the design of a pipelined CPU
IT502 Computer Architecture
and cache hierarchy.
CO2: Students would be able to design
hypothetical parallel processor.
CO3: Students would be able to apply different
way of communication depending on the demand.
CO4: Understand the hardware design of
multiprocessors including cache coherence and
synchronization.
CO1: Analyze the concepts of processes in
IT503 Operating System
operating system and illustration of the scheduling
of processor for a given problem instance.
CO2: Identify the dead lock situation and provide
appropriate solution so that protection & security
of the operating system is also maintained.
CO3: Analyze memory management techniques,
concepts of virtual memory and disk scheduling.
CO4: Understand the implementation of file
systems and directories along with the interfacing
of IO devices with the operating system.
CO1: Teach students how to program using the
IT504FProgramming Practices using
C++ Programming Language
C++
CO2: prepare students with the necessary
programming background to proceed with C++
object-oriented
CO3: Programming, Data Structures using C/C++.
CO4. Mini project using win32 application
CO1: To be able to implement standard algorithm
IT591Algorithm Lab
design techniques using standard problems
CO2: To develop skills of writing standard, well
documented, modular and reusable software
Page 59 of 448

NBA February 2015
modules using suitable programming language.
CO1: Able to design 8-bit adder, multiplier and
IT592 Computer Architecture Lab
divider.
CO2: Able to design 8-bit Register.
CO3: Able to design Memory unit and perform
memory operations.
CO4: Able to design 8-bit simple ALU and 8-bit
simple CPU.
CO1: To practice the unix/linux windows
IT593Operating System Lab
command and utility also concepts and techniques
CO2: The use of shell programming
CO3: Practice of System Programming.
CO4: Design and Develop Kernel
CO1: To
practice
the
object-oriented
IT594FProgramming Practices using
programming concepts and techniques.
C++
CO2: The use of C++ classes and class libraries,
modify existing C++ classes.
CO3: Develop C++ classes for simple
applications, and practice the concepts of ObjectOriented Analysis and Design
CO4: Design patterns and frameworks by
developing a C++ based project.
CO1:Students would be able to evaluate and
HU601 Principles of Management
analyze various instances and deal with them
professionally
CO2: Students would be able to understand and
apply their knowledge to find problem solutions
CO3: Students would be able to apply their best
managerial attributes in decision making
CO1: Ability to define a problem at the view level
IT.601Data Base Management System
& ability to understand the physical structure of
the database to handle data.
CO2: Students would be able to implement the
logic by using tools like ERD.
CO3: Ability to normalize the database &
understand the internal data structure.
CO4: Students would clearly understand the
transaction system & could extract data efficiently.
CO1: Analyze the concepts of networks, types and
IT602 Computer Networking
architectures and identify error free transmission
of data and analyze data collision with various
protocols.
CO2: Apply various routing algorithms over a
network to provide optimal path.
CO3: Illustrate the real time applications of
networks
CO4: Examine the addressing entities of a
network with implementation of TCP, UDP
protocols.
CO1: Evaluate and analyze the SDLC and basic
IT603 Software Engg
architecture SRS documents.
CO2: Help to understand the software design and
coding techniques.
CO3: Understand the software testing principles.
CO4: Understand the concept project
management.
CO5: Identify various concepts of Advanced
UML techniques.
CO1: understand Raster graphics, vector graphics
IT604B:Computer Graphics
and various graphics I/O devices
CO2: To develop mathematical models for
representing various objects ( both regular and
irregular) in computer
Page 60 of 448

NBA February 2015
CO3: To understand effects of color, lighting,
shading etc. on modeled objects/scenes to make it
realistic.
CO4: To obtain various operators for performing
various affine transformation operations.
CO5: To build strong foundation to study
advanced courses like Image Processing, Pattern
Recognition and research work.
CO1: Understand lexical analyzer and parser
IT605C:Compiler Design
generator tools.
CO2: Build symbol tables and generating
intermediate code.
CO3: Generate assembly code for a RISC
machine.
CO4: Implement a parser such as a bottom-up
SLR and implement semantic rules into a parser
that performs attribution while parsing.
CO5: Understand compiler architecture, register
allocation and compiler optimization.
IT691Data Base Management System
Lab
key concepts taught in the classroom.
CO2: Develop students ability to solve open
ended problems through the design and
construction of new artifacts or processes.
CO3: Develop debugging capability in order to
propose and apply effective engineering solutions.
Procedures/algorithms analyze and interpret the
resulting data.
CO1: To practice the Network commands, Utility
IT692 Computer Networking Lab
and application also concepts and techniques.
CO2: The use of socket programming
CO3: Practice of Routing Programming and
configuration.
CO4: Design and Develop Different type of
Network.
CO5: Simulating and Analyses Different
Networking Problem.
CO1: Recognize the designing abilities of
IT693 Software Engineering Lab
Software Engineering.
CO2: Discuss the key components for developing
the software.
CO3: Evaluate the challenges in building
software.
CO1: Ability to use the unique qualities of
IT681 Seminar
professional
rhetoric,
such
as
sentence
conciseness, clarity, accuracy, honesty, avoiding
wordiness or ambiguity, using direct order
organization,
readability,
coherence
and
transitional devices; ability to revise and edit
effectively in all assignments.
CO2: Ability to recognize, explain, and use the
rhetorical strategies and the formal elements of
these specific genres of technical communication:
technical abstracts, data based research reports,
instructional manuals, technical descriptions, web
pages, wikis, and correspondence.
CO1: Discuss the impact that growing sources of
IT701:Internet Technology
information such as the Internet are having on
society.
CO2: Identify and discuss examples of legal,
ethical, security and privacy issues relating to the
use of Internet based computer systems.
Page 61 of 448
IT702 Multimedia
IT703A. E-Commerce
IT704B. Cloud Computing
IT705C. Modelling & Simulation
HU781 Group Discussion
IT791Internet Technology Lab

NBA February 2015
CO3: Demonstrate an understanding of modern
Internet tools and be able to create simple web
sites including JavaScript scripting, forms and the
use of Web-enabled Databases.
CO1: Ability to explain basics of Multimedia
Systems and its components
CO2: Ability of media editing using different
media editing software
CO3: Design and develop overall multimedia
systems according to the given standards
CO4: Apply multimedia systems in various
potential areas like advertisement, business
presentation, computer based training etc.
CO1: Students will able to understand the
foundations and importance of E-commerce
CO2: Students will able to demonstrate an
understanding of retailing in E-commerce
by: analyzing branding and pricing strategies,
using and determining the effectiveness of
market research assessing the effects of
disintermediation.
CO3: Students will able to analyze the
impact of E-commerce on business models
and strategy
CO4: Students will able to understand
Internet trading relationships including
Business to Consumer, Business-to-Business,
Intra-organizational.
infrastructure for E-commerce
key features of Internet, Intranets and
Extranets and explain how they relate to each
other.
CO7: Students will able to recognize and
understand global E-commerce issues
CO1: Understanding the systems, protocols and
mechanisms to support cloud computing
CO2: Develop applications for cloud computing
CO3: Understanding the
hardware
necessary for cloud computing
CO4: Design and implement a novel cloud
computing application
CO1: Provide students with a working knowledge
of applying simulation techniques
to model simulate and study complex systems.
CO2: Covers techniques in simulation model
design, model execution and model analysis.
CO3: Able to solve some real world problems
which cannot be solved strictly by mathematical
approaches.
CO4: Implementation of models using
simulation tools
CO1: To develop the students communicative
abilities
CO2: To enhance their leadership and
participation abilities
CO3: To create awareness related to current
contemporary issues
CO1: To practice the Network commands, Utility
and application also concepts and techniques.
Page 62 of 448
IT792 Multimedia Lab
IT793A. E-Commerce Lab
IT794 Industrial training
IT795 Project-1
HU801A. Organizational Behavior

NBA February 2015
CO2:The use of Programming on Perl, JSP, PHP,
Applet,, JavaScript,, Client Server Programming,
HTML, XML programming
CO3: Practice of Routing Programming and
configuration.
CO4: Design and Develop Different type of
Network.
CO5: Simulating and Analyses Different
Networking Problem.
CO1: Models: Identify the overall techniques of
multimedia production and presentation
CO2: Experiment: Ability to do basic media
editing and authoring to develop complete
multimedia product using different media editing
software and authoring tools and web development
using HTML/DHTML
CO3: Design: Ability to design and build
multimedia products and present them in suitable
fashion
integral manner.
CO1: Under management we cover Indian IT
LAW (Cyber law) and US law. For knowing forge
or crime.
CO2: To understand Supply Chain Management
which will helpful for a product base company for
selling goods. Ex: Amazon.in
CO3: To understand E-Governance system. For
given idea for governance work
CO4: To understand E-Banking system. For given
idea of banking system including money
transfer/transaction.
CO5: To understand Web Server, Application
server & Database Server include concept of cloud
It will cover where the e-Commerce application
will store and how it is works.
CO6: To understand Data base Mysql - for
storing data as well as transaction.
CO7: Able to write program in Java script, AJAX
handling , JQuery handling
CO1: Identification of real world problems
CO2: Awareness of current trends in specific area
of interest
CO3: Technical report writing
of interest
CO1: To understand some of the main theories of
Organizational Behavior
CO2: To be able to analyze how these theories
and empirical evidence can help to understand
contemporary organizational issues
Page 63 of 448

NBA February 2015
CO3: To apply theories to practical problems in
organizations in a critical manner
CO1: Understand the design of a pipelined CPU
IT801 A. Advanced Computer
and cache hierarchy.
Architecture
CO2: Students would be able to design
hypothetical parallel processor.
CO3: Students would be able to apply different
way of communication depending on the demand.
CO4: Understand the hardware design of
multiprocessors including cache coherence and
synchronization.
CO1: Knowing the security breaches in modern
IT802B. Cyber Law & Security Policy
Cyber world and their remedies.
(HSS)
CO2: Perception of the security issues related with
mobile & wireless devices.
CO3: Understanding the working principles of
cybercrime related tools & techniques.
CO4: Statement of legal aspects and different IT
laws and acts for cybercrime.
IT891 Design Lab / Industrial problem CO1: Identification of real world problems
CO2: Awareness of design methodologies & its
related practical training
implementation
CO3: Advanced programming techniques
IT892 Project-2
of interest
CO1: To check the ability to function effectively
IT893 Grand Viva
individually and on teams, including diverse and
multidisciplinary areas, to accomplish a common
goal.
2.1.2. State how and where the POs are published and disseminated (3)
The Program Outcomes are published at
Department website: http://iem.edu.in/informationTechnology.php

College website: http://iem.edu.in/index.php
Notice boards
Newsletter
Apart from this, Program outcomes are made reachable to all the stakeholders of the
program through education, faculty workshops, student awareness workshops, programs,
student induction programs and faculty meetings.
2.1.3. Indicate the processes employed for defining of the POs (5)
Program Outcomes are established through the consultation process with stake holders
keeping the Graduate Attributes defined by NBA as basis. Department Vision, Mission
and Program Educational Objectives are also kept in view. The professional society
namely ACM guidelines on curriculum and graduate outcomes are also considered in the
detailed establishment process is depicted in Figure 2.1.
Page 64 of 448
NBA February 2015
Figure 2.1: Process for defining POs
2.1.4. Indicate how defined POs aligned to Graduate Attributes

prescribed by the NBA (10)
The Graduate Attributes of NBA and the Program Outcomes defined for the program are
aligned to each other as shown in Table 2.2.
Graduate Attributes prescribed by NBA:
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
vi.
vii.
viii.
ix.
x.
xi.
xii.
Engineering Knowledge
Problem Analysis
Design & Development of Solutions
Investigation of Complex Problem
Modern Tools Usage
Engineer and Society
Environment & Sustainability
Ethics
Individual & Team work
Communication
Lifelong Learning
Project management & Finance
Table 2.2: Alignment of Program Outcomes to Graduate Attributes
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7 PO8
PO9
PO10 PO11 PO12
PO
GA
i
ii
iii
iv
vi
vii
viii
Page 65 of 448
ix
NBA February 2015
xi
xii
2.1.5. Establish the correlation between the POs and the PEOs (5)
As the outcomes are expected to attain by the prime of graduate and PEOs are expected to
attain few years after graduation, they have as many contributions as shown in Table 2.3.
Each PEO is contributed to at most 6-7 Program Outcomes and each program outcomes
are in contributing to one or more PEOs as shown in Table 2.3. In this table the letters
L and H indicate low and high correlations of the outcome with the PEO and a blank
indicates absence of correlation.
Table 2.3: Mapping between Program Outcomes to Program Educational
Objectives
PO
PEO1
PEO
PEO1.1 : Progress in
professional career
PEO1.2 : Higher
Education and research
PEO2.1 : Proficiency in
core areas of Information
Technology to deal with
social problems
PEO2
PEO2.2 : Analyze, design

and develop novel products
and solutions for real life
problems
PEO3.1 : Professional
conducts and interpersonal
skills
PEO3
PEO3.2 : Adapting to
emerging trends in
technology by considering
global economy and
societal issues
10 11 12
PEO4.1 : Life-long
learning skills
PEO4 PEO4.2 : leadership,
Entrepreneurship and Good
citizenship
Page 66 of 448
2.2.
NBA February 2015
Attainment of Programme Outcomes (40)

2.2.1. Illustrate how course outcomes contribute to the POs (10)
The program outcomes are achieved through curriculum that offers a number of mandatory
courses as well as elective courses. Each course has defined course outcomes that are mapped
to the program outcomes and a set of performance criteria that are used to provide quantitative
measurement of how well course outcomes are achieved.
The linkage among program outcomes and course outcomes is shown in Table 2.4. The course
outcomes are thus directly and quantitatively assessed, and are tied to the program outcomes as
shown in the course syllabi. Therefore if the course outcomes are met, the program outcomes
are met.
The course outcomes of each core course are mapped to the Program Outcomes with a level of
emphasis being either strongly correlated (2) and moderately correlated (1). The level of
emphasis of a program outcome is determined by the weight used for assessing the outcome in
each course. The level of emphasis for an outcome is determined by the weight as follows:
When the course outcome weightage is < 40%, it will be given as moderately
correlated (1).
When the course outcome weightage is >40%, it will be given as strongly
correlated (2).
Table 2.4: Impact of Program Courses on Program Outcomes
Course
Program
6
10
11
12
Programming
Basic
Computation &
Principles of
Computer
Programming
CO1: To learn
about basics of
computation &
principles
of
Computer
Programming.
CO2: To impart
the
basic
concepts
of
digital
computers.
CO3: To impart
the
basic
concepts of C
programming
language through
C character set,
expression,
operators.
CO4:
Fundamentals of
C
through
Standard
input
and output Flow
of Control and
Program
Structures.
Programme Outcome
Page 67 of 448

2 2 2
CO5: To impart 2
the
basic
knowledge on C
array, function,
pointers and file
handling.
2 2
CO6: Impart the
knowledge of
real life projects
on programming
language.
1 2 2
Data Structure & 1
Algorithm
NBA February 2015

2
Programming
Archite
ctural
CO1: Interpret
and
compute
asymptotic
notations of an
algorithm
to
analyze
the
consumption of
resources
(time/space).
CO2: Exemplify
and implement
stack, queue and
list ADT to
manage the
memory using
static and
dynamic
allocations.
Implement binary
search tree to
design
applications like
expression trees.
Identify, model,
solve and
develop code for
real life problems
like shortest path
and MST using
graph theory.
CO3: Develop
and compare the
comparisonbased search
algorithms and
sorting
algorithms.
CO4:
Identify
appropriate data
structure
and
algorithm for a
given contextual
problem and
develop in C.
Computer
Organization
CO1: Analyze
the designing
process of
Page 68 of 448
NBA February 2015
Human Computer Interaction

combinational
and sequential
circuits
1
2
2
CO2: Express
arithmetic, logic
and shift micro
operations in
symbolic form
and their
corresponding
circuits at a
register transfer
level. Also apply
it for the design
and
implementation
of ALU.
1
2 2 2
CO3: Identify
the addressing
modes used in
macro
instructions and
develop micro
code for typical
instructions in
symbolic form.
CO4:
Identify 2
different
input
output
devices
and the control
circuit.
1
CO5: Identify
real life problems
and implement
solutions.
2 2 2
Formal Language 1
& Automata
Theory
2
2
CO1: Define
languages by
abstract,
recursive
definitions and
by regular
expressions.
2
CO2: Design a
finite automaton
to recognize a
given regular
language.
1 2
CO3: Transform
a language into
regular
expression or
finite automaton
or transition
graph.
2
CO4: Define
deterministic and
nondeterministic
finite automata.
CO5: Prove
properties of
Page 69 of 448
NBA February 2015
Programming

regular languages
and classify
them.
2 2
CO6: Determine 1
decidability,
finiteness and
equivalence
properties.
1
2
CO7: Define
relationship
between regular
languages and
context-free
grammars.
2
CO8: Building a
context-free
grammar for
pushdown
automata.
CO9: Determine 2
whether a given
language is
context-free
language or not.
1
2
CO10: Prove
properties of
context-free
languages.
1
CO11: Design
Turing machine
and Post machine
for a given
language.
CO12: Discuss
the concept of
computability.
2
2 2
Object Oriented
Programming &
UML
2
CO1:
Understands
fundamental
constructs of
OOP.
2
2
CO2: Get the
knowledge of
UML with skills
to draw UML
diagrams.
2
2 2
CO3: Gets the
knowledge of
different forms of
OO
Implementation.
2
CO4: Apply
object oriented
programming
concepts in
problem solving
through JAVA.
CO5: Design and 2
implement
Applet and event
Page 70 of 448

handling
mechanisms in
programs
1
2 2 2
Design &
Analysis of
Algorithm
1
2 2 2
CO1: To
develop an
understanding of
different standard
algorithm design
techniques such
as divide &
conquer, greedy
technique,
dynamic
programming and
backtracking
2
CO3: To gain
the ability
perform optimal
analysis of
algorithms
Architectural
CO4: To obtain
optimal
algorithm for a
problem, that is
Students would
be able to pick
and choose the
best algorithm for
a given problem
Computer
Architecture
CO1:
Understand the
design of a
pipelined CPU
and cache
hierarchy.
CO2: Students
would be able to
design
hypothetical
parallel
processor.
CO3: Students
would be able to
apply different
way of
communication
NBA February 2015
Programming
CO2: To
improve the
logical ability of
designing proper
algorithm for a
given problem
and analyzing the
developed
algorithms.
Page 71 of 448
NBA February 2015
Programming
System Administration and Maintenance

depending on the
demand.
1
2 1
CO4:
Understand the
hardware design
of
multiprocessors
including cache
coherence and
synchronization.
1
2
Operating
System
1
2
CO1: Analyze
the concepts of
processes in
operating system
and illustration of
the scheduling of
processor for a
given problem
instance.
2
CO2: Identify the
dead
lock
situation
and
provide
appropriate
solution so that
protection
&
security of the
operating system
is
also
maintained.
CO3:
Analyze 1
memory
management
techniques,
concepts
of
virtual memory
and
disk
scheduling.
CO4:
Understand the
implementation
of file systems
and directories
along with the
interfacing of IO
devices with the
operating system.
2
2
Programming
Practices using
C++
2
2
CO1: Teach
students how to
program using
the C++
Programming
Language
2
2
CO2: prepare
students with the
necessary
programming
background to
Page 72 of 448
NBA February 2015
Information Management
Networking

proceed with
C++ objectoriented
2
CO3:
Programming,
Data Structures
using C/C++.
1
CO4. Mini
project using
win32
application
1
2 2
Data Base
Management
System
2 2
CO1: Ability to
define a problem
at the view level
& ability to
understand the
physical structure
of the database to
handle data.
2
CO2: Students
would be able to
implement the
logic by using
tools like ERD.
1
2 2
CO3: Ability to
normalize the
database &
understand the
internal data
structure.
1
1
CO4: Students
would clearly
understand the
transaction
system & could
extract data
efficiently.
1
2 2
Computer
Networking
1
2
CO 1: Analyze
the concepts of
networks, types
and architectures
and identify error
free transmission
of data and
analyze data
collision with
various protocols.
1
2
CO 2: Apply
various routing
algorithms over a
network to
provide optimal
path.
CO 3: Illustrate
the real time
applications of
networks
Page 73 of 448
NBA February 2015

1 2 1
CO 4: Examine
the addressing
entities of a
network with
implementation
of TCP, UDP
protocols.
2
2 2
Software
Engineering
2
2
CO1: Evaluate
and analyze the
SDLC and basic
architecture SRS
documents.
2
2
CO2: Help to
understand the
software design
and coding
techniques.
1
2 2
CO3:
Understand the
software testing
principles.
1
CO4:
Understand the
concept project
management.
2
CO5: Identify
various concepts
of Advanced
UML techniques.
2
2
Computer
Graphics
1
2
CO1:
understand
Raster graphics,
vector graphics
and various
graphics I/O
devices
2
CO2: To
develop
mathematical
models for
representing
various objects (
both regular and
irregular) in
computer
2
CO3: To
understand
effects of color,
lighting, shading
etc. on modeled
objects/scenes to
make it realistic.
2
CO4: To obtain
various operators
for performing
various affine
transformation
operations.
Page 74 of 448

1
CO5: To build
strong foundation
to study
advanced courses
like Image
Processing,
Pattern
Recognition and
research work.
2
Compiler Design 2

2
NBA February 2015
CO2: Build
symbol tables
and generating
intermediate
code.
CO3: Generate
assembly code
for a RISC
machine
CO4: Implement
a parser such as a
bottom-up SLR
and implement
semantic rules
into a parser that
performs
attribution while
parsing.
CO5:
Understand
compiler
architecture,
register
allocation and
compiler
optimization
Internet
Technology
CO1: Discuss the
impact
that
growing sources
of
information
such
as
the
Internet
are
having
on
society.
CO2:
Identify
and
discuss
examples
of
legal,
ethical,
security
and
privacy
issues
relating to the use
of Internet based
computer
systems.
CO1:
Understand
lexical analyzer
and parser
generator tools.
Page 75 of 448

1
CO3:
Demonstrate an
understanding of
modern Internet
tools and be able
to create simple
web sites
including
JavaScript
scripting, forms
and the use of
Web-enabled
Databases.

2
CO1: Ability to
explain basics
of Multimedia
Systems and its
components
CO2: Ability of
media
editing using
different media
editing software
CO3: Design and
develop overall
multimedia
systems
according to the
given standards
CO4: Apply
multimedia
systems in
various potential
areas like
advertisement,
business
presentation,
computer based
training etc.
Cloud
Computing
CO1:
Understanding
the systems,
protocols and
mechanisms to
support cloud
computing
CO2: Develop
applications for
cloud computing
1
CO3:
Understanding
the
hardware
necessary for
cloud computing
CO4: Design and
implement a
Multimedia
NBA February 2015
Page 76 of 448
NBA February 2015
Architectural

novel cloud
computing
application
2
2 2
Modeling &
Simulation
2
2 2
CO1: Provide
students with a
working
knowledge of
applying
simulation
techniques
to model simulate
and study
complex
systems.
1
CO2: Covers
techniques in
simulation model
design, model
execution and
model analysis.
2
2
CO3: Able to
solve some real
world problems
which cannot be
solved strictly by
mathematical
approaches.
1
2 2
CO4:
Implementation
of models using
simulation tools
1
2 2
Advanced
Computer
Architecture
2
1 2
CO1:
Understand the
design of a
pipelined CPU
and cache
hierarchy.
1
2 2
CO2: Students
would be able to
design
hypothetical
parallel
processor.
1
2
CO3: Students
would be able to
apply different
way of
communication
depending on the
demand.
1
2 1
CO4:
Understand the
hardware design
of
multiprocessors
including cache
coherence and
synchronization.
Page 77 of 448

2
NBA February 2015
Ethics & Security

2
Cyber Law &
Security Policy
(HSS)
2
CO1: Knowing
the security
breaches in
modern Cyber
world and their
remedies.
2
CO2: Perception
of the security
issues related
with mobile &
wireless devices.
2
CO3:
Understanding
the working
principles of
cybercrime
related tools &
techniques.
2
CO4: Statement
of legal aspects
and different IT
laws and acts for
cybercrime.
2.2.2. Explain how modes of delivery of courses help in the

attainment of the Pos (10)
(Describe the different course delivery methods/modes, e.g. lectures interspersed with
discussion, asynchronous mode of interaction, group discussion and project etc., used to
deliver the courses and justify the effectiveness of these methods for the attainment of the
POs. This may be further justified using the indirect assessment methods such as courseend surveys.)
Content Delivery Method

The following are the various other content delivery methods used to deliver the
courses:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Lecture interspersed with discussions

Lecture with a quiz
Tutorial and Remedial classes
Demonstration ( Such as model, laboratory)
Group Discussion
Group Assignment/ Project
Presentations
Asynchronous Discussion
Learning Resources sharing

On-line learning system IEM CRP (http://www.iemcrp.com/) is in use to
perform asynchronous activities to assign various tasks like group assignments /
online examination and to share the materials.
In addition to the syllabus mentioned in the curriculum, the students are exposed
themselves as they are provided with the e-content through national and
international portals such as:
Page 78 of 448
NBA February 2015
NPTEL http://nptel.iitm.ac.in
Stanford Engineering Everywhere (SEE) http://see.stanford.edu/
MIT Open Courseware http://ocw.mit.edu/index.htm
The delivery methods are chosen appropriate to meet the Program Outcomes. The
generalized mapping of the of the course delivery methods to the program outcomes is
shown in Table 2.5.
Table 2.5: Generalized mapping of course delivery methods to the program outcomes
PO
Lecture
interspersed with
discussions
Lecture with a quiz
10
11
12
Content
Delivery
Method
Tutorial
Demonstration (
Such as model,
laboratory)
Group Discussion
Group
Assignment/
Project
Presentations
Asynchronous
Discussion
PH301- Physics-II
Physics
Electromagnetism, Quantum Physics, Statistical and Classical Mechanics concepts were
delivered using Lecture with a quiz, Tutorial, Presentations during 2012
2012-13
13 academic
years. Hence results are improved.
Figure 2.2: Pass Percentage of Physics

Physics-II
2.2.3.
Indicate the extent to which the laboratory and project course
work are contributing towards the attainment of the POs (20)
(Justify the balance between theory and practical for the attainment of POs. Justify how the
various project works (a sample of 20% best and average projects from total projects)
carried as part of the programme curriculum contribute towards the attainment of the
POs.)
Balance between theory and project with the attainment of PO is shown in Figure 2.
2.3
Page 79 of 448
Courses
NBA February 2015

Associate Laboratory
PH101: Physics 1
PH191:
PH191 Physics 1 Lab
PH201: Physics - 2
PH201:
PH201 Physics 2 Lab
ES101: Basic Electrical & Electronic
Engineering 1
Engineering 1 Lab
CH201: Chemistry-1
CH201: Chemistry-1Lab
ME101: Engg. Mechanics
ME192: Workshop Practice
CS201: Basic Computation & Principles
CS291:
CS291: Basic Computation & Principles
of Computer Programming
of Computer Programming Lab
HU101: ENGLISH LANGUAGE &
HU181: Language Laboratory
TECHNICAL COMMUNICATION
HU481: Technical Report Writing &
CS302: Data Structure & Algorithm
CS392:
CS392: Data Structure & Algorithm Lab
IT501:
IT501 Design & Analysis of Algorithm
IT501:
IT501 Design & Analysis of Algorithm
Lab
CS301: Analog & Digital Electronics
CS391:
CS391: Analog & Digital Electronics Lab
CS303: Computer Organization
CS39
CS393: Computer Organization Lab
IT502:
IT502: Computer Architecture
IT592
IT592: Computer Architecture Lab
IT801 A:
A Advanced Computer
IT401: Object Oriented Programming &
IT491:
IT491: Object Oriented Programming &
UML
UML Lab
IT504F:
IT504F: Programming Practices using
IT594F
IT594F:
4F: Programming Practices using
IT601: Data Base Management System
IT691: Data Base Management System

Lab
IT503:
IT503: Operating System
IT593
IT593: Operating System Lab
IT602:
IT602: Computer Networking
IT692
IT692: Computer Networking Lab
IT603:
IT603 Software Engineering
IT693: Software Engineering Lab

IT891: Design Lab / Industrial problem
IT701: Internet Technology
IT791:
IT791: Internet Technology Lab
IT702: Multimedia
IT79
IT792: Multimedia Lab
IT703A: E-Commerce
IT793A:
IT793A: E-Commerce Lab
M (CS) 401: Numerical Methods
M (CS) 49
491: Numerical Methods Lab
Figure 2.3: Mapping of theory and practical courses

Page 80 of 448
NBA February 2015
The laboratory and project works tasks which are performed for the curriculum are tabulated in
Table 2.6 and Table 2.7.
Table 2.6: Laboratory tasks
Laboratory and Project
Type
course work with tasks
CS392: Data Structure & Algorithm Lab
Single linked list, Double
Design
linked list, Circular linked list
Polynomial multiplication
Problem analysis
using Single linked list
Design
Josephus problem using
Problem analysis
Circular linked list
Design
Stack and Queue using Link
Design
list
Binary search tree operations Design
and traversal
Operations on AVL tree and
Design
B-tree.
Linear and Binary Searching. Design
Bubble, Selection, Insertion,
Design
Quick, Merge sort techniques
IT491: Object Oriented Programming & UML Lab
The concept of object and
Design
classes
The concept of Constructor
Design
and constructor overloading
The concept of concept of
Design
using different operators,
array, vector, data types and
wrapper class
The concept of Class
Design
variable, instance variable,
use of this keyword, use of
reference variable
The concept of Exception
Design
handling
The concept of Key board
Design
input and string handling
The concept of Different
Design
access modifiers and packages
The concept of Inheritance,
Design
function overriding, dynamic
polymorphism
The concept of Abstract class Design
and interface
The concept of Threads,
Design
multithreading and thread
synchronization
The concept of Applets
Design
IT501: Design & Analysis of Algorithm Lab
Divide and conquer method
Problem analysis
Design
Floyed-Warshall Algorithm
Problem analysis
using dynamic programming
Design
Travelling salesman problem
Problem analysis
using dynamic programming
Design
Dijksra, Bellman Ford
Problem analysis
Program
Outcomes
1, 3
1,2,3
1,2,3
1, 2
1,3
1,2,3
1,2,3
1,2,3
1,2,3,4
1,2,3,4
1,2,3,4
1,2,3,4
1,2,3,4
1,2,3,4
1,2,3,4
1,2,3,4
1,2,3,4
1,2,3,4
1,2,3,4
1,2,3
1,2,3
1,2,3
1,2,3
Page 81 of 448

Algorithm using dynamic
Design
programming
Using Brunch and bound
Problem analysis
solve 15 Puzzle problem
Design
Using backtracking solve 8
Problem analysis
Queen problem
Design
Using backtracking solve
Problem analysis
graph colouring problem
Design
Using backtracking solve
Problem analysis
Hamiltonian problem
Design
Using greedy method solve
Problem analysis
knapsack problem
Design
Problem analysis
Job sequencing with deadlines Design
Problem analysis
Minimum cost spanning tree
Design
by Prims Algorithm
Problem analysis
Minimum cost spanning tree
Design
by Kruskals Algorithm
Using Graph Traversal
Problem analysis
Algorithm implement BFS,
Design
DFS
IT594F: Programming Practices using C++ Lab
Simple Problem solve using
Design
C++
implement Russian Peasant
Problem analysis
Multiplication for multiplying Design
two integer numbers
Different Problem involving
Problem analysis
String handling
Design
Multiplying two matrices
Problem analysis
using new operator
Design
Create a 1D array with size n
Problem analysis
using new operator
Design
Parameter passing mechanism Design
using
Pass by value
Pass by address
Pass by reference
inline function
Design
function overloading
Design
IT593: Operating System Lab
Familiar with shall
Design
programming
Write a program to create
Design
process, replacing process
image, duplicating a process
image, waiting for a process
using System call
Design
orphan process
Design
Zombie process
Write a program for IPC
Design
between 2 process using
signal system calls
Write a program to pass the
Design
message from one process to
another process using
message buffer
IT692: Computer Networking Lab
NBA February 2015

1,2,3
1,2,3
1,2,3
1,2,3
1,2,3
1,2,3
1,2,3
1,2,3
1,2,3
1,2
1,2,4
1,2,4
1,2,4
1,2,4
1,2
1,2
1,2
1,2
1,2
1,2
1,2
1,2
1,2
Page 82 of 448

Write program to send a text
Design
message to another computer
through TCP/IP protocol
Create 1:1 chat program
Design
Create 1:n chat program
Design
Write program to send a text
Design
message to another computer
using UDP packet
Configure DNS Server
Design
Configure FTP server and
Design
client
Implement d-hoc technology
Design
with three computers using
2.4GHz bandwidth
Programme to count how
Design
many nodes are running
IT693: Software Engineering Lab
SRS document in line with
Case study, Design
IEEE recommended standards
Case diagram
Case study, Design
Activity diagram
Case study, Design
Class diagram
Case study, Design
Sequence diagram
Case study, Design
Collaboration diagram
Case study, Design
State chart diagram
Case study, Design
Component diagram
Case study, Design
Model to code conversion
Case study, Design
Code to model conversion
Case study, Design
Deployment diagram
Case study, Design
IT601:DBMS
Create Database
Design
Query to handle table and
Design
record
Retrieving data from database Design
Retrieving data from database Design
using Aggregate function,
JOINS, subqueries
Familiar with DBMA using
Design
GRANT and REVOKE
IT791: Internet Technology Lab

Create own resume in HTML Design
format
Create a calculator through
Design
jScript
Create a HTML page and
Design
check whether it was opened
previously or not in the
machine
Create order form, store data
Design
in a database and have report
date wise.
Using JSP, Access database
Problem analysis
develop online flight
Design
reservation system
Project on JSP
Problem analysis
Design
Assignments on sound
Design
capturing & editing using
tools like SOUNDFORGE
Assignments on image editing Design
using tools like Adobe
Photoshop
NBA February 2015

1,2
1,2
1,2
1,2
1,2
1,2
1,2
1,2
1,2,3,11
1,2,3,11
1,2,3,11
1,2,3,11
1,2,3,11
1,2,3,11
1,2,3,11
1,2,3,11
1,2,3,11
1,2,3,11
1,2,3,11
1, 2, 3, 4
1, 2, 3, 4
1, 2, 3, 4
1, 2, 3, 4
1, 2, 3, 4
1,2,3,4
1,2,3,4
1,2,3,4
1,2,3,4
1,2,3,4
1,2,3,4
1,2,3,4
1,2,3,4
Page 83 of 448

Assignments on
Design
Creating/editing motion
video/animation clips (using
tools like Flash / Adobe
Premier)
Assignments on Creation of
Design
Content using HTML (basic
tags, table form, frame, link to
other Image)
Assignments on Creating
Design
stylesheet (CSS) using
DHTML
Assignments on Home Page
Design
creation using HTML,
DHTML.
NBA February 2015

1,2,3,4
1,2,3,4
1,2,3,4
1,2,3,4
Table 2.7: Best and Average Project

Academic
Project Title
Year
Dual encryption of image
watermarking using discrete
cosine transform
Emotional state analysis in
E-learning System using Big
Data
2014-2015
Area of
specialization
Contribution /
Achievements/Research
Output
Image processing
Best, Problem definition

and implementation is good
Paper Published
Cloud Computing
Best, using latest

Technology
Networking

Modified DES algorithm
Bi-Histogram equalization
Image processing
Good
Android application
Distributed
architecture of Elearning
Good
Android Game
2013-2014
Collaborative learning
through consortium of
universities
A Data mining approach for
identification of mutated
gene
Trust management in Mobile
Android security
Controlling IP spoofing : an
End host based solution
Performance management of
TCP/IP protocol in different
N/W topologies
N/W path optimization using
"ANT colony optimization
algorithm"
Time table scheduling using
graph theory
Study of applications of
Graph theory on networking
i-Reality : an sms polling
system

Data mining
Security
Security
Good, Problem definition

Good
Good
Security
Best
Networking
Best
Graph Theory

Graph Theory
Best
Security
Best
Networking
Page 84 of 448

A study of efficient
algorithm to solve the graph
colouring solution
Graph Theory
Secure Android Mobile
Android application
Application
and security
Abnormal packet detection
Networking
OAFA (Online Account For
All) : secure android mobile
application
Android application
Advanced image hiding
technique using zig-zag
staircase - spiral traversal
Image processing
Image hiding using different
pseudo-random permutation
technique
Image processing
Image comparison using
quad-tree
Image processing
Secure Hash Algorithm
Security
Analysis of public key
cryptography in mobile
phone security
Security
Android security - Security
of information exchange with
registered numbers using
cryptograph
Android Security
Web penetration testing
Security
Automatic face detection
using colour based
segmentation and energy
thresholding
Image processing
Implementation of
Asymmetric key
cryptographic algorithms
Security
Fuzzy logic based traffic
signal management system
Fuzzy System
Learning Style Detection in
e-Learning system
E-Learning system
Metabolic Pathway
Prediction
Bio-informatics
Numerical simulation of
blood flow
Bio-informatics
Automatic Mobile Radio
Signal classifier
Communication
Finding Spanning Trees
using Graph Theory
Graph Theory
2012-2013
Highly secure Steganography

Algorithm for digital images
based on pixel prediction
strategy
Secured data transmission in
mobile ad-hoc networks
Intrusion detection and
prevention system
detection of Internet Control
Message Protocol (ICMP)
Image database
Online mobile contact
synchronization
NBA February 2015
Good
Good
Good
Good
Paper published
Paper published
Good
Good
Good
Good
Good
Good
Good
Good
Good
Image processing
Good
Network Security
Good
Network Security
Good
Network Security
Image processing
Good
Good
Mobile application
Good
Page 85 of 448
2.3
NBA February 2015
Evaluation of the attainment of Programme Outcomes (75)

2.3.1.
Describe assessment tools and processes used for
assessing the attainment of each PO (50)
Describe the assessment process that periodically documents and demonstrates the degree to
which the Programme Outcomes are attained. Also include information on:
a) Listing and description of the assessment processes used to gather the data upon which the
evaluation of each the Programme Outcome is based. Examples of data collection processes
may include, but are not limited to, specific exam questions, student portfolios, internally
developed assessment exams, project presentations, nationally-normed exams, oral exams,
focus groups, industrial advisory committee;
b) The frequency with which these assessment processes are carried out.
Program Outcome Assessment Process

The step by step process for assessing program outcomes is tabulated in Table 2.8. The
assessment process involved in the assessment of Program Outcomes is shown in Figure 2.4:
Table 2.8: Step-by-step process for assessing Program Outcomes
Step 1: The Program coordinator analyses each outcome into elements (different abilities
specified in the outcome) and a set of attributes are defined for each element (actions that
explicitly demonstrate mastery of the abilities specified). In addition, generate well designed
surveys to assess the outcome.
Step 2: For each outcome define performance indicators (Assessment criteria) and their
targets.
Step 3: Identify/select courses that address the outcome (each course contributes to at least
one of the outcomes). Hence, each outcome is assessed in several courses to ensure that
students acquire an appropriate level in terms of knowledge/skills of an outcome.
Step 4: The module coordinators collects the qualitative and quantitative data and were used
for outcome assessment in a continual process.
Step 5: The Program Assessment Committee analyze the collected data. If the assessed data
meets the performance targets which are specified in step 2, the outcome is attained.
Otherwise, consider step6.
Step 6: The Department Advisory Board recommends content delivery methods/course
outcomes/ curriculum improvements as needed.
Page 86 of 448
NBA February 2015
Figure 2.4: Program Outcome Assessment Process
Page 87 of 448
NBA February 2015
Program Outcome Assessment Tools

Program Outcome 1: An ability to apply knowledge of computing, mathematics including
discrete mathematics, probability, statistics, science and engineering fundamentals appropriate to
the discipline.
Courses considered
PH101:Physics1
M101: Mathematics1
ES101 : Basic
Electrical &
Electronic
Engineering 1
ME101: Engg.
Mechanics
CS201 : Basic
Computation &
Principles of
Computer
Programming
CH201: Chemistry-1
M201: Mathematics2
ES201 : Basic
Electrical &
Electronic
Engineering-II
ME201 : Engineering
Thermodynamics &
Fluid Mechanics
PH301: Physics-2
CS301: Analog and
Digital Electronics
CS302 : Data
Structure &
Algorithm
CS303 : Computer
Organization
CS393 : Computer
Organization Lab
CS392 : Data
Structure &
Algorithm Lab
MCS401: Numerical
Methods
M401:
Mathematics-3
CS402 : Formal
Language &
Automata Theory
IT401: Object
Oriented
Programming &
UML
IT491:Object
Oriented
Programming &
UML (IT) Lab
Performance
Criteria
Applies
knowledge of
Mathematics
/Science
principles to
provide
numerical
solution to
model the
problem
solve
problems by
computing
principles
effectively
Method of
Assessment
Source for
data
collection
Target
for
Perform
ance
Length of
Assessment
Cycle/when
data is
collected
Internal/Extern
al
evaluation
Home
assignments/gr
oup
tasks
PH101: CO
1,2,3
M101: CO
1,2,3,4,5
ES101: CO
1,2,3,4,5
ME101: CO 1
CH201: CO 1
M201: CO
1,2,3,4,5
ME201: CO 1
PH301: CO
1,2
CS301: CO
1,2,3
70%
2 years
End of the
semester
2 years
End of the
Semester
Course end
survey
Graduate
survey
Alumni survey
IT705C: CO 1
MCS401: CO
1,2,3,4
Internal/Extern
al
evaluation
Home
assignments/gr
oup
tasks
CS201: CO
1,2,4,5
CS302: CO 1,2
CS303: CO
1,2,3,4,5
CS402:CO
1,2,6,7,9,10,11
CS392: CO 2
IT401: CO
1,2,3,4,5
IT504F: CO
1,2
IT501: CO
70%
1,2,3,4
IT503: CO 1,3
IT601: CO 3,4
IT602: CO 1,2
IT603: CO
1,2,3,4,5
IT605C: CO
1,2,3,4,5
IT691: CO 1,2
IT701: CO 1,3
IT704B: CO 1
IT705C: CO 1
2 years
End of the
semester
Course end
survey
Survey report
2 years
End of the
30%
End of the
program
30%
Page 88 of 448

IT501:Design &
Analysis of
Algorithm
IT503: Operating
System
IT504F:Programmin
g Practices using C++
IT601:Data Base
Management System
IT602:Computer
Networking
IT603: Software
Engg
IT605C:Compiler
Design
IT691:DataBase
Management System
Lab
IT701:Internet
Technology
IT704B: Cloud
Computing
IT705C:Modelling &
Simulation

Graduate
survey
Alumni survey
NBA February 2015

Semester
End of the
program
Program Outcome 2: An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to organize,

analyze and interpret data to produce meaningful conclusions and recommendations.
Courses considered
CS201 : Basic
Computation &
Principles of
Computer
Programming
CS291: Basic
Computation &
Principles of
Computer
Programming Lab
CS391:Analog and
Digital Electronics
Lab
CS392:Data
Structure and
Algorithm Lab
CS393:Computer
Organization Lab
MCS401:
Numerical Methods
CS402 : Formal
Language &
Automata Theory
IT401: Object
Oriented
Programming &
UML
IT491:Object
Oriented
Programming &
Performance
Criteria
Method of
Assessment
Source for
data
collection
Designing the
experiments:
Selection of
topic,
identify
problems,
formulate
questions,
design
and carry out
experiments
Internal/Ext
ernal
evaluation
in lab
practice
Internal/Ext
ernal
evaluation
in project
Lab tasks
Project
80%
Evaluation
rubrics
Interpreting
data:
Faculty
provides a
set of data
from
which student
discuss
possible
reasons for
deviations
between
predicted and
measured
results
from an
experiment
Course end
survey
Graduate
survey
Survey
data
Target for
Performance
20%
Length of
Assessment
Cycle/when
data is
collected
2 years
End of the
semester
2 years
End of the
Semester
End of the
program
Page 89 of 448

UML (IT) Lab
IT501:Design &
Analysis of
Algorithm
IT591:Design &
Analysis of
Algorithm Lab
IT593:Operating
System Lab
IT504F:Programmi
ng Practices using
C++
IT594F:Programmi
ng Practices using
C++
Lab
IT601:Data Base
Management
System
IT603: Software
Engg
IT691:DataBase
Management
System Lab
IT693:Software
Engg Lab
IT701:Internet
Technology
IT791:Internet
Technology Lab
IT704B: Cloud
Computing
IT705C:Modelling
& Simulation
IT792: Multimedia
Lab
IT793A: ECommerce Lab
NBA February 2015
Program Outcome 3: An ability to design, implement, and evaluate a computer-based system,

process, component, or program to meet desired needs within realistic constraints such as
economic, environmental, social, political, ethical, health and safety, manufacturability, and
sustainability.
Courses
considered
CS201 : Basic
Computation &
Principles of
Computer
Programming
CS303 :
Computer
Organization
CS302 : Data
Structure &
Algorithm
CS402 :
Formal
Language &
Automata
Theory
Performance
Criteria
ability to
design and
conduct
experiments,
as well
as to analyze
and
interpret data
An ability to
design a
Method of
Assessment
Internal/External
evaluation
Home
assignments/group
tasks
Source for
data
collection
CS201
CS303
IT503
IT504F
IT601
IT691
IT701
Course end survey

Graduate survey
Internal/External
evaluation
Target for
Performa
nce
Length of
Assessment
Cycle/when
data is
collected
70%
2 years
End of the
semester
30%
CS302
CS402
70%
2 years
End of the
Semester
End of the
program
2 years
End of the
Page 90 of 448

IT401: Object system,
Home
IT501
Oriented
component,
assignments/group IT605C
Programming
or process to tasks
IT704B
& UML
meet
IT705C
IT491:Object
desired needs
IT802B
Oriented
within
Programming
realistic
& UML (IT)
constraints
Lab
IT501:Design
& Analysis of
Algorithm
IT503:
Operating
System
IT504F:Progra
mming
Practices using
C++
IT601:Data
Base
Management
System
Course end survey
IT603:
Graduate survey
Software Engg
IT605C:Compi
ler Design
IT691:DataBas
e Management
System Lab
IT701:Internet
Technology
IT704B: Cloud
Computing
IT705C:Model
ling &
Simulation
IT802B: Cyber
Law &
Security Policy
(HSS)
NBA February 2015

semester
30%
2 years
End of the
Semester
End of the
program
Program Outcome 4: An ability to analyze, identify, formulate and solve hardware and software
based computing problems accounting for the interaction between hardware and software
appropriate to its solution using current techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools
Courses
considered
CS201 : Basic
Computation &
Principles of
Computer
Programming
CS302 : Data
Structure &
Algorithm
CS402 : Formal
Language &
Automata
Theory
IT401: Object
Oriented
Performance
Criteria
Understand
the
definition of
the
problem to
formulate its
specifications
Method of
Assessment
Source for
data
collection
CS402
IT401
Internal/External
IT501
evaluation
IT601
Home
IT704B
assignments/group
IT801A
tasks
IT802B
Course end survey

Graduate survey
Target for
Performance
Length of
Assessment
Cycle/when
data is
collected
70%
2 years
End of the
semester
30%
2 years
End of the
Semester
End of the
program
Page 91 of 448

Programming &
CS201
UML
CS302
IT491:Object
Internal/External
IT491
Oriented
evaluation
IT503
Programming &
Home
IT691
UML (IT) Lab
assignments/group IT701
IT501:Design
tasks
IT795
& Analysis of
IT891
Algorithm
IT892
IT503:
Operating
System
Recognize
IT601:Data
the data
Base
requirements.
Management
Identify
System
algorithms
IT691:DataBase and
specify the
Management
System Lab
software
IT701:Internet
tools,
hardware
Technology
IT704B: Cloud requirements
Course end survey
Computing
needed for a
Graduate survey
IT795: Project- given
1
problem
IT801A:
Advanced
Computer
Architecture
IT802B: Cyber
Law & Security
Policy (HSS)
IT891: Design
Lab
IT892: Project2
NBA February 2015
70%
30%
2 years
End of the
semester
2 years
End of the
Semester
End of the
program
Program Outcome 5: An ability to analyze the local and global impact of computing on
Courses
considered
CS201 : Basic
Computation
& Principles
of
Computer
Programming
HU481:
Technical
Report
Writing &
Language Lab
Practice
IT601:Data
Base
Management
System
HU681:
Seminar
IT701:Internet
Technology
Performance
Criteria
Method of
Assessment
Source for
data
collection
CS201
IT601
Internal/External IT701
evaluation
IT801A
IT795
IT892
Implementation
of design
methodologies
and usage of
advanced
techniques in
Course end
problem
survey
solving.
Graduate survey
Survey
data
Target for
Performance
Length of
Assessment
Cycle/when
data is
collected
70%
2 years
End of the
semester
30%
2 years
End of the
Semester
End of the
program
Page 92 of 448

IT704B:
Cloud
Computing
IT801A:
Advanced
Computer
Architecture
IT802B:
Cyber Law &
Security
Policy (HSS)
IT795:
Project-1
IT891: Design
Lab
IT892:
Project-2
NBA February 2015
Program Outcome 6: Knowledge of contemporary issues in the social sciences and the
Courses
considered
HU101: English
Language &
Technical
Communication
CS201 : Basic
Computation &
Principles of
Computer
Programming
HU481:
Technical Report
Writing &
Language Lab
Practice
IT701:Internet
Technology
IT802B: Cyber
Law & Security
Policy (HSS)
HU681: Seminar
IT703A:Ecomme
rce
Participation in
NSS (SPA 906)
Performance
Criteria
Understand
various
security
issues and
approaches
related to
webcommerc
e,
Ecash,
Visa cards
Method of
Assessment
Source for
data
collection
embedded
questions
Internal/Exter
nal
evaluation
and home
assignment
Rubrics
Home
assignment
tasks
Rubrics
data
Course end
survey
Graduate
survey
Alumni
survey
Identify the
contemporary
societal
issues
Survey data
Target for
Performance
Length of
Assessment
Cycle/when
data is
collected
70%
2 years
End of the
semester
30%
2 years
End of the
Semester
End of the
program
No. of
students who
Involved in
NSS
90%
2 years
End of the
semester
Program Outcome 7: An understanding of professional, ethical, legal, security and social issues
and responsibilities.
Source for
data
collection
Courses
considered
Performance
Criteria
Method of
Assessment
HU101:
English
Language &
Technical
Understand
ethical issues
relevant to
information
Evaluation
Internal/External
data,
evaluation
rubrics
Course end
Target for
Performance
Length of
Assessment
Cycle/when
data is
collected
70%
2 years
End of the
semester
Survey data 20%
2 years
Page 93 of 448

Communication technology
survey
HU301:Values
Graduate survey
and Ethics in
Profession
IT601:Data
Base
Management
System
IT701:Internet
Technology
IT802B: Cyber
Law & Security
Policy (HSS)
Knowledge
of
Workshop on
code of
Number of
Ethical
ethics as
students
Report
Hacking and
outlined by
participation
security
various
professional
NBA February 2015

End of the
Semester
End of the
program
10%
2 years
End of the
semester
Program Outcome 8: An ability to function effectively individually and on teams, including

Courses
considered
HU101:
English
Language &
Technical
Communication
CS391: Analog
and Digital
Electronics
HU481:
Technical
Report Writing
& Language
Lab Practice
IT601:Data
Base
Management
System
HU681:
Seminar
IT701:Internet
Technology
IT705C:Modell
ing &
Simulation
IT795: Project1
IT891: Design
Lab
IT892: Project2
Performance
Criteria
Information
gathering,
design,
implementati
on
presentations
and
reports
Work in
individual
and
team
Method of
Assessment
Source for
data
collection
Target for
Performance
Length of
Assessment
Cycle/when
data is
collected
Internal/Extern
al
evaluation
Rubrics
IT795
IT892
CS391
70%
2 years
End of the
semester
Course end
survey
Graduate
survey
Alumni survey
Survey
data
30%
2 years
End of the
Semester
End of the
program
Program Outcome 9: An ability to propose original ideas and solutions, culminating into a
modern, easy to use tool, by a larger section of the society with longevity through effective
communication in speech and in writing, including documentation of hardware and software
systems to customers/users or peers.
Page 94 of 448

Courses
considered
HU101:
English
Language &
Technical
Communication
HU481:
Technical
Report Writing
& Language
Lab
HU681:
Seminar
IT501:Design
& Analysis of
Algorithm
IT601:Data
Base
Management
System
IT603:
Software Engg
IT604B:Compu
ter Graphics
IT701:Internet
Technology
IT802B: Cyber
Law & Security
Policy (HSS)

Source for
data
collection
Performance
Criteria
Method of
Assessment
Oral and
written
communicatio
n
shown by the
students in
curriculum
Internal/Exter
nal
Rubrics
evaluation
Course end
survey
Graduate
Survey data
survey
Alumni
survey
Propose
original ideas
and solution
with well
documentation
Workshops
and
Seminars/
conferences
participated
in other
Institutions
and our
institute.
Report
NBA February 2015

Target for
Performance
70%
20%
Length of
Assessment
Cycle/when
data is
collected
2 years
End of the
semester
2 years
End of the
Semester
End of the
program
10%
2 years
End of the
semester
Program Outcome 10: An ability to recognize the importance of professional development by

pursuing postgraduate studies or face competitive examinations that offer challenging and
rewarding careers in computing globally.
Courses
considered
HU101:
English
Language &
Technical
Communication
CS402 : Formal
Language &
Automata
Theory
HU481:
Technical
Report Writing
& Language
Lab
IT501:Design
& Analysis of
Algorithm
IT603:
Software Engg
IT604B:Compu
ter Graphics
IT605C:Compil
Performance
Criteria
Recognize the
importance of
professional
development
by pursuing
postgraduate
studies
Method of
Assessment
Source for
data
collection
Internal/Exter
nal
Rubrics
evaluation
Course end
survey
Graduate
Survey data
survey
Alumni
survey
Participation
in Paper
presentations,
workshops
and
seminars/
Internships/
Report
Target for
Performance
70%
20%
Length of
Assessment
Cycle/when
data is
collected
2 years
End of the
semester
2 years
End of the
Semester
End of the
program
10%
2 years
End of the
semester
Page 95 of 448

er Design
IT701:Internet
Technology
IT704B: Cloud
Computing
IT795: Project1
IT892: Project2
NBA February 2015
Program Outcome 11: An ability to apply engineering and management knowledge and
techniques to estimate time and resources needed to complete a technical project.
Courses
considered
CS303 :
Computer
Organization
IT401: Object
Oriented
Programming
& UML
HU481:
Technical
Report
Writing &
Language Lab
IT501:Design
& Analysis of
Algorithm
IT503:
Operating
System
IT603:
Software Engg
IT701:Internet
Technology
IT795:
Project-1
IT891: Design
Lab
IT892:
Project-2
Performance
Criteria
Method of
Assessment
Source for
data
collection
Internal/External
Rubrics
evaluation
Independently
identify and
use
information
to
accomplish a
given
assignment
Course end
survey
Graduate survey
Alumni
Survey
data
Target for
Performance
Length of
Assessment
Cycle/when
data is
collected
70%
2 years
End of the
semester
30%
2 years
End of the
Semester
End of the
program
Program Outcome 12: An ability to have an entrepreneurial mindset to apply knowledge of

Courses
considered
Performance
Criteria
CS303 :
Computer
Organization
HU301:Values
and Ethics in
Profession
HU481:
Technical
Report Writing
& Language
Understand
different
scientific
methods used
in
various
departments
of
organization
and applied it
Method of
Assessment
Source for
data
collection
Internal/External
Rubrics
evaluation
Course end
survey
Graduate survey
Alumni survey
Target for
Performance
Length of
Assessment
Cycle/when
data is
collected
70%
2 years
End of the
semester
Survey data 20%
2 years
End of the
Semester
End of the
program
Page 96 of 448

Lab
with
IT601:Data
innovation
Base
Management
System
IT603:
Software Engg
IT701:Internet
Technology
IT795:
Project-1
IT891: Design
Lab
IT892:
Project-2
Learn to
Institute has a apply
Entrepreneur
planning,
Cell(E-Cell)
organizing,
motivating,
No. of student
Actively
and
Report
participation
participate in
controlling
National
resources to
Entrepreneur
achieve
Network.
specific
goals
2.3.2.
NBA February 2015
10%
2 years
End of the
semester
Indicate results of evaluation of each PO (25)
c) The expected level of attainment for each of the Program Outcomes;

d) Summaries of the results of the evaluation processes and an analysis illustrating the extent
to which each of the programme outcomes are attained; and
e) How the results are documented and maintained.
The program outcomes are assessed with the help of course outcomes of the relevant
courses through direct and indirect methods.
Direct measures are provided through direct examinations or observations of student
knowledge or skills against measureable course outcomes.
The knowledge and skills described by the course outcomes are mapped to specific
problems on internal exams/home assignment/group task. Throughout the semester the
faculty records the performance of each student on each course outcome. The sample
course assessment is enclosed in APPENDIX II. At the end of the semester students
receive grades from external exams.
Indirect assessment strategies are implemented by embedding them in the course end
survey, Graduate survey and Alumni Survey which are enclosed in APPENDIX IV
Finally, program outcomes are assessed with above mentioned data and Program
Assessment Committee concludes the Po attainment level. The sample PO assessment is
enclosed in APPENDIX II.
Program Outcomes Assessment and Attainment

Program Outcome 1: An ability to apply knowledge of computing, mathematics including
discrete mathematics, probability, statistics, science and engineering fundamentals appropriate
to the discipline.
The program assessment committee reviews all course outcomes which are relevant to this
PO. Specifically the task was to review the course outcome assessment results towards PO
assessment for each course and to draw some conclusion on how the program outcomes are
attained. This program outcome is considered as two sub program outcomes namely ability
Page 97 of 448

NBA February 2015
of applying the knowledge of mathematics and sciences and Engineering/Computing
fundamentals. The abilities are broadly assessed with programming skills, logica
logicall thinking,
problem solving and design of engineering problems.
The student ability in apply knowledge of mathematics/Science principles to provide
numerical solution to model the problem is evaluated with course outcomes towards
tabulated courses.
From thee tabulated courses, one course IT 501 Design & Analysis of Algorithm is
considered as an example for assessment. Tools for assessment are both direct and indirect
tools.
The Course Outcome 1: To develop an understanding of different standard algorithm
design
esign techniques such as divide & conquer, greedy technique, dynamic programming
and backtracking.
backtracking
For the assessment of this CO, the question
Assume
Assume that we start with a forest of trees, each having one node. Let T be a tree with m
nodes created as a result
result of a sequence of weighted union operations. Prove that the height
of T is no greater than log2m + 1
is given in Assignment-I.
Assignment I. From the scripts analysis, it is observed that above 95% of
students performed well.
Likewise, other question is
Suppose there is a set of lectures, each of which with specific start and end times. Find
the minimum number of classrooms needed to schedule all the lectures such two lectures
do not occur at the same time in the same room.
is given in Session-I(1
Session st Mid Term14).
). This involves solving of computing fundamentals.
This is related to Course Outcomes 4: To obtain optimal algorithm for a problem,
Students would be able to pick and choose the best algorithm for a given problem
More than 95% students are good in course attainment. The number of students appeared
and succeeds in internal exams/home assignment for the example course is show
shown
n in Figure
2.5.
Figure 2.5: Direct assessment analysis for IT 501

The same type of analysis is done for all course outcomes related to this PO which are
mentioned in the Table.2.9
Table 2.9: Assessment results of sample courses for program outcome 1
A: Appeared P: Performed to the expectation
Cours
e : CO
strongly attained
Direct Assessment Methods

Assignment 1
Q1
PH101
:
Physic
s-I
moderately
erately attained
A
11
6
P
102
Sessional 1
Q2
A
12
3
Q1
P
11
8
A
12
0
Assignment 2
Q2
P
11
0
A
10
5
Q1
P
90
A
12
4
Sessional 2
Q2
P
10
1
A
12
4
Q1
P
99
A
11
7
Practi
cal
Home
Attainment
Sessio
n
Assignm
ent
level of CO
A/P
A/P
Q2
P
11
2
A
12
7
P
11
5
Page 98 of 448

M101:
Mathe
matics
ES101:
Basic
Electri
cal
and
Electr
onics
Engg
ME10
1:
Mecha
nical
CH201
:
Chemi
stry
M201:
Mathe
matics
II
ME20
1:
Engine
ering
Therm
odyna
mics &
Fluid
Mecha
nics
PH301
:
Physic
s-II
CS301:
Analog
and
Digital
Electr
onics
CS201:
Basic
Comp
utatio
n
&
Princip
les of
Comp
uter
Progra
mmin
g
MCS4
01:Nu
merica
l
Metho
ds
CS303
:
Comp
uter
Organi
zation
CS302
: Data
Struct
ure &
Algorit
hm
CS392:
Data
Struct
ure &
Algorit
hm
NBA February 2015
97
78
89
78
85
72
87
79
92
81
91
79
95
81
88
76
97
90
91
88
84
78
96
83
90
77
91
78
95
80
89
79
90
76
95
82
89
86
88
81
93
80
86
74
94
75
90
80
85
70
92
80
93
80
78
71
85
69
92
80
82
71
91
81
85
70
92
80
93
80
78
71
85
69
92
80
82
71
91
81
97
90
91
88
84
78
96
83
90
77
91
78
95
80
89
79
88
80
87
68
90
79
95
79
89
74
92
82
92
75
89
80
90
79
85
80
84
68
93
78
91
80
83
76
90
79
88
80
91
77
88
73
84
66
81
70
90
75
87
80
85
69
94
84
85
73
87
80
90
74
88
78
86
77
94
75
90
74
90
80
97
78
89
78
85
72
87
79
92
81
91
79
95
81
88
76
97
90
91
88
84
78
96
83
90
77
91
78
95
80
89
79
95/88
Page 99 of 448
NBA February 2015
Lab
CS402
:
Forma
l
Langu
age &
Autom
ata
Theor
y
IT401:
Object
Orient
ed
Progra
mmin
g&
UML
IT501:
Design
&
Analys
is of
Algorit
hm
IT503:
Opera
ting
Syste
m
IT504F
:Progr
ammi
ng
Practic
es
using
C++
IT601:
Data
Base
Manag
ement
Syste
m
IT602:
Comp
uter
Netwo
rks
IT603:
Softwa
re
Engg
IT605C
:Comp
iler
Design
IT691:
DataB
ase
Manag
ement
Syste
m Lab
IT701:I
nterne
t
Techn
ology
IT704
B:
Cloud
Comp
uting
IT705C
:Mode
90
76
95
82
89
86
88
81
93
80
86
74
94
75
90
80
85
70
92
80
93
80
78
71
85
69
92
80
82
71
91
81
88
80
87
68
90
79
95
79
89
74
92
82
92
75
89
80
90
79
85
80
84
68
93
78
91
80
83
76
90
79
88
80
91
77
88
73
84
66
81
70
90
75
87
80
85
69
94
84
85
73
87
80
90
74
88
78
86
77
94
75
90
74
90
80
85
70
87
80
90
74
88
75
86
77
94
75
88
74
87
80
91
77
85
84
70
81
87
72
90
81
81
94
88
79
90
86
81
94
85
78
90
94
82
88
70
94/80
80
70
76
71
74
66
78
71
72
65
80
73
83
72
85
70
82
75
79
69
78
70
84
78
71
62
76
66
81
69
80
71
76
70
85
77
80
69
80
68
76
67
74
70
78
65
82
72

448
Page 100 of
NBA February 2015
lling &
Simula
tion
In the same way the PO assessment is done using course end survey, Graduate survey.
Finally, the PO assessment is evaluated with the following equation.
Table 2.10: Indirect assessment methods to assess Program outcome 1
Survey
type
Course
end
survey
Graduate
survey
Indirect assessment methods

Question
Survey Data
Number of
Responses
Have you learned the 90
fundamental
principles underlying
the major areas of
mathematics and
sciences in your
courses?
Have you applied
90
knowledge of
mathematics, science
and engineering /
computing,
fundamentals in
solving engineering
problems in your
program?
What is your general 93
impression of the
Bachelors degree
program in
Mathematics and
Sciences?
Are you able to
88
develop a broad
appreciation for
mathematics and
science both as a
discipline and as a
tool for solving real
world problems
Satisfaction
number
87
80
85
79
Similarly, the PO assessment is done for the remaining course outcomes for tabulated
courses. At the end based on PO assessment function, it is concluded that students achieved
up to 98% towards the abilities in programming skills, logical thinking, problem solving and
design of engineering problems related to mathematics and sciences.
Evidences:
1. Internal and external exam papers for these courses are available in examination section.
2. Course end survey, Graduate survey, and Alumni Survey documents files are available
in the department office.
Program Outcome 2: An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to organize,
analyze and interpret data to produce meaningful conclusions and recommendations.

448
Page 101 of
NBA February 2015
The program outcome refers to the four different learning levels of Blooms taxonomy as:
Designing experiments, Conducting experiments, Analyzing data, Interpreting data. The
order of difficulty flows from top to bottom.
Students are able to select topic, identify problems, formulate questions, design and carry
out experiments in various lab courses in the program curriculum. Faculty provides a set of
data from which student analyzes the data, discuss possible reasons for deviations between
predicted and measured results from an experiment.
From the lab courses, this outcome is assessed with student abilities in design, test
analytical and experimental solutions. The evaluation is done based on how the student
designed solution for a given problem and draw conclusions from a range of results.
The program assessment committee is reviewed all course outcomes which are relevant to
this PO. Specifically the task was to review the courses assessment results towards PO
assessment for each course and to draw some conclusion on how the program outcomes
attained.
From the tabulated courses, one course CS392: Data Structure & Algorithm Lab is
considered as an example for assessment.

448
Page 102 of
NBA February 2015
The course is conducted in a challenge lab fashion where the student is provided the basic
knowledge and he/she is asked to design the experiment in an inquiry model. The student
estimates the data structure model needed to get the desired output (provided by the
faculty), identify variables required and executes the progra
program.
m. Some of the tasks given to
the students in Academic year 2013-14
2013 14 as challenge lab are provided below.
Even though the same course during the academic year 2012
2012-13
13 is not conducted in the
challenge fashion the performance in the end examination is nearly the same. But the
difference is identified during the course end survey and viva
viva-voce
voce as a part of semester
end examination and is shown in Figure 2.6.
Figure 2.6: analysis of CS392 based on student capability of doing experiment
The same type of analysis

analysis is done for all course outcomes related to this PO which are
mentioned in Table.
moderately attained
Course : CO
CS291: Basic
Computation &
Principles of Computer
Programming Lab
CS391:Analog and
Digital Electronics Lab
CS392:Data
Data Structure
and Algorithm Lab
CS393:Computer
Organization Lab
IT491:Object
Object Oriented
Programming & UML
(IT) Lab
IT591:Design &
Analysis of Algorithm
Lab
IT593:Operating
System Lab
IT594F:Programming
Programming
Practices using C++
Lab
IT691:DataBase
Management System
strongly attained
Direct assessment methods
Designing
Conducting
Analyzing
Interpret
Attainment
experiments
experiments
data
data
level of CO
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
12
11
10
10
12
11
12
11
15
14
13
10
10
10
11
10
10
10
10
11
10
10
15
13
12
10
10
10
10
10

448
Page 103 of

Lab
IT692: Computer
Networking Lab
IT693:Software Engg
Lab
IT791:Internet
Technology Lab
IT793A: E-Commerce
Lab
IT504F:Programming
Practices using C++
IT501:Design &
Analysis of Algorithm
MCS401: Numerical
Methods
CS402 : Formal
Language & Automata
Theory
IT401: Object Oriented
Programming & UML
CS201 : Basic
Computation &
Principles of
NBA February 2015
10
10
10
10
12
11
10
10
10
13
10
11
11
10
10
9
9
10
13
9
10
10
11
8
8
10
10
7
8
In addition, the PO assessment is done with the indirect assessment methods like surveys.
Survey
type
Course
end
survey
Graduate
survey
In direct assessment methods

Question
Survey Data
Number of
Responses
By the end of the
95
course what level of
change has you
noticed in taking the
programming
challenge by your
self
Are you able to
95
design your problem
statement and
experiment on it
before your customer
requires it.
Satisfaction
number
90
85
It is evident that the students ability in AY 2012-13 to design experiment has improved
consistently by having a challenge based laboratory style. It is not the intent to say that the
structured experiments does not meet the CO but implementing Student designed Inquiry
based and challenge based laboratories can serve as models to help students develop the
basic skills as well as the basis for more complex experimentation.
However, the design of experiments, a very high-level skill, requires several opportunities
for practice and a variety of laboratory experiments. Hence, in our courses we are trying to
have more open-ended experiments.
448
Page 104 of

NBA February 2015
In summary, considering the various courses of the program it is evident that the student is
able to design and conduct experiments, as well as tto
o analyze and interpret data. Also,
acquire all the higher level of practical skills. The survey reports aggregate leads to 80%
which can be retrieved that the CO and there by PO is attained but it is necessary to take
more initiations and innovations in conducting
conducting these courses in future years.
Evidences:
1. Course end survey, Graduate survey and Alumni Survey documents files are
available in the department office
2. Course manuals, lab experiments list of courses are placed in department office.
Program Outcome 3: An ability to design, implement, and evaluate a computer

computer-based
based system,
process, component, or program to meet desired needs within realistic constraints such as
economic, environmental, social, political, ethical, health and safety, manufacturab
manufacturability,
ility, and
sustainability.
This outcome is assessed using direct and indirect assessment methods with selected
courses and student participation in research projects. The student is able to design a
system which may consist of components or processes whic
which
h should be realistic in terms of
its functions. The student should also be able to evaluate the performance of the system.
The program assessment committee is reviewed all course outcomes which are relevant to
this PO. Specifically the task was to review the courses assessment results towards PO
assessment for each course and to draw some conclusion on how the program outcomes
attained.
This program outcome is considered as two sub program outcomes namely Mathematics
and sciences and Engineering/Computing fundamentals. The abilities are broadly assessed
with programming skills, logical thinking, problem solving and design of engineering
problems.
The student ability in apply mathematics/Science principles to provide numerical solution
to model the problem iss evaluated with the PO assessment equation with course outcomes
towards tabulated courses.
From the tabulated courses, three courses IT 501, IT 603 and IT 702 are considered as an
example for assessment and the analysis is shown in Figure 2.7.
For the CO assessments, the entire students evaluation data is collected and analyzed with
a focus on attainment of PO.
Figure 2.7: analysis of IT 501, IT 603 and IT 702

The same type of analysis is done for all course outcomes related to this PO which are
mentioned in Table2.13.
Table2.1
Table 2.11: Assessment results of sample courses for program outcome 3

Course : CO
moderately attained
strongly attained
Direct Assessment Methods

Assignment 1
Sessional 1

448
Assignment 2
Sessional 2
Pract
ical
Sessi
on
Home
Assign
ment
Attain
ment
level
of CO
Page 105 of

Q1
Q2
Q1
Q2
Q1
Q2
NBA February 2015
Q1
Q2
A
1
1
6
P
1
0
2
A
1
2
3
P
1
1
8
A
1
2
0
P
1
1
0
A
1
0
5
P
9
0
A
1
2
4
P
1
0
1
A
1
2
4
P
9
9
A
1
1
7
P
1
1
2
A
1
2
7
P
1
1
5
CS303 :
Computer
Organization
9
7
7
8
8
9
7
8
8
5
7
2
8
7
7
9
9
2
8
1
9
1
7
9
9
5
8
1
8
8
7
6
CS302 : Data
Structure &
Algorithm
9
7
9
0
9
1
8
8
8
4
7
8
9
6
8
3
9
0
7
7
9
1
7
8
9
5
8
0
8
9
7
9
CS402 :
Formal
Language &
Automata
Theory
IT401:
Object
Oriented
Programmin
g & UML
IT491:Object
Oriented
Programmin
g & UML (IT)
Lab
9
0
7
6
9
5
8
2
8
9
8
6
8
8
8
1
9
3
8
0
8
6
7
4
9
4
7
5
9
0
8
0
8
5
7
0
9
2
8
0
9
3
8
0
7
8
7
1
8
5
6
9
9
2
8
0
8
2
7
1
9
1
8
1
IT501:Design
& Analysis of
Algorithm
8
8
8
0
8
7
6
8
9
0
7
9
9
5
7
9
8
9
7
4
9
2
8
2
9
2
7
5
8
9
8
0
IT503:
Operating
System
9
0
7
9
8
5
8
0
8
4
6
8
9
3
7
8
9
1
8
0
8
3
7
6
9
0
7
9
8
8
8
0
IT504F:Progr
amming
Practices
using C++
9
1
7
7
8
8
7
3
8
4
6
6
8
1
7
0
9
0
7
5
8
7
8
0
8
5
6
9
9
4
8
4
IT601:Data
Base
Managemen
t System
8
5
7
3
8
7
8
0
9
0
7
4
8
8
7
8
8
6
7
7
9
4
7
5
9
0
7
4
9
0
8
0
IT603:
Software
Engg
9
1
7
7
8
5
IT605C:Com
piler Design
8
4
7
0
8
1
CS201 : Basic
Computation
& Principles
of Computer
Programmin
g
A/P
A/P
95/
90
8
7
7
2
9
0
8
1
8
1
9
4
8
8
7
9
9
0
8
6
8
1
9
4
8
5
7
8
9
0
9
4
8
2
8
8
7
0
IT691:DataB
ase
Managemen
t System Lab
94/
80
IT701:Intern
et
Technology
8
0
7
0
7
6
7
1
7
4
6
6
7
8
7
1
7
2
6
5
8
0
7
3
8
3
7
2
8
5
7
0
IT704B:
Cloud
Computing
8
2
7
5
7
9
6
9
7
8
7
0
8
4
7
8
7
1
6
2
7
6
6
6
8
1
6
9
8
0
7
1
IT705C:Mod
elling &
Simulation
7
6
7
0
8
5
7
7
8
0
6
9
8
0
6
8
7
6
6
7
7
4
7
0
7
8
6
5
8
2
7
2

448
Page 106 of

IT802B:
Cyber Law &
Security
Policy (HSS)
7
7
7
0
8
1
7
1
8
0
6
8

7
8
7
0
7
2
6
2
7
2
6
3
8
3
NBA February 2015

7
2
8
0
7
1
In addition, the PO assessment is done with the indirect assessment methods like surveys.
Table 2.12 Indirect assessment methods to assess Program outcome 3
Survey
type
Course
end
survey
Graduate
survey
Alumni
survey

Survey Data
Number of
Responses
Are you able to demonstrate an
88
understanding of professional
responsibility issues as they relate to
public interest, health, and safety?
Do you follow non-technical constraints 90
such as environmental, social, political,
ethical, health and safety and
sustainability?
In problem definition processes, do you 50
consider broad determinants of health
by using the domains social, natural and
economic environment?
Question
Satisfaction
number
80
86
40
In the micro analysis of the internal marks of CS302, the average attainments are 81% and
92% in the years 2012-13 and 2013-14 respectively. It is clearly evident that the students
have capability to design, implement, and evaluate a computer-based system.
From the analysis of CS201, noticed that the students are succeed in learning how to write
modular, efficient and readable C programs, utilize pointers to efficiently solve problems
and use functions from the portable C library.
At the end based on PO assessment function, it is concluded that students achieved up to
88% towards the abilities in design, implement and evaluate a process or program for a
given problem.
Evidences:
1. Sample copies of internal examinations are available in the department examination

cell.
2. Course end survey, Graduate survey and Alumni survey documents files are
available in the department office
3. The assessment rubric given prior to the students published in the department notice
board.
Program Outcome 4: An ability to analyze, identify, formulate and solve hardware and
software based computing problems accounting for the interaction between hardware and
software appropriate to its solution using current techniques, skills, and modern engineering
tools

448
Page 107 of

NBA February 2015
This program outcome is considered as two sub program outcomes namely: Analyze a
given problem and Identify and define the computing requirements for a given problem
which are appropriate to its solution; other one is to use modern operating systems,
computing languages, environments and tools
tools is used for measuring this outcome.
The student ability to analyze a problem, and identify and formulate the computing
requirements appropriate to its solution is evaluated with the above mentioned PO
assessment equation with course outcomes towards tab
tabulated courses.
From the tabulated courses, one course CS302 Data structures and Algorithm is considered
as an example to illustrate the assessment.
The question asked in the Assignment I in the year 2012
2012-13 "Write
Write a program in C to
evaluate a postfix expression? meets the
CO1: Interpret and compute asymptotic notations of an algorithm to analyze the
consumption of resources (time/space).
(time/space)
In understanding the problem, the question was answered by all the students and 85% of
students attained. The number
number of students appeared and succeeds in internal exams/home
assignment for the example course is shown in Figure 2.8.
Figure 2.8: analysis of CS302

IT 795 course work is evaluated with the student performance in a dimension of their
expertise of using
using modern tools or current technology to develop the modules. As the
project work starts initially from this course work, students showed much interest towards
the modern programming languages and tools that they were aware of. The Figure 2.9 and
Figure 2.10 shows the status of the abilities exhibited in developing modules. It shows a
constant improvement in using the modern tools from previous years.
Figure 2.9: Performance analysis based on selection of tools

448
Page 108 of
NBA February 2015
Figure 2.10: Tools used by students in developing projects

Some students apart from the projects done in IT 795 and IT 892 develop modules and
projects as part of student research initiatives. Based on the above analysis it is concluded
that this PO is attained in the program. In addition, this PO is assessed with the help of
indirect assessment methods such as surveys. The survey reports show that, above 70% of
reports in satisfactory level.
In addition, the PO assessment is done with the indirect assessment methods like surveys as
shown in Table 2.15.
2.1 . Finally, the PO assessment is evaluated with the following equation.
Survey
type
Course
end
survey
Graduate
survey

Question
Survey Data
Number of
Responses
Do you understand
88
thoroughly the
description and
definition of the
given problem
For a given task, are 88
you able to write a
computing solution
How strong are you
88
in using and
implementing the
new tools?
Are you able to
100
analyze a problem
and formulate the
computing
requirements
appropriate to its
solution
Given a new tool or
100
environment how
much confident are
you to utilize and
develop with it.

448
Satisfaction
number
79
84
80
90
89
Page 109 of
NBA February 2015
Evidences:
1. Internal and external exam papers for these courses are available in the examination
section.
2. Samples copies of Term Paper, Mini Project and Major Project are available in the
department Library.
Program Outcome 5: An ability to analyze the local and global impact of computing on
The ability of students in terms of design, manipulate and manage databases is assessed by
internal and external examinations with the above tabulated courses. And this outcome is
assessed by students participation in presentations of conference papers, seminars
organized by other colleges/universities by learning implementation design methodologies
and usage of advanced techniques in problem solving.
Experiments, programs and home assignments are conducted for the courses IT 601 and IT
701.The analysis is based on the performance of the student in the internal and external is
provided in Figure 2.11.
Figure 2.11: Result analysis in IT601 and IT701

IT 795, IT891 and IT892 course works are asses with rubrics to evaluate the student
performance in their expertise to develop the modules. The students showed much interest
towards the current techniques and tools.
Figure 2.12: Result analysis in Project

Project-1, Design Lab, Project-2
448
Page 110 of

NBA February 2015
In addition, this PO is assessed with the help of indirect assessment methods such as
surveys. The survey reports show that, above 70% of reports in satisfactory level.
Question
Survey Data
Number of
Responses
Do you have a
99
personal perspective
on the importance of
computing todays
world?
Will leisure time
99
increase due to the
use of computers in
society? How will
you use it if it does?
How will you
105
describe "invasion of
privacy, a computer
threat and its impact
on individual,
organizations and
society?
Does your education 40
give an
understanding the
impact of the
discipline on relevant
social issues?
Survey
type
Course
end
survey
Graduate
survey
Alumni
survey
Satisfaction
number
90
88
95
36
Evidences:
1. Sample copies of internal examinations are available in the department examination

cell. Samples copies of Term paper, Mini Project and Major Project are available in
the department Library. Annual report of the department for workshops, seminars,
professional body activities, is placed in department office.
2. Exit survey, Alumni and Employer Survey documents files are available in the
department office.
board.
Program Outcome 6: Knowledge of contemporary issues in the social sciences and the
Our program is expected to equip future engineers not only with professional knowledge,
abilities and skills but also the ability to address
Environmental and safety issues

Global and Societal issues
To identify the importance of understand and discuss the societal and contemporary issues
as part of Program level statistics and survey reports are considered.
At the end of every academic year annual report is developed where the statistics of
students who have participated in student chapters/ workshops/ seminars/ conferences/
paper presentations/ internships/ industry visit etc. is prepared.
Apart from this the students participate widely in programs conducted under NSS.
In order to exposes the students in identifying the contemporary issues, understanding the
global and societal context to fulfil community and societal needs a test questionnaire is
given to final year students. It consists of questions, asking students about contemporary
issues and sometimes asks them to discuss each in a short paragraph. Number of Students
answered appropriate to the questionnaire is considered as one of the assessment tool.
Sample Questionnaire is given to final year students during AY 2014-15 is shown below.
448
Page 111 of

NBA February 2015
Table 2.15: Student performance in contemporary issues questionnaire
S.No Question
1
2
3
4
How can a student benefit from RTI?

What do you know about the recent
gas price hike in India?
What idea do you have of the
"LADLI SCHEME" made by the
government of India?
What do you know about the Swachh
Bharat Mission?
Total no.
of students
Answered
90
96
Answered
correctly
70
60
96
90
80
85
For understanding the social effects of malware and the effects of computing and
networking on society selected tabulated curriculum courses are assessed where more than
95% students gained knowledge. The analysis is shown in Figures 2.13. Even a
considerable number of student increments are shown for student performance, courses
improvising the attainment towards the PO.
In addition, students participation in co curricular activities like participation in debate,
general quiz, and group discussions etc. during
during the activities of student chapters is
considered for the assessment of this PO.
Figure 2.13: Analysis for questionnaire for assessing knowledge in contemporary

issues
Indirect assessment methods
Question
Survey Data
Number of
Responses
How often do you
Course
100
participate in events
end
related to societal
survey
issues?
Did you ever
Graduate
100
participate in NGO
survey
activities or any
external social
welfare association
during the college?
Are you participating 40
Alumni
in any social
survey
welfare activities
448
Survey
type
Satisfaction
number
78
60
20
Page 112 of

Are you able to
40
implement global
issues, security and
safety issues learnt
during your course?
NBA February 2015

22
Evaluating the curricular, extracurricular and survey assessments, it is evident that a positive
impact is being made throughout the curriculum in developing knowledge and an awareness of
contemporary issues. Within the curriculum, students were exposed to contemporary issues
related to engineering especially.
Evidences:
1. Annual report of the department for extracurricular activities placed in department

office.
2. Course end survey, Exit survey and Alumni Survey documents files are available in the
department office.
3. Result Analysis and number of students enrolled for subjects considered are plac
placed
ed in
the department office.
Program Outcome 7: An understanding of professional, ethical, legal, security and social issues
and responsibilities.
Graduates are intended to understand ethics and professional conduct related to IT and should
be able to identify the legal issues related to patents, plagiarism etc. To achieve this as a part of
curriculum, extra curriculum aspects are considered.
Knowledge of security issues, cyber laws and hacking are considered as major for present
generation technocrats in general and for IT graduate in particular. These skills are imparted
and assessed through number of student participations in Training on Ethical hacking
Having the knowledge of social responsibilities as an IT graduate in fact improves professional
growth
rowth and serves the society.
Figure 2.14: Workshops and seminars conducted in program

Good number of students had shown excellent performance in both XC181. The snippet of
rubrics used for evaluating projects for assessing ethics and professional con
conduct
duct is given
in Appendix.
Table 2.17: Indirect assessment methods to assess Program ooutcome 7
Survey
type
Course
end
survey
Graduate
survey

Question
Survey Data
Number of
Responses
How often do you
100
related to societal
issues?
Did you ever
100
participate in NGO
activities or any

448
Satisfaction
number
78
60
Page 113 of
Alumni
survey
external social welfare

association during the
college?
Are you participating
in any social
welfare activities
Are you able to
implement global
during your course?
40
NBA February 2015
22
Evidences:
1. Samples copies of Project are available in the department Library.
2. Annual report of the department for workshops, seminars, professional body activities, is placed
in department office.
3. Exit survey, Alumni and Employer Survey documents files are available in the department
office
4. The assessment rubric given prior to the students published in the department notice board.
Program Outcome 8: An ability to function effectively individually and on teams, including
includi
Team work has always been common element in engineering learning. This PO is
evaluated by developing the professional skills which includes responsible teamwork,
creativity and communication skills with professional and to prepare them for the complex
actual
al work environment and for life-long
life long learning.
Laboratory experiments and home assignments are conducted for the courses CS391.These
laboratory exercises are complained with the program outcome and are generally entailed
coordinated planning and execution.
execution. A small project work for this laboratory is given to see
their team work as well as to do work in multidisciplinary areas efficiently. Teams of
maximum five students are formed to accomplish the assigned laboratory task. The
predefined rubric is used to assess these courses. From the result, it is observed there is
good team work among all the team members which is shown in Figure 2.15.
Figure 2.15: Analysis of CS391 course

The rubric considers planning, sharing, listening, and other aspects of team work. As
appropriate, findings from course end survey, graduate survey and alumni surveys and
discussions were compiled to determine how well graduates are performing relative to this
outcome. The assessments for all students in the program were collected and analyzed with
a focus on individual work and on teams to accomplish common goals.
IT 795 and IT 892 courses were assessed for individual and team work. The predefined
rubric is used to assess these courses in terms of information gathering, presentati
presentations,
ons, and
reports.
Based on the above analysis, it is concluded that this PO is attained in the program. In
addition, this PO is assessed with the help of indirect assessment methods such as surveys.
The survey reports show that, above 80% of reports in sa
satisfactory level.
Survey
type

Question
Survey Data
Number of
Responses

448
Satisfaction
number
Page 114 of

Are you able to test
Course
100
and validate the
end
developed prototype
survey
against the original
requirements of the
problem?
Do you express
100
technical ideas,
strategies and
methodologies in
written form?
How far you are able 103
Graduate
to self-learn new
survey
tools, algorithms,
and/or techniques
that contribute to the
software solution of
the given team
project?
NBA February 2015

90
97
99
Evidences:

2. Course end survey, Graduate survey and Alumni Survey documents files are
available in the department office. The assessment rubric given prior to the students
published in the department notice board
Program Outcome 9: An ability to propose original ideas and solutions, culminating into a
modern, easy to use tool, by a larger section of the society with longevity through effective
communication in speech and in writing, including
including documentation of hardware and software
systems to customers/users or peers.
The ability of the students to communicate effectively is assessed regularly during the
program through various courses. The communication abilities are broadly categorized into
oral and written communication skills. In addition to these courses, these abilities are also
assessed by the faculty in other courses when students present the seminars and write the
home assignments.
Measurements considered under this section to assess the PO are:
Number of students participated in various extracurricular activities like
Workshops, Seminars, and Paper Presentations.
Number of students participated in Technical Quiz, Coding competition etc.
paper presentations/ internships/ industry visit etc. is prepared. A comparative statement
with the previous academic year is considered to indirectly assess the PO.
The communication abilities were assessed with student data which was collected during
the course work. Both course level assessment and HU781 oral assessment by the faculty
indicate that most of the students presentation
presentation and writing skills are good.
Some difficulty in answering questions precisely and accurately was observed. The Figure
2.16 illustrate
lustrate these observations.
Figure 2.16: Assessment for Technical English and Communication Skills Courses
448
Page 115 of
NBA February 2015
The students performance in the course IT 795 was evaluated along five dimensions with
rubric. The first three are mainly concerned with the individual student's oral skills and
how well the student relates to the audience. The fourth and fifth evaluate tthe
he students
writing skills. Each of these dimensions is assigned a score. The course IT 791 was
evaluated the student performance along five dimensions. The first three are mainly
concerned with the individual student's presentation delivery, subject kno
knowledge
wledge skills and
how well the student relates to the audience. The fourth and fifth evaluate the students
writing skills.
In addition, the number of students participated in various extracurricular activities like
workshops, paper presentations conducted
conducted at various institutions and our institute is
collected at end of the each academic year. This data is used to assess the outcome.
Figure 2.17: Student participation in various activities

Some difficulties were observed in graduates with respect to paper presentations. The
necessary actions were taken to overcome the identified weaknesses and initiate the culture
of paper presentation by organizing a one day event on paper presentation given
n by the
student.
Many students were participated in various co
co-curricular
curricular activities. Apart from
participation our students secured prizes for events like Best Brain Challenge, IIT KGP,
Finalist at ACM-ICPC
ACM
provisional round at IIT Kharagpur, 2014, Qualified
alified Google code
jam IA round 2014.
With the help of indirect assessment, the students communication abilities were evaluated.
The survey template was used for the assessment of communication abilities.
Survey
type
Course
end
survey
Graduate
survey
Alumni
survey

Question
Survey Data
Number of
Responses
How often do you
100
related to societal
issues?
Did you ever
100
participate in NGO
activities or any
external social
welfare association
during the college?
Are you participating 40
in any social
welfare activities
Are you able to
40
implement global
during your course?

448
Satisfaction
number
90
97
20
22
Page 116 of
NBA February 2015
Evidences:
1. Internal and external exam papers for these courses are available in examination
section.
2. Samples copies of Term Paper, Mini Project and Major Project are available in the
department Library.
3. Other Support Documents are in department office.
Program Outcome 10: An ability to recognize the importance of professional development by
pursuing postgraduate studies or face competitive examinations that offer challenging and
rewarding careers in computing globally.
The ability of the students to identify and use information sources by her/him self to
prepare term papers and develop mini and major projects in general for curriculum based
courses are considered for assessing lifelong learning capabilities. Precisely, these abilities
are assessed over the tabulated courses during the pr
program
ogram using appropriate assessment
tools for each course.
Importance to Lifelong learning skills is observed using tools during and after the program
completion.
Independent identification of information resources and best utilization of it as a part of
engaging
gaging in professional development is observed from courses IT795, IT892. This aspect
is measured in two dimensions and the rubric. The assessment analysis is shown in Figure
2.18.
Figure 2.18: Analysis of project course IT 892
The students participation in the following activities as part of Program level

statistics and survey reports are considered.
Unsupervised projects done on the interest of students
Participation in Paper presentations, workshops and seminars
Internships/ Visits to industry
indu
Appearance and Qualification in GATE / GRE/ CAT
This shows perfect evidence that PO k is attained in the program.

The faculty members have been encouraged to increase the number of students' site visits.
So that student insight towards need of professional
professional development improves. Students were
encouraged to take professional certification on Network Security, android application, dot
net etc. This will help students to gain more qualifications and prepare them for the future
IT workforce requirements
Evidences:

2. Annual report of the department for workshops, seminars and industrial visits data
is placed in department office.
Program Outcome 11: An ability to apply engineering and management knowledge and
techniques to estimate time and resources needed to complete a technical project.
The ability of applying engineering and management principles as an individual, team

member and team head to manage projects is assessed by the activities done on time, and
448
Page 117 of

NBA February 2015
according to specifications. The students are encouraged to perform individual proj
projects
ects or
group projects.
Abilities of the students are assessed using the rubrics. Students are assessed by the
internship projects inside/outside college. The understanding of engineering and
management principles abilities are assessed by the course HU50
HU501,
1, HU601, HU801A in the
curriculum and thus are a logical place to assess program management skills of graduating
students. IT795 and IT892 reflects all aspects of managing a firm in a competitive
environment, it requires students to exercise program manag
management
ement skills to ensure all
components are accomplished in an effective and timely manner. The observations are
shown in Figure 2.19.
2.1
Figure 2.19: Assessment of projects

Indirect assessment strategies are implemented by embedding them in the course en
end
survey, Exit survey and Alumni Survey.
Evidences:
1. Samples copies of Projects are available in the department Library

2. Exit survey and Alumni Survey documents files are available in the department
office
board.
Program Outcome 12: An ability to have an entrepreneurial mindset to apply knowledge of
An ability to have an entrepreneurial mindset to apply kno

knowledge
wledge of engineering and
management to ones own surrounding environments is assessed by the innovating
application oriented project work. The Entrepreneurial Cell (e
(e-cell; www.iemecell.com)
is formed to encourage students
students to shape their innovating ideas in real applied world. For
last two years IEM e-cell
e cell wins in National Entrepreneur Network and became runner up in
2012 in the same.
From here we found few students who have started up their own companies. The List iiss as
follows; Highlighted names are from IT department:
Table 2.18: Start up companies by students
Name of
the
Company
Distronix
XeQt
XCLence
Corp
Image
Array
Wicked
Owner
Business Area
Rohit Sarkar
Robotics and Microcontrollers
Soham Banerjee Softwares and Services
Services related to hardware and
Sandip Ghosh
software in Computation
Aniruddha Das
Photography and Image Editing
& Gourav Roy
Debalin Das
IT/Internet/Software

448
Current
Dept
Status
Active
Active
IT
CSE
Active
ECE
Inactive
Active
Year
2014
4
CSE & 2012

IT
CSE
Page 118 of

Algo
Providing customized content to
Arif Aziz
Firaziza
users
NBA February 2015

Active
IT
2014
2.4. Indicate how the results of evaluation of achievement of the POs have
been used for redefining the POs (10)
(Articulate, with rationale, how the results of the evaluation of the POs have been used to
review/redefine the POs)
Figure 2.20 illustrates the process of revising/redefining existing program outcomes.

The need for revise / redefine of existing Pos is identified with the help of the assessment
results of PO attainment from direct/indirect assessment methods.
The improvement of PO attainment is considered in three possible phases: Curriculum,
Delivery methods/course outcomes and program outcomes.
For curriculum, the gap in the curriculum is identified then to add this content which is
beyond syllabus, the program coordinator initiates the process with the views of Module
coordinator. The Department advisory board notices the required modification and takes
approval with BOS
The module coordinator initiates the process to change delivery methods/course outcomes
in course assessment and discuss with program assessment committee
To improve the program performance, the Program Coordinator analyze the PO assessment
and attainment and discuss the necessary revise changes in existing POs with program
assessment committee/department advisory board
Figure 2.20: Process for Revising/Redefining POs

448
Page 119 of
3.
NBA February 2015
Programme Curriculum (125)
3.1. Curriculum (15)

3.1.1. Describe the structure of the curriculum (5)
The UG in Information Technology program is spread over 8 semesters and designed to have a
total of 210 credits, out of which 4 credits are for audit courses. Two audit courses on personality
development during third year are mandatory. For the other two audit courses, the student can
choose from the available student practice courses. The course credits are broadly fixed based on
the following norms.
Lectures-One Lecture period per week is assigned one credit.
Tutorials-One tutorial periods per week are assigned one credit.
Practical-Three practical periods per week are assigned two credits.
Seminar/Design Lab/Industrial Training/Mini project/Term paper shall have two credits each.
Major project shall have 6 credits.
However, some courses are prescribed with fixed number of credits and some with variable
credits depending on the complexity of the subject and relative importance.
The structure of the curriculum is described along with the distribution of contact hours in the
Table 3.1
Table 3.1 Curriculum Structure
Course
Code
Course Title
Total number of contact hours/ week

Lecture Tutorial
(L)
(T)
Credits
Practical Total Hours

(P)
HU101
English Language &

Technical Communication
PH101
Physics-1
M 101
Mathematics-1
ES 101
Basic Electrical &

Electronic Engineering I
ME 101
Engineering Mechanics
PH 191
Physics-1 Lab
ES191
Basic Electrical &

Electronic Engineering I Lab
ME 192
Workshop Practice
HU 181
Language Laboratory
XC 181
Extra Curricular
Page 120 of 448

Activities(NSS/NCC/NSO
etc)
NBA February 2015
CS 201
Basic Computation &

Programming
CH 201
Chemistry-1
M 201
Mathematics-2
ES 201
Basic Electrical &

Electronic Engineering-II
ME 201
Engineering Thermodynamics &

Fluid Mechanics
CS 291
Basic Computation &

Programming Lab
CH 291
Chemistry-1 Lab
ES 291
Basic Electrical &

Electronic Engineering- II Lab
ME 292
Basic Engg Drawing &

Computer Graphics
HU 301
Values & Ethics in Profession
PH 301
Physics-2
CH 301
Basic Environmental Engineering

& Elementary Biology
CS 301
Analog & Digital Electronics
CS 302
Data Structure & Algorithm
CS 303
Computer Organization
PH 391
Physics-2 Lab
CS 391
Analog & Digital Electronics Lab
CS 392
Data Structure & Algorithm Lab
CS 393
Computer Organization Lab
M (CS) 401
Numerical Methods
M 401
Mathematics-3
CS 401
Communication Engg & Coding

Theory
CS 402
Formal Language & Automata

Theory
IT 401
Object Oriented Programming &

UML
HU 481
Technical Report Writing &

M (CS) 491
Numerical Methods Lab
Page 121 of 448

CS 491
Communication Engg & Coding
0
0
Theory Lab
NBA February 2015

3
CS 492
Software Tools Lab
IT 491
Object Oriented Programming &

UML Lab
HU501
Economics for Engineers
IT 501
Design & Analysis of Algorithm
IT 502
Computer Architecture
IT 503
Operating System
IT 504F
Free Elective
Circuit Theory & Network (EE)
Data Communication (ECE)
Digital Signal Processing (ECE)
Operation Research (M)
Microprocessors &
Microcontrollers(CSE)
Programming Practices using C++
IT 591
Algorithm Lab
IT 592
Computer Architecture Lab
IT 593
Operating System Lab
IT 594F
Free Elective Lab

Microprocessors &
HU 601
Principles of Management
IT 601
Data Base Management System
IT 602
Computer Networking
IT 603
IT604A
IT604B
IT604C
IT604D
Professional Elective
Information Theory & Coding
Computer Graphics
Pattern Recognition
ERP
IT 504A
IT 504B
IT 504C
IT 504D
IT 504E
IT 594A
IT 594B
IT 594C
IT 594D
IT 594E
IT605C
IT605D
Free Elective
Discrete Mathematics (M)
Human Resource Management
(HSS)
Compiler Design (CSE)
Artificial Intelligence (CSE)
IT 691
IT605A
IT605B
Page 122 of 448

Lab
NBA February 2015
IT 692
Computer Networking Lab
IT 693
Software Engineering Lab
IT 681
Seminar
IT 701
Internet Technology
IT 702
Multimedia
IT 703A
IT 703B
IT 703C
E-Commerce
Soft Computing
Image Processing
IT 704A
IT 704B
IT 704C
Distributed Operating System

Cloud Computing
Data Warehousing & Data
Mining
Sensor Networks
Mobile Computing
IT 704D
IT 704E
IT 705A
IT 705B
IT 705C
IT 705D
IT 705E
Bio Informatics (BI)

Control System (EE)
Modeling & Simulation (M)
Microelectronics & VLSI
Design(ECE)
Advanced Data
Communication & Coding
HU 781
Group Discussion
IT 791
Internet Technology Lab
IT 792
Multimedia Lab
IT 793A
IT 793B
IT 793C
E-Commerce Lab
Soft Computing Lab
Image Processing Lab
IT 794
Industrial training
IT 795
Project-1
HU 801A
HU 801B
Organizational Behaviour
Project Management
IT 801 A
Advanced Computer Architecture
IT 801 B
IT 801 C
IT 801 D
Parallel Computing
Natural Language Processing
Cryptography & Network
Security
IT 802 A
IT 802 B
Technology Management (HSS)

Cyber Law & Security Policy
(HSS)
Optical Networking (ECE)
Low Power Circuits & Systems
(ECE)
IT 802 C
IT 802D
4 wks during 6 -7 Sem-break
Page 123 of 448

IT 802E
Business Analytics(CSE)
IT 802F
Robotics(EE & ME )
NBA February 2015
IT 891
Design Lab / Industrial problem

IT 892
Project-2
12
12
IT 893
Grand Viva
20
105
246
211
Total
117
#Seminars, project works may be considered as practical
Figure 3.1 Contact Hour Allocation of the Curriculum
Page 124 of 448
NBA February 2015
3.1.2. Give the Prerequisite flow chart of courses (5)

(Draw the schematic of the prerequisites of the courses in the curriculum)
Schematics of the prerequisites of the courses in the curriculum

First Year
1st
Semester
HU101
HU 101
English
Languag
e & Tech
Commun
ication
PH101
PH 101
Physics1
M101
M 101
Mathem
atics-1
ES 101
Basic
Electrical
&
Electroni
c Eng.
ME101
ME 101
Engineer
ing
Mechani
cs
Second Year
2nd
Semester
CS 201
Basic
Computatio
n&
Principles
Computer
Prog.
CH201
CH 201
Chemistr
y-1
M201
M 201
Mathem
atics-2
ES 201
Basic E
&E
Engineeri
ng-II
3rd
Semester
4th
Semester
HU 301
Values &
Ethics in
professi
on
PH301
PH 301
Physics 2
CH 301
Basic
Environ
mental
Eng.
CS 301
Analog &
Digital
Electroni
cs
ES 302
Data
CS302
Data
Structure &
DS&A &
Structure
Algorithm
Algorithm
ME201
Engineering
ME 101
Engineeri
Thermodyn
ngEngg.
amics &
Thermodyn
Thermod
Fluid
amics &
ynamics
Mechanics
Fluid
& Fluid
Mechanics
Mechani
cs
CS 303
Comput
er
Organiza
tion
Fourth Year
Third Year
5th
Semester
6th
Semester
7th
Semester
8th
Semester
MCS 401
Numeric
al
Method
HU 501
Economi
cs for
Engineer
ing
HU 601
Principle
s of
Manage
ment
IT 701
Internet
Technol
ogy
HU 801A
Organiza
tional
Behavio
ur
M 401
Mathem
atics 3
IT 501
Design &
A. Algo
IT601
IT 601
DBMS
IT702
IT 702
Multime
dia
IT 801
AAdvanc
ed
Architect
ure
CS 401
CE and
Coding
Theory
CS 402
FL & A
Theory
IT 401
OOP &
UML
HU 481
Technica
l Report
Writing
IT 502
Comput
er
Architect
ure
IT 602
Comput
er
Network
ing
IT 703A
ECommer
ce
IT503
IT 503
Operatin
g System
IT603
IT 603
Software
Engineer
ing
IT 704B
Cloud
Computi
ng
IT504F
IT 504F
Program
ming
Practice
using
C++
IT 604
BCompu
ter
Graphics
IT 605C
Compiler
Design
IT 705C
Modelin
g and
Simulati
on
HU 781
Group
Discussio
n
Page 125 of 448
IT802B
IT 802B
Cyber
Law and
Security
Policy
3.1.3.
NBA February 2015
Justify how the programme curriculum satisfies the programme
specific criteria (5)

(Justify how the programme curriculum satisfies the programme specific criteria specified by the
American professional societies relevant to the programme under accreditation)
Program specific Criteria for Information Technology and Similarly Named Computing
Programs specified as per Lead Society: CSAB
CSAB (Computer Science Accreditation Board) includes the Association for Computing Machinery
(ACM) and the IEEE Computer Society (IEEE-CS),
The program specific criteria given by CSAB are as follows:
A. Coverage of the fundamentals of
1. The core information technologies of information management, human computer interaction,
programming, networking, web systems and technologies.
The courses in this module provide an efficient knowledge in designing and managing the large
databases and develop their own databases to solve real world problems. . With the study of Data
Modeling, SQL and normalization, the students are able to illustrate query processing and
optimization techniques. With the study of data mining models and algorithms, the students acquires
the sufficient knowledge to cluster or predict the data. The study of these courses makes the student to
select and apply proper data mining algorithms to build analytical applications. Also enables the
student to analyze the data for extracting relevant information from huge data. The courses specified
in this module focus on design models to predict future trends for decision making.

Data Warehousing & Data Mining
Business Analytics
Programming
The programming courses helps the students in identifying appropriate data structures and
algorithms for a given contextual problems. The study of these courses enhances the programming
skills of the students. In addition, students are able to interpret event handling techniques and develop
client/server applications by learning Event Handling and AWT Components. With the study of
Object Oriented Programming Concepts , the students develop solutions for a real time problem. The
Study of HTML and DHTML enables the students to develop Static and Dynamic Web pages.
Page 126 of 448
NBA February 2015
Programming
Basic Computation & Principles of
Computer Programming
Object Oriented Programming using
JAVA & UML
Software Tools Lab using Visual Basic
Multimedia
Networking
The study of the courses included in this module equips the students with the knowledge and
understanding in the design, building, assessment or management of advanced data communication
networks. The students get familiar with wireless networking concepts, network tools, network
programming and contemporary issues in networking technologies. The students are demonstrated
with the Wireless techniques with transmission technologies which can be applied in mobile based
applications. The course enables the students to analyze the recovery techniques and implement
distributed file system in network file system.
Networking
Computer Networking
Internet Technology
Cloud Computing
Distributed Operating Systems
Sensor Networks
Mobile Computing
Optical Networking
Cryptography & Network Security
Parallel Computing

The study of these courses provides an insight of developing effective user interfaces including the
design of menus and other interaction styles. With the study of Computer Vision algorithms, Students
will be able to develop vision techniques to real time applications. The students acquire the
knowledge in the core information technologies of human computer interaction with the study of
Artificial Intelligence techniques which can be used to design knowledge based, adaptive systems.
The study of web methodologies helps to design and implement web applications. With the study of
UML models the students will be able to represent the possible interactions between the instances.
Through servelets and JSP, the students acquire sufficient knowledge in designing the interfaces. The
student performance will be enhanced by implementing intelligence tools with hand on experience.
Page 127 of 448
NBA February 2015

Artificial Intelligence
Robotics
Pattern Recognition
Image Processing
Soft Computing
Modeling & Simulation
Bio-Informatics
2. Information assurance and security

The students can understand, apply and manage information assurance and security in computing,
communication or intrusion organizational systems with the security mechanisms, authentication and
detection.
Information Assurance & Security

E-Commerce
Cyber Law & Security Policy
Advanced Data Communication &
Coding
3. System administration and maintenance

The process of information sharing and communication systems will be understood by the students
through network architectures and protocols. The students are able to interpret data transmission
techniques on various connected media.
System Administration & Maintenance
Computer Networking
Internet Technology
Operating System
Cloud Computing
Parallel Computing
4. System integration and architecture
The courses provide the student with a detail understanding of computer hardware and system
software. Additionally, systems integration process, approaches, drivers, tools and techniques were
also covered. The students get familiar with the industry standard testing tools for assuring the
software quality.
Page 128 of 448
NBA February 2015
System Integration & Architecture

Computer Organization
Formal Language & Automata
Microprocessors & Microcontrollers
Project Management
B. Advanced course work that builds on the fundamental course work to provide depth
Data Warehousing, Data Mining, Cloud Computing, Business Analytics and all elective courses are
the advanced courses that builds on the fundamental course work to provide depth
Advanced Courses that provide depth

Mobile Computing
Cloud Computing
Business Analytics
Advanced data Communication & Coding
Theory
Compiler Design
3.2. State the components of the curriculum and their relevance to the POs and the
PEOs (15)
The institutional guidelines on the distribution of curriculum are shown in Table 3.2.
Table 3.2 Institutional Guidelines on distribution of curriculum
Sl. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Courses
Basic Science and Mathematics Courses
Basic Engineering Courses
Humanities and Social Science Courses
Professional Cores
Electives
Major project
Personality Development Courses
Group Discussion
Soft Skill and English Communication
Pre-Placement Training
Seminar
Student Practice Courses
Weightage
12-18%
15-20%
2-5%
35-45%
12-20%
4-6%
1%
1%
Industrial Training: Students should undergo summer
Page 129 of 448
NBA February 2015
training for a minimum of 2 weeks.
Self learning: Students should submit a report on a

totally new mini project for each core laboratory
relevant to the programme.
Co-Curricular participation: Student should

participate in Technical fests comprising of
Quizzes/Student paper
contest/Seminars/Conferences etc.
Extra-curricular participation: Student should

participate in Sports & Games/Cultural
activities/Drawing/ Photography etc.,
National Service Scheme (NSS): Student should

participate in NSS at least for one semester.
The actual distribution of curriculum under different components and their relevance to the POs and
PEOs is depicted in Table 3.3
Programme curriculum grouping based on different components
Table 3.3 Actual distribution of curriculum under different components
Course Component
Curriculum
Content
(% of total number
of credits of the
programme )
Total
number of
contact
Hours/Week
Total
number of
credits
POs
Mathematics
8%
16
16
PO4, PO5, PO7
PEO1 & PEO2
Science
9%
26
20
PO4, PO5, PO7
PEO1 & PEO2
Computing
10%
24
20
PO4, PO5, PO7
PEO1 & PEO2
Humanities
8%
20
15
PO4, PO7, PO10,

PEO3 & PEO4
PO11, PO12
Professional Core
32%
80
69
PO1, PO3, PO4,

PO5, PO7, P10,
P12
PEO1, PEO2 &

PEO3
Electives
15%
36
32
PO2, PO3, PO4,

PO5, PO6, PO8,
P10, P12
PEO2, PEO3 &

PEO4
Basic Engineering
Courses
18%
44
39
PO4, PO5, PO7,

P12
PEO1, PEO2 &

PEO3
PEOs
Page 130 of 448
NBA February 2015
1. Mathematics and Basic sciences

The Courses under this components covers topics such as ordinary and partial differential equations,
Differential , Integral and vector Calculus, Fourier series and transforms, Numerical methods,
Relations and graphs, Distributions, Inferences concerning Means and Variances and Queuing
Theory for solving engineering problems, study of topics like Moment of Inertia of Plane Figures &
Rigid Bodies, Kinematics, Electrochemistry and Electrochemical energy systems, Forces and
Friction.
2. Basic Engineering Courses
Basic Manufacturing Methods, Mechanical Engineering, Material science, Power Transmission and
Plants, Electricity and semiconductors, Magnetic circuits, Transformers, digital electronic circuits,
principles of communication engineering that build the student with the ability to analyze real life
problems, design and provide appropriate solutions that are socially acceptable which enhances
excellence in professional career.
3. Humanities & Social Sciences(HSS)
The focus will be on the courses related to communications, Values & Ethics, Operations Research
and Environment Science. Main topics are Solid waste management, Energy resources, Theory of
Games, Project Management. The awareness of these courses, make the student to function and
communicate effectively in teams for computing the problem with global impact maintaining
professionalism and ethical attitude.
4. Professional Core
As per the program specific criteria developed by CSAB, the core courses cover the all topics
envisaged by professional bodies.
5. Electives
The advanced core courses that build on the fundamental course work to provide depth are included
in this component.
Page 131 of 448
NBA February 2015
3.3 State core engineering subjects and their relevance to Programme Outcomes
including design experience (30)
(Describe how the core engineering subjects in the curriculum provide the learning experience
with the complex engineering problems)
Information Technology is the scientific and practical approach to computation and its
applications. It is the systematic study of the feasibility, structure, expression, and mechanization
of the methodical processes (or algorithms) that underlie the acquisition, representation,
processing, storage, communication of, and access to information, whether such information is
encoded in bits and bytes in a computer memory or transcribed engines and protein structures in a
human cell.
An IT engineer specializes in the theory of computation and the design of computational systems.
As a discipline, Information technology spans a range of topics from theoretical studies of
algorithms and the limits of computation to the practical issues of implementing computing
systems in hardware and software.
Fifteen subjects are considered as very crucial to the discipline of Information Technology.
Description of these courses and their relevance to POs are briefly given below:
1. Basic Computation and Theory of Computer programming (CS201)
Description: In theoretical computer science and mathematics, the theory of computation is the
branch that deals with how efficiently problems can be solved on a model of computation, using an
algorithm. The field is divided into three major branches: automata theory, computability theory,
and computational complexity theory. Automata theory is the study of abstract machines and
automata, as well as the computational problems that can be solved using them. Computability
theory, also called recursion theory, deals with the study of computable functions and Turing
degrees. Computational complexity theory focuses on classifying computational problems
according to their inherent difficulty, and relating those classes to each other.
Program Outcomes:
The students are able to analyze a problem, identify and define the computing requirements
appropriate to its solution. Students are able to design, implement and evaluate a computer-based
system, process, component or program to meet desired needs. They will be able to apply
mathematical foundations, algorithmic principles and computer science theory in the modeling and
design of computer-based systems in a way that demonstrates comprehension of the tradeoffs
involved in design choices.
Correlates with PO2, PO5
2.
Data Structure and Algorithm (CS302)
Description: This course introduces the requirement of different data structures in computer
science area and wide applications of them. Students are exposed to both linear and non-linear data
structures and basic operations like searching insertion deletion and sorting. All the data structures
along with the operations are practically implemented using C language. Every student is given a
scenario where some basic programming has to be implemented using a specific data structure as
home assignment. This enables the student to explore the concepts learnt and identify which data
structure suits the objective. Apart from this the student answers the tutorial papers which are
designed in a pattern of guided enquiry learning. With this exercise the student raises interest in the
subject as well as improves his learning methodologies.
Program Outcomes:
Students can understand the properties of various data structures and their strengths and
weaknesses and can design and employ appropriate data structures for solving computing
problems. They are also able to analyze and compare the efficiency of various algorithms for
computing problems.
3.
Programming Practices using C++ (IT504F)
Page 132 of 448
NBA February 2015
Description: Programming methodologies and languages are used to develop computerexecutable programs from an original formulation of a computing problem. It involves analysis and
understanding of the problems, developing algorithms for the same, implementing (or coding) the
algorithm in a target programming language, and testing, debugging, and maintaining the
implemented source code. Source code is written in one or more programming languages such as
C, C++, C# etc. The process of programming thus often requires expertise in many different
subjects, including knowledge of the application domain, specialized algorithms and formal logic.
Program Outcomes: Teach students how to program using the C++ Programming Language and
prepare them with the necessary programming background to proceed with C++ object-oriented
Programming, Data Structures using C/C++. Mini project using win32 application enables the students
to have a deep understanding of the subject to solve computational problems.
4.
Computer Organization (CS303)
Description: Computer Organization is a course that provides an in-depth understanding of the

inner workings of digital computer system. Students learn the working of digital logic circuits and
various digital components. The course covers Register Transfer Language, Micro Programmed
control, Memory and input output organization. With the study of this course, the students will
understand the steps to be followed internally during the execution of an instruction. With these
concepts the students gain the basic knowledge in developing the programs in Assembly language.
Program Outcomes: Students are able to the designing process of combinational and sequential
circuits. Express arithmetic, logic and shift micro operations in symbolic form and their corresponding
circuits at a register transfer level and apply it for the design and implementation of ALU. They are able
to identify the addressing modes used in macro instructions and develop micro code for typical
instructions in symbolic form. Identification of different input output devices and the control circuit
design and implementation for real life problems form a part of mini project that has to be submitted at
the end of the course.
5.
Computer Architecture (IT502)
Description: Computer architecture refers to those attributes of a computer system that are
visible to a programmer, i.e., those attributes that have a direct impact on the logical execution of
a program. These attributes include the instruction set, the number of bits used to represent the
various data types (numbers, characters etc), I/O mechanisms, and techniques to address the
memory.
Program Outcomes: Students get a deep understanding the design of a pipelined CPU and cache
hierarchy. They are able to design hypothetical parallel processor. Students would be able to apply
different ways of communication depending on the demand. They can understand the hardware design
of multiprocessors including cache coherence and synchronization. A mini project has to be submitted
at the end of the course.
Correlates with PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4, PO5
6.
Object Oriented Programming & UML (IT401)
Description: This course will cover concepts of object-oriented analysis and design techniques,
Unified Process (an iterative methodology), and Unified Modeling Language (UML). Using a
case-cantered, scenario-based approach, the learner will be able to apply object-oriented concepts
and modeling techniques to simulate real-life situations. Students are exposed to use a UML-based
software tool for modeling the software development process, and will experience the transition
from UML diagrams to program code. Topics to be discussed will include CRC technique,
software development methodologies, requirements gathering and analysis, system architecture
and design, implementation, testing and deployment. The study of this course helps in design part
for the project work
Page 133 of 448

NBA February 2015
Program Outcomes: Students understand fundamental constructs of OOP. They get the knowledge of
UML with skills to draw UML diagrams. They get the knowledge of different forms of OO
Implementation. They can then apply object oriented programming concepts in problem solving
through JAVA. Design and implementation of Applet and event handling mechanisms in programs
form a part of mini project that has to be submitted at the end of the course.
Correlates with PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4, PO9, PO11
7.
Operating Systems (IT503)
Description: This course teaches the basic concepts of the operating system. The subject covers
the CPU scheduling, Memory Management, Thread management and Virtual memory. Students
are exposed to resolve the Deadlock problem and synchronization problems. The concepts were
explained through lecture hours and the problems were implemented through tutorial hours.
Program Outcomes: The students can analyze the concepts of processes in operating system and
illustration of the scheduling of processor for a given problem instance. Identify the dead lock
situation and provide appropriate solution so that protection & security of the operating system is also
maintained. Analyze memory management techniques, concepts of virtual memory and disk
scheduling. Understand the implementation of file systems and directories along with the interfacing
of IO devices with the operating system. The students are asked to develop the case studies that
include the comparative analysis about any concept of operating system or comparison between
the different versions of same operating systems.
8.
Software Engineering (IT603)
Description: Software Engineering is a course which provides a significant hands-on design

experience. The course introduces the concepts of software engineering and various process models
that emphasize the students to select an appropriate process model for a given project. The course
contains the software engineering practices that are to be followed at different stages during the
development of product and the principles of design that can be implemented in project work. The
course also focuses on testing, debugging and estimation that makes the students to formulate the
test plans.
Program Outcomes: The students can evaluate and analyze the SDLC and basic architecture SRS
documents. It helps to understand the software design and coding techniques, the software testing
principles, the concept project management and identify various concepts of Advanced UML
techniques. The students are given the assignments such as 1) develop data flow diagrams for a
given application, 2) specify the valid requirements 3) build the model that helps the student to
explore the concepts during the problem design. The concepts that were introduced in this course
help the students in their project work in writing code that is robust and bug free. The course is
approximately 60% design and provides an excellent software design experience.
Correlates with PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4, PO9, PO11, PO12
9.
Computer Networking (CS602)
Description: This course starts with the basic information of how a network can be designed,
possible choice of various models for designing a network. The students will be able to understand
the protocol layer specific communication between two trusted entities. They will analyse the
possible attacks on a network to interrupt the transmission and mislead the communication between
different entities. Students will be able to analyse the shortest path over which data can be
transmitted, able to design a routing protocol implementing security mechanisms for secure
transmission of data from sender to the receiver. The understanding of the subject can be assessed
based on course work, assignments and through implementation on a specific platform. The
students can design a network topology with the available networking elements and can implement
a routing protocol along with a secure mechanism ensuring the error free transmission of data.
Program Outcomes: The students can analyze the concepts of networks, types and architectures and
identify error free transmission of data and analyze data collision with various protocols. They can
apply various routing algorithms over a network to provide optimal path. Students are taught to
illustrate the real time applications of networks and examine the addressing entities of a network with
Page 134 of 448

NBA February 2015
implementation of TCP, UDP protocols. At the end of the course they are expected to submit a mini
project on implementation of any routing protocol.
Correlates with PO1, PO2, PO5
10.
Database Management Systems (IT601)
Description: This course is a hand on introduction to database systems, namely their internal
architecture, data structures, mathematical concepts and use. Expose the students, the concepts of
data modeling and database design principles. Students will able to emphasis on the use of DBMS
in solving information processing problems which will include database design case studies as well
as SQL programming assignments.
Program Outcomes: The students will have the ability to define a problem at the view level & ability
to understand the physical structure of the database to handle data. Students would be able to implement
the logic by using tools like ERD. They will have the ability to normalize the database & understand the
internal data structure. Students would clearly understand the transaction system & could extract data
efficiently. Also, students will be aware of the concepts of storage. A class project is assigned to
each team consisting of two members.
11.
Computer Graphics (IT604B)
Description: Computer graphics are graphics created using computers and the representation of
image data by a computer specifically with help from specialized graphic hardware and software.
The interaction and understanding of computers and interpretation of data has been made easier
because of computer graphics. Computer graphic development has a significant impact on many
types of media and has revolutionized animation, movies and the video game industry.
Program Outcomes: The students will have the ability to understand Raster graphics, vector graphics
and various graphics I/O devices. They will be able to develop mathematical models for representing
various objects (both regular and irregular) in computer and understand effects of color, lighting,
shading etc. on modeled objects/scenes to make it realistic. This course will help students to build
strong foundation to study advanced courses like Image Processing, Pattern Recognition and research
work.
Correlates with PO1, PO4, PO9, PO10
12.
Multimedia (IT702)
Description: Multimedia is the exciting combination of computer hardware and software that
allows us to integrate video, animation, audio, graphics, and test resources to develop effective
presentations on an affordable desktop computer. Besides being a powerful tool for making
presentations, multimedia offers unique advantages in the field of education. There are multimedia
programmes that combine text, audio, video, and animated graphics in an easy-to-use fashion.
Multimedia forms the basic building blocks for ICT education throughout the world.
Program Outcomes: The students will acquire the ability to explain basics of Multimedia Systems
and its components. They will learn to do media editing using different media editing software.
They will be able to design and develop overall multimedia systems according to the given
standards and apply multimedia systems in various potential areas like advertisement, business
presentation, computer based training etc.
Correlates with PO1, PO2, PO3, PO9, PO10
13.
Compiler Design (IT605C)
Description: Compilers bridge source programs in high-level languages with the underlying
hardware. A compiler verifies code syntax, generates efficient object code, performs run-time
organization, and formats the output according to assembler and linker conventions. A compiler
consists of: The front end that verifies syntax and semantics, and generates an intermediate
representation or IR of the source code for processing by the middle-end, The middle end that
Page 135 of 448

NBA February 2015
performs optimizations, including removal of useless or unreachable code, discovery and
propagation of constant values, relocation of computation to a less frequently executed place (e.g.,
out of a loop), or specialization of computation based on the context and The back end that
generates the assembly code, performing register allocation in process.
Program Outcomes: Students understand lexical analyzer and parser generator tools, build symbol
tables and generating intermediate code, generate assembly code for a RISC machine, implement a
parser such as a bottom-up SLR and implement semantic rules into a parser that performs attribution
while parsing. They also understand compiler architecture, register allocation and compiler
optimization.
Correlates with PO1, PO3, PO10
14.
Data Warehousing & Data Mining (IT704C)
Description:
Data Warehousing -The course provides approximately 75% design experience. This course is a
study of the techniques for design and construction of data warehouse. A specific focus will be
given to various principles and techniques for Dimensional modeling, ETL, Data Quality and
Cleansing, and OLAP. This course introduces students to data warehousing concepts and
emphasizes hands on approach to reinforce the theory.
Data Mining - This course gives a wide exposition of data mining techniques and their software
tools. Topics include: association analysis, classification, clustering, numeric prediction, pattern
discovery in sequential data, and Bayesian networks. The students will do programming project
and assignments which explore the ways of implementing data mining concepts and techniques.
The project and assignments require the use of tools and skills learned in this course and
programming skills in a programming language. The understanding of the subject is assessed via
coursework and written examination.
Program Outcomes:
Data Warehousing - Star schema, fact tables and dimension tables will be examined. Multidimensional databases are emphasized. A team project will be used to handle the process of
moving data from an OLTP system to a DW with management reports through the cube and
pivotal tables. Business Intelligence tools will be used to develop OLAP cubes and Microsoft
Excel for OLAP reporting. The course is fully design and implementation oriented.
Data Mining - The coursework includes a data mining mini project. The project provides students
an opportunity to go through every stage of the data mining process and make decisions and
judgement over issues such as pre-processing, mining, evaluation and interpretation. The project
aims to enhance the knowledge and understanding of the subject through a practical experience.
The course, which is a reputation for demanding assignment/project work, is approximately 70%
design.
Correlates with PO2, PO3, PO4, PO5, PO7, PO9, PO10, PO12
15.
Cloud Computing (IT704B)
Description: Cloud computing continues to emerge as a subject of substantial industrial and

academic interest. Clouds also bring considerations of lowering the cost for relatively bursty
applications to the fore. It explores the relationship of cloud computing to other distributed
computing paradigms, namely peer-to-peer, grids, high performance computing and web services
It presents the principles, techniques, protocols and algorithms that can be adapted from other
distributed computing paradigms to the development of successful clouds. It elaborates the
economic schemes needed for clouds to become viable business models
Program Outcomes: The students get a deep understanding of the systems, protocols and mechanisms
to support cloud computing They can develop applications for cloud computing and can understand the
hardware necessary for cloud computing. They are able to design and implement a novel cloud computing
application.
Correlates with PO2, PO3, PO4, PO5, PO7, PO9, PO10, PO12
16.
Design & Analysis of Algorithm (IT501)
Page 136 of 448
NBA February 2015
Description: This course introduces students about algorithm specifications and different areas of
algorithms like design, analysis. Students will examine different design techniques like divide and conquer
dynamic programming etc. The main intention of this course is to introduce students to challenging
engineering design problems. Course uses a problem based approach to learning. A specific focus will be
given to various principles and techniques for solving optimization problems.
Program Outcomes: The students will develop an understanding of different standard algorithm
design techniques such as divide & conquer, greedy technique, dynamic programming and
backtracking. The course improves the logical ability of designing proper algorithm for a given
problem and analyzing the developed algorithms. It enables one to gain the ability to perform optimal
analysis of algorithms. Different types of problems like NP hard NP complete were also introduced and
applicable in all most all engineering disciplines.
Correlates with PO1, PO2, PO3, PO4, PO9, PO10, PO11
3.4. Industry interaction/internship (10)

(Give the details of industry involvement in the programme such as industry-attached laboratories
and partial delivery of courses and internship opportunities for students)
Dr. F C Kohli, Former Deputy Chairman of Tata Consultancy Services is in our Board of
Governors in our institute guides us in many ways.
The Institute has various MoUs with reputed MNCs like Infosys, Wipro Technologies,
Cognizant Technologies and also with reputed National and International Universities and
Institutions like Graduate School of Software and Information Science, Iwate Prefectural
University, Japan, ESC Rennes School of Business, France, De Montfort University, United
Kingdom for internship and student exchange programme.
Department is active member with Infosys campus connect program.
Students have taken up internship facility in SAP, a2zapps, Larsen & Turbo Infotech to
name a few for project work.
UG program has an industry need based elective. These courses are delivered by industry
experts through webinars apart from regular faculty Experts from Infosys delivers lectures
via video conference.
Faculty participates in faculty development programs conducted by IIT, Bombay, Infosys,
Cognizant Technologies and Wipro.
Department organizes several workshops with industry experts for the benefit of the
students through-out the year.
In association with the Student Placement Committee the department organizes Corporate
Visibility Programme (CVP).
3.5. Illustrate the measures and processes used to identify the curricular gaps to
the attainment of the COs/POs (15)
(Details of the processes used to curricular gaps to the attainment of defined course outcomes and programme)
Table 3.4 Measures to identify curricular gaps for attainment of COs/POs

Course
CS401
Course Name
Communication
Engineering & Coding
Theory
CS391
Analog & Digital

Electronics Lab
CS301
Analog & Digital

Electronics
CS402
IT701
Formal Language and

Automata Theory
Internet Technology
Gap description
Proposed Action
Concept of Fourier Transform

Concept of different type of filters and
their uses
Extra Class
Code converter circuits.

Comparator circuits.
Extra Class
Extra Class
State machine design approach

Programmable Logic Devices
Extra Class
Extra Class
Compiler Design from Formal Languages

Impact analyses of ICT
Extra Class
Extra Class
Extra Class
Page 137 of 448
NBA February 2015
Links between theory and practice
Extra Class
MIPS Architecture
8 bit CPU design with more complicated
operations
Worst Case Execution Time Estimation
Extra Class
IT592
IT605C
Advanced Computer
Architecture
Lab
Compiler Design
IT602
IT502
IT693
Computer Networking
Applying the theoretical Knowledge

MIPS Architecture
UML Usage
IT792
Interactivity in Flash
IT491
Multimedia Lab
Object Oriented
Programming & UML Lab
CS492
Software Tools Lab
IT 681
Seminar
IT801A
File Handling in Java

Detail study of ODBC data base
connectivity
Developing Analytical and Problem
Solving Skills
Reading skills
HU 481
Technical Report Writing
HU 301
CH101
Values & Ethics in

Profession
Chemistry
CH201
Chemistry
IT501
Design and Analysis of

Algorithm
M401
Numerical Methods
M491
M705C
M401
ES101
Numerical Methods Lab

Modelling & Simulation
MATHEMATICS
Programming Practices
using C++
using C++ Lab
Engineering
Thermodynamics & Fluid
Mechanics
Basic Electrical and
Electronics Engineering
CS 303
Computer Organisation
IT504F
IT594F
ME 201
ES201
IT401
IT603
Object Oriented Modeling

and Design using UML
Reading skills
Writing skills - Instruction and Process
Writing
The application of the fundamental
principles and canons to current
engineering practice
Reaction Dynamics
Conductometric titrations
Reaction Dynamics
Conductometric titrations
Extra Class
Extra Class
Case Study and
Assignment
Extra Class
Extra Class
Assignment and Extra
Class
Assignment and Extra
Class
Extra Class
Observing, Making
notes, researching
Updating on current
issues
Reading additional
fictional and non
fictional texts
Step wise writing of Lab
experiments
Case studies, Discussion
on live issues
Remedial Class
Remedial Class
Remedial Class
Remedial Class
Branch and Bound

Computing quadratures to solve
Differential Equations
Modeling numerical method using
matlab
Solving real life problems
Advanced topics in Group Theory
Extra Class
Using win32 application
Extra Class
Extra Class
Air-conditioning and Refrigeration

Concept of Armature Reaction,
commutation process
Extra Class
Network Theorems in AC Network

Problems with Dependent Source
Von Neumann Architecture, Role of
operating systems and
compiler/assembler
Booth's algorithm All Arithmetic
Operations
Paging
Segmentation
Extra Class
Extra Class

Intermediate COCOMO
Fourth Generation Process Model
Extra Class
Extra Class
Extra Class
Extra Class
Extra Class
Extra Class
Extra Class
Extra Class
Extra Class
Extra Class
Extra Class
Extra Class
Page 138 of 448
NBA February 2015
3.6. Indicate the content beyond syllabus imparted for the attainment of the
COs/POs(35)
(Details of the content beyond syllabus imparted for the attainment of the COs/POs. This
information may be provided course wise or module wise)
Table 3.5 Content beyond syllabus for attainment of Cos/POs
Course
CS401
Course Name
Communication
Engineering & Coding
Theory
Beyond Syllabus Topic

Description
Concept of Fourier Transform
Concept of different type of filters
and their uses
CS391
Analog & Digital

Electronics Lab
Instructional
Hours Methodologies
3
3
Code converter circuits.
Comparator circuits.
State machine design approach
Programmable Logic Devices
CS402
Formal Language and

Automata Theory
Compiler Design from Formal

Languages
IT701
Internet Technology
Impact analyses of ICT
Links between theory and

practice
CS301
Analog & Digital

Electronics
IT801A
Advanced Computer
Architecture
MIPS Processor
IT592
Lab
8 bit CPU design with more

complicated operations
IT605C
Compiler Design
IT602
Computer Networking
Worst Case Execution Time

Estimation
Asked to present an email
architectural and implementation
solution for a small sized enterprise
Case study for developing a website

and hosting it on the web
IT502
MIPS Processor
IT693
Lab
UML Usage
Interactivity in Flash
IT792
IT491
Multimedia Lab
Object Oriented
Programming & UML
Lab
CS492
Software Tools Lab
IT 681
Seminar

Detail study of ODBC data base
connectivity
Developing Analytical and

Problem Solving Skills
3
3
3
Chalk and Talk, Study

material, Audio Visual,
Power point presentation
Page 139 of 448
NBA February 2015
Reading skills
Technical Report
Writing
Reading skills
HU 301
Vakues & Ethics in

Profession
Writing skills - Instruction and

Process Writing
The application of the
fundamental principles and
canons to current engineering
practice
CH101
Chemistry
Concept of Liquid state and

viscosity
Concept of Hardness, its various

effects
Concept of DO in water
Concept of Chloride content in

water
Concept of Liquid state and

viscosity
Concept of Hardness, its various

effects
Concept of DO in water
Concept of Chloride content in

water
HU 481
CH201
Chemistry
IT501
Design and Analysis of

Algorithm
Branch and Bound
M401
Numerical Methods
Computing quadratures to solve

Differential Equations
M491
Numerical Methods
Lab
Modeling numerical method using

matlab
M401
Mathematics
Advanced topics in Group Theory
IT504F
using C++
ME 201
using C++ Lab
Engineering
Thermodynamics &
Fluid Mechanics
ES201

Concept of Armature Reaction,

commutation process
ES101

Network Theorems in AC Network
Problems with Dependent Source
IT594F
CS 303
Air-conditioning and Refrigeration
Von Neumann Architecture,

Role of operating systems and
compiler/assembler
Booth's algorithm All
Arithmetic Operations
10
1
3

material, Power point
presentation
Page 140 of 448
IT401
Object Oriented
Modeling and Design
using UML
IT603
NBA February 2015
Paging
Segmentation
Intermediate COCOMO
Project Management Advance
Topics (Time, Cost and Scope
Management)

3.7. Course Syllabi (5)

(Include, in appendix, a syllabus for each course used. Syllabi format should be consistent and
shouldnt exceed two pages.)
The syllabi format may include:
Department, course number, and title of course
Designation as a required or elective course
Pre-requisites
Contact hours and type of course (lecture, tutorial, seminar, project etc.)
Course Assessment methods (both continuous and semester-end assessment)
Course Outcomes
Topics covered
Text books, and/or reference material
The course Curriculum and Syllabi is enclosed in APPENDIX I
Page 141 of 448
NBA February 2015
4. Students Performance (100)

Admission intake in the programme
Item
Sanctioned intake strength of the programme (N)
2014-15
Total number of students admitted in first year

minus number of students migrated to other
programmes at the end of 1st year (N1)
Number of students admitted in 2nd year in the
same batch via lateral entry (N2)
Total number of students admitted in the
programme
(N1 + N2)
Item
Sanctioned intake strength of the programme (N)
Total number of students admitted in first year
minus number of students migrated to other
programmes at the end of 1st year (N1)
Number of students admitted in 2nd year in the
same batch via lateral entry (N2)
2013-14 2012-13 2011-12
120
120
120
90
128
121-14
=107
129-22
=107
93-12
=81
18
18
16
128
125
125
97
2010-11
2009-10 2008-09
90
90
90
85-14
=71
89-11
=78
88-7
=81
28
14
12
99
92
93

programme
(N1 + N2)
4.1. Success Rate (30)

Provide data for the past seven batches of students
Year of entry
(in reverse
Number of students
admitted in 1st year
+ admitted via
lateral
entry in 2nd year
(N1
+ N2)
chronological
order
Incomplete Number
of students who
have successfully
*
completed
1st year
2nd year
3rd year
4th year
2014-15
128
2013-14
125
108
2012-13
125
96
111
2011-12
97
76
65
94
2010-11
99
74
74
80
84
2009-10
92
78
75
66
83
2008-09
93
72
69
73
86
successfully completed implies zero backlogs
Success rate = 30 mean of success index (SI) for past three batches
Page 142 of
448
NBA February 2015
SI = (Number of students who graduated from the programme in the stipulated

period of course duration)/(Number of students admitted in
the first year of that batch and admitted in 2nd year via
lateral entry)
Item
Number of students admitted in the corresponding
First Year + admitted via lateral entry in 2nd year
Number of students who have graduated in the
stipulated period
Success index (SI)
2010-11
(LYG)
2009-10
(LYGm1)
2008-09
(LYGm2)
99
92
93
84
83
86
0.85
0.90
0.92
Average SI = 0.89
Pecentage of Students Successfully

Passed in 4 Years
Success rate = 30 Average SI = 26.70

94
92
90
88
86
84
82
80
LYG(99)
LYGm1(92)
LYG (93)
Graduation Year (Num ber of Students Adm itted)
Figure 4.1 Success Chart of Students
4.2. Academic Performance (20)

Academic Performance = 2 * API
Where API = Academic Performance Index
= Mean of Cumulative Grade Point Average of all
successful Students on a 10 point CGPA System
OR
= Mean of the percentage of marks of all successful students / 10
2010-11
LYG
2009-10
LYGm1
2008-09
LYGm2
(CAYm4)
(CAYm5)
(CAYm6)
9 < Number of students with CGPA < 10.0
8 < Number of students with CGPA < 9.0
46
49
41
7<=8
37
30
49
6<=7
5<=6
85
89
97
8.05
7.97
Item
Approximating the API by the following mid-point

Analysis
Total
Approximating API by Mid-CGPA
Mean of CGPA/Percentage of all the students (API)

448
7.85
Page 143 of
NBA February 2015
Av. API = 7.92

Academic Performance = 2 x Av. API = 15.91
Percentage of Students (%)
60
50
40
LYG
LYGm1
30
LYGm2
20
10
0
9 < CGPA < 10
8 < CGPA < 9
7 < CGPA < 8
Year
Figure 4.2 Improvement in Acedemic Performance
4.3.
Placement and Higher Studies (30)

Assessment Points = 30 (x + 1.25y)/N
where,
x = Number of students placed

y = Number of students admitted for higher
studies with valid qualifying scores/ranks, and
N = Total number of students who were admitted in the batch
including lateral entry subject to maximum assessment points = 20
2010-11
Item
Number of students admitted corresponding to LYG
including lateral entry (N)
LYG
2009-10
2008-09
LYGm1
LYGm2
99
92
93
51
37
71
Number of students who found employment

otherwise at the end of the final year (x2)
25
15
21
x = x1 + x2
76
52
92
25.68
20.62
30
Number of students who obtained jobs as

per the record of placement office (x1)
Number of students who opted for higher

studies with valid qualifying scores/ranks (y)
Assessment points
Average assessment points = 25.43

448
Page 144 of
NBA February 2015
80
Percentage of Students (%)
70
60
50
LYG
40
LYGm1
LYGm2
30
20
10
0
Through T&P Cell
Through Other Means
Gone for Higher Studies
Figure 4.3 Progress of Placement and Higher Studies for Last 3 years
4.4.
Professional Activities (20)
4.4.1. Professional societies/chapters and organising engineering events (4)

Table 4.1 Professional Societies/Chapters
Events
CAY
2014-15
Professional Society / Chapters
Engineering Events
Summer Internship on Linux
Administration, Android &
Network Security
Network Security Group
6*(Aalokodhaya
IEM India OSA
Student Chapter,
CODECHEF,
ISHRAE-IEM,
SPIE, IEEE, ACM
Student Chapters)
9* (Given in Table
4.2)
Dept. of
Information
Technology
Dept. of
Information
Technology
CAY m1
2013-14
CAY m2
2012-13
2*(IEEE, ACM
Student Chapters)
NIL
8* (Given in
Table 4.3)
Dept. of
Information
Technology
Dept. of
Information
Technology
6* (Given in
Table 4.4)
Dept. of
Information
Technology
Dept. of
Information
Technology
Table 4.2 Engineering events organized in 2014
Event Name
Year
Month
Seminar on Unified Theory by

Dr.Ashok Sen
2014
July
IEM Congress
2014
August
FDP on Proficient Protection of

Intellectual Property of Research
Proposals
2014
September
2014
September
2014
September
Cloud Computing
2014
September
An educational movie on E=mc2

Einsteins Big Idea
2014
September
FDP on IPR and Knowledge

Economy
E-Governance

448
Page 145 of
NBA February 2015
Invited Talk On Patent
2014
October
Astronomical Dating of Ancient

Events and Mahabharata
2014
November
Event Name
Year
Month
Ist International Student Paper Contest on

Advancement in IT and in Electronics Science
2014
March
NEN E-Week:
Entrepreneurship Awareness Camp, Business
Skills Development Program, E-Week, EFestival, Talks by professionals like Dr.
ChandaZaveri, ArunPandit.
2014
Feburaruy
Innovacion 2014: Hell in a cell, Robofooties,

Tracker, X-race, Robotics Exhibition, Coding :
Bug Smash, Almost There Electronics :
Electrocuted. Activity : Innovare, Aperture,
Scrap Champ, Squiz Crusade, Mathemazic,
B-Plan.
2014
January
National Seminar on technological invasion in

social life style.
2014
January
2014
January
2014
February
Infosys Aspiration 2020 Coding Contest
2013
September
4th international conference on Technical

&Managerial innovation in computing &
Communications in Industry and Academia
2013
August
National Seminar On Research Methodology &

Tools
IEM Book Fair
Event Name
Year
Month
Ist International Student Paper Contest on

Advancement in IT and in Electronics Science
2013
April
NEN E-Week:
Entrepreneurship Awareness Camp, Business
Skills Development Program, E-Week, EFestival, Talks by professionals like Dr.
ChandaZaveri, ArunPandit.
2013
Feburaruy
Innovacion 2014: Hell in a cell, Robofooties,

Tracker, X-race, Robotics Exhibition, Coding :
Bug Smash, Almost There Electronics :
Electrocuted. Activity : Innovare, Aperture,
Scrap Champ, Squiz Crusade, Mathemazic,
B-Plan.
2013
April
National Seminar on Nano Science
2013
March
Infosys Aspiration 2020 Coding Contest
2012
September
3rd international conference on Technical

&Managerial innovation in computing &
2012
August
(Instruction: The institution may provide data of the past three years).

448
Page 146 of
NBA February 2015
4.4.2. Organization of paper contests, design contests, etc., and achievements (4)
Events
CAY
2014-15
CAY m1
2013-14
CAY m2
2012-13
Organization of Paper Contest
1* (Given in table
4)
2*( Given in table

4)
2*( Given in
table 4)
Design Contests
1* (Given in table
5)
1*( Given in table

5)
1*( Given in
table 5)
6*
4*
2*
E-Week
Table 4.5 Details of paper contests and achievements
Event Name
Year Month
Achievements
Student paper contest on Science and

Technology
2014
November
IEM won 2ndPrize
2014
March
2013
August
IEM won 1st and 2nd Prize
2012
August
IEM won 1stPrize
2012
January
IEM won 1stPrize
Ist International student paper contest on

advancement in Electronics
Science. .
4th international conference on Technical &
Managerial innovation in computing &
3rd international conference on Technical &
Managerial innovation in computing &
2nd international conference on Innovative
Techno-Management Solutions for Social
Sector
IEM won 1st and 3rd Prize
Table 4.6 Details of design contests and achievements
Event Name
Year Month
Achievements
NEN E-Week Science Model Exhibition and

Design Contest
2014
July
IEM won 1stPrize

Design Contest
2013
July
IEM won 1stPrize
2012
July
IEM won runner-upPrize
Design Contest
4.4.3. Publication of technical magazines, newsletters, etc. (4)

(Instruction: The institution may list the publications m e n t i o n e d e a r l i e r along
with the names of the editors, publishers, etc.).
Events
CAY
2014-15
CAY m1
2013-14
CAY m2
2012-13
Technical Magazine
Literary Magazine

448
Page 147 of
Newsletter
NBA February 2015
Table 4.7 Details of Magazines and Newsletters:
Name of the Magazine
Editor
Publisher
Year
Type
IT-Security Newsletter
Prof. Mohuya Chakraborty
IEM
2014
Technical
IEM
2013
Technical
IEM
2012
Technical
IEM Creations
Prof. SanghamitraPoddar
IEM
2014
Literary
IEM Creations
IEM
2013
Literary
Footprint
IEM
2012
Literary
IEM- News
Prof. Avijit Bose
IEM
2014
Newsletters
IEM- News
Prof. Avijit Bose
IEM
2013
Newsletters
IEM- News
Prof. Avijit Bose
IEM
2012
Newsletters
IEM- IT Newsletter
Prof. Kajari Sur
IEM
2015
Newsletters
IEM- IT Newsletter
Prof. Kajari Sur
IEM
2014
Newsletters
IEM- IT Newsletter
Prof. Kajari Sur
IEM
2013
Newsletters
IEM- IT Newsletter
Prof. Kajari Sur
IEM
2012
Newsletters
(Instruction: The institution may specify the efforts and achievements.)
4.4.4. Entrepreneurship initiatives, product designs and innovations (4)

Events
Entrepreneurship
Initiatives
CAY
2014-15
CAY m1
2013-14
CAY m2
2012-13
1. Workshop on Intellectual Property

Protection
1. Entrepreneurship Awareness
Camp
1.Entrepreneurship
Awareness Camp
2. Entrepreneurship Awareness Camp
2. NEN E-week National

Champion
2. NEN E-week
National
Champion
1. Animatronic
arm
3. NEN E-week National Champion

1. Low Cost Home Security System
with Remote Access
2. Portable Support Aid for Visually
Impaired
1. Voice Recognition System

2. Processor Design Using QCA
3. CIC Filter using DSP
2. Automatic
mapping BOT
4. Smart Traffic Control

3. Bluetooth Aided Switchless Home
Product Design
& Innovations
4. Portable Foul Detecting Device

5. Wireless Print (any printer,
wireless printer)
6. Advanced Railway Gate Control
7. Low Cost and Portable, Smart
Room Service, Security and
Emergency

448
5. LPG leakage detector and

SMS notification
6. Automatic Human Counter
3. Demand-based
routing protocol
4. Automatic Bell
System
7. Automated Attendance
system
8. Automatic lighting system
using photo-sensors
Page 148 of
NBA February 2015
Startups at IEM (IT Department highlighted)

Name of the
Company
Owner
Business Area
Current
Status
Dept
Year
2014
Distronix
Rohit Sarkar
Robotics and Microcontrollers
Active
IT
XeQt
Soham Banerjee
Softwares and Services
Active
CSE
XCLence Corp
Sandip Ghosh
Services related to hardware

and software in Computation
Active
ECE
Image Array
Aniruddha Das & Photography and Image

Gourav Roy
Editing
Inactive
CSE & IT
Wicked Algo
Debalin Das
IT/Internet/Software
Active
CSE
Firaziza
Arif Aziz
Providing customized content

to users
Active
IT
2012
2014
4.4.5. Publications and awards in inter-institute events by students of the

programme of study (4)
Image encryption using pseudo random permutation, sreejit roy chowdhury tapan kumar hazra dr.
Ajay kumar chakraborty department of information technology, institute of engineering & management,
kolkata, india published in journal "american journal of advanced computing", 19th june 2014, vol
1 issue1 issn no 2368-1209 pages 4 to 6
KISHLAY RAJ
Represented iem, at acm icpc regional india , (final rank 44), among top 99 teams of india at iit
kharagpur
Finalist at iit kharagpur codng event, (overnite), which is also a acm icpc multi provisional
programming contest.
Iem innovacian 2014 (b-plan) 3rd, a business plan presentation event
Iem innovacian 2014 (bugsmash) 3rd, debugging event ( c- programming)
Future institute of engineering and management fest (phoenix) 2014, 1st , coding
Bit patna (bit mesra extension campus), ieee event(abhayakti 2014) , 3rd , write a code , coding
event
Techno india, salt lake , fest(edge 2014) , 3rd in flawless, a coding event
Jadavpur university fest , srijan , finalist in h42, a coding event
Iem innovacian 2015 (eureka) 3rd , a business plan presentation event
World rank (49) in tcs codevita 2014 , (coding contest organized by tcs) (there were 3 teams in top
100 from iit), total participation around 25000.
PARTHAJIT DHOLEY:
"Outstanding student award for the year 2014-15" for my contributions to the academic and
cultural life in iem
MUKESH SINGH
1st
prize
in
kolkata on january 2015.
mathe-magic
in
annual
technical
festival,
iem
ARITRA CHAKRABORTY:
85th all india rank at the online round of acm icpc 2014 amritapuri
RIDHIKA RITOLIA
Won 3rd prize in mathemagic at the iem innovacin 2015 (tech fest).
Attained the 5th position in indias best brains 2014 held at iit kharagpur.
Recipient of outstanding student award 2014-15 in iem, kolkata.
Won 3rd prize in catalyst coding contest, 2014 organized by catalyst company.
Attained 102nd position in an aptitude exam in exorsa v2.0 (online event organized by wbut).
Recipient of premier award for entrepreneurship week - india 2014, by nen.
Won 3rd prize in electrocuted(circuit designing) at the iem innovacin 2014 (tech fest).
SOURAV SAHA
Won 3rd prize in bug smashat the iem innovacin 2014 (tech fest).

448
Page 149 of
NBA February 2015
Recipient of Premier Award for Entrepreneurship Week - India 2014, by NEN.
KIRIT SANKAR GUPTA

May, 2012 : reported critical system vulnerability to the web administration at massachussets
institute of technology, cambridge. This vulnerability could result in severe defacement of the site,
along with leakage of confidential details.
26th of july, 2014 : received an award from the head of nasscom east, mr. Nirupam chaudhuri for
work on an information security system which employs artificial intelligence (still a work-inprogress).
8th of august, 2014 : reported a vulnerability on the site of sbi capital securities at the cii ict east
2014 at itc sonar, along with a live demonstration performed by the head of the research team.
This was reported to the cto of sbi.
12th of september, 2014 : conducted a workshop for final year m. Tech students and national
institute of technology, durgapur, in association with the computer science department and the
linux user group. The workshop was on ethical hacking and information security.
15th of september, 2014 : reported a critical system vulnerability to min-liang tan, the ceo of razer.
The online store of the one of the largest gaming peripheral manufacturers had a vulnerability
which could completely compromise the entire userbase.
16th of september, 2014 : reported a critical system vulnerability to kenny lin, the ceo of
thermaltake usa. The online store of the one of the largest peripheral manufacturers had a
vulnerability which could completely compromise the entire userbase along with destruction of
the entire online store.
21st of november, 2014 : attended the first meet of the dsci (data security council of india) as a
member of the kolkata chapter as a representative of indian school of ethical hacking.
6th of december, 2014 : conducted a workshop on creating hacking tools using python on linux
at infocom hackstars in association with abp for freelancers and technical students.
Also gave a live demonstration of a major vulnerability on the site of flipkart.com, which allowed a
malicious attacker to login using another persons account without knowing username or
password, while on the same account. This was promptly patched by flipkart.
December 2013, 2014 : event manager and co-ordinator for infocom hackstars hacking
competition, the first ever true hacking competition for students as well as corporates. There
were a huge variety of participants at this event, ranging from class 6 school students to college
students studying masters. On the corporate side of the spectrum, teams came in from pwc, appin
and ibm etc. To participate in this prestigious competition.
SOHAM MANDAL
ACADEMIC & OTHER SELECTED ACHIEVEMENTS
Recipient of outstanding student award for the year 2014-15
Recipient of 2nd position in student lecture series organised by society of photo-optical
instrumentation engineers (spie) student chapter
Recipient of 2nd position in the best research paper category in 5th international
Conference on electronics engineering & computer science (iemcon 2014)
Selected & sponsored for participation in international conference on optics & optoelectronics
[icol 2014] (xxxviii symposium of optical society of india)
Core group member & former official of college spie chapter
Core group member of college astronomical society (proposed)
Worked in collaboration with researchers from iiser, kolkata; jadavpur university, kolkata &
doctors from bankura sammilani medical college and hospital
Student coordinator of innovation in science pursuit for inspired research (inspire) science camp,
2015, sponsored and managed by the department of science & technology, india
Core group member of education outreach program of college spie chapter
LIST OF PROJECTS (COMPLETED/ONGOING)
Development of an algorithm for contrast enhancement & brightness preservation of low contrast
medical images based on hyper-kurtosis and its application vs. Contrast enhancement dye .
(completed & led to publications)
Supervisor: prof. Satyasaran changdar, department of information technology, institute of
engineering & management, kolkata.
"pre-cancer detection by wavelet transform, s-transform, multi-fractality in case of various grades
of dic stromal images" (completed & led to publication)
Supervisors: prof.prasanta k panigrahi and prof.nirmalya ghosh, department of physical
sciences,iiser kolkata.
analysis of heterogeneous dynamics for ct scan images of human brain in wavelet and mfdfa
domain (completed & led to publication)
Supervisors: prof.prasanta k panigrahi and prof.nirmalya ghosh, department of physical
sciences,iiser kolkata

448
Page 150 of
NBA February 2015
"Development of an algorithm for contrast enhancement & brightness preservation of low contrast
biomedical images and application of modified s-transform in those contrast enhanced biomedical
images". (about to complete & few parts to be released for journal communications)
Supervisors: prof. Prasanta k panigrahi and prof. Nirmalya ghosh, department of physical sciences,
indian institute of science education and research (iiser), kolkata
reverse engineering gene regulatory networks: inferring the gene regulatory network from
expression data. (ongoing)
Supervisor: prof. Mita nasipuri, department of computer science & engineering, jadavpur
university, kolkata
LIST OF RESEARCH PAPERS (PUBLISHED/COMMUNICATED)

Modified duo-histogram equalization algorithm for contrast enhancement of low contrast medical
images based on hyper-kurtosis and its application vs. Contrast enhancement dye, proceedings of
5th international conference on electronics engineering & computer science (iemcon 2014), the
elsevier science & technology, isbn: 9789351072485
diagnosing heterogeneous dynamics for ct scan images of human brain in wavelet and mfdfa
domain, proceedings of international conference on opto-electronics and applied optics 2014,
springer proceedings in physics, issn: 0930-8989
wavelet based approach for tissue fractal parameter measurement: pre cancer detection,
international conference on optics & photonics 2015 (icop 2015), optical society of india (xxxix
conference of optical society of india). (accepted for oral presentation & proceeding will be
published on spie digital library)
a comparative study between proposed modified duo-histogram equalization (mdhe) and contrast
limited adaptive histogram equalization (clahe) for contrast enhancement purpose of low contrast
human brain ct scan images, ieee signal processing letters (communicated
(Instruction: The institution may provide a table indicating those publications, which
received awards in the events/conferences organised by other institutes. A tabulated list
of all other student publications may be included in the appendix.)

448
Page 151 of
NBA February 2015
5. Faculty Contributions (175)

List of Faculty Members: For the programme exclusively / Shared with other programmes
Dr. K. K.
Ghosh
Number of Research
Publications in
journals and
conferences since
joining
IPR
Distrib
ution of
Teachi
ng
Load
(%)
Designation & Date

of Joining the
Institute
80
20
NI
L
NIL
NIL
YES
Professo
r,
06.08.20
09
100
NI
L
NIL
NIL
YES
Professo
r,
6.10.200
9
40
60
NI
L
NIL
NIL
YES
Page 152 of 448
UG
Interaction with
outside world
PG &
Other
Professo
r&
HOD,
01.2.200
8
Ist year
Holding an
incubation unit
Dr.
Tamal
Chakrab
orti
B.Tech
(Radio
Physics &
Electronics)
Calcutta
University
,1994,
M.Tech(Ra
dio Physics
&
Electronics)
Calcutta
University,
2000,
Ph.D(Engg.
) Jadavpur
University
2007
B.Tech
(CSE), CU,
2000, M.S.
(Software
Systems),
BITS
Pilani,
2006,Ph.D(
Tech),CU,
2014
B.Sc
(Hons),
Burdwan
University,
1964, M.Sc
(Special
paper :
Radio
Physics &
R & D and
consultancy work
with amount
Dr.
Mohuya
Chakrab
orty
Qualification,
University & Year of
Graduation
Name of the
Faculty
2014-2015
Dr.
Kamakh
ya
Prasad
Ghatak
Dr. Rajiv
Ganguly
Dr.
Subrata
Saha
Dr.
Biman
Bandyop
adhyay
Dr.
Paramita
Mukherj
ee
Manas
Sarkar
Electronics
) Burdwan
University,
1966, Ph.D.
(Tech.) in
Radio
Physics &
Electronics
from
Calcutta
University
1985
BE
(ETCE),
BESU,
1974,
M.Tech
(Radiophysi
cs &
Electronics)
, CU, 1976,
PhD (Tech),
CU, 1988
B.Sc
(Physics),
CU, 1994,
M.Sc
(Physics),
CU, 1996,
PhD
(Engg.), JU,
2013
B.Sc
(Math),
KU,
1999,M.Sc
(Math),
KU, 2001,
PhD
(Math),
KU, 2008
B.Sc, CU,
2003, M.Sc,
CU, 2005,
PhD, IACS,
2012
BA, CU,
1995, MA,
CU, 1997,
PhD,
University
of Florida,
2009
B.Tech
(CSE)
WBUT,
2006,
NBA February 2015
Professo
r,
16.01.20
15
40
60
NI
L
NIL
NIL
YES
Professo
r,
07.01.20
14
20
80
NI
L
NIL
NIL
YES
Professo
r,
17.11.20
08
40
60
NI
L
NIL
NIL
NIL
Assoc.
Professo
r,
01.02.20
13
60
40
NI
L
NIL
NIL
YES
Assoc.
Professo
r,
06.08.20
13
100
NI
L
NIL
NIL
YES
Asst.
Professo
r
22.07.20
20
50
30
NI
L
NIL
NIL
NIL
Page 153 of 448
Kartik
Sau
Harekris
hna
Chatterj
ee
Dr. Amit
Kumar
Mandal
Dr.
Amarnat
h
Chakrab
orty
Asima
Sarkar
M.Tech
(CSE) SRM
University,
Channai,
2010,
Ph.D(CSE),
Birla
Institute of
Technology
, Mesra,
Pursuing
B.Sc(Mathe
matics),CU,
1997,M.Sc(
Mathematic
s) IIT-Kgp,
1999,
M.Tech(CS
E)ISM
Dhanbad,2
003,
Ph.D(Image
Processing),
CU,
Pursuing
AMIE,
ECE,
IETE,
1997,M.
Tech, IT,
BESU,
2003,Ph.D(I
nstrumenta
tion and
Electronics
Engineerin
g), CU,
Pursuing
B.Sc (Phy),
VU,
2004,M.Sc
(Phy),
CGCU,
200,Ph.D,
IIT-K, 2015
B.SC.(Che
m), VU,
2002,
M.SC.
(Chem),
VU, 2004,
Ph.D, JU,
2011
B.Sc(Mathe
matics),
BU, 2001,
M.Sc
NBA February 2015
15
Asst.
Professo
r
22.07.20
15
40
40
20
NI
L
NIL
NIL
NIL
Asst.
Professo
r
22.07.20
15
40
50
10
NI
L
NIL
NIL
NIL
Asst.
Professo
r
16.04.20
15
50
40
10
NI
L
NIL
NIL
NIL
Assistan
t
Professo
r,
03.02.20
15
60
40
NI
L
NIL
NIL
YES
Assistan
t
Professo
r,
20
80
NI
L
NIL
NIL
YES
Page 154 of 448
Avijt
Bandyop
adhyay
Avijit
Bose
Himadri
Nath
Saha
Biplab
Ketan
Chakrab
orty
Debalina
Ghosh
Debangs
hu
Chatterj
ee
Imon
Banerjee
NBA February 2015
(Statistics),
BU, 2003,
03.02.20
09
B.E(Electri
cal Engg.),
JU, 1979,
M.E,BITS,
Pilani,
1984,
B.Tech
(IT),
WBUT,
2006, MBA
(IT
Marketing),
WBUT
(2009),
M.Tech
(IT),
KSOU,
2012
Assistan
t
Professo
r,
19.02.20
10
100
NI
L
NIL
NIL
YES
Assistan
t
Professo
r,
18.8.200
9
100
NI
L
NIL
YES
YES
Assistan
t
Professo
r,
15.09.20
04
20
80
10
NI
L
NIL
NIL
YES
Assistan
t
Professo
r,
24.07.20
12
100
NI
L
NIL
NIL
NIL
Assistan
t
Professo
r,
05.01.20
13
100
NI
L
NIL
NIL
YES
Assistan
t
Professo
r,
15.01.20
15
100
NI
L
NIL
NIL
YES
Assistan
t
Professo
r,
16.08.20
11
100
NI
L
NIL
NIL
NIL
B.E(EE),19
99,JU,M.E.(
CSE),2002,
BESUS,
B.Tech in
Radio
Physics,
CU, 2010,
M.Tech in
EEE, IITGuahati
B.Tech
(CSE),
WBUT,
2008,
M.Tech
(CSE), CU,
2010
B.Tech
(CSE),
WBUT,
2012,
M.Tech
(IT), IITK,
2014
B.TECH
(IT),
WBUT,
2009,
M.TECH
(IT),
WBUT,
2011
Page 155 of 448
Indranee
l
Mukhop
adhyay
Kajari
Sur
Lopa
Mandal
Manjima
Saha
Maumita
Chakrab
orty
Moutush
i Biswas
Singh
Paramita
Saha
B.E.(CSE)
Amravati
University,
1999,
M.S(IT),
Clark
University,
USA ,2003
B.Tech
(ECE),
WBUT,
2007,
M.Tech
(CECE),
WBUT,
2012
B.Sc, CU,
1994, MCA,
IGNOU,
2001,
M.Tech
(IT) JU,
2009
B.Tech
(IT),
WBUT,
2009,M.Tec
h (CSE),
WBUT,
2011
B.Tech.(IT)
University
of Kalyani,
2004, M.E.
(IT)
Jadavpur
University,
2008
B.E
(Informatio
n
Technology
), Burdwan
University,
2002,
M.Tech
(Radio
Physics &
Electronics)
, Calcutta
University,
2004
B.TECH
(elec),
Tripura
Univ., 2005,
M.TECH,(
NBA February 2015
Assistan
t
Professo
r,
07.3.200
6
100
NI
L
NIL
NIL
YES
Assistan
t
Professo
r,
16.07.20
12
100
NIL
NI
L
NIL
NIL
NIL
Assistan
t
Professo
r,
06.08.20
09
80
20
NI
L
NIL
NIL
YES
Assistan
t
Professo
r,
02.08.20
11
30
70
NI
L
NIL
NIL
NIL
Assistan
t
Professo
r,
4.11.200
8
80
20
NI
L
NIL
NIL
YES
Assistan
t
Professo
r,
07.2.200
6
80
20
NI
L
NIL
NIL
YES
Assistan
t
Professo
r,
16.08.20
100
NI
L
NIL
NIL
NIL
Page 156 of 448

CSE)
BPUT,2008
Parna
Guha
Bhattach
arya
Rabi
Narayan
Behera
Satya
Saran
Changda
r
Shreyasi
Datta
Soumi
Dutta
Sohini
Mukherj
ee
Sudipta
Banerjee
B. Tech.
(ECE) from
WBUT,
2005,
M.Tech.
(ECE) from
WBUT ,
2008
B.E. (IT)
Biju
Patnayak
University
of
Technology
,
Orissa,2003
, M.Tech.
(IT), BESU,
2009
B.Sc
(Mathemati
cs),
Vidyasagar
University,
2003,
M.Tech
(Computer
Science),
IIT-D, 2008
BA (Eng),
CU, 2008,
MA (Eng),
CU, 2010
B.Tech
(IT),
WBUT,
2008,
Mtech(IT),
WBUT,201
0
B.Tech, IT,
WBUT,
2013,M.Tec
h, IT,
WBUT,
2015
B.Tech
(IT),
WBUT,
2009,
M.Tech,(CS
E)
NBA February 2015
12
Assistan
t
Professo
r,
20.01.20
09
100
NI
L
NIL
NIL
NIL
Assistan
t
Professo
r,
01.7.200
9
100
NI
L
NIL
NIL
NIL
Assistan
t
Professo
r,
18.8.200
9
100
NI
L
NIL
NIL
YES
Assistan
t
Professo
r,
01.08.20
13
40
60
NI
L
NIL
NIL
YES
Assistan
t
Professo
r,15.09.2
010
50
50
NI
L
NIL
NIL
NIL
Assistan
t
Professo
r,22.07.2
015
50
40
10
NI
L
NIL
NIL
NIL
Assistan
t
Professo
r,
17.01.20
12
100
NI
L
NIL
NIL
YES
Page 157 of 448
NBA February 2015
WBUT,201
1
Tapan
Kumar
Hazra
B.Sc
(Physics),
CU, 1988,
M.Sc
(Physics),
JU, 2000,
ME, JU,
2003
Assistan
t
Professo
r,
01.02.03
100
NI
L
NIL
NIL
Page 158 of 448
YES
NBA February 2015
R & D and
consultancy work
with amount
Number of Research
Publications in
journals and
conferences since
joining
IPR
Distrib
ution of
Teachi
ng
Load
(%)
Designation & Date

of Joining the
Institute
80
20
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
YES
Profe
ssor,
6.10.
2009
40
60
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
YES
PG &
Other
UG
Profe
ssor
&
HOD
,
01.2.
2008
I year
Interaction with
outside world
Dr. K.
K.
Ghosh
B.Tech
(Radio
Physics &
Electronic
s)
Calcutta
University
,1994,
M.Tech(R
adio
Physics &
Electronic
s)
Calcutta
University
, 2000,
Ph.D(Eng
g.)
Jadavpur
University
2007
B.Sc
(Hons),
Burdwan
University
, 1964,
M.Sc
(Special
paper :
Radio
Physics &
Electronic
s)
Burdwan
University
, 1966,
Ph.D.
(Tech.) in
Radio
Physics &
Electronic
s from
Calcutta
Holding an
incubation unit
Dr.
Mohuy
a
Chakra
borty
Qualification,
University & Year of
Graduation
Name of the
Faculty
2013-2014
Page 159 of 448
NBA February 2015
University
1985
Dr.
Rajiv
Gangul
y
Dr.
Tamal
Chakra
borti
Dr.
Subrata
Saha
Dr.
Biman
Bandyo
padhya
y
Dr.
Parami
ta
Mukhe
rjee
Asima
Sarkar
B.Sc
(Physics),
CU, 1994,
M.Sc
(Physics),
CU, 1996,
PhD
(Engg.),
JU, 2013
B.Tech
(CSE),
CU, 2000,
M.S.
(Software
Systems),
BITS
Pilani,
2006,Ph.D
(Tech),CU
, 2014
B.Sc
(Math),
KU, 1999
M.Sc
(Math),
KU, 2001
PhD
(Math),
KU, 2008
B.Sc, CU,
2003,
M.Sc, CU,
2005,
PhD,
IACS,
2012
BA, CU,
1995, MA,
CU, 1997,
PhD,
University
of Florida,
2009
B.Sc(Math
ematics),
BU, 2001,
M.Sc
(Statistics)
, BU,
Profe
ssor,
07.01
.2014
20
80
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
YES
Profe
ssor,
06.08
.2009
100
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
YES
40
60
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
NIL
Asso
c.
Profe
ssor,
01.02
.2013
60
40
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
YES
Asso
c.
Profe
ssor,
06.08
.2013
40
60
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
YES
Assis
tant
Profe
ssor,
03.02
.2009
20
80
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
YES
Profess
or,
17.11.2
008
Page 160 of 448
NBA February 2015
2003,
Avijt
Bandyo
padhya
y
Avijit
Bose
Biplab
Ketan
Chakra
borty
Debalin
a
Ghosh
Imon
Banerje
e
Indrane
el
Mukho
padhya
y
Kajari
Sur
B.E(Electr
ical
Engg.),
JU, 1979,
M.E,BITS
,Pilani,
1984,
B.Tech
(IT),
WBUT,
2006,
MBA (IT
Marketing
), WBUT
(2009),
M.Tech
(IT),
KSOU,
2012
B.Tech in
Radio
Physics,
CU, 2010,
M.Tech in
EEE, IITGuahati
B.Tech
(CSE),
WBUT,
2008,
M.Tech
(CSE),
CU, 2010
B.TECH
(IT),
WBUT,
2009,
M.TECH
(IT),
WBUT,
2011
B.E.(CSE)
Amravati
University
, 1999,
M.S(IT),
Clark
University
,USA
,2003
B.Tech
(ECE),
WBUT,
2007,
Assis
tant
Profe
ssor,
19.02
.2010
100
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
YES
Assis
tant
Profe
ssor,
18.8.
2009
100
N
I
L
NIL
YES
YES
Assis
tant
Profe
ssor,
24.07
.2012
100
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
NIL
Assis
tant
Profe
ssor,
05.01
.2013
100
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
NIL
Assis
tant
Profe
ssor,
16.08
.2011
100
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
NIL
Asso
ciate
Profe
ssor,
07.3.
2006
100
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
YES
Assis
tant
Profe
ssor,
100
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
NIL
Page 161 of 448
Lopa
Mandal
Maumit
a
Chakra
borty
Moutus
hi
Biswas
Singh
Parami
ta Saha
Parna
Guha
Bhattac
harya
M.Tech
(CECE),
WBUT,
2012
B.Sc, CU,
1994,
MCA,
IGNOU,
2001,
M.Tech
(IT) JU,
2009
B.Tech.(I
T)
University
of
Kalyani,
2004,
M.E. (IT)
Jadavpur
University
, 2008
B.E
(Informati
on
Technolog
y),
Burdwan
University
, 2002,
M.Tech
(Radio
Physics &
Electronic
s) ,
Calcutta
University
, 2004
B.TECH
(elec),
Tripura
Univ.,
2005,
M.TECH,
(CSE)
BPUT,200
8
B. Tech.
(ECE)
from
WBUT,
2005,
M.Tech.
(ECE)
from
WBUT ,
2008
NBA February 2015
16.07
.2012
Assis
tant
Profe
ssor,
06.08
.2009
80
20
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
YES
Assis
tant
Profe
ssor,
4.11.
2008
80
20
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
YES
Assis
tant
Profe
ssor,
07.2.
2006
80
20
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
YES
Assis
tant
Profe
ssor,
16.08
.2012
100
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
NIL
Assis
tant
Profe
ssor,
20.01
.2009
100
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
NIL
Page 162 of 448

Rabi
Naraya
n
Behera
Rajashr
ee Paul
Satya
Saran
Changd
ar
Shreyas
i Datta
Sudipta
Banerje
e
Tapan
Kumar
Hazra
B.E. (IT)
Biju
Patnayak
University
of
Technolog
y,
Orissa,200
3, M.Tech.
(IT),
BESU,
2009
B.Tech
(CSE),
Kalyani
University
, 2002,
M.Sc(CSE
) Simon
Fraser
University
, Canada,
2006
B.Sc
(Mathema
tics),
Vidyasaga
r
University
, 2003,
M.Tech
(Compute
r Science),
IIT-D,
2008
BA (Eng),
CU, 2008,
MA (Eng),
CU, 2010
B.Tech
(IT),
WBUT,
2009,
M.Tech,(
CSE)
WBUT,20
11
B.Sc
(Physics),
CU, 1988,
M.Sc
(Physics),
JU, 2000,
ME, JU,
2003
NBA February 2015
Assis
tant
Profe
ssor,
01.7.
2009
100
N
N
NIL
NIL
YES
Assis
tant
Profe
ssor,
15.01
.2012
40
60
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
NIL
Assis
tant
Profe
ssor,
18.8.
2009
100
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
YES
Assis
tant
Profe
ssor,
01.08
.2013
Assis
tant
Profe
ssor,
17.01
.2012
40
60
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
NIL
100
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
NIL
Asso
ciate
Profe
ssor,
01.02
.03
100
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
YES
Page 163 of 448
Anirud
dha
Dasgup
ta
B.Tech
(IT),
WBUT,
2008,
M.Tech
(IT),
WBUT,
2011
B.E.
(CSE),Jad
avpur
University
, 1993,M.S
(Engg.)
(Computi
ng &
Informati
on
Science),
UK, 1996
NBA February 2015
Assis
tant
Profe
ssor,
20.10
.08
100
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
YES
Assis
tant
Profe
ssor,
02.02
.10
100
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
NIL
Interaction with
outside world
Writap
arna
Mukhe
rjee
Holding an
incubation unit
NIL
YES
Dr.
Mohuy
a
Chakra
borty
B.Tech
(Radio
Physics &
Electronic
s)
Calcutta
University
,1994,
M.Tech(R
adio
Physics &
Electronic
s)
Calcutta
University
, 2000,
Ph.D(Eng
g.)
Jadavpur
University
2007
Profe
ssor
&
HOD
,
01.2.
2008
80
20
N
I
L
R & D and
consultancy work
with amount
Number of
Research
Publications in
journals and
conferences since
IPR
PG &
Other
UG
Distrib
ution of
Teachi
ng
Load
(%)
I year
Designation &
Date of Joining the
Institute
Qualification,
University & Year
of Graduation
Name of the
Faculty
2012-2013
NIL
Page 164 of 448

Dr. K.
K.
Ghosh
Dr.
Subrata
Saha
Dr.
Tamal
Chakra
borti
Dr.
Biman
Bandyo
padhya
y
Asima
Sarkar
B.Sc
(Hons),
Burdwan
University
, 1964,
M.Sc
(Special
paper :
Radio
Physics &
Electronic
s)
Burdwan
University
, 1966,
Ph.D.
(Tech.) in
Radio
Physics &
Electronic
s from
Calcutta
University
1985
B.Sc
(Math),
KU, 1999
M.Sc
(Math),
KU, 2001
PhD
(Math),
KU, 2008
B.Tech
(CSE),
CU, 2000,
M.S.
(Software
Systems),
BITS
Pilani,
2006,Ph.D
(Tech),CU
, 2014
B.Sc, CU,
2003,
M.Sc, CU,
2005,
PhD,
IACS,
2012
B.Sc(Mat
hematics),
BU, 2001,
M.Sc
(Statistics
Profe
ssor,
6.10.
2009
40
Profe
ssor,
17.11
.2008
40
Profe
ssor,
06.08
.2009
100
Asso
c.
Profe
ssor,
01.02
.2013
60
Assis
tant
Profe
ssor,
03.02
60
60
NBA February 2015
N
I
L
YES
NIL
YES
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
NIL
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
YES
40
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
YES
40
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
YES
60
Page 165 of 448
Avijt
Bandyo
padhya
y
Avijit
Bose
Biplab
Ketan
Chakra
borty
Debalin
a
Ghosh
Imon
Banerj
ee
Indran
eel
Mukho
padhya
y
Kajari
Sur
NBA February 2015
), BU,
2003,
.2009
B.E(Elect
rical
Engg.),
JU, 1979,
M.E,BITS
,Pilani,
1984,
B.Tech
(IT),
WBUT,
2006,
MBA (IT
Marketin
g), WBUT
(2009),
M.Tech
(IT),
KSOU,
2012
B.Tech in
Radio
Physics,
CU, 2010,
M.Tech in
EEE, IITGuahati
B.Tech
(CSE),
WBUT,
2008,
M.Tech
(CSE),
CU, 2010
B.TECH
(IT),
WBUT,
2009,
M.TECH
(IT),
WBUT,
2011
B.E.(CSE)
Amravati
University
, 1999,
M.S(IT),
Clark
University
,USA
,2003
B.Tech
(ECE),
WBUT,
2007,
Assis
tant
Profe
ssor,
19.02
.2010
100
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
YES
Assis
tant
Profe
ssor,
18.8.
2009
100
N
I
L
NIL
YES
YES
Assis
tant
Profe
ssor,
24.07
.2012
100
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
NIL
Assis
tant
Profe
ssor,
05.01
.2013
100
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
NIL
Assis
tant
Profe
ssor,
16.08
.2011
100
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
NIL
Asso
ciate
Profe
ssor,
07.3.
2006
100
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
YES
Assis
tant
Profe
ssor,
100
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
NIL
Page 166 of 448
Lopa
Mandal
Maumi
ta
Chakra
borty
Moutus
hi
Biswas
Singh
Parami
ta Saha
Parna
Guha
Bhattac
harya
M.Tech
(CECE),
WBUT,
2012
B.Sc, CU,
1994,
MCA,
IGNOU,
2001,
M.Tech
(IT) JU,
2009
B.Tech.(I
T)
University
of
Kalyani,
2004,
M.E. (IT)
Jadavpur
University
, 2008
B.E
(Informat
ion
Technolog
y),
Burdwan
University
, 2002,
M.Tech
(Radio
Physics &
Electronic
s) ,
Calcutta
University
, 2004
B.TECH
(elec),
Tripura
Univ.,
2005,
M.TECH,
(CSE)
BPUT,200
8
B. Tech.
(ECE)
from
WBUT,
2005,
M.Tech.
(ECE)
from
WBUT ,
2008
NBA February 2015
16.07
.2012
Assis
tant
Profe
ssor,
06.08
.2009
80
20
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
YES
Assis
tant
Profe
ssor,
4.11.
2008
80
20
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
YES
Assis
tant
Profe
ssor,
07.2.
2006
80
20
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
YES
Assis
tant
Profe
ssor,
16.08
.2012
100
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
NIL
Assis
tant
Profe
ssor,
20.01
.2009
100
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
NIL
Page 167 of 448

Rabi
Naraya
n
Behera
Rajash
ree
Paul
Satya
Saran
Chang
dar
Sudipta
Banerj
ee
Tapan
Kumar
Hazra
Writap
arna
Mukhe
rjee
B.E. (IT)
Biju
Patnayak
University
of
Technolog
y,
Orissa,20
03,
M.Tech.
(IT),
BESU,
2009
B.Tech
(CSE),
Kalyani
University
, 2002,
M.Sc(CSE
) Simon
Fraser
University
, Canada,
2006
B.Sc
(Mathema
tics),
Vidyasaga
r
University
, 2003,
M.Tech
(Compute
r Science),
IIT-D,
2008
B.Tech
(IT),
WBUT,
2009,
M.Tech,(
CSE)
WBUT,20
11
B.Sc
(Physics),
CU, 1988,
M.Sc
(Physics),
JU, 2000,
ME, JU,
2003
B.Tech
(IT),
WBUT,
2008,
M.Tech
NBA February 2015
Assis
tant
Profe
ssor,
01.7.
2009
100
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
NIL
Assis
tant
Profe
ssor,
15.01
.2012
100
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
NIL
Assis
tant
Profe
ssor,
18.8.
2009
100
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
NIL
Assis
tant
Profe
ssor,
17.01
.2012
100
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
NIL
Asso
ciate
Profe
ssor,
01.02
.03
100
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
YES
Assis
tant
Profe
ssor,
20.10
100
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
NIL
Page 168 of 448
Anirud
dha
Dasgup
ta
(IT),
WBUT,
2011
B.E.
(CSE),Jad
avpur
University
,
1993,M.S
(Engg.)
(Computi
ng &
Informati
on
Science),
UK, 1996
NBA February 2015
.08
Assis
tant
Profe
ssor,
02.02
.10
100
N
I
L
NIL
NIL
NIL
(Instruction: The institution may complete this table for the calculation of the student-teacher
ratio (STR). Teaching loads of the faculty member contributing to the undergraduate programme
only (2nd, 3rd, and 4th year) are considered to calculate the STR.)
5.1. StudentTeacher Ratio (STR) (20)

STR is desired to be 15 or superior
Assessment
= 20 15/STR; subject to maximum assessment of 20
STR
= (x + y + z)/N1
where, x = Number of students in 2nd year of the programme
y = Number of students in 3rd year of the programme
z = Number of students in 4th year of the programme
N1 = Total number o
f
faculty members in the programme (by considering
fractional load)
Year
x+y+z
N1
STR
Assessment
(max. = 20)
CAYm2
98
95
89
282
20
13.43
21.28
CAYm1
128
98
95
321
22
14.59
20.56
CAY
125
128
98
351
24
14.63
20.51
Average assessment
20.78
For item nos. 5. 2 to 5. 8, the denominator term (N) is computed as follows:

Page 169 of 448
NBA February 2015
N = Maximum {N1, N2}

N1 = Total number of faculty members in the programme (considering the
fractional load)
N2 = Number of faculty positions needed for student-teacher ratio of 15
Year
N1
N2
N = Max. (N1, N2)
CAYm2
20
20
20
CAYm1
22
22
22
24
24
24
CAY
5.2. Faculty Cadre Ratio (20)

Assessment
= 20 CRI
where, CRI
= Cadre ratio index
where, x
= 2.25 (2x + y)/N; subject to max. CRI = 1.0

= Number of professors in the programme
y
Year
= Number of associate professors in the

x
CRI
Assessment
CAYm2
20
0.7875
15.75
CAYm1
22
1.022
20.45
CAY
24
1.3125
26.25
Average assessment
20.81
5.3. Faculty Qualifications (30)

Assessment
= 4 FQI
where, FQI
= Faculty qualification index

= (10x + 6y +2z0)/N2
such that, x + y +z0 N2; and z0 z
where, x
y
Z
= Number of faculty members with PhD

= Number of faculty members with ME/ M Tech
= Number of faculty members with B.E/B.Tech
Page 170 of 448
Year
NBA February 2015
FQI
Assessment
CAYm2
19
20
7.7
30.8
CAYm1
19
22
7.90
31.63
CAY
10
24
24
10.16
40.66
Average assessment
34.36
5.4 Faculty competencies in correlation to Programme Specific Criteria (15)

(Provide evidence that programme curriculum satisfies the applicable programme criteria specified by the
appropriate American professional associations such as ASME, IEEE and ACM. You may list the
programme specific criteria and the competencies (specialisation, research publications, course
developments etc.,) of faculty to correlate the programme specific criteria and competencies.)
As per the program criteria specified by the Lead Society: MHRD (Ministry of Human Resource
and Development) including the Association for Computing Machinery (ACM) and IEEE
Computer Society (IEEE-CS), AICTE (All India Council for Technical education) and WBUT
(West Bengal University of Technology), the program curriculum is designed and aligned with
the following domain areas as Network Security, Entrepreneurship, Cloud Computing, Artificial
Intelligence, Programming, Cyber Security, Intellectual Property Rights, Teaching
Methodologies and Pedagogy etc. Listed below are the faculty members involved in the above
mentioned areas.
NETWORK SECURITY & INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

M.Tech, Ph.D (Engg.)
The FDPs attended / organized by this group during the last three years to enhance their
knowledge in the domain:
Organized 2-week staff development programme on Information Security sponsored
Page 171 of 448
NBA February 2015
by AICTE at IEM
Organized 1 day seminar on Security in Communication Systems in collaboration
with IEEE, Kolkata section in 2013
Curriculum Development of Teaching & Research Methodologies of WBUT for
M.Tech IT & CSE programs in 2013
Organized 1 day Faculty development programme on Research Methodologies and
Tools at IEM in 2014
Conducted one day seminar on Proficient Protection of Intellectual Property Rights
in Research Proposals at IEM in 2014
Conducted one week teachers training programme on Pedagogy in 2015
Will be organizing a one day workshop on Harnessing Intellectual property and its
Management for Growth and Prosperity in collaboration with National Research
Development Corporation (NRDC), Govt. of India, New Delhi, India in March 2015
Published several International journal and conference papers on Network Intruion
Detection and Prevention from 2010 onwards.
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Mr. Indraneel Mukhopadhyay,

M.S. (IT)
Mr. Avijit Bose,

M. Tech(IT), MBA (Marketing & Systems)
Certified Entrepreneurship Educator from STVP, Stanford University, USA.
Business Intelligence & Development from NEN.
Innovation Activities from Department of Science & Technologies, Govt. Of India.
Strategic Business management & market analysis from CII & British consulate.
TATA first dot business plan development from NEN & TATA.
Waste Water Management from CII.
The group has organized the Entrepreneurship Campaigning in National level and became the
Champion in the year of 2009, 2010, 2013 and 2014, and became the Runners Up in the year
2008 and 2012.
ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE & CLOUD COMPUTING
Page 172 of 448
NBA February 2015
Lopa Mandal,
M.Tech (Multimedia Technology)
Workshop on Cloud and Grid Computing and Software Carpentry from Jadavpur
University
Workshop on High Performance Computing and Cloud Computing from RCCIIT in
association with IBM India Pvt. Ltd .
Topics on Artificial Intelligence at NITTTR, Kolkata .
She has several research publications in the areas of Cloud Computing and Artificial
Intelligence.
PROGRAMMING
Mr. Indraneel Mukhopadhyay,

M.S. (IT)
Moutushi Singh,
M.Tech. (Radio Physics & Electronics)
knowledge in the domain :
ISTE Workshop on Computer Programming conducted by IIT, Bombay under the National
Mission on Education through ICT (MHRD, Govt of India)
CYBER SECURITY
Moutushi Singh,
M.Tech (RPE)
Mr. Indraneel Mukhopadhyay

M.S. (I.T.)
Maumita Chakraborty
M.E.(SE)
ISTE Workshop on Cyber Security conducted by IIT, Bombay under the National Mission
on Education through ICT (MHRD, Govt of India)
Page 173 of 448
NBA February 2015
The group has published research articles several International and National journals and
conferences in this domain.
LOW POWER VLSI DESIGN
Moutushi Singh,
M.Tech. (Radio Physics & Electronics)
3 week UGC sponsored refresher course from Jadavpur University on Nano Devices
and Low Power VLSI Design (2013-2014)
TEACHING METHODOLOGIES AND PEDAGOGY

All other faculties of the department have attended FDP s on Teaching Methodologies &
Pedagogy organized by the Institution.
5.5. Faculty as participants/resource persons in faculty development/training

activities(15)
(Instruction: A faculty member scores maximum five points for a
participation/resource person.)
Participant/resource person in two week faculty development programme : 5 points
Participant/resource person in one week faculty development programme : 3 Points
Maximum 5 per Faculty
Name of the Faculty
CAY m2
CAY m1
CAY
Dr. Tamal Chakraborti
Dr. K. K. Ghosh
Dr. Kamakhya Prasad Ghatak
Dr. Rajiv Ganguly
Dr. Subrata Saha
Dr. Biman Bandyopadhyay
Dr. Paramita Mukherjee
Manas Sarkar
Page 174 of 448
NBA February 2015
Kartik Sau
Harekrishna Chatterjee
Drr. Amit Kumar Mondal
Dr. Amarnath Chakraborty
Asima Sarkar
Avijt Bandyopadhyay
Avijit Bose
Himadri Nath Saha
Biplab Ketan Chakraborty
Debalina Ghosh
Debangshu Chatterjee
Imon Banerjee
Indraneel Mukhopadhyay
Kajari Sur
Lopa Mandal
Manjima Saha
Maumita Chakraborty
Moutushi Biswas Singh
Paramita Saha
Parna Guha Bhattacharya
Rabi Narayan Behera
Satya Saran Changdar
Shreyasi Datta
Soumi Dutta
Sohini Mukherjee
Sudipta Banerjee
Tapan Kumar Hazra
Writaparna Mukherjee
0
0
0
0
3
3
3
3
3
0
0
0
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
0
3
3
0
3
0
0
3
3
0
0
0
3
3
3
3
3
0
3
0
0
5
3
3
3
5
5
0
0
3
3
3
3
0
3
3
3
0
0
0
3
3
3
3
3
0
3
3
0
3
3
3
3
3
3
0
0
3
3
3
3
0
0
3
3
Aniruddha Dasgupta
Sum
N (Number of faculty positions required for
an STR
Assessment = 3 Sum/N
60
84
81
20
22
24
11.45454545
10.125
Average Assessment
5.6.
10.19
Faculty Retention (15)

Assessment
where RPI
= 3 RPI/N
= Retention point index
= Points assigned to all
faculty members
where points assigned to a faculty member = 1 point for each year of experience at the
institute but not exceeding 5.
Page 175 of 448
Item
Number of faculty members with experience of less than l year (x0)
Number of faculty members with 1 to 2 years of experience (x1)
Number of faculty members with more than 5 years of experience
(x5)
N
RPI = x1 + 2x2 + 3x3 + 4x4 + 5x5
Assessment
NBA February 2015

CAY m2
CAY m1
CAY
16
20
22
24
64
84
102
9.6
11.45454545
12.75
Average Assessment
11.268
Faculty retention over a period of 4 Years
14
12.75
12
10
11.45
9.6
8
6
4
2
0
CAYm2
CAYm1
CAY
Figure 5.1: Faculty Retention
5.7. Faculty Research Publications (FRP) (20)

Assessment of FRP = 4 ( Sum of the research publication points scored by each faculty
member)/N
(Instruction: A faculty member scores maximum five research publication points depending
upon the quality of the research papers and books published in the past three years.)
The research papers considered are those ( i ) which can be located on the internet and/or are included in
hard-copy volumes/proceedings, published by reputed publishers, and (ii) whether the faculty members
affiliation, in the published papers/books, is of the current institution.
Include a list of all such publications and IPRs along with details of DOI, publisher,
month/year, etc.
Page 176 of 448
Name of the faculty (contributing to

FRP)
NBA February 2015
FRP points (max. 5 per faculty)

CAY m2
CAY m1
CAY

Dr. K. K. Ghosh
3
0
2
0
1
5
0
4
5
0
0
1
3
0
3
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
2
0
1
0
1
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
1
2
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
3
0
1
0
0
5
0
0
2
5
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
4
2
0
0
4
0
0
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
SUM
N (Number of Faculty positions required for an
STR of 15)
37
35
31
20
22
24
Assessment of FRP = 4 * SUM/N
7.4
6.363636364
5.166666667

Dr. Rajiv Ganguly
Dr. Subrata Saha
Manas Sarkar
Kartik Sau
Dr. Amit Kumar Mondal
Asima Sarkar
Avijt Bandyopadhyay
Avijit Bose
Himadri Nath Saha
Debalina Ghosh
Imon Banerjee
Kajari Sur
Lopa Mandal
Manjima Saha
Maumita Chakraborty
Paramita Saha
Rabi Narayan Behera
Shreyasi Datta
Soumi Dutta
Sohini Mukherjee
Sudipta Banerjee
Tapan Kumar Hazra
Aniruddha Dasgupta
Average Assessment
6.31
Page 177 of 448
NBA February 2015
5.8. Faculty Intellectual Property Rights (FIPR) (10)

Assessment of FIPR = 2 (Sum of the FIPR points scored by each faculty member)/N
(Instruction: A faculty member scores maximum five FIPR points year. FIPR includes
awarded national/international patents, design, and copyrights.)
Name of faculty member (contributing to
FIPR)
FIPR points (max. 5 per faculty member)

CAY m2
CAY m1
CAY
0
0
0
0
0
0
Dr. K. K. Ghosh
0
0
0
0
0
0
Dr. Rajiv Ganguly

Dr. Subrata Saha
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

Manas Sarkar
Kartik Sau
Asima Sarkar
Avijt Bandyopadhyay
Avijit Bose
Himadri Nath Saha
Debalina Ghosh
Imon Banerjee
Kajari Sur
Lopa Mandal
Manjima Saha
Maumita Chakraborty
Paramita Saha
Rabi Narayan Behera
Shreyasi Datta
Soumi Dutta
Sohini Mukherjee
Sudipta Banerjee
Tapan Kumar Hazra
Aniruddha Dasgupta
Sum
Page 178 of 448

N
NBA February 2015
20
0
Assessment o f FIPR = 2 Sum/N
22
0
24
0
Average Assessment
5.9.
Funded R&D Projects and Consultancy (FRDC) Work (20)

Assessment of R&D and Consultancy projects = 4 (Sum of FRDC by each faculty member)//N
(Instruction: A faculty member scores maximum 5 points, depending upon the amount.) A
suggested scheme is given below, for a minimum amount of Rs. 1 lakh: Five points for
funding by national agency,
Four points for funding by state agency/ private sector, Two points
for funding by the sponsoring trust/society.
Name of faculty member

(contributing to FRDC)
Dr. K. K. Ghosh
Dr. Rajiv Ganguly
Dr. Subrata Saha
Manas Sarkar
Kartik Sau
Asima Sarkar
Avijt Bandyopadhyay
Avijit Bose
Himadri Nath Saha
Debalina Ghosh
Imon Banerjee
Kajari Sur
Lopa Mandal
Manjima Saha
Maumita Chakraborty
Paramita Saha
Rabi Narayan Behera
FRDC points (max. 5 per faculty member)

CAY m2
CAY m1
CAY
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
0
0
0
0
0
4
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Page 179 of 448

Shreyasi Datta
Soumi Dutta
Sohini Mukherjee
Sudipta Banerjee
Tapan Kumar Hazra
Aniruddha Dasgupta
Sum
N
Assessment o f FRDC = 4 Sum/N

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
9
20
1.8
NBA February 2015
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
22
0.727272727
Average Assessment
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
11
24
1.833333333
1.4535
5.10 Faculty interaction with outside world (10)

FIP = Faculty interaction points
Assessment = 2 (Sum of FIP by each faculty member)/N
(Instruction: A faculty member gets maximum five interaction points, depending upon the type of
institution or R&D laboratory or industry, as follows)
Five points for interaction with a reputed institution abroad, institution of eminence in India,
national research laboratories.
Three points for interaction with institution/industry (not covered earlier).
Points to be awarded, for those activities, which result in joint efforts in publication of books/research
paper, pursuing externally funded R&D / consultancy projects and/or development of semester-long
course / teaching modules.
CAY m2
FIP
CAY m1
CAY

5
3
5
3
5
3
Dr. K. K. Ghosh
0
3
0
3
5
3
0
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
3
5
0
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
3
3
5
0
3
3
0
0
0
0
3
3
3
5
Name of faculty member

(contributing to FIP)
Dr. Rajiv Ganguly

Dr. Subrata Saha
Manas Sarkar
Kartik Sau
Asima Sarkar
Avijt Bandyopadhyay
Avijit Bose
Page 180 of 448
Himadri Nath Saha

Debalina Ghosh
Imon Banerjee
Kajari Sur
Lopa Mandal
Manjima Saha
Maumita Chakraborty
Paramita Saha
Rabi Narayan Behera
Shreyasi Datta
Soumi Dutta
Sohini Mukherjee
Sudipta Banerjee
Tapan Kumar Hazra
Aniruddha Dasgupta
NBA February 2015
0
0
0
0
0
5
0
3
0
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
0
3
0
3
3
0
0
3
3
0
0
0
0
5
3
0
0
0
3
3
0
5
0
3
0
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
0
0
Sum
47
59
64
20
22
24
4.7
5.363636364
5.333333333
Assessment of FIP = 2 Sum/N
Average Assessment
5.132
6. Facilities and Technical Support (125)

Description of classrooms, faculty rooms, seminar, and conference halls:
Room
Descriptio
n
No of
Room
s
Usage
Shared/
Exclusiv
e
Capac
ity
Room Equipped With PC, Internet Etc.
Page 181 of 448
Classroom
s
10
Theory
classroom
Tutorial
Rooms
Seminar
Rooms
Meeting
Rooms
Tutorial
Exclusive 80
Classes
For
250
conducting
Shared
seminars,
workshops,
conferences,
special
lectures.
For holding Exclusive 25
meeting
purposes &
others.
Faculty
Rooms
Occupancy
of Faculty
Members
For
Academic
Activities
Exclusive 80
Shared
NBA February 2015
Green Board, Desk, Chair with writing

table, Tube Light, Ceiling Fan, Exhaust Fan,
LCD Projector with screen.
Green Board, Desk, Chair with writing
table, Tube Light, Ceiling Fan, Exhaust Fan.
Air Conditioner, LCD Projector with
screen, White Board, Podium, wireless
mike, High end sound system.
2PCs, 1Laptop, 1Scanner, 1printer,

2TubeLights, Internet speed 100Mbps,
1Bookrack, 2Almirahs, 1 White Board,
2Tables, 25Chairs, 3Revolving Chairs,
1Computer Table.
8PCs, 8Revolving Chairs, 4Shared Printer,
Internet speed 100mbps, 8White Board,
8Bulltein Boards, 8Computer Tables with
Drawers, 5Almirahs, 8Tubelight, 8Fans,
1Standing Fan.
6.1. Classrooms in the department (10)

6.1.1. Adequate number of rooms for lectures (core/electives), seminars, tutorials, etc., for
the program (10)
(Instruction: Assessment based on the information provided in the preceding table.)
Department has sufficient class rooms for conducting lectures and tutorials for II/IV, III/IV and
IV/IV B.Tech IT students.
In the IT program each year of B.Tech has two sections with fully furnished exclusive class rooms
Department has a shared seminar hall to conduct workshops, seminars and guest lectures.
Department has one Tutorial Rooms to help students who are lagging in the subjects.
Class rooms are provided with good ventilation, high speed LAN Connection and uninterrupted
power supply (UPS).
Counseling (done in faculty rooms) is provided for grievance readdress and to guide students.
From the above data, we ensure that the total number of class rooms including seminar halls,
examination rooms, tutorial rooms etc. is adequate for IT department.
Page 182 of 448
NBA February 2015
6.1.2 Teaching aids---multimedia projectors, etc (15)

(Instruction: List the various teaching aids available)
Total number of LCD projector: 10
Total number of green boards: 10
Total number of white boards: 9
Total number of microphone: 5
Total number of speaker: 5
Total number of laptops: 5
Total number of lecture CDs/DVDs: 200
6.1.3 Acoustics, classroom size, conditions of chairs/benches, air circulation, lighting, exits,
ambience, and such other amenities/facilities (5)
(Instruction: Assessment based on the information provided in the preceding table and the inspection
thereof.)
Each class room can accommodate minimum 80 students and is equipped with comfortable chairs
fitted with desks, adequate number of tube lights, ceiling fan, black boards/white boards and
exhaust fans.
Many classrooms are fixed with LCD projectors for conducting presentation sessions and two LCD
projectors are kept movable.
Internet connection is provided in almost all the class rooms to enable presentation of online
information.
Every class room has two doors- one for entrance and another for exit and four windows.
[All details are given above].

Above amenities ensure proper ambience for the teaching and learning process of the department.
6.2 Faculty Rooms in the Department (3)

6.2.1 Availability of individual faculty rooms (1)
Total numbers of faculty cabins and HOD room are adequate for IT department.
Faculty cabins: 24
HOD room: 1
Page 183 of 448
NBA February 2015
6.2.2 Room equipped with white/black board, computer, Internet, and such other
amenities/facilities (10)
(Instruction: Assessment based on the information provided in the preceding table)
Each faculty cabin and professor room is well equipped with
PC
Internet connection
white board
bulletin board
chair
table
almirah etc.
This is adequate for IT department.
6.2.3 Usage of room for counseling/discussion with students (5)

(Instruction: Assessment based on the information provided in the preceding table and the inspection
thereof.)
Meeting room and seminar rooms are used for counseling/discussion with the students which are adequate
for IT department.
The following table is required for the subsequent criteria.
Laboratory
Exclusive/ Space,
Number
Description in the Shared
Number
of of
curriculum
students
Experime
nts
C Lab
Shared
95sqm, 40
35
Mechanical
Shared
150sqm,40
8
Workshop Lab
Basic Electronics Shared
75sqm,40
12
Lab
Electrical Lab
Shared
97sqm,40
12
Graphics Lab
Shared
150sqm,40
10
Chemistry Lab
Shared
90sqm,40
8
Data Structure & C Shared
90sqm,40
10
Lab
Digital Electronics Exclusive 75sqm,40
10
Lab
Computer
Exclusive 160sqm,40
10
Quality of Laboratory
Instrume Manuals
nts
Good
Good
Applicable
Applicable
Good
Applicable
Good
Good
Good
Good
Applicable
Applicable
Applicable
Applicable
Good
Applicable
Good
Applicable
Page 184 of 448

Organization Lab
Physics-II lab
Software
Tools
Lab
CE & CT Lab
Object
Oriented
Programming Lab
Numerical
Analysis Lab
Language Lab
NBA February 2015
Exclusive
Shared
86sqm,40
70sqm,40
8
9
Good
Good
Applicable
Applicable
Shared
Shared
90sqm,40
70sq,.40
8
30
Good
Good
Applicable
Applicable
Shared
90sqm,40
15
Good
Applicable
Shared
110sqm,40
12
Good
Applicable
C++ Lab
Shared
110sqm,40
30
Good
Applicable
Operating System
Lab
Design Analysis &
Algorithm Lab
Computer
Architecture Lab
Software
Engineering Lab
Computer
Networks Lab
DBMS Lab
Shared
75sqm,40
24
Good
Applicable
Shared
90sqm,40
12
Good
Applicable
Shared
95sqm,40
10
Good
Applicable
Shared
95sqm,40
11
Good
Applicable
Shared
75sqm,40
10
Good
Applicable
Shared
75sqm,40
15
Good
Applicable
Multimedia Lab
Shared
110sqm,40
15
Good
Applicable
Internet
Technology Lab
Shared
75sqm,40
12
Good
Applicable
6.3. Laboratories in the department to meet the Curriculum Requirements and the
POs (60)
6.3.1. Adequate, well-equipped laboratories to meet the curriculum requirements and the
POs (20)
Department has enough labs which are used for all the years on timetable basis to meet
the curriculum requirements.
The courses which have practical work will be provided labs every week.
Labs are equipped with sufficient hardware and licensed software to run program
specific curriculum and off program curriculum.
Research laboratory is available 24x7 for all faculties and students to carry research
work and projects.
Exclusively a project lab has been provided for the students to carry out their mini and
major project work.
Laboratories during two afternoon sessions of a week are absolutely kept free for
Page 185 of 448
NBA February 2015
students to develop core skills.

MODROBS (Modernization and Removal of Obsolescence) of Data Communication and Networking
Laboratory project from AICTE worth Rs 18.46 Lakhs have enabled us to incorporate project works in
advanced topics in networking to the UG as well as PG students during 2013-2014. The advanced
Laboratory Projects that are handled are on the areas of:
Wireless/ Fiber Optic Communication Systems

Networking Protocols like Stop & Wait, Selective Repeat
Printer Interface using Parallel Port
Cryptography
Virtual Private Networks
Ethical Hacking and Tracking
Intrusion Detection and Prevention Systems
Mobile Application development
An INNOVATION LAB has been set up from the student project fund worth Rs 45.3 Lakhs sanctioned
by the Department of Science & Technology, Government of India. The project areas where the students
are working are as follows:
Low cost home security system with remote access
Portable support aid for visually impaired
Bluetooth aided switchless home
Portable foul detecting device
Wireless print (any printer, wireless printer)
Advanced railway gate control
Low cost and portable smart room service security
Emergency response robot
E-Governance (Academic ERP) - IEMCRP is designed, developed and maintained by the Faculty
members of Department of Information Technology, Institute of Engineering & Management (IEM)Kolkata. Academic ERP is a complete solution of the University / Board / Council (along with its
affiliated colleges / schools). It is a complete internet based software so it may be from anywhere in the
globe at any point of time. It includes number of modules, proved beneficial to achieve the operational and
functional efficiencies, monitoring and optimizing the management processes & operations and enhancing
co-ordination across the various departments in the Institution. This Academic ERP provides the Students
Login ID / Password protected system for Parents to access their Wards includes the following:
Student Profile
Students Detail Fees Account (including online Fee Receipt print facility)
Students Attendance Record: Daily/ Monthly / Term wise Attendance
Student wise Results: Term wise and Session wise
Students performance analysis: With graphical comparative performance analysis of
current and previous sessions
Home Assignments: Subject wise
Personalized Reminders from Teachers
Wards achievements and awards in co-curricular activities session wise
Page 186 of 448
NBA February 2015
Interaction with Teachers/ Institution authorities
Laboratory
C Lab
Mechanical Workshop Lab
Basic Electronics Lab
Electrical Lab
Graphics Lab
Chemistry Lab
Data Structure & C Lab
Digital Electronics Lab
Computer Organization Lab
Physics-II lab
Software Tools Lab
CE & CT Lab
Object Oriented Programming Lab
Numerical Analysis Lab
Language Lab
C++ Lab
Design Analysis & Algorithm Lab
Computer Networks Lab
DBMS Lab
Multimedia Lab
Location
Room 4.5
Hall Zone 2.2
Room 3.6 and 3.7
Room 3.6 and 3.7
Room 4.2
Room 4.1
2nd floor, Dept. of IT
Ground floor
4th floor
Annex Building, 3rd Floor
6.3.2 Availability of computing facilities in the department (15)

Internet facility has been provided without limitation by the department to the students and
faculty 24/7.
All the labs are with fully loaded licensed softwares to facilitate all students to carry their
course work.
There is a central computing lab at the 5th floor of the annex building with 60 computers and 10
Mbps Internet connections, where students can access the Internet and download Lecture
videos, subject materials etc.
Apart from this there are 3 additional laboratories with 25 computers each and 10 Mbps Internet
connections where the students can do similar activities. This is adequate for IT department.
Research lab is also provided with adequate no of computers to carry research works and
projects.
Page 187 of 448
NBA February 2015
All labs are provided with on-line Un-interruptible Power Supply (UPS).
6.3.3 Availability of laboratories with technical support within and beyond working hours
(15)
The laboratory classes are held within the college hours in the presence of technical assistant and
subject teacher.
Beyond the college hours, the laboratory remains open till 6 P.M for the students to carry out their
jobs with adequate technical support.
Lab slots are provided depending on the curriculum.
Extra lab slots are provided depending on the progress in the course practical work if necessary.
This is adequate for IT department.
INCUBATION and R&D LAB: Other than laboratories we have an R&D and Incubation Lab
having biometric access control, which was established from Central Govt Grant (Innovation and
Entrepreneurship Development Cell) where our students and teachers work to develop innovative
products.
6.3.4 Equipment to run experiments and their maintenance, number of students per
experimental setup, size of the laboratories, overall ambience, etc (10)
1 PC per two students is allotted for the lab work assigned.
The Lab has good ambience as the PCs are arranged in a way that student can feel comfortable in
doing labs.
Many of the Labs are provided with ACs.
In every laboratory students get proper experimental kits and equipments to carry out their
experiments.
All the equipments are properly maintained and for each laboratory stock register, fault register and
movement registers are maintained. This is adequate for IT department.
6.4.
Technical Manpower Support in the Department (15)
Na
me
Designat
ion
Pay
Scale
Exclusiv
e/
Shared
work
Date-ofJoining
Qualification
At
Now
Joinin
g
Other technical Responsibility

skills gained
Part
ha
Bhat
tach
arya
Technical
Assistant
PB-3 710037600 G.P:

3600
Exclusive
01-09-1997
MCA
Microsoft
certification,
Juniper
security
certification, O &
A level certification
from DOEACC
MCA
Operating system
Lab,
Internet
Technology Lab,
Real
Time
Operating system
lab, Networking
Page 188 of 448
Adit
ya
Roy
Sour
av
Muk
herj
ee
Ani
mes
h
Kair
i
Pina
ki
kar
mak
ar
Mad
hab
Sam
anta
Koy
el
Dey
Technical
Assistant
NBA February 2015

Lab
C++
Lab,
Numerical Lab
PB-3 710037600 G.P:

3600
PB-3 710037600 G.P:
3600
Exclusive
07-0-2002
MCA
MCA
Exclusive
01-07-1997
M.Sc,
MCA
M.Sc
MCA
Design develop and

give support of egovernace
(Academic)
Operating system
Lab,
Internet
Technology Lab,
Java Lab
Technical
Assistant
PB-3 710037600 G.P:

3600
Exclusive
12-11-2013
MCA
MCA
CCNA
Physics-II,
Technical
Assistant
PB-3 710037600 G.P:

3600
Exclusive
04-07-2012
MBA,
MCA
MBA
CISCO
CCNA
Technical
Assistant
PB-3 710037600 G.P:

3600
Exclusive
01-09-2006
MIT
MIT
Basic Networking
training from JU
Operating system
Lab, N
Technical
Assistant
PB-3 710037600 G.P:

3600
Exclusive
B.Tech
CSE
M.Tech
Pursuing
CSE
C++ Lab, Data

Structure Lab
Sohi
ni
Muk
herj
ee
Technical
Assistant
PB-3 710037600 G.P:

3600
Exclusive
15-07-2014
B.tech
IT
M.Tech
Pursuing
IT
Vars
ha
Pod
dar
Technical
Assistant
PB-3 710037600 G.P:

3600
Exclusive
15-07-2014
B.Tech
CSE
M.Tech
Pursuing
IT
Jaya
shre
e
Bhat
tach
arya
Ishit
a
Bas
u
Sou
vik
Bal
Technical
Assistant
PB-3 710037600 G.P:

3600
Exclusive
15-07-2014
B.Tech
IT
M.Tech
Pursuing
IT
Technical
Assistant
PB-3 710037600 G.P:

3600
Exclusive
15-07-2014
B.Tech
CSE
M.Tech
Pursuing
CSE
Data
Lab
Technical
Assistant
PB-3 710037600 G.P:

3600
Exclusive
15-07-2014
B.Tech
CSE
M.Tech
Pursuing
CSE
Computer
Organization Lab,
Technical
Assistant
CE &
CT Lab
Certified,
Internet
Technology Lab,
Visual Basic Lab
C++ Lab, Data

Structure
Lab,
Internet
Technology Lab,
Java
Lab,
Computer
Networks lab
Computer
Organization Lab,
Operating System
Lab,
Software
Engineering Lab,
Software
Tools
Lab
Digital Electronics
Lab,
Data
Structure
Lab,
Algorithm Lab.
Page 189 of 448
Structure

Nilo
tpal
Cho
udh
ury
Ratu
l
Dey
Sour
av
Ku
mar
Sriji
ta
Pan
da
Jaya
nta
Basa
k
NBA February 2015
Technical
Assistant
PB-3 710037600 G.P:

3600
Exclusive
15-07-2014
B.Tech
CSE
M.Tech
Pursuing
CSE
Software
Lab
Technical
Assistant
PB-3 710037600 G.P:

3600
PB-3 710037600 G.P:
3600
Exclusive
15-07-2014
B.Tech
CSE
Exclusive
15-07-2014
B.Tech
CSE
M.Tech
Pursuing
CSE
M.Tech
Pursuing
CSE
C++ Lab, Data

Data
Structure
Lab
Computer
Organization Lab
SCIENTIFI
C
OFFICER
PB-3 710037600 G.P:

3900
Shared
15/07/2014
B.Tech
EIE
NSS
Technical
Assistant
PB-3 710037600 G.P:

3600
Exclusive
15-07-2014
B.Tech
CSE
M.Tech
Pursuing
ECE,
VLSI
M.Tech
Pursuing
CSE
Real
Time
Operating system
lab,
Technical
Assistant
Tools
6.4.1 Availability of adequate and qualified technical supporting staff for programmespecific laboratories (10)
Sufficient technical staff is available to run the course laboratories.

Each course specific lab has a qualified supporting staff to guide the students.
6.4.2 Incentives, skill-upgrade, and professional advancement (5)

Eleven technical support staffs have B.Tech qualification and are pursuing M.Tech. After their
completion they will be considered for upgradation.
Technical staff is provided with sufficient time to upgrade their skills.
After every semester scientific officers undergo staff development program for skill upgradation.
Scientific officers are always encouraged to upgrade qualification/skills. This is adequate for IT
department.
Page 190 of 448
NBA February 2015
7. Academic Support Units and Teaching-Learning Process (75)

Students Admission
(Instruction: The intake of students during the last three years against the sanctioned
capacity may be reported here.)
Admission intake (for information only)
Item
Sanctioned intake strength in the institute (N)
Number of students admitted on merit basis
(N1)
Number of students admitted on
management quota/otherwise (N2)
institute (N1 + N2)
20142015
660
20132014
540
20122013
360
594
489
348
20112012
270
125
82
55
242
65
719
571
403
307
Admission quality (for information only)

(Instruction: The admission quality of the students in terms of their ranks in the entrance
examination may be presented here.)
Divide the total admitted ranks (or percentage marks) into five or a few more
meaningful ranges
Rank range
Upto 2000
20142015
249
20132014
205
20122013
151
20112012
86
2001-3000
3001-4000
203
104
201
117
95
99
65
16
Tabular data for estimating student-teacher ratio and faculty qualification for first year common
courses

448
Page 191 of
NBA February 2015
List of faculty members teaching first year courses :
(Instruction: The institution may list the faculty members engaged in first
year teaching along with other relevant data here.)
List of faculty members teaching first year courses (2014-15):
Name
of
faculty
Qualification Designatio
n
Date of
Department
joining the
with which
institution
associated
Professor
01.04.2010
ECE
100
Professor
31.03.2010
ECE
50
50
Professor
15.07.2013
EE
50
50
Assoc.
Professor
15.07.2013
100
Assoc.
Professor
15.07.2013
60
40
Assoc.
Professor
15.07.2013
60
40
Assoc.
Professor
Asst.
Professor
Assistant
Professor
Assistant
Professor
16.01.2012
ECE
100
08.08.2012
CSE
50
50
01.10.2008
CSE
66.67
33.33
26.08.2009
CSE
50
50
Asst.
Professor
01.01.1997
ME
100
Asst.
Professor
15.01.2009
ME
57
43
membe
r
Dr. Phani BSc, Msc,Ph.D,
Bhusan
CU
Ghosh
Dr. Renuka Bsc,Msc,PhD(Sc.)
Dutta
in
Applied Maths
from
CU
Dr.
Bsc,Msc,PhD
SanchitaNi
(Math), BHU
mesh
Dr. Anup Bsc,Msc,PhD, VU,
Kumar
2011
Maity
Dr.
PhD, CU, 2012
Rituparna
Das
Dr. Asar
Bsc,Msc,PhD
Ahmed
(Chem), IITKanpur
Dr. Koyel Bsc,Msc,PhD, JU
Ganguly
Dr. Sukanya BA,MA,Ph.D, JU
Das
Susmita
BSc,M SC, KU
Mukherjee
Sanghamitra
BSc,M.A
Podder
(Environ),
RBU, 2008 B.Ed,
IGNOU, 2009
Arun Kumar Btech,M.Tech in
Bar
Mechanical,JRNR
VU
Panchali
BSc,M.Sc
Bhattachary (Economics), CU,
a
2004 M.Phil
(Economics), CU,

448
CSE
Distribution of
Teaching load
(%)
1st year UG
Page 192 of
PG
NBA February 2015
2009
Prabir
BSc,M.Sc in
Kumar
Chemistry, CU
Das
Gora
M. Tech in
Chakraborty
Mechanical,
IIT,Kgp,
1968
Gopa
BA,MA, CU
Goswami
Biswadip
BSc,M.Sc, CU
Basu
MBA, WBUT
Mallick
Sanghamitra Bcom,MBA,
WBUT MS
Chakrabarti
Aditi Ghosh
BSc,MBA,
VisvaBharati
Indrani
BSc,M.Sc
Bhattachary
(Tech), CU
a
Parijat
Btech,M.Tech
Bhowmik
(EE), JU
Dhriti Barua BA,MA,Pondicher
ry,
1994
M.Phil,Pondicherr
y
Poushali
BA,MA, CU
Chakraborty
Mainak Btech,M.Tech,CU
Saha
Samapika
BSc,M.Sc, CU
Das
Biswas
Sanhita
Bcom,MBA,KU
Ghosh
Dr. K. K.
B.Sc (Hons),
Ghosh
Burdwan
University, 1964,
M.Sc (Special
paper : Radio
Physics &
Electronics )
Burdwan
University, 1966,
Dr. Rajiv
B.Sc (Physics),
Ganguly CU, 1994, M.Sc
(Physics), CU,
1996, PhD
(Engg.), JU, 2013
Dr. Barun B.Sc, CU, 1999,
Sankar
M.Sc, FRI, 2002,
Gupta
PhD(Tech),
Norwegian
University of
Asst
Professor
28.01.2005
EE
100
Asst
Professor
12.01.2010
ME
100
Asst.
Professor
Asst.
Professor
01.02.2001
ME
100
22.07.2002
ME
57
43
Asst.
Professor
Asst.
Professor
Asst.
Professor
15.01.2011
CSE
100
02.08.2011
CSE
100
16.07.2012
ECE
21
79
Asst.
Professor
Asst.
Professor
01.08.2012
28.5
71.5
15.01.2013
CSE
17
83
Asst.
Professor
Asst.
Professor
Asst.
Professor
07.02.2013
CSE
50
50
02.08.2013
ECE
50
50
13.08.2013
EE
80
20
Asst.
Professor
Professor
01.08.2013
CSE
14
86
6.10.2009
IT
40
Professor
07.01.2014
IT
20
80
Assoc.
Professor
15.06.2015
IT
60
20
20

448
60
Page 193 of

Science &
Technology, 2011
Dr. Biman B.Sc, CU, 2003,
Assoc.
Bandyopadh M.Sc, CU, 2005,
Professor
yay
PhD, IACS, 2012
Dr. Gautam B.Sc, CU, 1992,
Assoc.
Misra
M.Sc, CU, 1994,
Professor
PhD(Tech), CU,
2010
Dr. Kamal BE, JU, 2001, ME,
Assoc.
Pal
BESU, 2003, PhD Professor
(Engg), IIT-K,
2010
Dr.
BA, CU, 1995,
Assoc.
Paramita
MA, CU, 1997,
Professor
Mukherjee PhD, University of
Florida, 2009
Assoc.
Dr.
B.Sc, CU,
Professor
Sankhadip
2003,MS,
Roy
Southern Illinois
University, 2007,
PhD , Southern
Illinois University,
2011
Dr.
B.SC.(Chem), VU, Assistant
Amarnath
2002, M.SC.
Professor
Chakraborty (Chem), VU, 2004,
Ph.D, JU, 2011
Asima B.Sc(Mathematics) Assistant
Sarkar
, BU, 2001, M.Sc Professor,
(Statistics), BU,
2003,
Avijt
B.E(Electrical
Assistant
Bandyopadh Engg.), JU, 1979, Professor
yay
M.E,BITS,Pilani,
1984,
Assistant
Rajashree
B.Tech (CSE),
Paul
Kalyani
Professor
University, 2002,
M.Sc(CSE) Simon
Fraser University,
Canada, 2006
Sanjib
B.Tech, WBUT,
Assistant
Kumar
2010, M.Tech,
Professor
Mitra
CU, 2012
Shreyasi
BA (Eng), CU,
Assistant
Datta
2008, MA (Eng), Professor
CU, 2010
NBA February 2015
01.02.2013
IT
60
40
15.06.2015
IT
40
60
15.06.2015
IT
40
60
06.08.2013
IT
100
15.06.2015
IT
100
03.02.2015
IT
60
40
03.02.2009
IT
20
80
19.02.2010
IT
100
15.01.2012
IT
40
60
15.01.2015
IT
20
80
01.08.2013
IT
40
60
List of faculty members teaching first year courses: (2013-14)
Name
of
n

448
Date of
Department
Distribution of
Page 194 of
NBA February 2015
faculty
joining the
with which
membe
r
institution
associated
Professor
01.04.2010
ECE
100
Professor
31.03.2010
ECE
50
50
Professor
15.07.2013
EE
50
50
Assoc.
Professor
15.07.2013
100
Assoc.
Professor
15.07.2013
60
40
Assoc.
Professor
15.07.2013
60
40
Assoc.
Professor
Asst.
Professor
Assistant
Professor
Assistant
Professor
16.01.2012
ECE
100
08.08.2012
CSE
50
50
01.10.2008
CSE
66.67
26.08.2009
CSE
50
50
Asst.
Professor
01.01.1997
ME
100
Asst.
Professor
15.01.2009
ME
57
43
Asst
Professor
28.01.2005
EE
100
Asst
Professor
12.01.2010
ME
100
Asst.
Professor
Asst.
Professor
01.02.2001
ME
100
22.07.2002
ME
57
43

Bhusan
CU
Ghosh
Dutta
in
Applied Maths
from
CU
Dr.
Bsc,Msc,PhD
SanchitaNi
(Math), BHU
mesh
Dr. Anup Bsc,Msc,PhD, VU,
Kumar
2011
Maity
Dr.
PhD, CU, 2012
Rituparna
Das
Dr. Asar
Bsc,Msc,PhD
Ahmed
(Chem), IITKanpur
Ganguly
Das
Susmita
BSc,M SC, KU
Mukherjee
Sanghamitra
BSc,M.A
Podder
(Environ),
RBU, 2008 B.Ed,
IGNOU, 2009
Bar
Mechanical,JRNR
VU
Panchali
BSc,M.Sc
a
2004 M.Phil
(Economics), CU,
2009
Prabir
BSc,M.Sc in
Kumar
Chemistry, CU
Das
Gora
M. Tech in
Chakraborty
Mechanical,
IIT,Kgp,
1968
Gopa
BA,MA, CU
Goswami
Biswadip
BSc,M.Sc, CU
Basu
MBA, WBUT

448
CSE
Teaching load
(%)
1st year UG
33.33 0
Page 195 of
PG
NBA February 2015
Mallick
Asst.
Chakrabarti
WBUT MS
Professor
Aditi Ghosh BSc,MBA,VisvaB
Asst.
harati
Professor
Indrani
BSc,M.Sc
Asst.
Bhattachary
(Tech), CU
Professor
a
Parijat
Btech,M.Tech
Asst.
Bhowmik
(EE), JU
Professor
Dhriti Barua BA,MA,Pondicher
Asst.
ry,
Professor
1994
M.Phil,Pondicherr
y
Poushali
BA,MA, CU
Asst.
Chakraborty
Professor
Mainak Btech,M.Tech,CU
Asst.
Saha
Professor
Samapika
BSc,M.Sc, CU
Asst.
Das
Professor
Biswas
Sanhita
Bcom,MBA,KU
Asst.
Ghosh
Professor
Dr. K. K.
B.Sc (Hons),
Professor
Ghosh
Burdwan
University, 1964,
M.Sc (Special
paper : Radio
Physics &
Electronics )
Burdwan
University, 1966,
Dr. Rajiv
B.Sc (Physics),
Professor
Ganguly CU, 1994, M.Sc
(Physics), CU,
1996, PhD
(Engg.), JU, 2013
Assoc.
Professor
yay
PhD, IACS, 2012
Dr.
BA, CU, 1995,
Assoc.
Paramita
MA, CU, 1997,
Professor
Mukherjee PhD, University of
Florida, 2009
Sarkar
(Statistics), BU,
2003,
Avijt
B.E(Electrical
Assistant
yay
M.E,BITS,Pilani,
1984,
Rajashree
B.Tech (CSE),
Assistant
Paul
Kalyani
Professor

448
15.01.2011
CSE
100
02.08.2011
CSE
100
16.07.2012
ECE
21
79
28.5
71.5
01.08.2012
15.01.2013
CSE
17
83
07.02.2013
CSE
50
50
02.08.2013
ECE
50
50
13.08.2013
EE
80
20
01.08.2013
CSE
14
86
6.10.2009
IT
40
07.01.2014
IT
20
80
01.02.2013
IT
60
40
06.08.2013
IT
40
60
03.02.2009
IT
20
80
19.02.2010
IT
100
15.01.2012
IT
40
60
60
Page 196 of
Shreyasi
Datta
University, 2002,
M.Sc(CSE) Simon
Fraser University,
Canada, 2006
BA (Eng), CU,
2008, MA (Eng),
CU, 2010
Assistant
Professor
01.08.2013
IT
NBA February 2015
40
60
List of faculty members teaching first year courses: (2012-13)
Name
of
faculty
n
Date of
Department
joining the
with which
institution
associated
Professor
01.04.2010
ECE
100
Professor
31.03.2010
ECE
50
50
Assoc.
Professor
Asst.
Professor
Assistant
Professor
Assistant
Professor
16.01.2012
ECE
100
08.08.2012
CSE
50
50
01.10.2008
CSE
66.67
26.08.2009
CSE
50
50
Asst.
Professor
01.01.1997
ME
100
Asst.
Professor
15.01.2009
ME
57
43
Asst
Professor
28.01.2005
EE
100
Asst
Professor
12.01.2010
ME
100
Asst.
Professor
01.02.2001
ME
100
membe
r
Bhusan
CU
Ghosh
Dutta
in
Applied Maths
from
CU
Ganguly
Das
Susmita
BSc,M SC, KU
Mukherjee
Sanghamitra
BSc,M.A
Podder
(Environ),
RBU, 2008 B.Ed,
IGNOU, 2009
Bar
Mechanical,JRNR
VU
Panchali
BSc,M.Sc
a
2004 M.Phil
(Economics), CU,
2009
Prabir
BSc,M.Sc in
Kumar
Chemistry, CU
Das
Gora
M. Tech in
Chakraborty
Mechanical,
IIT,Kgp,
1968
Gopa
BA,MA, CU
Goswami

448
Distribution of
teaching load
(%)
1st year UG
PG
33.33 0
Page 197 of
NBA February 2015
Biswadip
BSc,M.Sc, CU
Asst.
Basu
MBA, WBUT
Professor
Mallick
Asst.
WBUT MS
Professor
Chakrabarti
Aditi Ghosh
BSc,MBA,
Asst.
VisvaBharati
Professor
Indrani
BSc,M.Sc
Asst.
Bhattachary
(Tech), CU
Professor
a
Parijat
Btech,M.Tech
Asst.
Bhowmik
(EE), JU
Professor
Dr. K. K.
B.Sc (Hons),
Professor
Ghosh
Burdwan
University, 1964,
M.Sc (Special
paper : Radio
Physics &
Electronics )
Burdwan
University, 1966,
Assoc.
Professor
yay
PhD, IACS, 2012
Sarkar
(Statistics), BU,
2003,
Avijt
B.E(Electrical
Assistant
yay
M.E,BITS,Pilani,
1984,
22.07.2002
ME
57
43
15.01.2011
CSE
100
02.08.2011
CSE
100
16.07.2012
ECE
21
79
28.5
71.5
01.08.2012
6.10.2009
IT
40
60
01.02.2013
IT
60
40
03.02.2009
IT
60
40
19.02.2010
IT
100
7.1. Academic Support Units (35)

7.1.1. Assessment of First Year Student Teacher Ratio (FYSTR) (10)
Data for first year courses to calculate the FYSTR:
Year
CAYm2 (2012 13)

CAYm1 (2013 14)
CAY ( 2014 15 )
Average
Number of
students (approved
intake strength)
360
540
660
8.39

448
Number of
faculty members
(considering
fractional load)
20
33
39
FYST
R
Assessment =
(10 15)/FYSTR
(Max. is 10)
18
8.3333
16.3636 9.1666
16.9230 8.3636
Page 198 of
NBA February 2015
7.1.2. Assessment of Faculty Qualification Teaching First Year Common Courses

(15)
Assessment of qualification = 3 (5x + 3y + 2z0)/N, where x + y + z0 N and z0 Z
= Number of faculty members with PhD
= Number of faculty members with ME/MTech/NET-Qualified/MPhil
= Number of faculty members with BE/BTech/MSc/MCA/MA
= Number of faculty members
needed for FYSTR of 25
x
y
z
N
Year
Assessment of
faculty qualification
2012-13
14.4
12.29
2013-14
11
11
21.6
13.61
11
26.4
14.89
2014-2015
17
Average assessment of faculty qualification
13.60
7.2. Teaching Learning Process(40)

7.2.1. Tutorial classes to address student questions: size of tutorial classes, hours
per subject given in timetable (5)
(Instruction: The institution may report the details of the tutorial classes that are being
conducted on various subjects and state the impact of such tutorial classes here.)
Provision of tutorial classes in timetable:
YES
Tutorial sheets provided:
YES
Tutorial classes taken by:
Faculty
Number of tutorial classes per subject per week: 1

Number of students per tutorial class:
30-35
Number of subjects with tutorials: 1st year: 4 2nd year: 7 3rd year: 2
4th year: 1 (Details of Courses with Tutorial hours is given in the Table below)
Tutorial periods are conducted in order to give exercises to the students and also to closely
monitor their learning ability and achievement. Courses which require more practice,
includes critical thinking or programming are provided with tutorial hours.
Those courses which are given with two tutorial hours per week are assigned one credit.
Tutorial hours are specially marked in the time table and the lesson plan with predefined

448
Page 199 of
NBA February 2015
activities is prepared before the starting of the course. It is taken care by the module
incharge that the classes are conducted according to the schedule.
Table 7.1: Details of Courses with Tutorial hours in the department of Information
Technology
Code
Subject
No. of
Tutorials
Year I
ME101
Chemistry -1 (Gr-B) /
Physics 1 (Gr-A)
Mathematics-1
Basic Electrical &
Electronic Engineering 1
(GrA+GrB)
Engg. Mechanics
PH301
Physics-2
CS302
Data Structures & Algorithm
CS303
M(CS)401
Numerical Methods
M401
Mathematics-3
CS402
Formal Language & Automata Theory
IT401
Object Oriented Programming & UML
IT501
Year III
IT502
PH101/
CH101
M101
ES101
1
1
1
Year II
Year IV
IT705C
Modelling & Simulation (M)
A class is divided in to 30 sized batches and each batch is handled by a single faculty member in
separate tutorial rooms. Different exercises related to the topics were given and are solved by the
students during the tutorial hours with the guidance of faculty. Students are divided into groups based
on their understanding levels and group activity will be assigned to them.
IMPACT:
Integration of knowledge is possible during the discussion of this activity.
Close interaction with the faculty will help to clarify their doubts which is not
possible in regular theory classes.

448
Page 200 of
NBA February 2015
Skills like critical thinking, communication skills, team collaboration, Problem

solving are improved.
7.2.2. Mentoring system to help at individual levels (5)

(Instruction: The institution may report the details of the mentoring system that has
been developed for the students for various purposes and also state the efficacy of such
system here.)
Mentoring System:
Type of mentoring:
Yes
Professional guidance, Career advancement &
Total development
Number of faculty mentors:
74
Number of students per mentor: 30

Frequency of meeting:
Need Based
A faculty member is assigned for a group of 30 members to help them to clarify their doubts
and improve their technical aspects of the courses.
Mentoring system: A proctor diary is maintained for each student where details like
Personal Information
Previous Record
Academic Performance
Competitive Examination Details
Details of Internship and Industrial Trainings
Scholarships Received
Co-Curricular and Extra-Curricular activities.
The mentors meet the students periodically and monitor their performance and their activities.
Guidance regarding the lagging issues is provided. Occasionally proctor meeting with the
parents is conducted based on the requirement.
Professional Guidance:
The departments are well equipped with knowledgeable Human resources in the form of
members of faculty who by keeping themselves of developments offer guidance to the
prospective professionals in addition to the classroom teaching. The Industry-institute
Partnership cell and Entrepreneurship development cell have been putting efforts in this
direction
Career advancement:
448
Page 201 of
NBA February 2015
The Training and Placement cell has been active not only in arranging campus
recruitment drives, but also offering awareness and training for the students
Course work:
Members of faculty handling different courses interact with students in clearing
all their Concept-oriented and test based mechanics of the respective courses.
The teachers after first of formative evaluation guide the students as far as
student-specific gray areas are concerned.
Lab-specific:
Each of the lab sessions are handled by 3 Teachers in order to have special care for the
students while experiments are being handled. A demonstrative presentation is given by the
teacher concerned before every experiment. The Laboratory records are evaluated after the
experiment is held. In other words, there is active involvement of the members of faculty Preexperiment stage, at the time of experiment and after the experiment.
Total Development:
As stated above, the college puts forward efforts to realize total development of the student.
In addition to academics, literary, cultural and sports activities are conducted which offer
leadership qualities, decision making abilities, team spirit, precision, analytical capabilities,
socio-psychological awareness etc. which make an individual a intellectually mature being.
Specific items are presented below
Table 7.2: Mentoring System Details
S.No.
Type
Mentoring
1.
Professional
Guidance
of Process
2012-13
Counselling
2013-14
Counselling
2014-15
Counselling

448
Method
1. Monitoring
Regularity of
the students.
2. Monitoring
Performance of
the students.
3. Personal
Counselling for
Career
Guidance
4. 60 Students
in a section are
assigned to one
Periodicity
Weekly/
monthly
/etc.
Monthly
Page 202 of
2.
3.
4.
Career
Advancement
2012 13
Training &
Placement
2013 14
Training &
Placement
2014 15
Training
&
Placement
Course
work 2012-13
Specific
Covering
Content
beyond syllabus
2013-14
Covering
Content
beyond syllabus
2014 15
Covering
Content
beyond syllabus
Lab Specific
2012 13
Giving Extra
Experiments /

448
NBA February 2015
faculty
member and the
entire
section is being
supervised by
a senior faculty
member
again.
5. The parents
of poorly
performing
students are
informed
through SMS
and
counselling is
given.
6. Students are
encouraged to
present papers
at various
conferences
Lectures
and Weekly Twice
Tests
Lectures
Interspersed
with
discussions
Monthly
Practical
Monthly
Page 203 of
5.
Total
Development

Programs
beyond Lab
Syllabus
2013 14
Giving Extra
Experiments /
Programs
beyond Lab
Syllabus
2014-15
Giving Extra
Experiments /
Programs
beyond
Lab
Syllabus
2012 13
Analysis
Result Analysis
of the
student scores
2013 14
Result Analysis
of the
student scores
2014 15
Result Analysis
of the
student score
NBA February 2015
Once
in
Semester
Efficiency of the System:
The mentoring system developed by the college has been proved to be effective
considering different parameters.
The involvement of students in the academics has been increased, like class work
attendance, paper presentations, presentation of models in exhibitions, participation in
cultural activities etc.
Because the number of students allocated to each of the mentor is limited to 20,
personal interaction on regular basis has been taken up.
Teachers are also becoming more responsive to the learner needs day by day which is
being reflected in the proctor diary maintained by the teacher.

448
Page 204 of
NBA February 2015
In short the Institute works on both advanced technology and institutional cultural activities by
motivating the students at every level in order to serve better the needs of an ever-changing and
dynamic learning community. Faculty generally provides the effective and efficient mentorship. When
it comes to academic success and persistence, there is no substitute for a healthy relationship between
faculty and students. Mentoring and Guidance provides encouragement to the students as under:
Frequently visit the students and focus on their innovative views
Encourage students to discuss their ideas.
Analyze about the challenges faced
Motivate students of their skills and abilities to succeed and motivate students for different
competitive exams apart from regular semester courses..
Develop personal branding attitude of individuals
Teach people handling and encouraging students to deliver lectures on their topics of interest.
Practice on interaction with different people
The faculty monitors their progress consistently and reports to In-charge of counseling cell for
further Parent- Teacher meetings.
This mentoring is for over all development of the student.
Professional guidance is provided by arranging workshops on Mentoring that consist of

lectures of eminent personalities from academics, industry and social works.
7.2.3. Feedback analysis and reward / corrective measures taken, if any (5)
(Instruction: The institution needs to design an effective feedback questionnaire. It needs to
justify that the feedback mechanism developed by the institution really helps to evaluate
teaching, and finally, contributes to the quality of teaching).
Feedback collected for all courses:
Specify the feedback collection process:
YES
Set of feedback forms is handed over to the students having requisite attendance by Head of
the Department and confidential feedback surveys are taken thereafter.
Percentage of students who participated:
Specify the feedback analysis process:
90
Rating of each teacher in each subject is summed up and average is calculated and
accordingly appreciation letter and warning letter are handed over to the concerned
faculty member.

448
Page 205 of
NBA February 2015
Basis of reward / corrective measures, if any:
More than an average of 9.0 is considered for reward. Less than an average of 7.5 is
considered for corrective action that consist of explaining the limitations of the teacher, asking
him/her to attend senior teachers class, meeting with the students facing probelems in that
particular class and so on.
Number of corrective actions taken in the last three years: 3
7.2.4. Scope for self-learning (5)

As part of curriculum, there are the following practical courses, both in the sixth semester:
1. Practical Training Evaluation
2. Seminar on Assigned /Selected Topic
In both of the above courses, the students are free and encouraged to choose any relevant industry for
training and any relevant topic which they can study and deliver a seminar.
IEM conducts training on topics like:
Programmable Logic Controller
Training on Microprocessor & Microcontrollers
Training on Nano-science
Training on Mobile Android Development
Training on Linux Administration
Training on Network Security & Ethical Hacking
Training on DOT Net
which are outside the syllabus through lectures and hands on workshop by reputed personalities
from industry and academia
7.2.5. Generation of self-learning facilities, and availability of materials for

learning beyond syllabus (5)
(Instruction: The institution needs to specify the scope for self-learning / learning beyond
syllabus and creation of facilities for self-learning / learning beyond syllabus.)
The IEM library has a repository of more than 280 video lecture CDs at present which the
students can borrow and use in their convenience.
The students and faculty members have access to the IEEE digital library & JGATE digital

448
Page 206 of
NBA February 2015
libraries to study within as well as outside the syllabus in this year(2014-2015)
Earlier the students and faculty members had access to the following digital libraries to study
within as well as outside the syllabus:
1. IEEE digital library
2. Elsevier digital library
3. ASTM digital library
4. McGraw Hill digital library
5. Del Net Connection
The library has a sufficient number of books and journals on technical as well as management
topics within and beyond the syllabus. These also include guides on competitive examinations.
7.2.6. Career Guidance, Training, Placement, and Entrepreneurship Cell (5)

(Instruction: The institution may specify the facility and management to facilitate career
guidance including counselling for higher studies, industry interaction for
training/internship/placement, entrepreneurship cell and incubation facility and impact of such
systems.)
IEM has a very strong Training & Placement Cell and this training has been made mandatory
as a part of the main curriculum for the final year students. This is absolutely beneficial for the
students to make them prepared for the Job interviews.
For the batch 2014-15, Col Sengupta from Smart Wiz has conducted this training successfully
along with his team members.
Mr. Sajal Mitra from T.I.M.E. along with his team prepared the final year students to appear
for the campus recruitment in the year 2010, 2011, 2012 & 2013.
IEM has an excellent record of its placement. Some of the records are attached herewith.
Table 7.2: Details of Placements of the students from 2015-2011
Name of the
Companies
2015
Pass-out
Batch
(Till Date)
2014
Pass-out
Batch
2013
Pass-out
Batch
2012
Pass-out
Batch
2011
Pass-out
Batch
Infosys
185
127
73
219
194

448
Page 207 of
NBA February 2015
Cognizant
150
101
60
290
226
Capgemini
11
20
27
31
Wipro
128
37
122
112
TCS
Sankalp
Semiconductor
Ericsson
28
20
18
NRI
Fintech Pvt.
Ltd.
13
13
Usha-Comm
PWC
Odessa
Technology
Acclaris
IBM
GE Health
Care
-
Anshinsoft
Dynamic
Digital
Syntellinc
Corp.
MPS Infotech
Banik Rubbers
Poornam
Vision
Cyber Tech
Epic Research
Tech
Mahindra
ARW
ADP
Service Now
IEMs Entrepreneurship Cell has added another feather in IEMs crown this year also being the

448
Page 208 of
NBA February 2015
National Champion14 again. It has a marvellous winning record of being National champion three
times before, in the years 2013, 2010 & 2009. In the year 2012& 2014, it could win the trophy for
the Runners up.
NEN 2014.
Table 7.3: Details of Entrepreneurship initiatives from 2011-2015
Entrepreneurship
initiatives
CAY
(2014-2015)
CAYm1
(2013-14)
CAYm2
(2012-13)
CAYm3 (2011-
Entrepreneurshi
p
Awareness
Camp,
Business Skills
Development
Program, EWeek,
Runners up
Entrepreneurshi
p
Awareness
Camp,
Business Skills
Development
Program, EWeek,
E-Festival,
Talks
by
professionals
like
DrChandaZaver
i,
ArunPandit
E-Festival,
Talks
by
professionals
like
Mr
Ravi
Ranganathan,
B.Hari, AjiIssac
Matthew,
ArunPandit,
Dr.
SuryanilGhosh,
Mr. Vikram
Kumar,
E-Week,
Entrepreneurshi
p
Awareness
Camp
with
West
Bengal
Entrepreneurshi
p
Awareness
Camp,
Business Skills
Development
Program,
E-Week, Talks
by
Professionals
like
Dr.Amlan
Chakrabarty,
Anjan
12)
Raychoudhuri
Govt
Product Design
Innovations
11
List of Innovations:
Table 7.4: Details of Innovative projects from 2011-2015
CAY
(2014-2015)
CAYm1
(2013-14)
CAYm2
(2012-13)
CAYm3 (2011-12)
CO2 Sensor based

Smart
GPS based Bus

tracker
Smart Traffic
Control
Fail-proof disposable
syringe

448
Page 209 of

Ventilation System
Power Line
Communication in
Railway System
Bluetooth Module
and
Android based Home
Device switching
Laser designated
room
entry counter
Pedestrian pressure
based power
generation
Blind-man assist
system
Robotic Artist
DTMFcontrolled system
Voice and
gesturecontrolled
robot
KhaVar Restaurant
listings
for Sector V
Automatic Human
Counter
for a room
LPG leakage
detector and SMS
notification
Automated
attendance system
NBA February 2015
Automated Wa
ter Pumping
system
Animatronic
arm
Automatic
mapping bot
Demand-based
routing
protocol
7.2.7. Co-curricular and Extra-curricular Activities (5)

(Instruction: The institution may specify the co-curricular and extra-curricular activities, e.g.
NCC/NSS, cultural activities, etc.)
INNOVACION: 2013-2014:
The annual technical fest of Institute of Engineering & Management, Kolkata saw to a wide variety
of events, which included:
Robotics Events
Hell in a Cell: Robo-wars, manual robotics event.
Tracker: Line-following robot, autonomous robotics event.
Robofooties: Soccer-playing robots, manual robotics event.
X-Race: Race in an arena, manual robotics event.
Coding events
Bug Smash: Error detection and coding in C.
Almost There: Online treasure hunt on technology.
Algorithmist: Coding and algorithms using any programming language.
Electronics Events

448
Page 210 of
NBA February 2015
Electrocuted: Analog and Digital Circuit Designing.

Gaming Events
Several PC gaming events, which included:
FIFA
NFS Most Wanted
Counter Strike
Other events
Innovare: Innovative model display.
Aperture: Online photography contest.
Mathemagic: Mathematical problem solving.
Quiz Crusade: General quiz.
BOOK FAIR 2014:

IEM has organized a book Fair this time in the SatyaSai Auditorium, from 28Th Feb-1st March 2014.
It was held in collaboration with many renowned publishers from Kolkata & outside also. It was open
for all and many technological, science & story books were available with affordable rate & discounts.
IEMUtsav
It is a technological fest of Institute of Engineering and Management (IEM), held on 2011, 2012, 2013
were an interesting concoction of various technical, creative and brainstorming events as follows:
Ecopallete: Poster-making
Innovare: Model making
Aperture: Photography
Docudrama: Making of short films
Scrapchamp: Innovation challenge
Q-Mania: Current affairs
Robofooties: Robots playing soccer
X-race, Counter-Strike, NFS and Fifa09: Gaming
Cultural Fest
A cultural festival and competition is held every year. Guest artists are invited to perform on the stage.
Famous Bengali rock band Fossils came to IEM cultural fest this year, 2015 which was held at CK-CL
ground at Salt Lake. Singer Anupam Roy & his team came to the IEMs cultural fest in 2014.In the
year 2011, it was held at Nazrul Mancha from 8th Sep 2011 9th Sep 2011. This festival features

448
Page 211 of
NBA February 2015
competitions on music, debate, quiz, painting, essay writing, etc. The best three in each event are given
awards.
National Social Service

Awareness campaign gets organized each year by the institute on environment. Our students have been
going out in the streets with anti-pollution festoons.
Workshops
Regular workshops are held where experts from industry and academia and invited to impart
knowledge in the students and faculty members as well on the latest technical and technological
developments which are outside the curriculum.
FESTRONIX
IEM organizes a technological event, called FESTRONIX which has been conceived as a medium to
convert theoretical knowledge of students into the practical application. FESTRONIX encompasses a
wide range of events comprising virtually every field of engineering. The last FESTRONIX, held
during 16-17 Jan14 comprised of the following events as follows:
MathMagic: Mathematical problem solving
Crysis: Engineering challenge
Electrocuted: Circuit design
Encoded: Coding competition over internet, an international event
D-Bug: Program debugging challenge
Code-IT: Coding event
MicroManiac: Microprocessor programming
Tracker: Basic robotics event
Robocup: Soccer playing competition of robots
Mine-Sweeper: Advanced robotics event on sensing metallic mines
Qforia: Quiz
WallStreet: International quiz competition over internet
Innova: Implementing challenging ideas
With these events on offer, Festronix11 registered a total footfall of 1100+ over two days

448
Page 212 of
NBA February 2015
Rabindra-Nazrul Jayanti
IEM is a place where scholars, along with their teaching and research work, are very passionate about
music and literature. There is a time of the year, during May-June, which witnesses the birth
anniversaries of two legendary and prolific poets, Rabindranath Tagore and KaziNazrul Islam, who
through their creations shaped the thinking and life of an entire state, which includes the present
Bangladesh. We at IEM commemorate this time of the year by a combined cultural program to pay
tributes to these two great luminaries. The artistic and intellectual ability of faculty members are
brought to the fore in this annual event through singing, recitation and discussions.
7.2.8. Games and Sports, facilities, and qualified sports instructors (5)
(Instruction: The institution may specify the facilities available and the usage of the same in
brief.)
A. Sports Facilities
Our institute has adequate indoor and outdoor sports facilities.
Indoor Games
1.Table Tennis: 3 sets 2. Carom: 4 sets 3. Chess: 12 sets
Outdoor Games
1. Cricket: 2 sets 2. Football: 4 sets 3. Hockey: 1 set 4. Volley Ball: 1 set
5. Badminton: 4 sets
6. Basketball: 1 set 7. Atheleticeqp: 4 disciplines
Gymnasium 1. Body building: 50 sqmtr. 1 set 2. Yoga: 1 group
8. Governance, Institutional support and Financial Resources (75)

8.1.
Campus Infrastructure and Facility (10)
8.1.1. Maintenance of academic infrastructure and facilities (4)

Physical resources available
A. Exclusive for this college:

Land 7.75acres
Built-up floor space: 21734 sq m.

448
Page 213 of
NBA February 2015
B. Shared with other colleges in this campus, if any

Land: Nil
Built-up floor space: Nil
(Instruction: Specify distinct features)

Class Rooms:
Well furnished class rooms are cleaned by out sourced sweepers every day.
Seminar Halls:
Seminar hall of the department is maintained by departmental in charge faculty & technical assistant
at regular intervals
Tutorial Rooms:
Tutorial rooms are cleaned every day and maintained by class teachers.
Laboratories:
A faculty in charge and a technical assistant looks after the maintenance of each laboratory. They put
together propose the budget for the required consumables, new equipment, repairs and calibration if
required. The technical assistant maintains the log book for equipment of the laboratory. They prepare
the preventive maintenance schedules under the guidance of faculty-in-charge and carry out regular
maintenance as per the schedules.Technical assistants are in-charge of each computer laboratory are
responsible for maintenance of systems and software.
Main Library:
All the books are accessioned accordingly by the serial number of accession number and classified
subject wise and shelved in the rack according to call numbers regularly.
Dept. Libraries:
Faculty members of departments can borrow books from Dept. Library, and students in their free time
can make use of the books available in the Dept. Library. One Faculty member is made in-charge of the
Dept. Library.
Internet /Intranet:
Internet related matters are maintained by a Systems Administrator. He maintains the daily band width,
usage, band width allocation, sharing etc.
Electricity:
Maintenance Engineer, Two technicians and one attender look after the maintenance of electricity.
8.1.2. Hostel (boys and girls), transportation facility, and canteen (2)
448
Page 214 of
NBA February 2015
No. of students
Hostels
No. of rooms
accommodated
Hostel for Boys:
37
94
Hostel for Girls:
56
Transport:
Transportation is provided exclusively and State transport is also available. College is located within
the city limits on in Sector V heart of IT Sector with city bus every 3 minutes.
Number of Buses owned by the College: 3
Facility availed to all Students.
Canteen Facility:
Canteen facility is available for students, faculty and staff on subsidized rates in the campus. Number of
Canteen is 01 having an approx area of 175 sq foot
8.1.3. Electricity, power backup, telecom facility, drinking water, and security (4)
Power back-up:
Stand-by supply: 04 DG set is used
DG Set Capacity: 1300 KVA
Power back-up through UPS for computer systems
Telecom:
EPABX system is installed to provide intercom connection to faculty.
BSNL telephone connections: 06 , BSNL Broadband Connections: 22
Fax: 01
External calls can be diverted to Principal/HOD etc. through EPABX.
Internet access in faculty cabins/Labs/Library/Seminar Room/WiFi
Source of water supply to campus:

Water supply scheme from Nabadiganta.

448
Page 215 of
NBA February 2015
Drinking water Aquaguards installed along with cooler in all the buildings.
Water storage facilities: Overhead and Underground.
Security
24 Hours security available in all the buildings (Hired from external agency)
Cleanliness
Cleanliness is maintained on the campus by disposing all the waste material on a daily basis with
the help of sufficient man-power.
Each block is provided with toilets in each of the floors for boys, girls and faculty separately. All
the toilets are cleaned every day
Besides the regular cleaning process, the environmental protection in the college is maintained by
some activities like plantation in which the students also participate as a part of NSS Programs
(Instruction: Specify the details of installed capacity, quality, availability, etc.)
8.2.
Organisation, Governance, and Transparency (10)
8.2.1. Governing body, administrative setup, and functions of various bodies (2)
Governance is the key activity that connects the management, staff, students and the community.
We believe it should be effective, efficient and economical in execution of its duties. We support
modern governance and proper administration and believe these should be carried out in a way that
actively acknowledges diversity, that is respectful of identity and serious belief and that reflects
balance. IEM has a governing body in place wherein the members are drawn from distinguished
cross-sections of the society.
List of Members of the Board of Governors as on 1st January, 2015

SL.
NO.
1.
NAME
Dr. F. C. Kohli
Former Deputy Chairman
Tata Consultancy Services
11th Floor Air India Building
Nariman Point, Mumbai - 400 021
Email: fc.kohli@tcs.com
Tel: (022) 2202-3052 (O), (022) 2281-0204 (R)
Fax: 022 6750 9344

448
SL.
NO.
2.
NAME
Mr. Samarendu Sarkar
B Block, 246 Chittaranjan Park
New Delhi 110019
Tel: 98100 05325
Email:
Page 216 of

3.
5.
7.
9.
11.
13.
15.
Mr. Amit Kiran Deb, IAS (Retd.)

DA 38, Sector I, Salt Lake,
Kolkata 700064
Tel: 2337-1322 (R), 9433693532 (M)
Email: amitkirandeb@gmail.com
Dr. Sajal Dasgupta
Director of Technical Education
Higher Education Department
Govt. of West Bengal, Bikash Bhawan,
10th Floor, East Block, Salt Lake
Kolkata 700091
Tel: 98301 34836 (M)
Email: dtewbgovt@gmail.com
Mr. Aloke Mookherjea
Srijani, Flat 2A
B553, Hemanta Mukherjee Sarani
(Formerly Panditia Road Extension)
Kolkata 700029
Tel: 2357-7472(O), 2280-7136(R), 9831167918 (M)
Email: aloke.mookherjea@gmail.com
Prof. Manoj Mitra
Dean of Faculty for Engg. & Technology
Jadavpur University, Jadavpur
Kolkata 700032
Tel: 9051195536 (M)
Email: manojmitra@gmail.com
Prof. Banani Chakrabarti
Registrar
Sector V, Salt Lake Electronics Complex
Kolkata 700091
Prof. Dr. Satyajit Chakrabarti
Professor
Kolkata 700091
4.
6.
8.
NBA February 2015
Prof. Ashok Dutta

50, Jatin Das Road, Flat GB
Kolkata 700029
9433096675
Tel: 2466 6625
Prof. Ashok Pundir
Dean of Faculty
National Institute of Engineering (NITIE)
Vihar Lake,
Mumbai 400087
Tel: 022- 2857-5831 (R), 09969002846 (M),
022-2857-3371-78 (O)
Email: pundir.ashok@gmail.com
Prof. Prabir Kumar Das
Jadavpur University
Jadavpur
Kolkata 700032
10.
Prof. D. Ghosh Dastidar

B-193, Survey Park
Kolkata 700075
Tel: 2416-6629 (R), 98304 84886 (M)
Email: d.gdastidar@gmail.com
12.
Prof. S. Chakrabarti
Director
Kolkata 700091
Prof. Goutam Pohit
Department of Mechanical Engineering
Jadavpur University
Jadavpur
Kolkata 700032
Tel: 9830142827
(R: BB-67, Sector-I, Salt Lake, Kol-64)
14.
Mr. M K Pathak
Settler Trustee
International Foundation for Sustainable Development
4/1 Nepal Bhattacharya Street
Kolkata 700026
Ph: 2466 4745 Email: ifsdin@gmail.com
Functions of Key Administrative Positions:

The functions of various key positions are depicted in Table below.
ACADEMIC COMMITTEE

448
Page 217 of
NBA February 2015
Dr. B. B Ghosh
Professor
Chairman
Dr. Amlan Kusum Nayak
Principal Engineering
Member
Prof. P.K. Mishra
Prof. Subrata Basak
Director (Academic) & Principal

( Management)
Principal BBA(H),BCA &
M.Sc Information science
Member
Member
Dr. Debika Bhattacharya
HOD Dept. of CSE
Member
HOD Dept. of IT
Member
Prof. Malay Ganguly
HOD Dept. of ECE
Member
Prof. A.K. Bar
Professor In charge Basic Sc.
Member
Goal: Focusing on Oversight, Open Communication, and Best Practices; Academic quality in the
Institute requires that the agreed aims, overall objectives and learning outcomes of educational
programs are consistently achieved.
Activities: The Committee reports to the Director and Principal on issues of Teaching, Learning &
Assessment. Its regular work-activities include:
Monitoring the programs of internal reviews of learning and teaching
Monitoring the annual academic process
Monitoring the provision and analysis of course information and conduct evaluation through
questionnaires and feedback in a semester.
Daily morning meeting is held by all staffs (faculty & administrative) along with managerial bodies
to discuss over current issues, proposed programs etc. wherein record of attendance is maintained.
Role and responsibilities of Academic committee

1. To advise the Director on all areas of academic matters
2. To suggest improvements in academic programs including preparation of academic
calendar, conduction of examination, etc.
3. To suggest measures for improvement of library, workshop and training facilities
4. To organize workshops/ seminars/ short term courses for academic development
5. Any other function as may be entrusted by Governing body from time to time

448
Page 218 of
NBA February 2015
(Instruction: List the governing, senate, and all other academic and administrative
bodies; their memberships, functions, and responsibilities; frequency of the meetings;
and attendance therein, in a tabular form. A few sample minutes of the meetings and
action-taken reports should be annexed.)
8.2.2. Defined rules, procedures, recruitment, and promotional policies, etc. (2)
APPOINTMENTS & PROMOTION COMMITTEE
Prof. Dr. Satyajit
Chakrabarti
Founder-Director
Chairman
Prof. P.K. Mishra
Director (Academic) &

Principal ( Management)
Member
Prof. Dipak Bhattacharya
Director (Administrative )
Member
Dr. Debika Bhattacharyya
HOD - Dept. of CSE
Member
Prof. Malay Ganguly
HOD Dept. of ECE
Member

Prof. A.K. Dutta
HOD Dept. of IT
FA & CAO
Member
Member
Goal:
1. The purpose of Appointments & Promotion Committee is to approve and finalize new
appointments and review performance from time to time and decide on promotions, Rewards
and Recognitions
2. Any other function that may be entrusted from time to time by the Governing Body.
Rules, Procedure and Promotional policies etc

The rules and policies regarding recruitment and promotion are as per AICTE and University
norms.
The AICTE pay scales are implemented.
Published Rules and Policies: Service Rule Book for Permanent Employees
Year of Publication: 2005
Awareness among employees:

448
Page 219 of
NBA February 2015
USE AND DISTRIBUTION OF SERVICE RULE BOOK:
Service Rule Book shall serve as the total guideline for the managers in the organization on the
subject of managing personnel and personnel related issues The copy of Employee Service
Rules shall be made available to all employees at the time of appointment in IEM.
The appointed candidates have to sign a joining letter and a confirmation of approval of rules and
regulations of the Institute.
RECRUITMENT PROCEDURE
Advertisements are given in English and vernacular newspapers inviting applications from
qualified candidates. We also maintain a data bank for applications received directly from
qualified people and also referred candidates from HR consultants/own sources etc. A
committee consisting of the Principal, respective HOD, and our advisors short list the
applications and prepare the list of eligible/suitable candidates to be called for interview.
Our affiliating University i.e., West Bengal University of Technology and Directorate of Technical
Education, Govt. of West Bengal are requested to choose the appropriate date and time for
conducting the interview and depute their representative accordingly. Upon confirmation from
the above authorities the interview Board is formed including Principal, HOD, subject experts,
academicians and a representative from the Governing Body. Candidates are called for
interview with minimum 10 days prior notice.
Upon recommendation of the Board selections are made and appointment orders issued. Wherever
the Board feels required, candidates are asked to take trial classes and appear for final
interview.
(Instruction: List the published rules, policies, and procedures; year of publications; and
state the extent of awareness among the employees/students. Also comment on its
availability on the internet, etc.)

448
Page 220 of
NBA February 2015
8.2.3. Decentralisation in working, including delegation of financial power and

grievance redressal system (3)
DISCIPLINARY COMMITTEE
Prof. Malay Ganguly
Prof. K.D. Ghosh
Mr. K.R. Lal
Prof. Subrata Basak
Prof. Subhabrata Sen Gupta
Prof. Indraneel Mukhopadhyay
Principal
HOD - Dept. of CSE
HOD Dept. of ECE
HOD Dept. of IT
Professor MBA
Manager Planning &
Development
Principal BBA(H),BCA
&M.Sc Information
science
Assistant Professor - CSE
Assistant Professor IT
Chairman
Member
Member
Member
Member
Member
Member
Member
Member
Goal:
1. To prevent ragging in the institute
2. To ensure discipline in the campus
3. To suggest penal measures for students and staff for any kind of violation of discipline.
Any other function that may be entrusted from time to time by the Governing Body.
PURCHASE COMMITTEE:
Prof. P.K. Mishra
Principal Management
Chairman
Prof. Dr. Amlan Kusum Nayak
Principal Engineering
Member
Prof. Subrata Basak
Principal BBA & BCA
Member
Mr. A.K. Dutta
FA & CAO
Member
Prof. Satyajit Chakrabarti
Director
Member
Vice- Principal(Students
Goal:
Prof. Biswajoy Chatterjee
Affairs)-Engineering
Member
Purchase of items / services/ goods / equipment on project funds and institute funds.
Role and responsibilities of Purchase Committee:

448
Page 221 of
NBA February 2015
Formulate a Purchase Procedure taking into consideration of small, medium and big
expenditure utilizing either institute-fund or project grant funds.
Purchases above Rs.25,000/-: Minimum 3 quotations are required from the original
manufacturers / reputed and regular dealers only. To ensure sound financial status, the
manufacturer / suppliers are to be asked to mention in the quotation their valid Sales Tax /
VAT / Service Tax / PAN registration references.
Any expense over the above mentioned limits needs prior approval of the director of the
institute.
All departmental funding proposals and approvals are coordinated by the central accounts
department of the Institute. Each departmental head has been allocated with an amount of
Rs. 50,000/- for running the expenses of the department. The Principal of the institute is
assigned with Rs. 1,00,000/- to fulfill the requirements of the institute.
STUDENT PLACEMENT COMMITTEE
IEM has always enjoyed special preference of Indian as well as foreign recruiters on
account of its excellent performance sustained over a long period of time and its strong

448
Page 222 of
NBA February 2015
brand image. To remain competitive in todays world, being adept in one area will not
suffice. One has to be familiar with other domains too.
On the technology front our campuses run programmes on various Engineering (B.Tech &
M.Tech) streams like:
1. B.Tech in Computer Science & Engineering

2. B.Tech in Information Technology
3. B.Tech in Electronics & Communication Engineering
4. B.Tech in Electrical Engineering
5. B.Tech in Mechanical Engineering
At present there is a great demand for knowledgeable, talented and devoted people in the
market; IEM Placement Cell was established with the aim of guiding and helping the
students to get deserving placements in the required field. It provides placement assistance
to the students of technical programmes. The ability of IEM students to think out of the
box solutions for uncommon problems makes them ideal for such industries. Over the
years, the market for the Institute's students has remained bullish, as freshly placed
recruits continue to deliver on their promises and satisfy their employers
Goal:
To make every student of IEM a success story by helping them become global
leaders who can manage and lead change across diverse organizations.
To strive to help and guide students get deserving placements through state-ofthe-art technology, innovation, leadership and partnerships.
Supreme emphasis is laid on providing the most modern and sophisticated
learning environment coupled with Indian heritage, value system and Sanskars.
The guiding principle of the Cell is "Where modernity blends with tradition".
The teaching methodology is contemporary which keeps the students and the
448
Page 223 of
NBA February 2015
staff abreast with the ever-changing scenario in the educational arena along
with a fine blend of traditional Indian ethics and value systems. Tradition gives
us ethics and values and modernity gives us opportunity to apply those values to
move ahead and make our mark. The academic and cultural activities at IEM
provide a platform where all students come together and explore the individual
and group talents and resources. The faculty and management possess a high
degree of integrity and knowledge that churns the students into efficient and
effective human beings. Hence we say: "We nurture talent"
Operation :
The placement process involves:
Communication of interest in the placement program to the training &

placement officer
Finalizing a placement slot
Corporate Presentation
Short-listing of students based on company's basic eligibility criteria
Written tests/group discussions
Interviews
Selection list
STUDENT WELFARE CLUB & GYMKHANA
Founder Director
Patron
Prof. Sangmitra Poddar
Asst. Professor
President
Prof. Satyajit Chakrabarti
Director
Vice-Patron
Vice-Principal
Engineering
Member
Dr. Debika Bhattacharya
HOD Dept. of CSE
Member
HOD Dept. of IT
Member
Prof. Malay Ganguly
HOD Dept. of
Member

448
Page 224 of
NBA February 2015
ECE
Prof. Indraneel
Asst. Professor
Member
Prof. Sukalyan Goswami
Asst. Professor
Member
Prof. Prabir Kr. Das
Asst. Professor
Member
Prof. Avijit Bose
Asst. Professor
Member
Prof. Himadri Nath Saha
Asst. Professor
Member
Prof. Arindam Chakrabarti
Asst. Professor
Member
Mukhopadhyay
Goal:
1. The rationale of Student Welfare Committee is to strongly support the development of supportive
relationships among students, parents and school staff. The aim is to facilitate the social health of
each student and to encourage a sense of belonging to the institute-community, thereby fostering
the development of the resilient student and encourage an environment of community trust.
2. To support various all round development activities like placements, sports, cultural activities,
college magazines and publications, media and PR, organizing seminars and conferences.
Operation :
The Student Welfare Committee (SWC) of the institute operate as follows:
Involving parents and the community in our proceedings.
Encouraging supportive relationships based on mutual respect that encourages students to

behave responsibly.
Teaching and fostering social skills necessary to learn and involve in extra-curricular
activities together.
Develop an awareness of the consequences for choosing unacceptable behaviors.
Implement a curriculum that engages all students in overall personality of studentcommunity.
Activities:
Fostering integrative learning across courses, over time, and between campus and community life is an
important goal of undergraduate education. The outcomes are being healthy, staying safe, enjoying and
achieving, making a positive contribution, and achieving economic wellbeing. Extracurricular activities

448
Page 225 of
NBA February 2015
for the students are gains in motivation, independence and a real sense of enjoyment and fun. They are
not compulsory, they are absolutely voluntary; they give them team-working skills.
Alumni Interaction
Sports & games
Cultural Programs
College Magazine
Press and PR activities
Seminars and Conferences
GRIEVANCE APPEAL COMMITTEE

Principal & Director
1
Prof. P.K. Mishra
(Academic)
Chairman
Principal
Member
Prof. Banani Chakrabarti
Registrar
Member
HOD - Dept. of CSE
Member
Prof. Malay Ganguly
HOD Dept. of ECE
Member
HOD Dept. of IT
Member
Ms. Gauri Majumdar
Librarian
Member
Goal:
The Grievance Appeal Committee shall be responsible for collective agreement dealing with
grievances.
IEM regards it important that all its employees will have sufficient knowledge of such
procedure and easy access to it. Tothis effect IEM has formulated a grievance redressal
procedure, which has as its main objective the speedy resolution of workplace grievances
and thereby eliminating possible and unnecessary causes of conflict.
Student and staff grievance resolution processes seek to facilitate the informal resolution of
grievances as close as possible to the source of student dissatisfaction, though there will be
instances when either students may choose to lodge a formal appeal or a grievance needs to
go to a higher authority for resolution.

448
Page 226 of
NBA February 2015
IEM approach to student grievance resolution emphasizes:

Fairness and impartiality
The handling of grievances informally where possible
The principles of natural justice and procedural fairness
Effective, reciprocal communication and feedback
Resolution of grievances as early as possible and as close as possible to the
source of dissatisfaction.
Role and Responsibilities of the Grievance Appeal Committee (GAC)
GRIEVANCE POLICY
Introduction
Grievances may be real or imagined, but in either case, it is essential that the grievance is
brought to light, discussed and the matter resolved to the satisfaction of all concerned. Failure
to do so will only result in the grievance becoming a worsening source of conflict and
eventually ending in a far more serious problem.
IEM regards it important that all its employees will have sufficient knowledge of such
procedure and easy access to it. To thiseffect IEM has formulated a grievance procedure, which
has as its main objective the speedy resolution of workplace grievances and thereby eliminating
possible and unnecessary causes of conflict.
Objectives
a. The Grievance Redressal Procedure is aimed at resolving work related grievances within
IEM as fairly and as swiftly as possible. Grievances are feelings of injustice or
dissatisfaction affecting an employee.
b. This Procedure is not used for appeals against disciplinary action. Such are to be carried out
in accordance with Disciplinary Process and Policy.
c. This Procedure shall not be used for the resolution of collective grievances related to
salaries.
d. Employees may lodge grievances without fear of victimisation.
e. Grievances should be resolved at the lowest possible level within IEM

448
Page 227 of
NBA February 2015
f. Records will be kept of all statements and decisions.
Procedure and Guideline

The Grievance Procedure will be implemented as follows:
Step 1 Immediate Senior

1. In step 1 the employee must discuss his grievance with his immediate Senior or higher
authority in case of a grievance against an immediate supervisor.
2. The Senior must solve the problem within two working days and inform the employee.
3. If the outcome is unsatisfactory, he may proceed to Step 2.
Step 2 Department / Organization Head

1. The employee writes his grievance as an official letter and presents it to the
HOD/Organization Head
2. The HOD will solve the problem within two working days and inform the employee.
3. If the employee is not satisfied with the outcome, he may proceed to step 3.
Step 3 - Grievance Hearing

1. The matter is referred to the Director(s)/Management by handing the grievance form along
with other relevant written information.
The Director(s)/Management shall convene a grievance hearing and attempt to resolve the
matter within a period of ten working days. The decision of Director(s)/Management shall be
final.
Procedure to be followed by a Group of Employees

If a grievance raised affects not just one employee, but a group then a spokesman for the
Group, accompanied (if he sowishes) by a delegation of not more than ten concerned
employees, should proceed with Step 2 for an individual grievance.

448
Page 228 of
NBA February 2015
ANTI RAGGING COMMITTEE

1
Principal
Chairman
HOD Dept. of CSE
Member
HOD Dept. of IT
Member
Prof. Malay Ganguly
HOD Dept. of ECE
Member
Dr. K.K. Ghosh
Professor
Member
7
8
Mr. K.R. Lal

Mr. P. Karmakar
Mrs. Gopa Goswami
Manager Planning &

Development
Additional Registrar
Director Corporate
Relations
Member
Member
Member
Goal:
Ragging of any kind is declared as a criminal offence and is strictly banned in the campus, its hostels
as per the Honble Supreme Court directions. The goal of the committee is to comply as per
directive of the court. Ragging is perceived as lack of human values.
Activities:
The committee to look into the nuisance of ragging; Studying various aspects of ragging, means and
methods to prevent it, possible action that can be taken against those who indulge in it, and action
against offenders in the event of ragging.
Role and responsibilities of Anti Ragging Committee:

To publicize and ensure all students read the Supreme Court recommendations;
The recommendations imply the role and responsibility of anti-ragging committee:
1. The punishment to be meted out has to be exemplary and justifiably harsh to act as a deterrent
against recurrence of such incidents.
2. Every single incident of ragging where the victim or his parent/guardian or the Head of institution
is not satisfied with the institutional arrangement for action, a First Information Report must be
filed without exception by the institutional authorities with the local police authorities. Any failure
on the part of the institutional authority or negligence or deliberate delay in lodging the FIR with
the local police shall be construed to be an act of culpable negligence on the part of the

448
Page 229 of
NBA February 2015
institutional authority. If any victim or his parent/guardian of ragging intends to file FIR directly
with the police, that will not absolve the institutional authority from the requirement of filing the
FIR.
3. In the prospectus to be issued for admission by educational institutions, it shall be clearly
stipulated that in case the applicant for admission is found to have indulged in ragging in the past
or if it is noticed later that he has indulged in ragging, admission may be refused or he shall be
expelled from the educational institution.
4. It shall be the collective responsibility of the authorities and functionaries of the concerned
institution and their role shall also be open to scrutiny for the purpose of finding out whether they
have taken effective steps for preventing ragging and in case of their failure, action can be taken;
for example, denial of any grant-in-aid or assistance from the State Governments.
5. Anti-ragging committees and squads shall be forthwith formed by the institutions and it shall be
the job of the committee or the squad, as the case may be, to see that the Committees
recommendations, more particularly those noted above, are observed without exception and if it is
noticed that there is any deviation, the same shall be forthwith brought to the notice of this Court.
6. The Committee constituted pursuant to the order of this Court shall continue to monitor the
functioning of the anti-ragging committees and the squads to be formed. They shall also monitor
the implementation of the recommendations to which reference has been made above.
6. Ensure taking a signed documentary from students in tune with the provisions of anti-ragging
verdict by the Honble Supreme Court.
ANTI SEXUAL HARRASSMENT COMMITTEE

1
Prof. Malay Ganguly

448
HOD Dept. of
CSE
HOD Dept. of
IT
HOD Dept. of
ECE
Member
Member
Member
Page 230 of
Prof. Indraneel
Mukhopadhyay
NBA February 2015
Faculty Member
Member
Ms. Gauri Majumdar
Librarian
Member
Mrs. Mita Barat
Librarian
Member
Goal:
Prevention of sexual harassment is being enforced, so women feel free to discharge their duties and
that legal obligations are met; any person aggrieved in this matter may fearlessly approach the
committee for a hearing and complained reports are kept confidential.
Role and responsibility of Anti-sexual harassment committee:

1. To ensure provision of a work and educational environment that is free from sexual harassment
(Sexual harassment is defined by law from the perspective of the person who feels they have been
harassed and it occurs if the person who feels they have been harassed feels offended, humiliated,
or intimidated by the conduct and it is reasonable, in all the circumstances that the person who
feels they have been harassed would feel offended, humiliated or intimidated).
2.To take all reasonable steps (active and preventive in nature) to prevent the harassment occurring;
To address any oral/written complaint about: unwelcome sexual advances, unsolicited acts of
physical intimacy, unwelcome requests for sexual favors or other unwelcome conduct of a sexual
nature. Unwelcome conduct of a sexual nature includes oral or written statements of a sexual
nature to a person, or in a persons presence.
3. Obtain high level support from the Principal & Director for implementing a comprehensive
strategy:
providing information to all staff and students about what constitutes sexual harassment and about
their responsibility not to sexually harass other staff and students providing information and
training to faculty and staff conducting teaching and learning activities on meeting their
responsibilities in relation to maintaining a work and study environment free from sexual
harassment.
1.Develop a written policy which prohibits sexual harassment.
The Institute has a Sexual Harassment Policy. The policy outlines the Institutes key commitments

448
Page 231 of
NBA February 2015
and legal responsibilities and provides a definition of sexual harassment and behaviors that are not
acceptable. Complaints of sexual harassment are handled separately for staff and students under
the Staff Complaints Policy and Sexual Harassment Complaints Resolution Procedures for
students.
2.Regularly distribute and promote the policy at all levels of the organization; Ensure that managers
and supervisors discuss and reinforce the policy at staff meetings; Provide the policy and other
relevant information on sexual harassment to new staffas a standard part of induction; Periodically
review the policy to ensure it is operating effectively and contains up to date information.
This Committee ensures that complaints processes:
1. Are clearly documented;
2. Are explained to all employees;
3. Offer both informal and formal options for resolution;
4. Address complaints in a manner which is fair, timely and confidential;
5. Are based on the principles of natural justice;
6. Provide clear guidance on internal investigation procedures and record keeping;
7. Give an undertaking that no employee will be victimized or disadvantaged for making a
complaint;
FACULTY DEVELOPMENT CELL
1
HOD Dept. of
IT
Principal
HOD Dept. of
CSE
Chairperson
Member
Member
Vice Principal
4
(Student
Member
Affairs)
5
Prof. Malay Ganguly
Dr. Rajiv Ganguly
Prof. Arun Bar

448
HOD Dept. of
ECE
Professor Dept.
of IT
In-Charge Basic
Science &
Member
Member
Member
Page 232 of
NBA February 2015
Humanities
Goal:
To bring about overall improvement in the teaching standards of faculty

members of IEM to enable growth of the Institute.
To provide insight into the unexplored / recent trends/ of engineering
education for the benefit of the stakeholders of IEM.
Role and responsibility of Faculty Development Cell:
To conduct workshops, seminars on upcoming engineering as well as

basic science and humanities subjects
To conduct one week teachers training programmes on various topics of
interest in Electronics and Communication, Information Technology,
Computer Science, Basic Science, Mechanical Engineering, Electrical
Engineering etc.
Programmes Conducted:
One Day Seminar on Security in Communication Systems January 18, 2013

One Day Seminar On Research Methodology & Tools, January 15, 2014
One Day Seminar On Proficient Protection of Intellectual Property of Research
Proposals, September 2, 2014
One Day Seminar On E-Governance, September 9, 2014
One Day Seminar On Cloud Computing , September 10, 2014
One Day Seminar On Toy Technology, September 24, 2014
One Day Seminar on Physics, September 25, 2014
One Day Seminar on Patent, October 30, 204
One Day Seminar on Astronomical Dating of Ancient Events and Mahabharata,
November 15, 2014
Two Day Teachers Training Programme on Mentoring, January 12-13, 2015
One Week Teachers Training Programme on Pedagogy, Jan 21-22, 2015
E-DEVELOPMENT CELL
1

448
HOD Dept. of
CSE
Principal
HOD Dept. of
IT
Vice Principal
Chairperson
Member
Member
Member
Page 233 of
NBA February 2015
(Student
Affairs)
Technical
5
Mr. Sourav Mukherjee
Assistant
Member
Dept. of IT
Technical
6
Mr. Partha Bhattacharya
Assistant
Member
Dept. of IT
Assistant
Prof. Saptarshi Goswami
Professor
Member
Dept. of CSE
Assistant
Prof. Himadri Nath Saha
Professor
Member
Dept. of CSE
Goal:
To bring about ICT-enabled all-round sustainable development and

inclusive growth of the Institute.
To provide transparent, affordable and efficient communication with the
stakeholders of IEM through Digital Inclusion.
Role and responsibility of E-Development Cell:
To institutionalize Digital IEM towards the fulfillment of the larger vision

of Digital India .
Use of Information and Communication Technologies (ICT) in Electronic
Governance (e-Governance) for the planning, implementation, and
monitoring of academic and administrative activities of IEM.
To improve transparency, providing speedy information dissemination,
improving administrative efficiency and public services in all aspects of the
education.
Activities:
Exclusive Faculty Portal

Exclusive Student Portal
IEM Academic Calendar
IEM Activity Calendar with Reminder Facility Incorporated
Automated Routine Management System
Written Down System of Operations in IEM ( To be done in Phases)

448
Page 234 of
NBA February 2015
Version Controlling of Software

Automated Admission Process.
RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT CELL

1
Prof. K. K. Ghosh
Prof. G. S. Taki
Prof. Rajiv Ganguly
Prof. Goutam Ghosh
Prof. Indranil Basu
Prof. Indrani Bhattacharya
Prof. Indranil Mukherjee
Professor Dept.
of IT
Professor Dept.
of ECE
Professor Dept.
of IT
Professor Dept.
of ECE
Professor Dept.
of ECE
Professor Dept. of
ECE
Assistant
Professor
Chairman
Member
Member
Member
Member
Member
Member
Dept. of IT
Prof. A. K. Nayak
Principal
Member
Vice Principal
(Student
Member
Affairs)
10
11
12
Prof. P. K. Sinha Roy
Professor Dept.
of ECE
Prof. Ajay Kr. Chakraborty
Professor Dept.
of ECE
Prof. Kamakhya P. Ghatak
Professor Dept.
of IT
Advisor
Advisor
Advisor
Goal:
To bring about all round improvement in research activities in IEM

To monitor conference, journal publication details of the faculty members
of IEM as well as to

448
Page 235 of
NBA February 2015
Role & Responsibility of Research & Development Cell:
Faculty Development Programmes (FDP)

Intellectual Property Rights & Patents
Research Activities
Paper Publications
Organising International Conferences
Technical Festivals
Workshops on Paper Writing for Students
Participation of Alumni in Different Programmes for Development of IEM
Activities:
Numerous FDPs are organised with special emphasis on Teaching Methodology, Technical Subjects
Identifying Research Activities and Patents as Thrust Areas, special training sessions are also organised
regularly
Fully Operational Research Council jointly with FDP Cell are organizing & promoting the activities
Research Council is tracking the activities on monthly and quarterly basis
Preparation of data on research activities, paper publications, seminars organized, projects performed and
other related activities are tracked periodically.
Future Activities:
Submission of Project Proposals to different funding agencies by faculty members of each and every
department for sponsored research
Conducting special lectures by eminent experts on R&D
Conducting special student sessions on How to Write Research Papers ? for each and every
department and all years
Converting student projects to useful products and patent applications referring Innovacion 2015
Monthly review with each and every group and Research Cell Members
Involving IEM Alumni members from IITs, NITs, TIFR for collaborative activities, workshops, special
lectures etc.
Promoting R & D oriented summer and winter schools for faculty members and students for orientation
Developing a webpage/portal for discussion on R & D of various topics among various groups
(Instruction: List the names of the faculty members who are administrators/decision makers for
various responsibilities. Specify the mechanism and composition of grievance redressal
system, including faculty association, staff-union, if any.)
8.2.4. Transparency and availability of correct/unambiguous information (3)

The institute has hosted its own website which is updated as and when required. The
institute and programme specific information is made available to all aspirants
through the web-site.
The web-site URL is: www.iemcal.edu.in
448
Page 236 of
NBA February 2015
Attendances of each class(Lab & Theory) are taken and recorded manually
Individual Teacher wise & Section wise ) &simultaneously uploaded in our IEMCRP online portal.
(Instruction: Availability and dissemination of information through the internet. Provision of
information in accordance with the Right to Information Act, 2005).
8.3. Budget Allocation, Utilization, and Public Accounting (10)

Summary of current financial years budget and actual expenditure incurred (for the institution
exclusively) of the three previous financial years.
Item
Infrastructure
built-up
Library
Laboratory
equipment
Laboratory
Consumables
Teaching and
non-teaching
staff salary
R&D
Training and
Travel
Others
Total
Budgeted
in 20142015
Expenses
in 20142015 till
31/12/14
Expenses
in 20132014
Expenses
in 20122013
Expenses
in 20112012
1000
863.82
1497.92
567.11
322.6
17
12.21
26.69
22.86
24.79
120
448.15
213.95
90.66
188.98
5.51
4.28
6.52
88.91
1000
796.69
931.69
827
678.7
15
24.67
13.80
13.55
820.23
35
46.73
25.18
12.21
10.72
2192
2137.78
2713.51
1539.91
2134.93
(All figures in Lakh)

(Instruction: The preceding list of items is not exhaustive. One may add other
relevant items, if applicable.)
8.3.1. Adequacy of budget allocation (4)
The yearly budget is prepared according to the needs & requirements of the

448
Page 237 of
NBA February 2015
departments taking into consideration of annual intake of students, laboratory &

infrastructure developments.
Students, faculty & staff requirements and promotions and latest technologies etc.,
Formal budget estimates will be prepared by each department and will be reviewed
in HODs meeting with the Chief Accounts Officer.
After deliberations formal budget made altered in departments and forwarded to

Chief Accounts Officer for preparing final budget at college level.
The final budget is sent to Management for approval and sanction.
The Management is approving almost 100% which was proposed by the institute.
The budget allocation and utilization for the last three years is adequate.
(Instruction: In this section, the institution needs to justify that the budget allocated over the
years was adequate.)
8.3.2. Utilisation of allocated funds (5)

We have budgeted 2192 lakh in the current year and we have spent about 2137.38
lakh upto 31.12.2014, so our utilization of fund is 97.5%.
(Instruction: Here the institution needs to state how the budget was utilised during the
last three years.)
8.3.3. Availability of the audited statements on the institutes website (1)

No
(Instruction: In this section, the institution needs to state whether the audited
statements are available on its website.)
8.4. Programme Specific Budget Allocation, Utilisation (10)

Summary of budget for the CFY and the actual expenditure incurred in CFYm1 and CFYm2
(for this programme exclusively in the department):

448
Page 238 of

Items
NBA February 2015
Budgeted in
CFY 20132014
Actual
expenses in
CFY 20132014 till
31/12/14
Budgeted
in
CFYm1
2012-2013
Actual
expenses
in
CFYm1
20122013
Budgeted
in
CFYm2
2011-2012
Actual
expenses
in
CFYm2
20112012
Budgeted
in
CFYm3
2010-2011
120.00
115.48
45.00
42.18
45.00
40.18
44.00
41.18
Software
5.00
4.99
5.00
3.52
5.00
4.65
5.00
3.65
R&D
15.00
11.21
15.00
12.62
12.00
11.29
14.00
11.31
5.00
3.12
5.00
3.98
3.00
2.71
3.00
2.40
40.00
31.80
37.00
35.85
26.00
24.25
32.00
22.25
15.00
11.68
15.00
14.43
3.00
2.48
7.00
2.11
15.00
12.52
15.00
13.61
12.00
11.89
12.00
10.65
215.00
190.80
137.00
126.19
106.00
97.45
117.00
93.55
Laboratory
equipment
Laboratory
consumable
Maintenance
and spares
Training and
Travel
Miscellaneo
us expenses
for academic
activities
Total
Actual
expenses
in
CFYm3
20102011
(All figures in Lakh)
8.4.1. Adequacy of budget allocation (5)

The budget is progressively increased to meet the new facilities for
equipment, replacement of outdated equipment and new labs due to revision
in syllabi.
(Instruction: In this section, the institution needs to justify that the budget allocated
over the years was adequate.)
8.4.2. Utilisation of allocated funds (5)

Year
Budgeted
Expenses
Budgeted in CFY (2014-2015)*
215.00
190.80
Utilization of
funds
88.74
Budgeted in CFY (m1) (2013-2014)
137.00
126.19
92.11
106.00
97.45
91.93
117.00
93.55
79.96
* upto 31.12.2014
448
Page 239 of
NBA February 2015
(Instruction: I n t h is sect i on, the institution needs to state how the budget was
utilised during the last three years.)
8.5. Library (20)

8.5.1. Library space and ambience, timings and usage, availability of a qualified
librarian and other staff, library automation, online access, networking, etc. (5)
(Instruction: Provide information on the following items.).
2
Carpet area of library (in m ): 500

2
Reading space (in m ): 250

Number of seats in reading space: 100
Number of users (issue book) per day: 175
Number: of users (reading space) per day: 60
Timings: During working day, weekend, and vacation: 8AM to 8 PM
Number of library staff: 4
Number of library staff with a degree in Library Management: 2
Computerisation for search, indexing, issue/return records Bar coding used: YES, LIBSYSY
Library services on Internet/Intranet INDEST or other similar membership archives: YES,
JIST JGATE
8.5.2. Titles and volumes per title (4)

Number of titles .........3020....... Number of volumes .......................33628..........
Year
Number of new
titles added
Number of
new editions
Added
Number of new
volumes added
2010-11
40
15
1290
2011-12
50
20
2162
2012-13
25
20
1000
2013-14
25
20
1169
2014-15
40
15
1020

448
Page 240 of
NBA February 2015
8.5.3. Scholarly journal subscription (3)

Details
Science
CF
Y
As soft copy
As hard copy
As soft copy
Engg. and
Tech.
As hard copy
As soft copy
As hard copy
As soft copy
As hard copy
As soft copy
Pharmacy
Architecture
Hotel
Management
CFYm1
CFYm2
CFY
m3
50
10
350
50
15
350
40
15
500
30
15
500
20
25
30
25
As hard copy
8.5.4. Digital Library (3)

Availability of digital library content: YES
If available, mention number of courses, number of e-books, etc. IEEE Package (ASPP)
Number of Courses: 03
Number of Books :1700
Others: 100
Availability of an exclusive server: YES
Availability over Intranet/Internet: YES
Availability of exclusive space/room: YES
Number of users per day: 10
8.5.5. Library expenditure on books, magazines/journals, and miscellaneous

content (5)
Year
Expenditure
Book
2011-12
2012-13
2013-14
2014-15
12.56
10.63
13.61
12.21
Magazines/journals
(for hard copy
subscription)
1
1
0.5
1

448
Magazines/journals
(for soft copy
subscription)
Misc.
Contents
11.23
11.23
16.41
6.32
0
0
1.08
0.42
Comments,
if any
Satisfactory
Satisfactory
Satisfactory
Satisfactory
Page 241 of
NBA February 2015
8.6. Internet (5)

Name of the Internet provider: TATA
Available bandwidth: 100 MBPS LEASE LINE (ILL)
Access speed: Excellent
Availability of internet in an exclusive lab: YES
Availability in most computing labs: YES
Availability in departments and other units: YES
Availability in faculty rooms: YES
Institutes own e-mail facility to faculty/students: YES
Security/privacy to e-mail/internet users: Individual User-id and Password
(Instruction: The institute may report the availability of internet in the campus and its
quality of service.)
8.7.
Safety Norms and Checks (5)
8.7.1. Checks for wiring and electrical installations for leakage and earthing (1)
All electrical equipments and installations are checked at start of semester- Half
Yearly
All electrical & mechanical machines are inspected at start & mid semester
Quarterly
Fire extinguishers are recharged after expiry date of constituents.
Earthings are checked for conductivity- Annually
Electricity Generator housed out of institute building.
MCBs are used at all electrical installations.
Sufficient Earth connections are provided.
8.7.2. Fire-fighting measurements: Effective safety arrangements with emergency /

multiple exits and ventilation/exhausts in auditoriums and large
classrooms/laboratories, fire-fighting equipment and training, availability of water,
and other such facilities. (1)
Sufficient fire extinguishers are provided.
Sand and water reserves are kept for exigent purposes .
448
Page 242 of

Two exit points.
NBA February 2015
Exit signs and floor indication boards are fixed at strategic locations.
8.7.3. Safety of civil structure (1)

Buildings are constructed according to the plans sanctioned by appropriate civic
authorities. Extreme caution has been taken while constructing building with the
most modern technologies. Moreover all the civil structures are inspected by inhouse civil engineer.
8.7.4. Handling of hazardous chemicals and other such activities (2)
Fire extinguisher is provided in each floor.

Posters for proper use are displayed.
Separate room for storing and preparing of chemicals (no hazardous chemicals are
used as per WBUT course).
Safe disposal of chemicals.
(Instruction: The institution may provide evidence that it is taking enough measures for the
safety of the civil structures, fire, electrical installations, wiring, and safety of handling and
disposal of hazardous substances. Moreover, the institution needs to show the effectiveness
of the measures that it has developed to accomplish these tasks.)
8.8. Counseling and Emergency Medical Care and Firstaid (5)

Availability of counselling facility (1)
Specify the doctors/counselor(s):

Dr. Swapan Chakrabarty,
Dr. Biman Chakrabarty
Ms. Samapika Das Biswas (Councellor)
Availability of psychological: Twice in a month
Specify number of cases handled on per month basis: 2-3 cases
Arrangement for emergency medical care (2)
Number of Medical practitioners: 01

Number of nursing staff: 01
Specify medical facility within instution: One Medical Unit.
Medical facility nearby: 1 km Hospital
Availability of first-aid unit (2)
Number of ambulances within the Institution : 01

448
Page 243 of

NBA February 2015
Facility in ambulances: All Modern Facility
Response-time in calling ambulance services from outside: 10 mins.
(Instruction: The institution needs to report the availability of the facilities discussed
here.)
9. Continuous Improvement (100)

This criterion essentially evaluates the improvement of the different indices that have already
been discussed in earlier criteria.
From 9.1 to 9.5 the assessment calculation can be done as follows.
a, b and c are the values of variables, which correspond to either LYGm2, LYGm1 and LYG
or CAYm2, CAYm1 and CAY respectively, after scaled down each of them to a maximum value of
1.
For 9.1 and 9.2 the assessment can be made as,
Assessment = (b-a) + (c-b) + (a+b+c)x(5/3)
9.1 Improvement in Success Index of Students (5)

From (4. 1) a, b and c are the success indices which correspond to LYGm2, LYGm1 and LYG
respectively.
Table 9.1: Success Index of Students
Items
LYG
(c)
LYGm1
(b)
LYGm2
(a)
Success index
0.84
0.90
0.92
Assessment
4.353
9.2 Improvement in Academic Performance Index of Students (5)

From (4. 2) a, b and c are calculated respectively for LYGm2, LYGm1 and LYG by dividing the API
values, obtained from the criterion 4.2, by 10. The maximum value of a, b, and c should not exceed
one.
Table 9.2: Academic Performance Index of Students
Items
API
LYG
(c)
0.805

448
LYGm1
(b)
LYGm2
(a)
0.787
0.784
Assessment
3.981
Page 244 of

For 9.3 to 9.5 the assessment can be made as,
NBA February 2015
Assessment = (b-a) + (c-b) + (a+b+c)x(10/3)
9.3 Improvement in Student-Teacher Ratio (10)

From (5. 1) a, b and c are calculated respectively for CAYm2, CAYm1 and CAY by dividing the STR
one.
Table 9.3: Student-Teacher Ratio

Items
CAYm1
CAYm2
(c)
(b)
(a)
0.973
CAY
STR
0.94
Assessment
9.65
9.4 Enhancement of Faculty Qualification Index (10)

From (5. 3) a, b and c are calculated respectively for CAYm2, CAYm1 and CAY by dividing the FQI
one.
Table 9.4: Faculty Qualification Index

Items
CAY
(c)
FQI
CAYm1
(b)
0.791
CAYm2
(a)
0.77
Assessment
8.307
9.5 Improvement in Faculty Research Publications, R&D Work and

Consultancy Work (20)
From (5.7) a, b and c are calculated respectively for CAYm2, CAYm1 and CAY by dividing the FRP
one.
Table 9.5: Faculty Research Publications, R&D Work and Consultancy

Items
CAY
(c)
CAYm1
(b)
CAYm2
(a)
Assessment
FRP
0.258
0.318
0.37
3.265
FRDC
0.092
0.0364
0.09
0.726

448
Page 245 of
NBA February 2015
9.6 Continuing Education (10)

In this criterion, the institution needs to specify the contributory efforts made by the faculty
members by developing course/laboratory modules, conducting short-term courses/workshops,
etc., for continuing education during the last three years.
Module
Description
Grand cultura
l festival on
29thJanuary ,
celebrating its
25th year of
excellence
Any Other
Contributor
y
Institute/Indus
try
Various
industries
& Institutions
Develope
d/Organi
zed by
IEM
(Institute
of
Engineerin
g and
Manageme
nt)
Durati
on
2days
Resource
Persons
Various
industries
&
Institutions
Target
Audienc
e
Usage and
Citation, etc
All
faculty
&
Student
Provide the
scope to
showcase
talents and
create a
communicatio
n among
different
student
community &
industry.
Faculty
of IEM
& UEM
FDP
Faculty
of IEM
Managing
organization in
a effective &
efficient
manner.
Prof.
Bhaskar
Gupta
Jadavpur
University,
Teachers
Training
Programme
on
PEDAGOG
Y
Jan-2015
Good
Governance
Day
December,
2014
IEM
IEM E-cell
jointly with NIT,
Trichy E-cell
IT Dept.,
IEM
IEM

448
2 day
1 day
Dr. Shivaji
Chakrabort
y
Jadavpur
University,
Prof. Subir
Choudhury
ExDirector,
IIM.
Kolkata
Mr. Nilesh
Shah,
Retail and
Restaurant
Automatio
n Expert,
Cofounder
and
Developer,
Fusion
Page 246 of

Retail
Director
Marketing,
Rance
Lab,
NBA February 2015
Mr. Vinay
Jaju, COO,
ONergy
(Punam
Energy
Pvt. Ltd.),
Head of
the
InONvatio
n
Incubator,
Switch ON
(Environm
ent
Conservati
on
Society)
Astronomical
Dating of
Ancient
Events and
Mahabharata
November,20
14
IIT Kharagpur
Alumni
Association, Salt
Lake Chapter
and University
of Engineering
& Management,
Jaipur
IEM
1 day
Dr
Amitabha
Ghosh, exDirector of
IIT,
Kharagpur
All
faculty
of IEM
FDP on
Proficient
Protection of
the Intellectual
Property of
Research
Proposal
students
Acquiring
knowledge on
website.
Students
and
Faculty
provide an
opportunity for
researchers,
educators, and
students to
discuss and
exchange ideas
on issues,
trends, and
developments
in Science and
Intellectual
Property
Rights
Sep-2009
IEM
Departmen
t of IT and
IEM
1 day
Prof.
Manas
Sanyal, ,
Bengal
Eng &
Science
University
Workshop on
Website
development
Nov-2014
IEM computer
society and
Innovacion -15
team
IEM
2days
1st
international
science and
technology
congress
Aug- 2014
Industry &
Institutions
IEM

448
2 days
Speakers
from
Industry
and
Institutions
Faculty
of IEM
& UEM
Acquiring
knowledge on
Ancient
Events.
Page 247 of
First
international
conference in
Optoelectronics
and applied
optics
Dec-2014
Celebrating
Silver Jubilee
of
the Institute
with
a Grand Book
Fair on
campus
Feb,Mar2014
IEM&SPIE
The institute
And
renowned
publishers of
the city
Dept. of
ECE ,IEM
and SPIE
approved
IEM
student
chapter
Institute of
Engineerin
g&
Manageme
nt
(IEM)
4th
International
Conference
on Technical
and
Managerial
Institutions
IEM
Innovation in
Computing
and
Communicati
ons in
448
2 days
2 days
2 days
Prof.
Phillip J.
Russel,
DIRECT
OR, MaxPlanck
Institute
for the
Science of
Light,
Germany,
Professor,
IIT Delhi
Prof. K.
Singh, SPI
E Fellow,
Former
Professor,
NBA February 2015

Technology.
That helps to
increase the
research &
development
activities.
All
faculty
of IEM
and
students
Helps to
enhance the
research &
development
activities
Faculty
members
On campus ,
premises
staff
of
members
the
and
Institute
students
of
of
Engineerin the
g
institute
&
and
Manageme neighbou
nt
ring
(IEM)
industry
personne
l
Bringing
different
books and
novels
to students &
faculty
members
to enrich their
knowledge
Speakers
from
Industry
and
Institutions
Students
and
Faculty
Helps to
increase the
research &
development
activities
Page 248 of

Industry and
Academia,
Advanced
Computation
,IEMCONAug-2013
NEN E-Week
Feb-2013
IEM E Cell
student
International
Conference
on Innovation
in Computing
and
Communicati
on &
Innovative
Ideas
National Skill
development,
August- 2012
Institutions &
IEEE, Calcutta
Chapter
Institute of
Engineerin
g&
Manageme
nt (IEM)
NBA February 2015
7 days
Students &
faculty
All
entrepre
neur
Building
leadership
2 days
Speakers
from
Industry
&
Institutions
Students
&
Faculty
Helps to
increase the
research &
development
activities
9.7 New Facility Created (20)

Specify new facilities created during the last three years for strengthening the
curriculum and/or meeting the POs
Facility
Description
Any other
contributo
ry
Ins/Indust
ry
Innovative
Language &
Technical
Report
Writing Lab
Developed
by
IEM
Inauguration
of
Science
Auditorium at
Engineering
Campus at
IEM,
Kolkata
Institute of
Engineerin
g
&
Manageme
nt
(IEM)
Institute of
Engineerin
g
&
Manageme
nt
(IEM)
Innovation
Lab
IEDC
funded
Students of
IEM
Soft skill
Industry
IEM &

448
Duration
of
Developme
nt
1 month
6 months
5 Years
3 Days
Resources
consumed
All IT
students
Resources
funded by
the
Institute
of
Engineerin
g
&
Manageme
nt
(IEM)
All 3rd
Year & 4th
Year
student
All IT
Target
audience
Usages &
Citation etc
Student
Helpful for
improvement
of
communicati
on
skill
Faculty
members,
students
and
guests of
the
Institute
Enhancemen
t of
Conferences
and
Seminars
facilities
Student
Students
R&D
Helpful for
Page 249 of

training
TIMES
Infosys
Campus
connect
Industry
Extra PPT
Classes
Extra
Laboratory
time has been
allotted after
5pm
Books for
higher
education/bey
ond
syllabus have
been procured
in
the
Department
IEM &
Infosys
Dept. of
IT, IEM
Access of
Library
is open for all
till 8 p.m.

students
Institution
IEM &
Mrs.
Gauri
Mazumder
Institution
Prof.
Abhijit
Bose
Institution
IT
Departme
nt
Celebrating
Silver Jubilee
of
the Institute
with
a Grand Book
Fair on
campus
The
institute
And
renowned
publishers
of
the city
Institute of
Engineerin
g&
Manageme
nt
(IEM)
Starting new
student chapter
named Brahma
Tejas at IEM
for
SPIE,an
Institute of
Engineerin
g
&
Manageme
nt
(IEM)
&
All the
department
s of
the
Institute of
Engineerin

448
6 months
6 months
Till Date
3rd yr
students
All IT
students
For all
students
NBA February 2015

improvement
of
communicati
on
skill
Pre
Students
placement
training
Pre
Students
placement
training
Encourages
students to
study
& gaining
knowledge
Students
Students
Helpful for
research &
development
Always
available
All
students
Students
of IT
Departmen
t
Students are
motivated
and
encouraged
to
learn
contents
beyond
syllabus
2 days
On
campus
premises
of
the
Institute
of
Engineerin
g
&
Manageme
nt
(IEM)
Bringing
different
books and
novels
to students
&
faculty
members
to enrich
their
knowledge
Till date
6 months
All
students
Exchange
and
distribute
informatio
n
Faculty
members,
staff
members
and
students of
the
institute
and
neighbouri
ng
industry
personnel
Students of
the
institute
of
Engineerin
g
Perusing
higher
education
and
offer
research
Page 250 of

SPIE
international
g&
with other
society for
Manageme
internation
optics and
nt
al
photonics
(IEM)
Student
chapters
Inovacion
(Tech Fest)
Industry
NEN(E Week)
E Cell
Industry &
Institutions
Students of
IEM
3 days
7 days
Students
All student
&
Teachers
All student
&
Teachers
NBA February 2015

&
facilities in
manageme fields
of optics,
nt
photonics
and
imaging
Industries
&
Teachers
from all
over
Country
All
entreprene
ur
Technical
enhancement
of student
Developing
of leadership
9.8 Overall Improvement since last accreditation, if any, otherwise, since

the commencement of the programme (20)
Specify the
strengths/
weakness
Improvement
brought in
Contributed
by
List the PO(s),

which are
strengthened
Comments,
if any
CAY
R&D activities,
R&D budget is
adequate and a
properly allocated.
.
Innovation
IEDC Lab
Innovative
Language Lab
Soft skill
Inauguration
of Science
Auditorium
and book fair
held to
Facilitate different
celebrate
Silver
events such as
Jubilee of the seminar, workshop,
training, conference.
Institution
Study materials are
available on Web
particularly to help
24X7 internet
the students.
facility
Introducing
R&D

448
IEDC
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
IEM
6,810,11,12
IEM
1,2,3,4,5,6,9,10
IEM
IEM &Various
1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10
,11,12
1,3,4,5,6,7,9,12
Page 251 of

NBA February 2015
new SPIE,
And student
heading body of SPIE,
ISHRAE-IEM, exchange program ISHRAE-IEM, IEEE,
IEEE, ACM
ACM
Student
Chapters;
signed
MOUs with
Graduate
School of
Software and
Information
Science, Iwate
Prefectural
University,
Japan, ESC
Rennes School
of Business,
France, De
Montfort
University,
United
Kingdom for
internship and
student
exchange
programme
Faculty & students
are involved in
Research oriented
problems in different
research like Data
Mining, Image
Processing, Network
Research Cell Security
1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10
,IEM
IEM
,11,12
CAYm1
Committee of IT
IEM
1,2,3,4,10,11,12
Addition of
desktop
faculty, students &
computers,
management
internship
programmes for
students
and more
visiting
companies for
recruitments.
Pre-placement Improving technical IEM & other Industry
Training &
& soft skill for
Special Classes industry placement
& Special classes are
taken to overcome
the limitation of

448
1,3,5,7,8,11,12
Improved oral,
& written
communication
skills, and
full support in
extra-
Page 252 of

WBUT syllabus.
More emphasis is
given towards
projects and their
funding from
government and
private agencies.
Some
laboratories
have updated
with new
equipement.
Support high end

software, faster
computation &
Accessibility of
Internet and
Computers in
teaching-learning
process.
New templates Lab Assignments,

created for Technical knowledge
lab
enhancement
assignments;
discussion
forums like
C++ and Data
Structures,
High speed
internet
connectivity
conduct
Opportunities
offered to
industry
recognized
conduct research,
projects,
practice
conferences etc. labs, publish &
present
papers; attend
national
competitions and
pre-placement
training
IEM
1,2,3,4,11,12
CAYm2
IT Dept., IEM
1,2,3,5,6,7,9
NBA February 2015

curricular
activities by the
Institution
ensured 100 %
student job
placement with
some being
offered multiple
jobs
Committee of faculty, 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,11,1

students &
2
management

448
Page 253 of
NBA February 2015
Declaration
This Self-Assessment Report (SAR) Tier-II is prepared for the current academic year (2014-2015)
and the current financial year (2014-2015) on behalf of the institution.
I certify that the information provided in this SAR is extracted from the records, and to the best of
my knowledge, is correct and complete.
I understand that any false statement/information of consequence may lead to rejection of the
application for the accreditation for a period of two or more years. I also understand that the
National Board of Accreditation (NBA) or its sub-committees will have the right to decide on the
basis of the submitted SAR whether the institution should be considered for an accreditation visit.
If the information provided in the SAR is found to be wrong during the visit or subsequent to
grant of accreditation, the NBA has the right to withdraw the grant of accreditation and no
accreditation will be allowed for a period of next two years or more, and the fee will be forfeited.
I undertake that the institution shall co-operate the visiting accreditation team, shall provide all
desired information during the visit and arrange for the meeting as required for accreditation as
per the NBAs provision.
I undertake that, the institution is well aware about the provisions in the NBAs accreditation
manual concerned for this application, rules, regulations and notifications in force as on date and
the institute shall fully abide to them
Place:Kolkata
Date:

448
Signature, Name, and Designation of the

Head of the Institution with seal
Page 254 of
NBA February 2015
APPENDIX I
CURRICULUM AND SYLLABI
First Year First Semester

A.
THEORY
Field
Theory
Sl.
No.
1
HU101
PH101/
CH101
M101
ES101
ENGLISH LANGUAGE
& TECHNICAL
Contact Hours/Week
L
2
Total
0
1
0
0
2
4
2
4
3
3
1
1
0
0
4
4
4
4
4
18
4
18
10
COMMUNICATION
3
4
5
B.
6
7
8
C.
9
10
Chemistry -1 (Gr-B) /
Physics 1 (Gr-A)
Mathematics-1
Basic Electrical &
Electronic Engineering 1
(GrA+GrB)
ME101 Engg. Mechanics
Total of Theory
PRACTICAL
PH191/ Chemistry -1 (Gr-B)/
CH191 Physics 1 (Gr-A)
ES191 Basic Electrical &
Electronic Engineering -1
ME191 Engg Drawing &
Computer Graphics (Gr-B)
/192
/ Workshop Practice (Gr-A)
Total of Practical
SESSIONAL
HU181 Language Laboratory
Extra Curricular
Activities(NSS/NCC/NSO
etc)
Total of Sessional
Total of Semester
XC181
Credit
Points
4
32
2
27
Physics based branches divided in to Gr-A & Gr-B, Gr-A= Phys in sem-I , Gr-B = Phys in sem-II;
Chemistry based branches Physics in sem-1.
Group division:

448
Page 255 of
NBA February 2015
Group-A: Chemistry based subjects: [Bio-Technology, Food Technology, Leather Technology, Textile
Technology, Ceramic Technology, Chemical Engineering and any other Engineering that chooses to be
Chemistry based] + Physics based subjects: [Mechanical Engineering, Production Engineering, Civil
Engineering, Automobile Engineering, Marine Engineering, Apparel Production Engineering, Computer
Science & Engineering, Information Technology.]
Group-B: All Physics based subjects which are also Electrical & Electronics based [Electrical
Engineering, Electronics & Communication Engineering, Applied Electronics & Instrumentation
Engineering, Power Engineering, Electrical & Electronics Engineering, Bio-Medical Engineering,
Instrumentation & Control Engineering.
First Year Second Semester

A. THEORY
Field
Theory
Contact Hours/Week
Sl.
No.
1
CS201
2
3
4
PH201/
CH201
M201
ES201
ME201
7
8
9
10
1st Sem
2nd Sem
Basic Computation &

Programming
Physics - 1(Gr-B) /
Chemistry-1(Gr-A)
Mathematics-2
Basic Electrical &
Electronic Engineering-II
Engineering
Thermodynamics & Fluid
Mechanics
Total of Theory
B. PRACTICAL
CS291 Basic Computation &
Programming
PH291/ Physics 1 (Gr-B)
CH291 /Chemistry-1 (Gr-A)
ES291 Basic Electrical &
Electronic Engineering- II
ME291/ Workshop Practice (Gr-B) /
Basic Engg Drawing &
292
Computer Graphics (Gr-A)
Total of Practical
Total of Semester
Group-A
Physics-I;
Workshop Practice
Chemistry 1;
Engg Drawing &
Computer Graphics

448
Total
Credit
Points
3
3
1
1
0
0
4
4
4
4
20
20
13
32
9
29
Group-B
Chemistry 1;
Engg Drawing &
Computer Graphics
Physics-I;
Workshop Practice
Page 256 of
NBA February 2015
Second Year - Third Semester

A.
Sl.No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
B.
THEORY
Theory
Field
Contact Hours/Week
Cr. Points
Total
HU301 Values & Ethics in Profession
PH301 Physics-2
3
3
1
1
0
0
4
4
4
4
21
21
CH301 Basic Environmental

Engineering &
Elementary Biology;
CS301 Analog & Digital Electronics
CS302 Data Structure & Algorithm
CS303 Computer Organisation
Total of Theory
PRACTICAL
7
8
PH391
CS391
9
10
CS392
CS393
Physics2
0
0
0
0
3
3
3
3
2
2
0
0
0
0
3
3
3
3
2
2
Total of Practical
12
Total of Semester
33
29

448
Page 257 of
NBA February 2015
Second Year - Fourth Semester

A.
Sl.N
o.
1
T HEORY
Theory
Field
Contact Hours/Week
T
Total
2
Communication Engg &
Coding
Theory
3
Formal Language &
3
Automata Theory
Object Oriented Programming
& UML
1
1
0
0
4
4
4
4
18
17
M(CS)40 Numerical Methods

1
M401 Mathematics-3
CS401
4
5
CS402
IT401
Total of Theory
B.
6
7
8
9
10
Cr. Points
PRACTICAL
HU481 Technical Report Writing &

0
Methods
M(CS)49 Numerical
0
Communication
Engg &
CS491
Coding
Theory
0
CS492 Software Tools
IT491 Object Oriented Programming 0
& UML (IT)
0
0
2
3
2
3
1
2
0
0
3
3
3
3
2
2
Total of Practical
14
Total of Semester
32
26

448
Page 258 of
Sl.No
Field
HU501
2
3
4
IT501
IT502
IT503
F. E.
IT504A
IT504B
IT504C
IT504D
IT504E
IT504F
6
7
8
9
NBA February 2015
Third Year - Fifth Semester

A.
THEORY
Theory
Contact Hours/Week Cr. Pts
L
T
P Total
3
0
0
3
3
Operating System

Microprocessors &
Total of Theory
B. PRACTICAL
Algorithm Lab
IT591
IT592
IT593
F.E.
IT594A A. Circuit Theory & Network (EE)
IT594B B. Data Communication (ECE)
IT594C C. Digital Signal Processing (ECE)
IT594D D. Operation Research (M)
Microprocessors
&
IT594E E.
IT594F Microcontrollers(CSE)
F. Programming Practices using
C++
Total of Practical
Total of Semester

448
3
3
3
1
1
0
0
0
0
4
4
3
4
4
3
0/1
3/4
3/4
17/18
17-18
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
12
29/30
8
25-26
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
3
3
3
Page 259 of
NBA February 2015
HU601
Third Year - Sixth

Semester
A.
THEORY
Theory
L
T
P Total
2
0
0
2
2
2
3
4
IT.601
IT602
IT603

Computer Networking
Software Engg
P.E.
IT604A
IT604B
IT604C
IT604D
F. E.
IT605A
IT605B
IT605C
IT605D
Sl.No.
7
8
9
10
Field
3
3
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
3
3
3
3
3
0/1
3/4

Computer Graphics
Pattern Recognition
ERP
Discrete Mathematics (M)

(HSS)
Compiler Design (CSE)
Artificial Intelligence (CSE)
Total of Theory
B.
PRACTICAL
IT691 Data Base Management System
IT692 Lab
IT693 Computer Networking
IT681
Seminar
Total of Practical
Total of Semester

of 448
3/4
17/18
0
0
0
0
3
3
0
0
0
0
3
3
17-18
3
3
2
2
3
2
3
2
12
8
29/30 25-26
Page 260

NBA February 2015
Fourth Year - Seventh
Semester
2.1.1.1.1.
A.
THEORY
Sl. No.
Field
Theory
Contact Hours/Week
Cr. Pts
L
T
P
Total
1
2
3
B.
6
7
8
9
10
11
Internet Technology
3
0
0
3
3
0
0
3
Multimedia
A. E-Commerce
3
0
0
3
B. Soft Computing
C. Image Processing
A. Distributed Operating
IT704
System
3
0
0
3
B. Cloud Computing
C. Data Warehousing & Data
Mining
D. Sensor Networks
E. Mobile Computing
A. Bio Informatics (BI)
IT705
B. Control System (EE)
C. Modelling & Simulation (M)
3
0
3
D. Microelectronics & VLSI
0
Design(ECE)
E. Advanced Data
Communication & Coding
Total of Theory
15
PRACTICAL
0
0
3
3
HU781 Group Discussion
Internet Technology
0
0
3
3
IT791
0
0
3
3
Multimedia
IT792
A. E-Commerce
IT793
B. Soft Computing
0
0
3
3
C. Image Processing
th
th
Industrial training
4 wks during 6 -7 Sem-break
IT794
Project-1
3
IT795
Total of Practical
15
Total of Semester
30
IT701
IT702
IT703

of 448
Page 261
3
3
3
15
2
2
2
2
2
2
12
27
Sl. No.
Field
NBA February 2015
Fourth Year - Eighth

Semester
2.1.1.1.2.
A.
THEORY
Theory
L
T
P Total
2
HU801A A. Organisational Behaviour
HU801B B. Project Management
2
A. Advanced Computer Architecture 3
IT801
B. Parallel Computing
C. Natural Language Processing
D. Cryptography & Network
Security)
A. Technology Management (HSS)
IT802
B. Cyber Law & Security Policy
(HSS)
C. Optical Networking (ECE)
D. Low Power Circuits & Systems
3
(ECE)
E. Business Analytics(CSE)
3
F. Robotics(EE & ME
Total of Theory
2.1.1.1.3.
B.
PRACTICAL
Design Lab / Industrial
IT891
problem
related
practical
4
0
training
5
Project-2
0
IT892
6
Grand Viva
IT893
Total of Practical
Total of Semester

of 448
6
12
4
6
3
13
21
0
0
6
12
18
26
Page 262
NBA February 2015
Syllabus
First Semester
Theory
HU
English
PAPER CODE: HU 101
CONTACT: 2L
CREDIT: 2
PAPER NAME: ENGLISH LANGUAGE & TECHNICAL
COMMUNICATION
Guidelines for Course Execution:

Objectives of the Course: This Course has been designed
1. To impart advanced skills of Technical Communication in English through Language Lab. Practice
Sessions to 1st Semester UG students of Engineering &Technology.
2. To enable them to communicate confidently and competently in English Language in all spheres.
Desired Entry Behaviour:
The students must have basic command of English to
Talk about day-to-day events and experiences of life.
Comprehend Lectures delivered in English.
Read and understand relevant materials written in English.
Write grammatically correct English.
Strategies for Course Execution:
1. It is a Course that aims to develop Technical Communication Skills. It is, therefore, Lab- based
and practical in orientation. Students should be involved in Practice Sessions.
2. The content topics should be conveyed through real-life situations. Lecture classes should be
conducted as Lecture cum Tutorial classes.
3. Keeping in view the requirements of students, the teachers may have to prepare some learning
aids task materials.
4. Some time should be spent in teaching stress and intonation.
5. In teaching Speaking skill, emphasis should be on clarity, intelligibility, fluency,( as well as
accepted pronunciation).
6. Micro Presentation and Group Discussion Sessions should be used for developing Communicative
Competence
7. The Language Lab, device should be used for giving audio-visual inputs to elicit students
responses by way of Micro-Presentation, Pair Conversation, Group Talk and Class Discussion.
8. The teacher must function as a creative monitor in the Language Lab for the following:
A. Developing Listening Comprehension Skill;
1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
a)
Developing Listening Comprehension through Language Lab Device

Developing sub skills of the Listening Skill by Conversational Practice Sessions
Focusing on intelligent and advanced Listening Sessions e.g. Seminars, Paper Presentation, Mock
Interviews etc.
Conducting Conversational Practice: Face to Face & Via Media (Telephone, Audio, Video +
Clips)
Developing Speaking Competence:
Helping students in achieving clarity and fluency ; manipulating paralinguistic features of
speaking (voice modulation ,pitch , tone stress , effective pauses )
Conducting Task oriented interpersonal ,informal and semiformal Speaking / Classroom
Presentation

of 448
Page 263
NBA February 2015
b) Teaching strategies for Group Discussion

Teaching Cohesion and Coherence
Teaching effective communication & strategies for handling criticism and adverse remarks
Teaching strategies of Turn- taking, effective intervention, kinesics (use of body language) and
courtesies and all componentss of softskills.
C. Developing Reading Comprehension Skill:
a) Developing Reading Skill through Non Technical (Literary) Texts
(See Recommended Book 5)
1. The Thief
by Ruskin Bond
2. The Open Window
by Saki
3. Marriage is a private Affair
by Chinua Achebe
4. The Moon in the Earthen Pot
by
Gopini Karunakar
b) Developing Reading Skill through Radio Commentary, Technical Texts and Case Studies (Refer to
Recommended Book 1.)
* Freedom by G. B. Shaw (Radio Commentary)
a) Guiding students for Intensive & Extensive Reading( See Recommended Book 1 )
D.
Developing Writing Competence:
a) Teaching all varieties of Technical Report, Business Letters and Job Application (Expressing Ideas
within restricted word limit through paragraph division, Listing Reference Materials through Charts ,
Graphs ,Tables and Diagrams);
b) Teaching correct Punctuation & Spelling, Semantics of Connectives, Modifiers and Modals, variety of
sentences and paragraphs
c) Teaching Organizational Communication: Memo, Notice, Circular, Agenda / Minutes etc.
SYLLABUS -- DETAILED OUTLINES
A. ENGLISH LANGUAGE GRAMMAR:
Correction of Errors in Sentences
Building Vocabulary
Word formation
Single Word for a group of Words
Fill in the blanks using correct Words
Sentence Structures and Transformation
Active & Passive Voice
Direct & Indirect Narration
(MCQ Practice during classes)
B. READING COMPREHENSION:
Strategies for Reading Comprehension
Practicing Technical & Non Technical Texts for
Prcis Writing
5L
1L
Global/Local/Inferential/Referential comprehension; 3L
C. TECHNICAL COMMUNICATION
The Theory of Communication Definition & Scope
Barriers of Communication
Different Communication Models
Effective Communication (Verbal / Non verbal)
Presentation / Public Speaking Skills
(MCQ Practice during classes)

448
5L
Page 264 of
NBA February 2015
D. MASTERING TECHNICAL COMMUNICATION

Technical Report (formal drafting)
Business Letter (formal drafting)
Job Application (formal drafting)
Organizational Communication (see page 3)
Group Discussion Principle & Practice
3L
4L
3L
3L
3L
Total Lectures
MARKS SCHEME (Written Examination)
30
Total Marks 70
1. 10 Multiple Choice Questions(Communication & Eng. Language-Vocabulary & Syntax)

Marks 10
2. Short Questions & Prcis writing on unseen passages
Marks 15 (10+5)
3. 3 Essay type Questions on Technical Communication
(Technical Report / Business Letter / Job
Application /
Organizational Communication etc,)
Marks 45-15*3
MARKS SCHEME (Internal Examination)
Total Marks 30
1. Attendance
2. Testing Speaking Ability
3. Testing Listening Ability
4. 2 Unit Tests
Marks 5
Marks 5
Marks 5
Marks 15
BOOKS -- RECOMMENDED:
1. Board of Editors: Contemporary Communicative English
for Technical Communication
Pearson Longman,2010
2. Dr. D. Sudharani: Manual for English Language Laboratory
Pearson Education (W.B. edition), 2010
3. Technical Communication Principles and Practice by Meenakshi Raman, Sangeeta Sharma( Oxford
Higher Education )
4. Effective Technical Communication by Barun K.Mitra( Oxford Higher Education )
5. V. Sashikumar (ed.): Fantasy- A Collection of Short Stories
Orient Black swan (Reprint 2006)
References:
1. D. Thakur: Syntax
Bharati Bhawan , 1998
2. Longman Dictionary of Contemporary English
(New Edition) for Advanced Learners
3. Internet
Chemistry-1(Gr-A/Gr-B) Code: CH101

Contacts: 3L + 1T = 4
Credits: 4
Basic Science
Module 1

448
Page 265 of
NBA February 2015
Chemical Thermodynamics -I
Concept of Thermodynamic system: Definition with example of diathermal wall, adiabatic wall, isolated
system, closed system, open system, extensive property, intensive property.
Introduction to first law of thermodynamics: different statements, mathematical form.
Internal energy: Definition, Example, Characteristics, Physical significance, Mathematical expression for
change in internal Energy, Expression for change in internal energy for ideal gas.
Enthalpy: Definition, Characteristics, Physical significance, Mathematical expression for change in
Enthalpy, Expression for change in enthalpy for ideal gas.
3L
Heat Capacity: Definition, Classification of Heat Capacity (Cp and CV): Definition and General expression
of Cp - CV. Expression of Cp - CV for ideal gas.
Reversible and Irreversible processes: Definition, Work done in Isothermal Reversible and Isothermal
Irreversible process for Ideal gas,
Adiabatic changes: Work done in adiabatic process, Interrelation between thermodynamic parameters (P, V
and T), slope of P-V curve in adiabatic and isothermal process.
Application of first law of thermodynamics to chemical processes: exothermic, endothermic processes,
law of Lavoisier and Laplace, Hesss law of constant heat summation, Kirchoffs law.
3L
2nd law of thermodynamics: Statement, Mathematical form of 2nd law of thermodynamics (Carnot cycle).
Joule Thomson and throttling processes; Joule Thomson coefficient for Ideal gas, Concept of inversion
temperature.
Evaluation of entropy: characteristics and expression, entropy change in irreversible cyclic process, entropy
change for irreversible isothermal expansion of an ideal gas, entropy change of a mixture of gases.
2L
Work function and free energy: Definition, characteristics, physical significance, mathematical expression
of A and G for ideal gas, Maxwells Expression (only the derivation of 4 different forms), Gibbs
Helmholtz equation.
Condition of spontaneity and equilibrium reaction.
2L
Module 2
Reaction Dynamics
Reaction laws: rate and order; molecularity; zero, first and second order kinetics. Pseudounimolecular
reaction, Arrhenius equation.
Mechanism and theories of reaction rates (Transition state theory, Collison theory: ).
Catalysis: Homogeneous catalysis (Definition, example, mechanism, kinetics).
3L
Solid state Chemistry

Introduction to stoichiometric defects (Schottky & Frenkel) and non stoichiometric defects (Metal excess
and metal deficiency).

of 448
Page 266
NBA February 2015
Role of silicon and germanium in the field of semiconductor.
2L
Module 3
Electrochemistry
Conductance
Conductance of electrolytic solutions, specific conductance, equivalent conductance, molar conductance
and ion conductance, effect of temperature and concentration (Strong and Weak electrolyte).
Kohlrauschs law of independent migration of ions, transport numbers and hydration of ions.
Conductometric titrations: SA vs SB & SA vs WB; precipitation titration KCl vs AgNO3.
2L
Electrochemical cell
Cell EMF and its Thermodynamic derivation of the EMF of a Galvanic cell (Nernst equation), single
electrode potentials, hydrogen half cell, quinhydrone half cell and calomel half cell (construction,
representation, cell reaction, expression of potential, Discussion, Application)
Storage cell, fuel cell (construction, representation, cell reaction, expression of potential, Discussion,
Application).
Application of EMF measurement on a) Ascertain the change in thermodynamic function (G, H, S) b)
ascertain the equilibrium constant of a reversible chemical reaction c) ascertain the valency of an ion.
3L
Module 4
Structure and reactivity of Organic molecule
Electronegativity, electron affinity, hybridisation, Inductive effect, resonance, hyperconjugation,
electromeric effect, carbocation, carbanion and free radicals.
Brief study of some addition, eliminations and substitution reactions.
3L
Polymerization
Concepts, classifications and industrial applications.
Polymer molecular weight (number avg. weight avg. viscosity avg.: Theory and mathematical expression
only), Poly dispersity index (PDI).
Polymerization processes (addition and condensation polymerization), degree of polymerization, Copolymerization, stereo-regularity of polymer, crystallinity (concept of Tm) and amorphicity (Concept of Tg)
of polymer.
Preparation, structure and use of some common polymers: plastic (PE: HDPE, LDPE, LLDPE,
UHMWPE)), rubber (natural rubber, SBR), fibre(nylon 6.6). Vulcanization.
Conducting and semi-conducting polymers.
5L
Module 5

of 448
Page 267
NBA February 2015
Industrial Chemistry
Solid Fuel: Coal, Classification of coal, constituents of coal, carbonization of coal (HTC and LTC), Coal
analysis: Proximate and ultimate analysis.
Liquid fuel: Petroleum, classification of petroleum, Refining, Petroleum distillation, Thermal cracking,
Octane number, Cetane number, Aviation Fuel (Aviation Gasoline, Jet Gasoline), Bio-diesel.
Gaseous fuels: Natural gas, water gas, Coal gas, bio gas.
5L
Reference Books
1.
P. C. Rakshit, Physical Chemistry, Sarat Book House (7th Edition).
2.
S. Glasston, Text Book of Physical Chemistry, Macmillan India Limited.
3.
S. Pahari, Physical Chemistry, New Central Book Agency.
4.
S. Sarkar, Fuels and Combustion, Taylor & Francis (3rd Edition), 2009
5.
P. Ghosh, Polymer Science and Technology of Plastics and Rubbers, Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Company Limited.
6.
F.W.Billmeyer : Textbook of Polymer Science is published by Wiley India ( is now an Indian

Imprint.)
7.
Joel R. Fried, Polymer Science and Technology, Pearson Education (2nd Edition).
8.
9.
10.
I. L. Finar, Organic Chemistry, Addison Wesley Longman, Inc.

Physical Chemistry, Atkins, 6th Edition, Oxford Publishers.
Organic Chemistry, Mark Loudon, 4th Edition, Oxford Publishers.
Or
Physics-1(Gr-B/Gr-A)
C
Cooddee:: PPH
H--110011
C
Coonnttaaccttss::33++11
C
Crreeddiitt:: 44LL
M
Moodduullee11::
O
Osscciilllaattiioonn::
11..11 SSiim
mppllee hhaarrm
moonniicc m
moottiioonn:: PPrreelliim
miinnaarryy ccoonncceeppttss,,
ppeerrppeennddiiccuullaarrddiirreeccttiioonnss:: LLiissssaajjoouussffiigguurree
SSuuppeerrppoossiittiioonn ooff SS.. H

H.. M
Mss iinn ttw
woo m
muuttuuaalllyy
22LL
11..22 D
Daam
mppeedd vviibbrraattiioonn:: D
Dii ffeerreennttiiaall eeqquuaattiioonn aanndd iittss ssoolluuttiioonn,, LLooggaarriitthhm
miicc ddeeccrreem
meenntt,, Q
Quuaalliittyy ffaaccttoorr..
33LL
11..33 FFoorrcceedd vviibbrraattiioonn:: D
Diiffffeerreennttiiaall eeqquuaattiioonn aanndd iittss ssoolluuttiioonn,, A
Am
mpplliittuuddee aanndd V
Veelloocciittyy rreessoonnaannccee,, SShhaarrppnneessss
ooff rreessoonnaannccee.. A
33LL
Apppplliiccaattiioonniinn LL--CC--RR CCiirrccuuiitt
M
Moodduullee22::
O
Oppttiiccss11::

448
Page 268 of
NBA February 2015
22..11 IInntteerrffeerreenncceeooff eelleeccttrroom

maaggnneettiicc w
waavveess:: CCoonnddiittiioonnss ffoorr ssuussttaaiinneedd iinntteerrffeerreennccee,,ddoouubbllee sslliitt aass aann eexxaam
mppllee..
Q
Quuaalliittaattiivvee iiddeeaa ooff SSppaattiiaall aanndd TTeem
mppoorraall CCoohheerreennccee,, CCoonnsseerrvvaattiioonn ooff eenneerrggyy aanndd iinntteennssiittyy ddiissttrriibbuuttiioonn,,
N
Neew
wttoonnssrriinngg
33LL
22..22 D
Dii ffrraaccttiioonn ooff lliigghhtt:: FFrreessnneell aanndd FFrraauunnhhooffeerr ccllaassss.. FFrraauunnhhooffeerr ddiiffffrraaccttiioonn ffoorr ssiinnggllee sslliitt aanndd ddoouubbllee sslliittss..
IInntteennssiittyy ddiissttrriibbuuttiioonn ooff N
N--sslliittss aanndd ppllaannee ttrraannssm
miissssiioonn ggrraattiinngg ((N
Noo ddeedduuccttiioonn ooff tthhee iinntteennssiittyy ddiissttrriibbuuttiioonnss
ffoorr N
N--sslliittss iiss nneecceessssaarryy)),, M
Miissssiinngg oorrddeerrss.. RRaayylleeiigghh ccrriitteerriioonn,, RReessoollvviinngg ppoow
weerr ooff ggrraattiinngg aanndd m
miiccrroossccooppee..
((D
55LL
Deeffiinniittiioonnaanndd ffoorrm
muullaaee))
M
Moodduullee33::
O
Oppttiiccss22
33..11PPoollaarriizzaattiioonn:: G
Geenneerraall ccoonncceepptt ooff PPoollaarriizzaattiioonn,, PPllaannee ooff vviibbrraattiioonn aanndd ppllaannee ooff ppoollaarriizzaattiioonn,, Q
Quuaalliittaattiivvee
ddiissccuussssiioonn oonn PPllaannee,, CCiirrccuullaarrllyy aanndd EEllliippttiiccaalllyy ppoollaarriizzeedd lliigghhtt,, PPoollaarriizzaattiioonn tthhrroouugghh rreefflleeccttiioonn aanndd
BBrreew
wsstteerrss llaaw
w,, D
Doouubbllee rreeffrraaccttiioonn ((bbiirreeffrriinnggeennccee)) --O
Orrddiinnaarryy aanndd EExxttrraa--oorrddiinnaarryy rraayyss .. N
Niiccooll's's PPrriissm
m,,
PPoollaarrooiidd.. H
44LL
Haallff w
waavvee ppllaattee aanndd Q
Quuaarrtteerr w
waavvee ppllaattee
33..22 LLaasseerr :: SSppoonnttaanneeoouuss aanndd SSttiim
muullaatteedd eem
miissssiioonn ooff rraaddiiaattiioonn,, PPooppuullaattiioonn iinnvveerrssiioonn,, EEiinnsstteeiinnss A
A&
& BB ccoo-ee ffiicciieenntt ((ddeerriivvaattiioonn ooff tthhee m
muuttuuaall rreellaattiioonn)),, O
Oppttiiccaall rreessoonnaattoorr aanndd CCoonnddiittiioonn nneecceessssaarryy ffoorr aaccttiivvee LLaasseerr
aaccttiioonn,, RRuubbyyLLaasseerr,, H
Hee--N
Nee LLaasseerr--aapppplliiccaattiioonnssooff llaasseerr..
44LL
33..33 H
Hoollooggrraapphhyy:: TThheeoorryyooff hhoollooggrraapphhyy,,vviieew
wiinnggtthhee hhoollooggrraam
m,, A
Apppplliiccaattiioonnss
33LL
M
Moodduullee44::
Q
Quuaannttuum
mPPhhyyssiiccss::
44..11 CCoonncceepptt ooff ddeeppeennddeennccee ooff m
maassss w
wiitthh vveelloocciittyy,, m
maassss eenneerrggyy eeqquuiivvaalleennccee,, eenneerrggyy-- m
moom
meennttuum
m rreellaattiioonn
((nnoo ddeedduuccttiioonn rreeqquuiirreedd)).. BBllaacckkbbooddyy rraaddiiaattiioonn:: RRaayylleeiigghh JJeeaannss llaaw
w ((ddeerriivvaattiioonn w
wiitthhoouutt tthhee ccaallccuullaattiioonn ooff
nnuum
mbbeerr ooff ssttaatteess)),, U
Ullttrraavviioolleett ccaattaassttrroopphhee,, W
Wiieennss llaaw
w,, PPllaanncckkss rraaddiiaattiioonn llaaw
w ((CCaallccuullaattiioonn ooff tthhee aavveerraaggee
eenneerrggyy ooff tthhee oosscciilllaattoorr)),, D
Deerriivvaattiioonn ooff W
Wiieenn's's ddiissppllaacceem
meennttllaaw
w aanndd SStteepphhaann's' llaaw
w ffrroom
m PPllaanncckk's' rraaddiiaattiioonn
llaaw
w.. RRaayylleeiigghh JJeeaann's's llaaw
w aanndd W
Wiieenn's' llaaw
w aass lliim
miittiinngg ccaasseess ooff PPllaanncckk's's llaaw
w.. CCoom
mppttoonn EEffffeecctt ((ccaallccuullaattiioonn ooff
CCoom
mppttoonn w
waavveelleennggtthhiiss rreeqquuiirreedd))..
55LL
44..22 W
Waavvee--ppaarrttiiccllee dduuaalliittyy aanndd ddee BBrroogglliieess hhyyppootthheessiiss,, CCoonncceepptt ooff m
maattteerr w
waavveess,, D
Daavviissssoonn--G
Geerrm
meerr
eexxppeerriim
meenntt,,CCoonncceeppttooff w
waavvee ppaacckkeettss aanndd H
Heeiisseennbbeerrggssuunncceerrttaaiinnttyypprriinncciippllee..
44LL
M
Moodduullee55::
C
Crryyssttaalllooggrraapphhyy::
55..11 EElleem
meennttaarryy iiddeeaass ooff ccrryyssttaall ssttrruuccttuurree :: llaatttiiccee,, bbaassiiss,, uunniitt cceelll,, FFuunnddaam
meennttaall ttyyppeess ooff llaatttiicceess BBrraavvaaiiss

of 448
Page 269
NBA February 2015
llaatttiiccee,, SSiim
mppllee ccuubbiicc,, ff..cc..cc.. aanndd bb..cc..cc.. llaatttiicceess,, ((uussee ooff m
mooddeellss iinn tthhee ccllaassss dduurriinngg tteeaacchhiinngg iiss ddeessiirraabbllee]]
M
44LL
Miillleerr iinnddiicceess aanndd m
miillleerr ppllaanneess,, CCoo--oorrddiinnaattiioonnnnuum
mbbeerr aanndd A
Attoom
miicc ppaacckkiinnggffaaccttoorr..
55..22 X
X--rraayyss :: O
Orriiggiinn ooff CChhaarraacctteerriissttiicc aanndd CCoonnttiinnuuoouuss X
X--rraayy,, BBrraaggggss llaaw
w ((N
Noo ddeerriivvaattiioonn)),, D
Deetteerrm
miinnaattiioonn ooff
llaatttiiccee ccoonnssttaanntt..
22LL
R
Reeccoom
mm
meennddeeddTTeexxtt BBooookkss aanndd R
ReeffeerreenncceeBBooookkss::
FFoorr BBootthh PPhhyyssiiccss II aanndd IIII
11.. BB.. D
Duutttaa RRooyy((BBaassiicc PPhhyyssiiccss))
22.. RR..K
K.. K
Kaarr ((EEnnggiinneeeerriinnggPPhhyyssiiccss))
33.. M
Maannii aanndd M
Meehheettaa ((M
MooddeerrnnPPhhyyssiiccss))
44... A
r
t
h
u
r
B
a
i
s
e
r
(
P
e
r
s
Arthur Baiser (Persppeeccttiivvee&
& CCoonncceeppttooff M
MooddeerrnnPPhhyyssiiccss))
PPhhyyssiiccssII ((PPH
H110011//220011))
V
Viibbrraattiioonnaanndd W
Waavveess
cc)) K
i
n
g
s
Kingslleerraanndd FFrreeyy
dd)) D
D..PP.. RRooyycchhaauuddhhuurryy
ee)) N
N..K
K.. BBaajjaajj ((W
Waavveessaanndd O
Osscciilllaattiioonnss))
ff)) K
K.. BBhhaatttaacchhaarryyaa
gg)) RR..PP.. SSiinngghh (( PPhhyyssiiccssooff O
Osscciilllaattiioonnssaanndd W
Waavveess))
hh)) A
A..BB.. G
Guuppttaa ((CCoollleeggeePPhhyyssiiccss V
Vooll..IIII))
ii)) CChhaatttooppaaddhhyyaaaanndd RRaakksshhiitt((V
Viibbrraattiioonn,,W
Waavveess aanndd A
Accoouussttiiccss))
O
Oppttiiccss
M
Mlleerr ((PPhhyyssiiccaallO
Oppttiiccss))
A
.
K
.
G
h
a
t
a
k
A.K. Ghatak
EE.. H
Heecchhtt ((O
Oppttiiccss))
EE.. H
Heecchhtt ((SScchhaauum
mSSeerriieess))
FF..A
A.. JJeennkkiinnss aanndd H
H..EE.. W
Whhiittee
66.. CChhiittaa RRaannjjaannD
Daassgguuppttaa(( D
Deeggrreeee PPhhyyssiiccssV
Vooll 33))
1100
1111
1122
1133
1144
1155
Q
Quuaannttuum
mPPhhyyssiiccss
22 Eisberg & Resnick is published by Wiley India
33 AA..KK.. GGhhaattaakkaanndd SS.. LLookkeennaatthhaann
44 SS..NN.. GGhhoosshhaall((IInnttrroodduuccttoorryyQQuuaannttuummM
Meecchhaanniiccss))
55 EE..EE.. AAnnddeerrssoonn((M
o
d
e
r
n
P
h
y
s
i
c
s
)
Modern Physics)
66 Haliday, Resnick & Krane : Physics Volume 2 is Published by Wiley India
77 BBiinnaayyaakkDDuutttaa RRooyy[[EElleemmeennttssooff QQuuaannttuummM
Meecchhaanniiccss]]
CCrryyssttaalllooggrraapphhyy
11..
SS..O
O.. PPiilllaaii ((aa.. SSoolliidd ssttaattee pphhyyssiiccssbb.. PPrroobblleem
miinn SSoolliidd ssttaattee pphhyyssiiccss))
22..
A
A..JJ.. D
Deekkkkeerr
33..
A
Asscchhrrooffttaanndd M
Meerrm
miinn
44..
A
Allii O
Om
maarr
55..
RR..LL.. SSiinngghhaall
66..
JJaakk TTaarreeeennaanndd TTrrnn K
Kuutttyy((BBaassiicc ccoouurrssee iinn CCrryyssttaalllooggrraapphhyy
LLaasseerr aanndd H
Hoollooggrraapphhyy
11 A
.
A.K
K.. G
Ghhaattaakk aanndd TThhyyaaggaarraajjaann((LLaasseerr))

of 448
Page 270

22
33
44
55
66
TTaarraassoovv((LLaasseerr))
PP..K
K.. CChhaakkrraabboorrttyy((O
Oppttiiccss))
BB.. G
h
o
s
h
a
n
d
K
.
G
.
Ghosh and K.G. M
Maajjuum
mddeerr ((O
Oppttiiccss))
BB..BB.. LLaauudd ((LLaasseerr aanndd N
Noonn--lliinneeaarrO
Oppttiiccss))
BBhhaatttaacchhaarryyyyaa[[EEnnggiinneeeerriinnggPPhhyyssiiccss]] O
Oxxffoorrdd
NBA February 2015
Mathematics
Code: M101
Credits: 4
Note 1: The whole syllabus has been divided into five modules.
Note 2: UStructure of the question paperU
There will be three groups in the question paper. In Group A, there will be one set of multiple choice
type questions spreading the entire syllabus from which 10 questions (each carrying one mark) are to
be answered. From Group B, three questions (each carrying 5 marks) are to be answered out of a set
of questions covering all the three modules. Three questions (each carrying 15 marks) are to be
answered from Group C. Each question of Group C will have three parts covering not more than two
topics (marked in bold italics face). Sufficient questions should to be set covering all modules.
Module I
Matrix: Determinant of a square matrix, Minors and Cofactors, Laplaces method of expansion of a
determinant, Product of two determinants, Adjoint of a determinant, Jacobis theorem on adjoint
determinant. Singular and non-singular matrices, Adjoint of a matrix, Inverse of a non-singular matrix and
its properties, orthogonal matrix and its properties, Trace of a matrix.
Rank of a matrix and its determination using elementary row and column operations, Solution of
simultaneous linear equations by matrix inversion method, Consistency and inconsistency of a system of
homogeneous and inhomogeneous linear simultaneous equations, Eigen values and eigen vectors of a
square matrix (of order 2 or 3), Eigen values of APTP, kA, AP-1P, Caley-Hamilton theorem and its
applications.
9L
Module II
Successive differentiation: Higher order derivatives of a function of single variable, Leibnitzs theorem
(statement only and its application, problems of the type of recurrence relations in derivatives of different
orders and also to find
0
( yn
).
2L
Mean Value Theorems & Expansion of Functions: Rolles theorem and its application, Mean Value

of 448
Page 271
NBA February 2015
theorems Lagrange & Cauchy and their application, Taylors theorem with Lagranges and Cauchys
form of remainders and its application, Expansions of functions by Taylors and Maclaurins theorem,
Maclaurins infinite series expansion of the functions:
an integer or a fraction (assuming that the remainder
sin x, cos x, e x , log(1 + x), (a + x)n , n
Rn 0 as n in each case). 5L
being
Reduction formula:
2L
Module III
Calculus of Functions of Several Variables: Introduction to functions of several variables with examples,
Knowledge of limit and continuity, Partial derivatives and related problems, Homogeneous functions and
Eulers theorem and related problems up to three variables, Chain rules, Differentiation of implicit
functions, Total differentials and their related problems, Jacobians up to three variables and related
problems, Maxima, minima and saddle points of functions and related problems, Concept of line integrals,
Double and triple integrals.
9L
Module IV
Infinite Series: Preliminary ideas of sequence, Infinite series and their convergence/divergence, Infinite
series of positive terms, Tests for convergence: Comparison test, Cauchys Root test,
D Alemberts
Ratio test and Raabes test (statements and related problems on these tests), Alternating series, Leibnitzs
Test (statement, definition) illustrated by simple example, Absolute convergence and Conditional
convergence.
5L
Module-V
Vector Algebra and Vector Calculus: Scalar and vector fields definition and terminologies, dot and cross
products, scalar and vector triple products and related problems, Equation of straight line, plane and sphere,
Vector function of a scalar variable, Differentiation of a vector function, Scalar and vector point functions,
Gradient of a scalar point function, divergence and curl of a vector point function, Directional derivative.
Related problems on these topics. Greens theorem, Gauss Divergence Theorem and Stokes theorem
(Statements and applications).
8L
Total 40 Lectures
Suggested Reference Books
1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics 8e by Erwin Kreyszig is published by Wiley India

2. Engineering Mathematics: B.S. Grewal (S. Chand & Co.)

of 448
Page 272
NBA February 2015
3. Higher Engineering Mathematics: John Bird (4th Edition, 1st Indian Reprint 2006, Elsevier)
4. Mathematics Handbook: for Science and Engineering, L. Rade and B. Westergren (5PthP edition, 1PstP
Indian Edition 2009, Springer)
5. Calculus: M. J. Strauss, G. L. Bradley and K. L. Smith (3PrdP Edition, 1PstP Indian Edition 2007, Pearson
Education)
6. Engineering Mathematics: S. S. Sastry ( PHI, 4PthP Edition, 2008)
7. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 3E: M.C. Potter, J.L. Goldberg and E.F. Abonfadel (OUP),
Indian Edition.
Engineering Science
Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering-I
Code: ES101
Credits: 4
Basic Electrical Engineering-I
DC Network Theorem: Definition of electric circuit, network, linear circuit, non-linear circuit, bilateral
circuit, unilateral circuit, Dependent source, Kirchhoffs law, Principle of superposition. Source
equivalence and conversion, Thevenins theorem, Norton Theorem, nodal analysis, mesh analysis, stardelta conversion. Maximum power transfer theorem with proof.
7L
Electromagnetism: Biot-savart law, Amperes circuital law, field calculation using Biot-savart &
amperes circuital law. Magnetic circuits, Analogous quantities in magnetic and electric circuits,
Faradays law, Self and mutual inductance. Energy stored in a magnetic field, B-H curve, Hysteretic and
Eddy current losses, Lifting power of Electromagnet.
5L
AC fundamental: Production of alternating voltage, waveforms, average and RMS values, peak factor,
form factor, phase and phase difference, phasor representation of alternating quantities, phasor diagram,
behavior of AC series , parallel and series parallel circuits, Power factor, Power in AC circuit, Effect of
frequency variation in RLC series and parallel circuits, Resonance in RLC series and parallel circuit, Q
factor, band width of resonant circuit.
9L
Basic Electronics Engineering-I
Instruction: 1 credit means 1 hour; 1 lecture means a lecture of 1 hour duration.
Basic Electronics Engineering - I: 18L + 2L = 20L
Pre-requisites: Knowledge of Class XII level electronics, Physics & Mathematics.
Recapitulation and Orientation lectures:
2L
Module 1: Semiconductors:
4L
Crystalline material: Mechanical properties, Energy band theory, Fermi levels; Conductors,
Semiconductors and Insulators: electrical properties, band diagrams. Semiconductors: intrinsic and
extrinsic, energy band diagram, electrical conduction phenomenon, P-type and N-type semiconductors,
drift and diffusion carriers.
Module 2: Diodes and Diode Circuits:
3L+3L = 6L
Formation of P-N junction, energy band diagram, built-in-potential forward and reverse biased P-N
junction, formation of depletion zone, V-I characteristics, Zener breakdown, Avalanche breakdown and its
reverse characteristics; Junction capacitance and Varactor diode.
Simple diode circuits, load line, linear piecewise model;

of 448
Page 273
NBA February 2015
Rectifier circuits: half wave, full wave, PIV, DC voltage and current, ripple factor, efficiency, idea of
regulation.
Module 3: Bipolar Junction Transistors:
6L+2L = 8L
Formation of PNP / NPN junctions, energy band diagram; transistor mechanism and principle of
transistors, CE, CB, CC configuration, transistor characteristics: cut-off active and saturation mode,
transistor action, injection efficiency, base transport factor and current amplification factors for CB and CE
modes.
Biasing and Bias stability: calculation of stability factor;
Outcome:
Students will be able to identify semiconductor materials, draw band-diagrams, distinguish between
intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors, n- and p- type semiconductors, calculate drift and diffusion current
components.
Students must be able to explain the junction properties and the phenomenon of rectification, draw the I-V
characteristics and identify operating points; Calculate ripple factors, efficiency of power supplies.
Students will be able to draw and explain the I-V characteristics of BJTs both input and output; learn to
bias transistors, both as amplifiers and switches; identify operating points.
Recommended Books:
Text:
9. Sedra & Smith: Microelectronics Engineering.
10. Millman & Halkias: Integrated Electronics.
References:
b) Malvino: Electronic Principle.
c) Schilling & Belove: Electronics Circuits.
d) Millman & Grabal: Microelectronics.
e) Salivahanan: Electronics Devices & Circuits.
f) Boylestad & Nashelsky: Electronic Devices & Circuit Theory
Engineering Mechanics
Code: ME101
Credits: 4
Sl.
Syllabus
No.
Mo Importance of Mechanics in engineering;
d-1 Introduction to Statics; Concept of Particle and
Rigid Body; Types of forces: collinear,
concurrent, parallel, concentrated, distributed;
Vector and scalar quantities; Force is a vector;
Transmissibility of a force (sliding vector).
Introduction to Vector Algebra; Parallelogram
law; Addition and subtraction of vectors;
Lamis theorem; Free vector; Bound vector;
Representation of forces in terms of i,j,k; Cross
product and Dot product and their applications.

of 448
Contact
Hrs.
2L
Reference Books & Chapters and

Problems for practice
Meriam & Kraig: Vol-I
Chapt: 1/1, 2/2,1/3
4L+1T
1. Meriam & Kraig: Vol-I

Chapt: 1/3, 2/4, 2/7
2. I.H. Shames
Chapt: 2.1 to 2.8
Probs: 2.1, 2.2, 2.3,2.6, 2.10, 2.48,
2.52, 2.54, 2.64, 2.68
Page 274
Two dimensional force system; Resolution of

forces; Moment; Varignons theorem; Couple;
Resolution of a coplanar force by its equivalent
force-couple system; Resultant of forces.
4L+2T
Mo Concept and Equilibrium of forces in two

d- dimensions; Free body concept and diagram;
Equations of equilibrium.
II
3L+1T
Concept of Friction; Laws of Coulomb friction;

Angle of Repose; Coefficient of friction.
3L+1T
Mo Distributed Force: Centroid and Centre of

d- Gravity; Centroids of a triangle, circular sector,
III. quadralateral, composite areas consisting of
above figures.
4L+1T
Moments of inertia: MI of plane figure with

respect to an axis in its plane, MI of plane
figure with respect to an axis perpendicular to
the plane of the figure; Parallel axis theorem;
Mass moment of inertia of symmetrical bodies,
e.g. cylinder, sphere, cone.
Sl.
No.
Syllabus
Concept of simple stresses and strains: Normal

stress, Shear stress, Bearing stress, Normal
strain, Shearing strain; Hookes law; Poissons
ratio; Stress-strain diagram of ductile and
brittle materials; Elastic limit; Ultimate stress;
Yielding; Modulus of elasticity; Factor of
safety.
Mo Introduction to Dynamics: Kinematics and
d- Kinetics; Newtons laws of motion; Law of
IV gravitation & acceleration due to gravity;
Rectilinear motion of particles; determination
of position, velocity and acceleration under
uniform and non-uniformly accelerated
rectilinear motion; construction of x-t, v-t and
a-t graphs.
Plane curvilinear motion of particles:
Rectangular components (Projectile motion);
Normal and tangential components (circular
motion).

448
NBA February 2015

Chapt: 2/3, 2/4, 2/5, 2/6, 2/9
Probs: 2/1 to 2/8; 2/13, 2/16, 2/20;
2/27, 2/31 to 2/33, 2/35, 2/37, 2/39;
2/53, 2/55, 2/57, 2/61, 2/66; 2/75,
2/77, 2/79, 2/78 to 2/82; 2/135 to
2/137,
2/139,
2/141,
2/146,
2/147,2/151, 2/157
Chapt: 3/2, 3/3
Probs: 3/1, 3/3, 3/4 to 3/7, 3/11, 3/13,
3/15, 3/21, 3/25, 3/27, 3/31,3/39
Chapt: 6/1, 6/2, 6/3
Probs: 6/1 to 6/6, 6/13, 6/15, 6/17;
2. I.H. Shames;
Chapt: 7.1,7.2
Chapt: 5/1, 5/2, 5/3
Sample probs: 5/1 to 5/5
Probs: 5/2, 5/5, 5/7, 5/9, 5/12, 5/20,
5/25, 5/30, 5/43,5/47
3L+1T

Chapt: Appendix A/1, A/2
Sample Probs: A/1 to A/5;
Probs: A/1, A/5, A/9, A/15, A/20
Contact
Hrs.
2L+1T
Reference Books & Chapters and

Problems for practice
1.Elements of strength of Materials by
Timoshenko & Young
Chapt: 1.1,1.2,1.3, 2.2
Prob set 1.2 : Prob: 3,4,5,8,9,10
Prob set 1.3: Prob: 1,3,5,7
2. Nag & Chanda -3rd Part
Chapt: 1.1, 1.2.1 to 1.2.3, 1.2.6, 1.2.7
Meriam & Kriag: Vol-II
Chapt: 1/3, 1/5,1/7, 2/1,2/2
Probs: 1/1 to 1/10; 2/1 to 2/14; 2/15,
2/17, 2/19, 2/25, 2/27;
3L+1T
3L+1T
Meriam & Kraig: Vol-II

Chapt: 2/3, 2/4, 2/5,
Probs: 2/59 to 2/65, 2/67, 2/71, 2/81,
2/84, 2/89; 2/97, 2/99 to 2/103;
Page 275 of
Mo Kinetics of particles: Newtons second law;

d- Equation of motion; D.Alemberts principle
V. and free body diagram; Principle of work and
energy ; Principle of conservation of energy;
Power and efficiency.
5L+2T
NBA February 2015
Meriam & Kraig: Vol-II

Chapt: 3/2, 3/3, 3/4,3/6, 3/7;
Probs: 3/1, 3/3, 3/4,3/7, 3/11, 3/12;
3/17, 3/19, 3/23; 3/103 to 3/107,
3/113, 3/115, 3/116;
Sample probs: 3/16, 3/17;
Probs: 3/143,3/145, 3/158
Books Recommended
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Engineering Mechanics [Vol-I & II]by Meriam & Kraige, 5th ed. Wiley India
Engineering Mechanics: Statics & Dynamics by I.H.Shames, 4th ed. PHI
Engineering Mechanics by Timoshenko , Young and Rao, Revised 4th ed. TMH
Elements of Strength of Materials by Timoshenko & Young, 5th ed. E.W.P
Fundamentals of Engineering Mechanics by Debabrata Nag & Abhijit Chanda Chhaya
Prakashani
Engineering Mechanics by Basudeb Bhattacharyya Oxford University Press.
Engineering Mechanics: Statics & Dynamics by Hibbeler & Gupta, 11th ed. Pearson
Sessional
HU
HU 181 (Practical)
LANGUAGE LABORATORY
CONTACTS: 2P
CREDIT: 1
LANGUAGE LABORATORY
PRACTICE
a) Honing Listening Skill and its sub skills through Language Lab Audio device;
b) Honing Speaking Skill and its sub skills;
c) Helping them master Linguistic/Paralinguistic features
Stress/ Intonation/ Pitch &Accent) of connected speech;
j)
3P
2P
(Pronunciation/Phonetics/Voice modulation/
2P
Honing Conversation Skill using Language Lab Audio Visual input; Conversational Practice
Sessions (Face to Face / via Telephone , Mobile phone & Role Play Mode);
2P
k) Introducing Group Discussion through audio Visual input and acquainting them with key
strategies for success;
2P
f) G D Practice Sessions for helping them internalize basic Principles (turn- taking, creative
intervention, by using correct body language, courtesies & other soft skills) of GD;
4P
g) Honing Reading Skills and its sub skills using Visual /

Display/Technical/Non Technical Passages;
Learning Global / Contextual / Inferential Comprehension;
2P
Graphics/Diagrams /Chart
h) Honing Writing Skill and its sub skills by using Language Lab Audio Visual input; Practice
Sessions
2P
Total Practical Classes
17
Books Recommended:
Dr. D. Sudharani: Manual for English Language Laboratory
Pearson Education (WB edition),2010

448
Page 276 of
NBA February 2015
Board of Editors: Contemporary Communicative English

for Technical Communication
Pearson Longman, 2010
Wxtra Curricular Activities(NSS/NCC/NSO etc)
Code: XC181
Code Credits: 1
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
Creating awareness in social issues

Participating in mass education programmes
Proposal for local slum area development
Waste disposal
Environmental awareness
Production Oriented Programmes
Relief & Rehabilitation work during Natural calamities
Creating awareness in social issues:

1. Womens development includes health, income-generation, rights awareness.
2. Hospital activities Eg. writing letters for patients, guiding visitors
3. Old age home visiting the aging in-mates, arranging for their entertainment.
4. Childrens Homes - visiting the young in-mates, arranging for their entertainment
5. Linking with NGOs to work on other social issues. (Eg. Children of sex-workers)
6. Gender issues- Developing an awareness, to link it with Womens Cell of college
Participating in mass education programmes
1.Adult education
2. Childrens education
Proposal for local slum area development
One or two slums to be identified and according to the needs, activities to be developed and proposals
and reports are to be submitted.
Environmental awareness
Resource conservation Awareness to be developed on water, energy,soil.
Preservation of heritage monuments- Marches, poster campaigns
Alternative energy consciousness amongst younger school-children.

Plantation and beautification- Plantation of trees, their preservation and upkeep, developing NSS
parks.
Waste disposal- Proper methods of domestic waste disposal.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Production Oriented Programmes

Working with people and explaining and teaching improved agricultural practices
Rodent control land pest control practices;
Soil-testing, soil health care and soil conservation;
Assistance in repair of agriculture machinery;
Work for the promotion and strengthening of cooperative societies in villages;
Assistance and guidance in poultry farming, animal husbandry, care of animal health etc.;
Popularization of small savings and
Assistance in procuring bank loans
Relief & Rehabilitation work during Natural calamities

g) Assisting the authorities in distribution of rations, medicine, clothes etc.;
h) Assisting the health authorities in inoculation and immunization, supply of medicine etc.;
i) Working with the local people in reconstruction of their huts, cleaning of wells, building
roads etc.;
j) Assisting and working with local authorities in relief and rescue operation;
Collection of clothes and other materials, and sending the same to the affected areas;

of 448
Page 277
NBA February 2015
Chemistry-1(Gr-A/Gr-B) Code: CH191

Contacts: Credits: 2
Practical
Basic Science
1. To Determine the alkalinity in a given water sample.
2. Red-ox titration (estimation of iron using permanganometry)
3. To determine calcium and magnesium hardness of a given water sample separately.
4. To determine the value of the rate constant for the hydrolysis of ethyl acetate catalyzed by hydrochloric
acid.
5. Heterogeneous equilibrium (determination of partition coefficient of acetic acid between n-butanol and
water)
6. Viscosity of solutions (determination of percentage composition of sugar solution from viscosity)
7. Conductometric titration for determination of the strength of a given HCl solution by titration against a
standard NaOH solution.
8. pH- metric titration for determination of strength of a given HCl solution against a standard NaOH
solution.
9. Determination of dissolved oxygen present in a given water sample.
10. To determine chloride ion in a given water sample by Argentometric method (using chromate indicator
solution)
At least Six experiments must perform in a semester out of above Ten experiments.
Or
Physics-1(Gr-B/Gr-A)
Code: PH191
Contacts: 3P
Credits: 2
G
Grroouupp 11:: EExxppeerriim
meennttffrroom
mH
Hiigghheerr SSeeccoonnddaarryykknnoow
wlleeddggeeooff PPhhyyssiiccss
1133.. D
e
t
e
r
m
i
n
a
t
i
o
n
o
f
t
h
e
r
m
a
l
c
o
n
d
u
c
t
i
v
i
t
y
o
f
Determination o f thermal conductivity o f aa ggoooodd ccoonndduuccttoorrbbyy SSeeaarrlleess m
mootthhoodd..
1144.. D
Deetteerrm
miinnaattiioonnooff tthheerrm
maall ccoonndduuccttiivviittyyooff aa bbaadd ccoonndduuccttoorrbbyy LLeeeess aanndd CChhoorrllttoonnss m
meetthhoodd..
1155.. D
Deetteerrm
miinnaattiioonnooff ddiissppeerrssiivveeppoow
weerr ooff tthhee m
maatteerriiaallooff ggiivveenn pprriissm
m..
1166.. U
Ussee ooff CCaarrrryyFFoosstteerrss bbrriiddggee ttoo ddeetteerrm
miinnee uunnkknnoow
wnn rreessiissttaannccee..
G
r
o
u
p
2
:
E
x
p
e
r
i
m
e
n
t
s
o
n
G
e
n
e
r
a
l
P
r
o
p
e
r
t
i
e
s
o
f
m
a
t
t
e
r
Group 2: Experiments on General Properties of ma ter
1177.. D
Deetteerrm
miinnaattiioonn ooff Y
Yoouunnggss m
moodduulluuss bbyy FFlleexxuurree m
meetthhoodd aanndd ccaallccuullaattiioonn ooff bbeennddiinngg m
moom
meenntt aanndd
sshheeaarr ffoorrccee aatt aa ppooiinntt oonn tthhee bbeeaam
m..
1188.. D
Deetteerrm
miinnaattiioonnooff m
moodduulluussooff rriiggiiddiittyybbyy ssttaattiicc// ddyynnaam
miicc m
meetthhoodd..
1199.. D
e
t
e
r
m
i
n
a
t
i
o
n
o
f
c
o
e
f
i
c
i
e
n
t
o
f
v
i
s
c
o
s
i
t
y
b
y
P
o
i
s
e
u
l
l
e
s
c
Determination o f co-e ficient of viscosity b y Poiseu les caappiilllaarryyfflloow
wm
meetthhoodd..
G
Grroouupp 33:: O
Oppttiiccss
77.. D
Deetteerrm
miinnaattiioonnooff w
waavveelleennggtthhooff lliigghhtt bbyyN
Neew
wttoonnssrriinngg m
meetthhoodd..
88.. D
Deetteerrm
miinnaattiioonnooff w
waavveelleennggtthhooff lliigghhtt bbyyFFrreessnneellssbbii--pprriissm
mm
meetthhoodd
99.. D
e
t
e
r
m
i
n
a
t
i
o
n
o
f
w
a
v
e
l
e
n
g
t
h
o
f
l
i
g
h
t
b
y
L
a
s
e
r
d
i
f
f
r
a
c
t
i
o
n
m
e
Determinatio n of wavelength of light b y Laser diffraction metthhoodd..
1100.. D
Deetteerrm
miinnaattiioonnooff nnuum
meerriiccaallaappeerrttuurreeaanndd tthhee eenneerrggyylloosssseess rreellaatteedd ttoo ooppttiiccaall ffiibbrree eexxppeerriim
meenntt
aa)) A
A ccaannddiiddaattee iiss rreeqquuiirreedd ttoo ppeerrffoorrm
m 33 eexxppeerriim
meennttss ttaakkiinngg oonnee ffrroom
m eeaacchh ggrroouupp..

of 448
Page 278
NBA February 2015
IInniittiiaattiivvee sshhoouulldd bbee ttaakkeenn ssoo tthhaatt m

moosstt ooff tthhee EExxppeerriim
meennttss aarree ccoovveerreedd iinn aa ccoollleeggee iinn tthhee
ddiissttrriibbuuttiioonn m
meennttiioonneedd aabboovvee.. EEm
mpphhaassiiss sshhoouulldd bbee ggiivveenn oonn tthhee eessttiim
maattiioonn ooff eerrrroorr iinn
tthhee ddaattaa ttaakkeenn..
bb)) IInn aaddddiittiioonn,,aa ssttuuddeenntt sshhoouulldd ppeerrffoorrm
moonnee m
moorree eexxppeerriim
meennttssw
whheerree hhee//sshhee w
wiilll hhaavvee
ttoo ccoonnvveerrtttthhee nnoonn--eelleeccttrriiccaallssiiggnnaallss ((vviizz.. TTeem
mppeerraattuurree,,IInntteennssiittyy ooff LLiigghhtt,, PPrreessssuurree eettcc.. ))
pprreesseenntt iinn aann EExxppeerriim
meennttiinnttoo eelleeccttrriiccaallssiiggnnaallssaanndd m
meeaassuurree tthheem
mw
wiitthh tthhee hheellpp oohh
M
u
l
t
i
m
e
t
e
r
s
/
O
s
c
i
l
l
o
s
c
o
p
e
s
.
S
t
u
d
e
n
t
s
h
o
u
l
d
c
a
l
i
b
r
a
t
e
t
h
e
S
e
n
s
o
r
f
o
r
M ulti-meters/ Osci loscopes. Student should calibrate the Sensor for EExxppeerriim
meennttbbeeffoorree
uussee..
N
Noottee::
i.
cc)) IInnnnoovvaattiivveeeexxppeerriim
meenntt::O
Onnee m
moorree eexxppeerriim
meennttddeessiiggnneeddbbyy tthhee ssttuuddeenntt oorr tthhee
ccoonncceerrnneeddtteeaacchheerr oorr bbootthh..
Failure to perform each experiment mentioned in b] and c] should be compensated by two

experiments from two different groups mentioned in the above list.
ii.
At the end of the semester report should sent to the board of studies regarding
experiments, actually performed by the college, mentioned in b] and c]
iii. Experiment in b] and c] can be coupled and can be parts of a single experiment.
Engineering Science
Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering-I
Code: ES191
Contacts:
Credits: 2
List of Experiments:
Basic Electrical Engineering Laboratory-I
Sl. No Name of the Experiments
1. Characteristics of Fluorescent lamps
2. Characteristics of Tungsten and Carbon filament lamps
3. (a) Verification of Thevenins theorem.
(b) Verification of Nortons theorems.
4. Verification of Maximum power theorem.
5. Verification of Superposition theorem
6. Study of R-L-C Series circuit
7. Study of R-L-C parallel circuit
Basic Electronics Engineering Laboratory-I
There will be a couple of familiarization lectures before the practical classes are undertaken where
basic concept of the instruments handled Eg: CRO, Multimeters etc will be given. Lectures on
measurement techniques and error calculation will also have to be organized.
3 hours per week must be kept, initially for practical lectures, and later for tutorials.
Familiarisation with passive and active electronic components such as Resistors, Inductors,
Capacitors, Diodes, Transistors (BJT) and electronic equipment like DC power supplies,
multimeters etc.
Familiarisation with measuring and testing equipment like CRO, Signal generators etc.
Study of I-V characteristics of Junction diodes.
Study of I-V characteristics of Zener diodes.
Study of Half and Full wave rectifiers with Regulation and Ripple factors.
Study of I-V characteristics of BJTs.

of 448
Page 279
NBA February 2015
Engineering Drawing & Computer Graphics(Gr-A/GrB)

Code: ME191
Contacts: 1L+3P
Credits: 3
A. THEORETICAL PART
1. Introduction to Lines, Lettering, Dimensioning, Scales.
- 1L
2. Geometrical Construction and Curves
- 1L
3. Projection of Points, Lines and Surfaces
- 2L
4. Projection of Solids
- 2L
5. Isometric Views
- 1L
6. Sectional Views
- 1L
7. Development of Surfaces
- 1L
8. Introduction to Computer Aided Drafting
- 3L
B. PRACTICAL PART
1. LINES, LETTERING, DIMENSIONING, SCALES; Plain scale, Diagonal scale.
2. GEOMETRICAL CONSTRUCTION AND CURVES; Construction of polygons, Parabola, Hyperbola,
- 6hrs
Ellipse.
- 6hrs
st
rd
3. PROJECTION OF POINTS, LINES, SURFACES; Orthographic projection- 1 and 3 angle projection,

Projection of lines and surfaces Hexagon.
- 3hrs
4. PROJECTION OF SOLIDS; Cube, Pyramid, Prism, Cylinder, Cone.
- 6hrs
5. DRAWING ISOMETRIC VIEW FROM ORTHOGONAL/ SECTIONAL VIEWS OF SIMPLE SOLID

OBJECTS.
- 3hrs
6. FULL AND HALF SECTIONAL VIEWS OF SOLIDS.
- 3hrs
7. DEVELOPMENT OF SURFACES; Prism, Cylinder, Cone.
- 3hrs
8. COMPUTER AIDED DRAFTING (Using AutoCAD and/or similar softwares); Introduction: Cartesian
and Polar coordinate system, Absolute and Relative coordinates; Basic editing commands: Line, Point,
Trace, Rectangle, Polygon, Circle, Arc, Ellipse, Polyline; Editing methods; Basic object selection methods,
Window and crossing window, Erase, Move, Copy, Offset, Fillet, Chamfer, Trim, Extend, Mirror; Display
commands: Zoom, Pan, Redraw, Regenerate; Simple dimensioning and text, Simple exercises.
- 6hrs
References / Books:
Narayana, K.L. and Kannaiah, P. Text Book of Engineering DrawingEngineering Graphics, Scitech
Publication
Bhatt, N.D. Elementary Engineering Drawing, Charotar Book Stall, Anand, 1998
Lakshminarayanan, V. and Vaish Wanar, R.S., Engineering Graphics, Jain Brothers, New Delhi,
1998
Page 280 of 448
NBA February 2015
Chandra, A.M. and Chandra Satish, Engineering Graphics, Narosa, 1998
Jolhe, Engineering Graphics, Tata McGraw-Hill- WBUT Series
Gill, P.S., A Text Book of Engineering Drawing, Katson Publishing House (Kataria and Sons)
Venugopal, K., Engineering Drawing & Graphics + AutoCAD, New Age International
Ventaka Reddy K., Text Book of Engineering Drawing (2nd Edition), BS Publication.
Or
Workshop Practice(Gr-B/GrA)
Code: ME192
Contacts:
Contact Hours Per week: 1L+3P= 4
Credits: 3
A. THEORETICAL PART
1. INTRODUCTION TO MANUFACTURING; Socio-economic role, Definition, Major grouping and

Examples.
- 1L
2. ENGINEERING MATERIALS; Classification / Major grouping, Physical, Chemical and Mechanical

properties, Applications
- 1L
3. DIFFERENT CONVENTIONAL MANUFACTURING PROCESSES MAINLY COVERING BASIC

PRINCIPLES, DIFFERENT METHODS AND GENERAL APPLICATIONS; Manufacturing by forming
/shaping from solid (input) to solid (product); Forging, Rolling, Drawing, Extrusion; Press tool workBending, Shearing, Drawing and Coining.
- 3L
4. FORMING / SHAPING FROM LIQUID TO SOLID- CASTING; General principles, General

classification or Types of casting; Sand mould casting- procedural steps and requirements; Pattern, Mould,
Melting, Pouring, Solidification, Extracting and Fettling. Other casting processes (for larger volume and
quality); Centrifugal casting, Investment casting, Die casting.
-3L
5. JOINING PROCESSES; Welding (Permanent Joining)- General classification and basis; Gas welding,
Arc welding, Friction welding and Resistance welding, w.r.t. Principle, Requirements, Relative Advantages
and Applications; Brazing and soldering.
- 2L
6. REMOVAL (MACHINING) PROCESS; Principle and purpose of machining, Machining requirements,
Machine tools- Definition, General classification w.r.t, functional principles and applications; Major
machining parameters (and responses)- Speed, Feed and Depth of cut; Tool geometry (Rake, Clearance and
Cutting angles), Cutting fluid application; Elementary machining operations- Facing, Centering, Turning,
Threading, Drilling, Boring, Shaping and Milling.
-2L
B. SCHEDULE OF PRACTICAL CLASSES

Suggested apportionment / weigtage:
Page 281 of 448
NBA February 2015
Machining (and fitting)- 50% (6 days ) 18 hrs
Casting (including pattern making molding and preparation) - 25% (3 days 9hrs)
Welding (gas, arc and resistance) (2 days 6hrs) and Sheet Metal Working (1 day 3hr)- 25% (3 days
9hrs)
FEASIBLE TYPES / MODELS OF ASSIGNMENTS
i) FITTING (in 2 days or 6 hours); Making a gauge from MS plate as shown in Fig.1.
30
(b)
60
(OR)
10 2 MM
Fig.1: Job for fitting practice

Operations required:
11.
Squaring and finishing of the blank by filing
12.
Making the Vee-portion by sawing and filing
13.
Drilling (in machine) and tapping (hand)
ii) MACHINING (in 3 days or 9 hours); To make a pin as shown in Fig.2 from a
20mm mild steel rod in
a lathe.
12 TP1 (BSW)
or 10 2 MM (metric )
3
20
30
20
Fig.2: Job for practice on a lathe
iii) MACHINING (in 1 day or 3 hours); To make a MS prism as shown in Fig.3 from a
20mm mild steel
rod in a shaping and / or milling machine.

16
16
15
15
Fig.3: Job for practice on a shaping and/or milling machine

448
Page 282 of
NBA February 2015
iv) PATTERN MAKING, SAND MOULDING AND CASTING (in 3 classes or 9 hours); To make a
wooden pattern and a sand mould with that pattern for casting a cast iron block as shown in Fig.4.
40
25
35
450
10
45
10
25
Fig.4: Job 1fo0r0making a pattern
v) WELDING (GAS WELDING) (in 1 class or 3 hours); To join two thin mild steel plates or sheets (1 to 3
mm thick) as shown in Fig. 5 by gas welding.
30
30
20
Fig.5: Welding specimen for practice

vi)
WELDING (ARC WELDING) (in 1 day or 3 hours); To join two thick (6mm) MS plate as
shown in Fig. 5 by arc welding.
vii)
SHEET METAL WORK (in 1 day or 3 hours); Forming a cone, for example.
Second Semester
Theory
Basic Science
Basic Computation & Principles of Computer Programming
Code: CS 201
Credits: 4
Fundamentals of Computer:
History of Computer, Generation of Computer, Classification of Computers
2L
Basic Anatomy of Computer System, Primary & Secondary Memory, Processing Unit, Input & Output
devices
3L
Binary & Allied number systems representation of signed and unsigned numbers. BCD, ASII. Binary
Arithmetic & logic gates
6L

of 448
Page 283
NBA February 2015
Assembly language, high level language, compiler and assembler (basic concepts)
2L
Basic concepts of operating systems like MS DOS, MS WINDOW, UNIX, Algorithm & flow chart
2L
C Fundamentals:
The C character set identifiers and keywords, data type & sizes, variable names, declaration, statements
Operators & Expressions:
Arithmetic operators, relational and logical operators, type, conversion, increment and decrement
operators, bit wise operators, assignment operators and expressions, precedence and order of evaluation.
Input and Output: Standard input and output, formatted output -- printf, formatted input scanf.
3L
5L
Flow of Control:
Statement and blocks, if - else, switch, loops - while, for do while, break and continue, go to and labels
2L
Fundamentals and Program Structures:
Basic of functions, function types, functions returning values, functions not returning values, auto,
external, static and register variables, scope rules, recursion, function prototypes, C preprocessor,
command line arguments.
Arrays and Pointers:
One dimensional arrays, pointers and functions, multidimensional arrays.
Structures Union and Files:
Basic of structures, structures and functions, arrays of structures, bit fields, formatted and unformatted
files.
Recommended reference Books:
Introduction To Computing (TMH WBUT Series), E. Balagurusamy,TMH
6L
6L
5L
Kerninghan, B.W.
Yourdon, E.
Schied F.S.
Gottfried
Kerninghan B.W. & Ritchie D.M.
Rajaraman V.
Balaguruswamy
Kanetkar Y.
The Elements of Programming Style

Techniques of Program Structures and Design
Theory and Problems of Computers and Programming
Programming with C Schaum
The C Programming Language
Fundamental of Computers
Programming in C
Let us C
M.M.Oka
Leon
LeonRam B.
Ravichandran D.
Xavier C.
Xavier C.
Rao S.B.
Computer Fundamentals,EP
Introduction to Computers,Vikas
Fundamental of Information Technology,Vikas
Computer Fundamentals, New Age International
Programming in C, New Age International
C Language & Numerical Methods, New Age Inter.
Introduction to Computers, New Age International
Numerical Methods with Programs in Basic Fortran Pascal & C++,
Universities Press
Computer Programming & Numerical Analysis, Universities Press
Computer Fundamentals
Computer Concepts & C Program, Scitech
Dutta N.
Bhanu Pratap
Rajaram
Chemistry-1(Gr-B/Gr-A)
Code: CH201
Credits: 4
Or
Physics-1(Gr-A/Gr-B)
Code: PH201
Page 284 of 448
NBA February 2015
Credits: 4
Mathematics
Code: M201
Credits: 4
Note 2: UStructure of the question paperU
There will be three groups in the question paper. In Group A, there will be one set of multiple choice
type questions spreading the entire syllabus from which 10 questions (each carrying one mark) are to
be answered. From Group B, three questions (each carrying 5 marks) are to be answered out of a set
of questions covering all the three modules. Three questions (each carrying 15 marks) are to be
answered from Group C. Each question of Group C will have three parts covering not more than two
topics (marked in bold italics faces). Sufficient questions should to be set covering all modules.
Module I
Ordinary differential equations (ODE)- First order and first degree: Exact equations, Necessary and
sufficient condition of exactness of a first order and first degree ODE (statement only), Rules for finding
Integrating factors, Linear equation, Bernoullis equation. General solution of ODE of first order and higher
degree (different forms with special reference to Clairauts equation).
5L
Module II
ODE- Higher order and first degree: General linear ODE of order two with constant coefficients, C.F. &
P.I., D-operator methods for finding P.I., Method of variation of parameters, Cauchy-Euler
equations,Solution of simultaneous linear differential equations.
6L
Module III
Basics of Graph Theory: Graphs, Digraphs, Weighted graph, Connected and disconnected graphs,
Complement of a graph, Regular graph, Complete graph, Subgraph,; Walks, Paths, Circuits, Euler Graph,
Cut sets and cut vertices, Matrix representation of a graph, Adjacency and incidence matrices of a graph,
Graph isomorphism, Bipartite graph.
10L
Module IV
Tree: Definition and properties, Binary tree, Spanning tree of a graph, Minimal spanning tree, properties of
trees, Algorithms: Dijkstras Algorithm for shortest path problem, Determination of minimal spanning tree
using DFS, BFS, Kruskals and Prims algorithms.
6L
Module V
Improper Integral: Basic ideas of improper integrals, working knowledge of Beta and Gamma functions
(convergence to be assumed) and their interrelations.
3L
Laplace Transform (LT): Definition and existence of LT, LT of elementary functions, First and second
shifting properties, Change of scale property; LT of
, LT of
t
f (t )
Page 285 of 448

t n f (t ) , LT of derivatives of
f (t ) ,
L.T. of
NBA February 2015
f (u)du . Evaluation of improper integrals using LT, LT of periodic and step functions, Inverse
LT: Definition and its properties; Convolution Theorem (statement only) and its application to the
evaluation of inverse LT, Solution of linear ODE with constant coefficients (initial value problem) using
LT.
10L
Suggested Reference Books:

Total 40 Lectures
1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Erwin Kreyszig, (Wiley Eastern)
2. Graph Theory: V. K. Balakrishnan, (Schaums Outline, TMH)
3. A first course at Graph Theory: J. Clark and D. A. Holton (Allied Publishers LTD)
4. Introduction to Graph Theory: D. B. West (Prentice-Hall of India)
5. Graph Theory: N. Deo (Prentice-Hall of India)
6. Engineering Mathematics: B.S. Grewal (S. Chand & Co.)
7. Higher Engineering Mathematics: John Bird (4th Edition, 1st Indian Reprint 2006, Elsevier)
8. Calculus: Strauss, Bradley and Smith (3PrdP edition, Pearson Education)
9. Engineering Mathematics (Volume 2): S. S. Sastry (Prentice-Hall of India)
10. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 3E: M.C. Potter, J.L. Goldberg and E.F. Abonfadel (OUP),
Indian Edition
11. An Introduction to Differential Equations, R.K. Ghosh and K.C.Maity ( New Central Book Agency )
Engineering Science
Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering-II
Code: ES201
Credits: 4
Basic Electrical Engineering-II
Electrostatics: Coulombs law, Electric Field Intensity, Electric field due to a group of charges, continuous
charge distribution, Electric flux, Flux density, Electric potential, potential difference, Gausss law, proof
of gausss law, its applications to electric field and potential calculation, Capacitor, capacitance of parallel
plate capacitor, spherical capacitor, isolated spheres, concentric conductors, parallel conductors. Energy
stored in a capacitor.
5L
DC Machines: Construction, Basic concepts of winding (Lap and wave). DC generator: Principle of
operation, EMF equation, characteristics (open circuit, load) DC motors: Principle of operation, Speedtorque Characteristics (shunt and series machine), starting (by 3 point starter), speed control (armature
voltage and field control)
6L
Single phase transformer: Core and shell type construction, EMF equation, no load and on load operation,
phasor diagram and equivalent circuit, losses of a transformer, open and short circuit tests, regulation and
efficiency calculation.
4L

of 448
Page 286
NBA February 2015
3 phase induction motor: Types, Construction, production of rotating field, principle of operation,
equivalent circuit and phasor diagram, rating, torque-speed characteristics (qualitative only). Starter for
squirrel cage and wound rotor induction motor. Brief introduction of speed control of 3 phase induction
motor (voltage control, frequency control, resistance control)
5L
Three phase system: Voltages of three balanced phase system, delta and star connection, relationship
between line and phase quantities, phasor diagrams. Power measurement by two watt meters method. 3L
General structure of electrical power system: Power generation to distribution through overhead lines
and under ground cables with single lone diagram.
1L
Text books:
1. Basic Electrical engineering, D.P Kothari & I.J Nagrath, TMH, Second Edition
2. Fundamental of electrical Engineering, Rajendra Prasad, PHI, Edition 2005.
3. Basic Electrical Engineering, V.N Mittle & Arvind Mittal, TMH, Second Edition
4. Basic Electrical Engineering, J.P. Tewari, New age international publication
Reference books:
1. Basic Electrical Engineering(TMH WBUT Series), Abhijit Chakrabarti & Sudipta Nath, TMH
2. Electrical Engineering Fundamental, Vincent.D.Toro, Pearson Education,
Second Edition.
2. Hughes Electrical & Electronics Technology, 8/e, Hughes, Pearson Education.
3. Basic Electrical Engineering, T.K. Nagsarkar & M.S. Sukhija, Oxford
4. Introduction to Electrical Engineering, M.S. Naidu & S, Kamakshaiah, TMH
5. Basic Electrical Engineering, J.J. Cathey & S.A Nasar, TMH, Second Edition.
Basic Electronics Engineering-II
Basic Electronics Engineering - II:
20L
Pre-requisites: Knowledge of Basic Electronics Engineering I.

Module 1: Field Effect Transistors:
5L
Concept of Field Effect Transistors (channel width modulation), Gate isolation types, JFET Structure and
characteristics, MOSFET Structure and characteristics, depletion and enhancement type; CS, CG, CD
configurations; CMOS: Basic Principles.
Module 2: Feed Back Amplifier, Oscillators and Operational Amplifiers:
5L+5L = 10L
Concept (Block diagram), properties, positive and negative feed back, loop gain, open loop gain, feed back
factors; topologies of feed back amplifier; effect of feed back on gain, output impedance, input impedance,
sensitivities (qualitative), bandwidth stability; effect of positive feed back: instability and oscillation,
condition of oscillation, Barkhausen criteria.
Introduction to integrated circuits, operational amplified and its terminal properties; Application of
operational amplifier; inverting and non-inverting mode of operation, Adders, Subtractors, Constant-gain
multiplier, Voltage follower, Comparator, Integrator, Differentiator.
Module 3: Digital Electronics:
5L
Introduction to binary number; Basic Boolean algebra; Logic gates and function realization with OPAMPs.
Outcomes:
Students will be able to distinguish the different Gate isolation techniques; draw and explain the I-V
characteristics of FETs; Appreciate the utility of CMOS.
Student will analyse the different OPAMP circuits and apply the knowledge of network theory to OPAMP
circuits.
Student must acquire the proficiency to express binary numbers, convert binary to decimal and vice versa,
draw truth tables for different logic operations, design Gates and simple digital circuits using the Gates.

of 448
Page 287
NBA February 2015
Recommended Books:
Text:
Sedra & Smith: Microelectronics Engineering.

Millman & Halkias: Integrated Electronics.
References:
Malvino: Electronic Principle.
Schilling & Belove: Electronics Circuits.
Millman & Grabal: Microelectronics.
Salivahanan: Electronics Devices & Circuits.
Boyelstad & Nashelsky: Electronic Devices & Circuit Theory.

Engineering Thermodynamics & Fluid Mechanics
Code: ME201
Credits: 4
8L+3T
Module 1 :
Basic Concepts of Thermodynamics
Introduction: Microscopic and Macroscopic viewpoints
Definition of Thermodynamic systems: closed, open and isolated systems
Concept of Thermodynamics state; state postulate.
Page 288 of 448
NBA February 2015
Definition of properties: intensive, extensive & specific properties.

Thermodynamic equilibrium
Thermodynamic processes; quasi-static, reversible & irreversible processes;
Thermodynamic cycles. Zeroth law of thermodynamics. Concept of empirical
temperature.
Heat and Work
Definition & units of thermodynamic work.
Examples of different forms of thermodynamic works; example of electricity
flow as work. Work done during expansion of a compressible simple system
Definition of Heat; unit of Heat
Similarities & Dissimilarities between Heat & Work
Ideal Equation of State, processes; Real Gas
Definition of Ideal Gas; Ideal Gas Equations of State.
Thermodynamic Processes for Ideal Gas; P-V plots; work done, heat transferred for isothermal, isobaric,
isochoric, isentropic & polytropic processes.
Equations of State of Real Gases: Van der Waals equation; Virial equation of state.
Properties of Pure Substances
p-v & P-T diagrams of pure substance like H2O
Introduction to steam table with respect to steam generation process; definition of saturation, wet &
superheated
status.
Definition of dryness fraction of steam, degree of superheat of steam.
Module 2 :
4L+3T
1st Law of Thermodynamics
Definition of Stored Energy & Internal Energy
1st Law of Thermodynamics for cyclic processes
Non Flow Energy Equation
Flow Energy & Definition of Enthalpy
Conditions for Steady State Steady flow: Steady State Steady Flow Energy Equation
Module 3 :
6L+3T
2nd Law of Thermodynamics
Definition of Sink, Source Reservoir of Heat.
Heat Engine, heat Pump & Refrigerator; Thermal efficiency of Heat Engines & co-efficient of performance of
Refrigerators
Kelvin Planck & Clausius statements of 2nd Law of Thermodynamics
Absolute or Thermodynamic scale of temperature
Clausius Integral
Entropy
Entropy change calculation for ideal
gas processes. Carnot Cycle &
Carnot efficiency
PMM-2; definition & its impossibility
Module 4:
6L+3T
Air standard Cycles for IC engines
Otto cycle; plot on P-V, T-S planes; Thermal efficiency
Diesel cycle; plot on P-V, T-S planes; Thermal efficiency
Rankine cycle of steam
h-s chart of steam (Molliers Chart)
Simple Rankine cycle plot on P-V, TS, h-s planes Rankine cycle efficiency
with & without pump work (Problems
are to solved for each module)
Module 5:
9L+3T
Properties & Classification of Fluids

448
Page 289 of
NBA February 2015
Ideal & Real fluids

Newtons law of viscosity; Newtonian and Non-Newtonian fluids Compressible and Incompressible fluids
Fluid Statics
Pressure at a point
Measurement of Fluid Pressure Manometers : simple & differential U-tube
Inclined tube
Fluid Kinematics
Stream line
laminar & turbulent flow external & internal flow
Continuity equation
Dynamics of ideal fluids
Bernoullis equation
Total head; Velocity head; Pressure head
Application of Bernoullis equation
Measurement of Flow rate : Basic principles
Venturimeter
Pilot tube
Orifice meter
(Problems are to be solved for each module)
33L+15T
=48P
Engineering Thermodynamics
Text :
1 Engineering Thermodynamics - P K Nag, 4th edn, TMH.
References :
1
"Fundamentals of Thermodynamics" 6e by Sonntag & Van Wylin published by Wiley India.
Engineering Thermodynamics Russel & Adeliyi (Indian edition), OUP
Engineering Thermodynamics Onkar Singhh, New Age International Publishers Ltd.
Basic Engineering Thermodynamics R Joel, 5th Ed., Pearson
Fluid Mechanics
Text :
1
Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines - R K Bansal
References :
1
Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines - S.K.Som and G.Biswas. 2nd edn, TMH
Fluid Mechanics by A.K.Jain.
Practical
Basic Science
Basic Computation & Principles of Computer Programming Lab
Code: CS 291
Contacts: Credits: 2
Exercises should include but not limited to:

1.
2.
3.
DOS System commands and Editors ( Preliminaries)

UNIX system commands and vi ( Preliminaries)
Simple Programs: simple and compound interest. To check whether a given number is a
palindrome or not, evaluate summation series, factorial of a number , generate Pascals triangle, find

448
Page 290 of

4.
5.
6.
7.
NBA February 2015
roots of a quadratic equation

Programs to demonstrate control structure : text processing, use of break and continue, etc.
Programs involving functions and recursion
Programs involving the use of arrays with subscripts and pointers
Programs using structures and files.
Chemistry-1(Gr-B/Gr-A)
Code: CH291
Contacts:
Credits: 2
Or
Physics-1(Gr-A/Gr-B)
Code: PH291
Contacts:
Credits: 2
Engineering Science
Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering-II
Code: ES291
Contacts:
Credits: 2
Basic Electrical Engineering Laboratory-II
Sl. No Name of the Experiments
1. Calibration of ammeter and voltmeter.
2. Open circuit and Short circuit test of a single phase Transformer.
3. No load characteristics of D.C shunt Generators
4. Starting and reversing of speed of a D.C. shunt
5. Speed control of DC shunt motor.
6. Measurement of power in a three phase circuit by two wattmeter method.
Basic Electronics Engineering Laboratory-II
There will be a couple of familiarization lectures before the practical classes are undertaken where
basic concept of the instruments handled will be given.
3 hours per week must be kept, initially for practical lectures, and later for tutorials.
1.Study of I-V characteristics of Field Effect Transistors.
2.Determination of input-offset voltage, input bias current and Slew rate of OPAMPs.
3.Determination of Common-mode Rejection ratio, Bandwidth and Off-set null of OPAMPs.
4.Study of OPAMP circuits: Inverting and Non-inverting amplifiers, Adders, Integrators and
Differentiators.
5.Study of Logic Gates and realization of Boolean functions using Logic Gates.
6.Study of Characteristic curves for CB, CE and CC mode transistors.
Engineering Drawing & Computer Graphics(Gr-B/Gr-A)
Code: ME291
Contacts:
Credits: 3
Or
Workshop Practice(Gr-A/Gr-B)
Code: ME292
Contacts:
Credits: 3

448
Page 291 of
NBA February 2015
SEMESTER - III
Theory
HU-301
Contracts:3L Credits- 3
VALUES & ETHICS IN PROFESSION
Science, Technology and Engineering as knowledge and as Social and Professional Activities
Effects of Technological Growth:
Rapid Technological growth and depletion of resources, Reports of the Club of Rome. Limits of growth: sustainable
development
Energy Crisis: Renewable Energy Resources
Environmental degradation and pollution. Eco-friendly Technologies. Environmental Regulations, Environmental Ethics
Appropriate Technology Movement of Schumacher; later developments
Technology and developing notions. Problems of Technology transfer, Technology assessment impact analysis.
Human Operator in Engineering projects and industries. Problems of man, machine, interaction, Impact of assembly line and
automation. Human centered Technology.
Ethics of Profession:
Engineering profession: Ethical issues in Engineering practice, Conflicts between business demands and professional ideals.
Social and ethical responsibilities of Technologists. Codes of professional ethics. Whistle blowing and beyond, Case studies.
Profession and Human Values:
Values Crisis in contemporary society
Nature of values: Value Spectrum of a good life
Psychological values: Integrated personality; mental health
Societal values: The modern search for a good society, justice, democracy, secularism, rule of law, values in Indian
Constitution.
Aesthetic values: Perception and enjoyment of beauty, simplicity, clarity
Moral and ethical values: Nature of moral judgements; canons of ethics; ethics of virtue; ethics of duty; ethics of
responsibility.
Books:
1. Stephen H Unger, Controlling Technology: Ethics and the Responsible Engineers, John Wiley & Sons, New York 1994
(2nd Ed)
2. Deborah Johnson, Ethical Issues in Engineering, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey 1991.
3. A N Tripathi, Human values in the Engineering Profession, Monograph published by IIM, Calcutta 1996.
Physics-2
Code: PH-301
Contacts: 4L
Credit: 3+1
Module 1:
Vector Calculus:
1.1 Physical significances of grad, div, curl. Line integral, surface integral, volume integral- physical examples in the context
of electricity and magnetism and statements of Stokes theorem and Gauss theorem [No Proof]. Expression of grad, div, curl
and Laplacian in Spherical and Cylindrical co-ordinates.
2L
Module 2 :
Electricity
2.1 Coulumbs law in vector form. Electrostatic field and its curl. Gausss law in integral form and conversion to differential
form . Electrostatic potential and field, Poissons Eqn. Laplaces eqn (Application to Cartesian, Spherically and Cylindrically

448
Page 292 of
NBA February 2015
symmetric systems effective 1D problems) Electric current, drift velocity, current density, continuity equation, steady
current.
5L
2.2 Dielectrics-concept of polarization, the relation D=0E+P, Polarizability. Electronic polarization and polarization in
monoatomic and polyatomic gases.
3L
Module 3:
Magnetostatics & Time Varying Field:
3. Lorentz force, force on a small current element placed in a magnetic field. Biot-Savart law and its applications, divergence
of magnetic field, vector potential, Amperes law in integral form and conversion to differential form. Faradays law of
electro-magnetic induction in integral form and conversion to differential form.
3L
Module 4:
Electromagnetic Theory:
4.1 Concept of displacement current Maxwells field equations, Maxwells wave equation and its solution for free space.
E.M. wave in a charge free conducting media, Skin depth, physical significance of Skin Depth, E.M. energy flow, &
Poynting Vector.
6L
Module 5:
Quantum Mechanics:
5.1 Generalised coordinates, Lagranges Equation of motion and Lagrangian, generalised force potential, momenta and
energy. Hamiltons Equation of motion and Hamiltonian. Properties of Hamilton and Hamiltons equation of motion.
4L
Course should be discussed along with physical problems of 1-D motion
5.2 Concept of probability and probability density, operators, commutator. Formulation of quantum mechanics and Basic
postulates, Operator correspondence, Time dependent Schrdingers equation, formulation of time independent
Schrdingers equation by method of separation of variables, Physical interpretation of wave function (normalization and
probability interpretation), Expectation values, Application of Schrdinger equation Particle in an infinite square well
potential (1-D and 3-D potential well), Discussion on degenerate levels.
9L
Module 6:
Statistical Mechanics:
3.1 Concept of energy levels and energy states. Microstates, macrostates and thermodynamic probability, equilibrium
macrostate. MB, FD, BE statistics (No deduction necessary), fermions, bosons (definitions in terms of spin, examples),
physical significance and application, classical limits of quantum statistics Fermi distribution at zero & non-zero
temperature, Calculation of Fermi level in metals, also total energy at absolute zero of temperature and total number of
particles, Bose-Einstein statistics Plancks law of blackbody radiation..
7L

448
Page 293 of
NBA February 2015
Basic Environmental Engineering & Elementary Biology

Code: CH301
Contacts: 3L = 3
Credits: 3
General
Basic ideas of environment, basic concepts, man, society & environment, their interrelationship.
1L
Mathematics of population growth and associated problems, Importance of population study in environmental engineering,
definition of resource, types of resource, renewable, non-renewable, potentially renewable, effect of excessive use vis--vis
population growth, Sustainable Development.
2L
Materials balance: Steady state conservation system, steady state system with non conservative pollutants, step function.
1L
Environmental degradation: Natural environmental Hazards like Flood, earthquake, Landslide-causes, effects and
control/management; Anthropogenic degradation like Acid rain-cause, effects and control. Nature and scope of
Environmental Science and Engineering.
2L
Ecology
Elements of ecology: System, open system, closed system, definition of ecology, species, population, community, definition
of ecosystem- components types and function.
1L
Structure and function of the following ecosystem: Forest ecosystem, Grassland ecosystem, Desert ecosystem, Aquatic
ecosystems, Mangrove ecosystem (special reference to Sundar ban); Food chain [definition and one example of each food
chain], Food web.
2L
Biogeochemical Cycle- definition, significance, flow chart of different cycles with only elementary reaction [Oxygen,
carbon, Nitrogen, Phosphate, Sulphur].
1L
Biodiversity- types, importance, Endemic species, Biodiversity Hot-spot, Threats to biodiversity, Conservation of
biodiversity.
2L
Air pollution and control

Atmospheric Composition: Troposphere, Stratosphere, Mesosphere, Thermosphere, Tropopause and Mesopause.
1L
Energy balance: Conductive and Convective heat transfer, radiation heat transfer, simple global temperature model [Earth as
a black body, earth as albedo], Problems.
1L
Green house effects: Definition, impact of greenhouse gases on the global climate and consequently on sea water level,
agriculture and marine food.Global warming and its consequence, Control of Global warming. Earths heat budget.
1L
Lapse rate: Ambient lapse rate Adiabatic lapse rate, atmospheric stability, temperature inversion (radiation inversion).
2L

448
Page 294 of
NBA February 2015
Atmospheric dispersion: Maximum mixing depth, ventilation coefficient, effective stack height, smokestack plumes and
Gaussian plume model.
2L
Definition of pollutants and contaminants, Primary and secondary pollutants: emission standard, criteria pollutant.
Sources and effect of different air pollutants- Suspended particulate matter, oxides of carbon, oxides of nitrogen, oxides of
sulphur, particulate, PAN.
2L
Smog, Photochemical smog and London smog.

Depletion Ozone layer: CFC, destruction of ozone layer by CFC, impact of other green house gases, effect of ozone
modification.
1L
Standards and control measures: Industrial, commercial and residential air quality standard, control measure (ESP. cyclone
separator, bag house, catalytic converter, scrubber (ventury), Statement with brief reference).
1L
Water Pollution and Control
Hydrosphere, Hydrological cycle and Natural water.
Pollutants of water, their origin and effects: Oxygen demanding wastes, pathogens, nutrients, Salts, thermal application,
heavy metals, pesticides, volatile organic compounds.
2L
River/Lake/ground water pollution: River: DO, 5 day BOD test, Seeded BOD test, BOD reaction rate constants, Effect of
oxygen demanding wastes on river[deoxygenation, reaeration], COD, Oil, Greases, pH.
2L
Lake: Eutrophication [Definition, source and effect].
1L
Ground water: Aquifers, hydraulic gradient, ground water flow (Definition only)
1L
Standard and control: Waste water standard [BOD, COD, Oil, Grease],
Water Treatment system [coagulation and flocculation, sedimentation and filtration, disinfection, hardness and alkalinity,
softening]
Waste water treatment system, primary and secondary treatments [Trickling filters, rotating biological contractor, Activated
sludge, sludge treatment, oxidation ponds] tertiary treatment definition.
2L
Water pollution due to the toxic elements and their biochemical effects: Lead, Mercury, Cadmium, and Arsenic
1L
Land Pollution
Lithosphere; Internal structure of earth, rock and soil
1L
Solid Waste: Municipal, industrial, commercial, agricultural, domestic, pathological and hazardous solid wastes; Recovery
and disposal method- Open dumping, Land filling, incineration, composting, recycling.
Solid waste management and control (hazardous and biomedical waste).
2L
Noise Pollution
Definition of noise, effect of noise pollution, noise classification [Transport noise, occupational noise, neighbourhood noise]
1L
Definition of noise frequency, noise pressure, noise intensity, noise threshold limit value, equivalent noise level,
L10 (18 hr Index) , Ld n .

Noise pollution control.

448
1L
Page 295 of
NBA February 2015
Environmental Management:
Environmental impact assessment, Environmental Audit, Environmental laws and protection act of India, Different
international environmental treaty/ agreement/ protocol.
2L
References/Books
1.
Masters, G. M., Introduction to Environmental Engineering and Science, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 1991.
2.
De, A. K., Environmental Chemistry, New Age International.

Code: CS301
Contact: 3L
Cr: 3
Pre-requisite of Analog Electronics: Basic Electronics Parts I & II learned in the First year, semesters 1 & 2. Basic concept
of the working of P-N diodes, Schottky diodes, Basic BJTs, Basic FETs and OPAMP as a basic circuit component. Concept
of Feedback.
Module -1: [9L]
3. Different Classes of Amplifiers - (Class-A, B, AB and C - basic concepts, power, efficiency [2L]; Recapitulation
of basic concepts of Feedback and Oscillation [1L], Phase Shift, Wein Bridge oscillators [2L].
(5L)
4. Astable & Monostable Multivibrators [1L]; Schimtt Trigger circuits [1L], 555 Timer [2L].
(4L)
[Learning Outcome: The learner will be trained to compare the merits and demerits of the different amplifiers and must be
able to bias the transistors accordingly; the student must be able to design multivibrator circuits using 555 timers]
Pre-requisite of Digital Electronics: Binary numbers & Basic Boolean algebra already covered in First year; Logic gates,
Truth Tables and function realization already covered in First year upto minimisation of Logic expressions by algebraic
method, K-map,
Module 2: [11 L]
1. Binary Number System & Boolean Algebra (recapitulation ) [1L]; BCD, ASCII, EBDIC, Gray codes and their
conversions [1L]; Signed binary number representation with 1s and 2s complement methods [1L], Binary
arithmetic, Venn diagram, Boolean algebra (recapitulation) [1L]; Representation in SOP and POS forms [1L];
Minimization of logic expressions by algebraic method. [2L]
(7L)
2. Combinational circuits - Adder and Subtractor circuits (half & full adder & subtractor) [2L]; Encoder, Decoder,
Comparator, Multiplexer, De-Multiplexer and Parity Generator [2L].
(4L)
a)
b)
Module - 3:
[10L]
Sequential Circuits - Basic Flip-flop & Latch [1L], Flip-flops -SR, JK, D, T and JK Master-slave Flip Flops [3L],
(4L)
Registers (SISO,SIPO,PIPO,PISO) [2L], Ring counter, Johnson counter [1L], Basic concept of Synchronous and
Asynchronous counters (detail design of circuits excluded), [2L], Design of Mod N Counter [2L]
(6L)
Module 4: [6L]
A/D and D/A conversion techniques Basic concepts (D/A :R-2-R only [2L]
A/D: successive approximation [2L])
(4L)
2. Logic families- TTL, ECL, MOS and CMOS - basic concepts.
(2L)
1.
[Learning Outcome: The student must be able to convert from one number system to another, work out problems related to
Boolean algebra, minimisation problems etc. The student must also learn to differentiate between the combinational and
sequential circuits and design simple circuits)
Total: 36 hours
Textbooks:
Microelectronics Engineering - Sedra & Smith-Oxford.
Principles of Electronic Devices & circuitsB L Thereja & SedhaS Chand

448
Page 296 of
NBA February 2015
Digital Electronics Kharate Oxford

Digital Electronics Logic & Systems by J.Bigmell & R.Donovan; Cambridge Learning.
Digital Logic and State Machine Design (3rd Edition) D.J.Comer, OUP
Reference:
Electronic Devices & Circuit Theory Boyelstad & Nashelsky - PHI
Bell-Linear IC & OP AMPOxford
P.Raja- Digital Electronics- Scitech Publications Morries
Mano- Digital Logic Design- PHI R.P.JainModern
Digital Electronics, 2/e , Mc Graw Hill
H.Taub & D.Shilling, Digital Integrated Electronics- Mc Graw Hill.
D.Ray Chaudhuri- Digital Circuits-Vol-I & II, 2/e- Platinum Publishers
Tocci, Widmer, Moss- Digital Systems,9/e- Pearson
J.Bignell & R.Donovan-Digital Electronics-5/e- Cenage Learning.
Leach & MalvinoDigital Principles & Application, 5/e, Mc Graw Hill
Floyed & Jain- Digital Fundamentals-Pearson.
Code: CS302
Contacts: 3L +1T
Credits: 4
Pre-requisites: CS 201 (Basic Computation and Principles of C), M101 & M201 (Mathematics), basics of set theory
Module -I. [8L] Linear Data Structure
Introduction (2L):
Why we need data structure?
Concepts of data structures: a) Data and data structure b) Abstract Data Type and Data Type.
Algorithms and programs, basic idea of pseudo-code.
Algorithm efficiency and analysis, time and space analysis of algorithms order notations.
Array (2L):
Different representations row major, column major.
Sparse matrix - its implementation and usage. Array representation of polynomials.
Linked List (4L):
Singly linked list, circular linked list, doubly linked list, linked list representation of polynomial and applications.
Module -II: [7L] Linear Data Structure
[Stack and Queue (5L):
Stack and its implementations (using array, using linked list), applications.
Queue, circular queue, dequeue. Implementation of queue- both linear and circular (using array, using linked list),
applications.
Recursion (2L):
Principles of recursion use of stack, differences between recursion and iteration, tail recursion.
Applications - The Tower of Hanoi, Eight Queens Puzzle.
Module -III. [15L] Nonlinear Data structures
Trees (9L):
Basic terminologies, forest, tree representation (using array, using linked list).
Binary trees - binary tree traversal (pre-, in-, post- order), threaded binary tree (left, right, full) - non-recursive traversal
algorithms using threaded binary tree, expression tree.
Binary search tree- operations (creation, insertion, deletion, searching).
Height balanced binary tree AVL tree (insertion, deletion with examples only).
B- Trees operations (insertion, deletion with examples only).
Graphs (6L):
Graph definitions and concepts (directed/undirected graph, weighted/un-weighted edges, sub-graph, degree, cutvertex/articulation point, pendant node, clique, complete graph, connected components strongly connected component,
weakly connected component, path, shortest path, isomorphism).
Graph representations/storage implementations adjacency matrix, adjacency list, adjacency multi-list.
Graph traversal and connectivity Depth-first search (DFS), Breadth-first search (BFS) concepts of edges used in DFS and
BFS (tree-edge, back-edge, cross-edge, forward-edge), applications.
Minimal spanning tree Prims algorithm (basic idea of greedy methods).
Module - IV. Searching, Sorting (10L)

448
Page 297 of
NBA February 2015
Sorting Algorithms (5L): Bubble sort and its optimizations, insertion sort, shell sort, selection sort, merge sort, quick sort,
heap sort (concept of max heap, application priority queue), radix sort.
Searching (2L): Sequential search, binary search, interpolation search.
Hashing (3L): Hashing functions, collision resolution techniques.
Recommended books:
1. Data Structures And Program Design In C, 2/E by Robert L. Kruse, Bruce P. Leung.
2. Fundamentals of Data Structures of C by Ellis Horowitz, Sartaj Sahni, Susan Anderson-freed.
3. Data Structures in C by Aaron M. Tenenbaum.
4. Data Structures by S. Lipschutz.
5. Data Structures Using C by Reema Thareja.
6. Data Structure Using C, 2/e by A.K. Rath, A. K. Jagadev.
7. Introduction to Algorithms by Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronald L. Rivest, Clifford Stein.
Learning outcome:
Ideally this course should act as a primer/pre-requisite for CS 503 (Design and Analysis of Algorithms). On
completion of this course, students are expected to be capable of understanding the data structures, their advantages and
drawbacks, how to implement them in C, how their drawbacks can be overcome and what the applications are and where
they can be used. Students should be able to learn about the data structures/ methods/algorithms mentioned in the course
with a comparative perspective so as to make use of the most appropriate data structure/ method/algorithm in a program to
enhance the efficiency (i.e. reduce the run-time) or for better memory utilization, based on the priority of the
implementation. Detailed time analysis of the graph algorithms and sorting methods are expected to be covered in CS 503
but it is expected that the students will be able to understand at least the efficiency aspects of the graph and sorting
algorithms covered in this course. The students should be able to convert an inefficient program into an efficient one using
the knowledge gathered from this course.
Computer organization
Code: CS303
Contacts: 3L +1T
Credits: 4
Pre-requisite: Concept of basic components of a digital computer, Basic concept of Fundamentals & Programme structures.
Basic number systems, Binary numbers, representation of signed and unsigned numbers, Binary Arithmetic as covered in
Basic Computation & Principles of Computer Programming Second semester, first year. Boolean Algebra, Karnaugh Maps,
Logic Gates covered in Basic Electronics in First year
Module 1: [8L]
Basic organization of the stored program computer and operation sequence for execution of a program.
Role of operating systems and compiler/assembler.
Fetch, decode and execute cycle, Concept of operator, operand, registers and storage, Instruction format.
Instruction sets and addressing modes.
[7L]
Commonly used number systems. Fixed and floating point representation of numbers.
[1L]
Module 2: [8L]
Overflow and underflow.
Design of adders - ripple carry and carry look ahead principles. [3L]
Design of ALU. [1L]
Fixed point multiplication -Booth's algorithm. [1L]
Fixed point division - Restoring and non-restoring algorithms. [2L]
Floating point - IEEE 754 standard.
[1L]
Module 3: [10L]
Memory unit design with special emphasis on implementation of CPU-memory interfacing. [2L]
Memory organization, static and dynamic memory, memory hierarchy, associative memory. [3L]
Cache memory, Virtual memory. Data path design for read/write access.
[5L]
Module 4: [10L]
Design of control unit - hardwired and microprogrammed control. [3L]
Introduction to instruction pipelining. [2L]
Introduction to RISC architectures. RISC vs CISC architectures. [2L]
I/O operations - Concept of handshaking, Polled I/O, interrupt and DMA. [3L]
Learning Outcome:

448
Page 298 of
NBA February 2015
Additional Tutorial Hours will be planned to meet the following learning outcome.
Through this course, the students will be exposed to extensive development and use of computer organization based
concepts for the future knowledge outcome of Advanced Computer Architecture offered in subsequent semester. The
students will be able to understand different instruction formats, instruction sets, I/O mechanism. Hardware details, memory
technology, interfacing between the CPU and peripherals will be transparent to the students. Students will be able to design
hypothetical arithmetic logic unit.
Text Book:
1. Mano, M.M., Computer System Architecture, PHI.
2. Behrooz Parhami Computer Architecture, Oxford University Press
Reference Book:
1. Hayes J. P., Computer Architecture & Organisation, McGraw Hill,
2. Hamacher, Computer Organisation, McGraw Hill,
3. N. senthil Kumar, M. Saravanan, S. Jeevananthan, Microprocessors and Microcontrollers
4. Chaudhuri P. Pal, Computer Organisation & Design, PHI,
5. P N Basu- Computer Organization & Architecture , Vikas Pub
OUP
Practical
Physics Lab-2
Code: PH-391
Contacts: (3P)
Credit: (2)
Group 1: Experiments on Electricity and Mangentism
1. Determination of dielectric constant of a given dielectric material.
3. Determination of resistance of ballistic galvanometer by half deflection method and study of variation of
logarithmic decrement with series resistance.
4. Determination of the thermo-electric power at a certain temperature of the given thermocouple.
5. Determination of specific charge (e/m) of electron by J.J. Thomsons method.
Group 2: Quantum Physics
6. Determination of Plancks constant using photocell.
7. Determination of Landeg factor using Electron spin resonance spetrometer.
8. Determination of Stefans radiation constant
9. Verification of Bohrs atomic orbital theory through Frank-Hertz experiment.
10. Determination of Rydberg constant by studying Hydrogen/ Helium spectrum
Group 3: Modern Physics
11. Determination of Hall co-efficient of semiconductors.
12. Determination of band gap of semiconductors.
13. To study current-voltage characteristics, load response, areal characteristics and spectral response of photo
voltaic solar cells.
a) A candidate is required to perform 3 experiments taking one from each group. Initiative should be taken so
that most of the Experiments are covered in a college in the distribution mentioned above. Emphasis should be
given on the estimation of error in the data taken.
b) In addition a student should perform one more experiments where he/she will have to transduce the output of
any of the above experiments or the experiment mentioned in c] into electrical voltage and collect the data in a
computer using phoenix or similar interface.
c) Innovative experiment: One more experiment designed by the student or the concerned teacher or both.
Note:
i.
Failure to perform each experiment mentioned in b] and c] should be compensated by two

448
Page 299 of
NBA February 2015
experiments mentioned in the above list.

ii. At the end of the semester report should sent to the board of studies regarding experiments,
actually performed by the college, mentioned in b] and c]
iii. Experiment in b] and c] can be coupled and parts of a single experiment.
Recommended Text Books and Reference Books:
For Both Physics I and II
1. B. Dutta Roy (Basic Physics)
2. R.K. Kar (Engineering Physics)
3. Mani and Meheta (Modern Physics)
4.. Arthur Baiser (Perspective & Concept of Modern Physics)
Physics I (PH101/201)
Vibration and Waves
5. Kingsler and Frey
6. D.P. Roychaudhury
7. N.K. Bajaj (Waves and Oscillations)
8. K. Bhattacharya
9. R.P. Singh ( Physics of Oscillations and Waves)
10. A.B. Gupta (College Physics Vol.II)
11. Chattopadhya and Rakshit (Vibration, Waves and Acoustics)
Optics
1.
Mler (Physical Optics)
2.
A.K. Ghatak
3.
E. Hecht (Optics)
4.
E. Hecht (Schaum Series)
5.
F.A. Jenkins and H.E. White
6.
6. Chita Ranjan Dasgupta ( Degree Physics Vol 3)
Quantum Physics
1.
Eisberg and Resnick
2.
A.K. Ghatak and S. Lokenathan
3.
S.N. Ghoshal (Introductory Quantum Mechanics)
4.
E.E. Anderson (Modern Physics)
5.
Haliday, Resnick and Crane (Physics vol.III)
6.
Binayak Dutta Roy [Elements of Quantum Mechanics]
Crystallography
1.
S.O. Pillai (a. Solid state physics b. Problem in Solid state physics)
2.
A.J. Dekker
3.
Aschroft and Mermin
4.
Ali Omar
5.
R.L. Singhal
6.
Jak Tareen and Trn Kutty (Basic course in Crystallography
Laser and Holography
1.
A.K. Ghatak and Thyagarajan (Laser)
2.
Tarasov (Laser)
3.
P.K. Chakraborty (Optics)
4.
B. Ghosh and K.G. Majumder (Optics)
5.
B.B. Laud (Laser and Non-linear Optics)
6.
Bhattacharyya [Engineering Physics] Oxford
Physics II(PH 301)
Classical Mechanics (For Module 5.1 in PH 301)
H. Goldstein
A.K. Roychaudhuri
R.G. Takwal and P.S. Puranik
Rana and Joag
M. Speigel (Schaum Series)
J.C. Upadhya (Mechanics)
Electricity and Magnetism

448
Page 300 of

3.
4.
5.
6.
NBA February 2015
Reitz, Milford and Christy

David J. Griffith
D. Chattopadhyay and P.C. Rakshit
Shadowitz (The Electromagnetic Field)
Quantum Mechanics
7.
Eisberg and Resnick
8.
A.K. Ghatak and S. Lokenathan
9.
S.N. Ghoshal (Introductory Quantum Mechanics)
10.
E.E. Anderson (Modern Physics)
11.
Haliday, Resnick and Crane (Physics vol.III)
12.
Binayak Dutta Roy [Elements of Quantum Mechanics]
Statistical Mechanics
8.
Sears and Sallinger (Kinetic Theory, Thermodynamics and
9.
Mondal (Statistical Physics)
10.
S.N. Ghoshal ( Atomic and Nuclear Physics)
11.
Singh and Singh
12.
B.B. Laud (Statistical Mechanics)
13.
F. Reif (Statistical Mechanics)
Statistical Thermodynamics)
Dilectrics
7.
Bhattacharyya [Engineering Physics] Oxford
Code: CS391
Contact: 3
Cr: 2
ANALOG: At least any two of the following
1. Design a Class A amplifier
2. Design a Phase-Shift Oscillator
3. Design of a Schmitt Trigger using 555 timer.
DIGITAL : At least any five of the following
3.
Design a Full Adder using basic gates and verify its output / Design a Full Subtractor circuit using basic gates and
verify its output.
4. Construction of simple Decoder & Multiplexer circuits using logic gates.
5. Realization of RS / JK / D flip flops using logic gates.
6. Design of Shift Register using J-K / D Flip Flop.
7. Realization of Synchronous Up/Down counter.
8. Design of MOD- N Counter
9. Study of DAC .
Any one experiment specially designed by the college.

(Detailed instructions for Laboratory Manual to follow for further guidance. The details will be uploaded in the website from
time to time)
Code: CS392
Contacts: 3
Credits: 2
Experiments should include but not limited to :
Implementation of array operations:
Stacks and Queues: adding, deleting elements Circular Queue: Adding & deleting elements Merging Problem :
Evaluation of expressions operations on Multiple stacks & queues :
Implementation of linked lists: inserting, deleting, inverting a linked list. Implementation of stacks & queues using linked
lists:

448
Page 301 of
NBA February 2015
Polynomial addition, Polynomial multiplication

Sparse Matrices : Multiplication, addition.
Recursive and Nonrecursive traversal of Trees
Threaded binary tree traversal. AVL tree implementation
Application of Trees. Application of sorting and searching algorithms
Hash tables implementation: searching, inserting and deleting, searching & sorting techniques.
time to time)
Computer organization
Code: CS393
Contacts: 3
Credits: 2
1. Familiarity with IC-chips, e.g.
a) Multiplexer , b) Decoder, c) Encoder b) Comparator
Truth Table verification and clarification from Data-book.
2. Design an Adder/Subtractor composite unit .
3. Design a BCD adder.
4. Design of a Carry-Look-Ahead Adder circuit.
5. Use a multiplexer unit to design a composite ALU .
6. Use ALU chip for multibit arithmetic operation.
7. Implement read write operation using RAM IC.
8. (a) & (b) Cascade two RAM ICs for vertical and horizontal expansion.
time to time)
SEMESTER - IV
NUMERICAL METHODS Code: M (CS) 401
Contacts: 2L+1T Credits: 2
Theory
Approximation in numerical computation: Truncation and rounding errors, Fixed and floating-point arithmetic, Propagation
of errors.
(4)
Interpolation: Newton forward/backward interpolation, Lagranges and Newtons divided difference Interpolation.
(5)
Numerical integration: Trapezoidal rule, Simpsons 1/3 rule, Expression for corresponding error terms.
(3)
Numerical solution of a system of linear equations:
Gauss elimination method, Matrix inversion, LU Factorization method, Gauss-Seidel iterative method.
Numerical solution of Algebraic equation:
Bisection method, Regula-Falsi method, Newton-Raphson method.
(4)
(6)
Numerical solution of ordinary differential equation: Eulers method, Runge-Kutta methods, Predictor-Corrector methods
and Finite Difference method.
(6)
Text Books:
1. C.Xavier: C Language and Numerical Methods.
2. Dutta & Jana: Introductory Numerical Analysis.
3. J.B.Scarborough: Numerical Mathematical Analysis.
4. Jain, Iyengar , & Jain: Numerical Methods (Problems and Solution).
References:
1. Balagurusamy: Numerical Methods, Scitech.
2. Baburam: Numerical Methods, Pearson Education.
3. N. Dutta: Computer Programming & Numerical Analysis, Universities Press.

448
Page 302 of
NBA February 2015
4. Soumen Guha & Rajesh Srivastava: Numerical Methods, OUP.

Srimanta Pal: Numerical Methods, OUP
Subject Name: MATHEMATICS
Code:
M 401
Contacts: 3L +1T = 4
Credits: 4
Note 2: Structure of the question paper
There will be three groups in the question paper. In Group A, there will be one set of multiple choice type questions
spreading the entire syllabus from which 10 questions (each carrying one mark) are to be answered. From Group B, three
questions (each carrying 5 marks) are to be answered out of a set of questions covering all the five modules. Three questions
(each carrying 15 marks) are to be answered from Group C. Each question of Group C will have two or three parts covering
not more than two modules. Sufficient questions should to be set covering the whole syllabus for alternatives.
Module I
Theory of Probability: Axiomatic definition of probability. Conditional probability. Independent events and related
problems. Bayes theorem (Statement only) & its application. One dimensional random variable. Probability distributionsdiscrete and continuous. Expectation. Binomial, Poisson, Uniform, Exponential, Normal distributions and related problems.
t, 2 and
F-distribution (Definition only). Transformation of random variables. Central Limit Theorem, Law of large
numbers (statement only) and their applications. Tchebychev inequalities (statement only) and its application. (14L)
Module II
Sampling theory: Random sampling. Parameter, Statistic and its Sampling distribution. Standard error of statistic. Sampling
distribution of sample mean and variance in random sampling from a normal distribution (statement only) and related
problems.
Estimation of parameters: Unbiased and consistent estimators. Point estimation. Interval estimation. Maximum likelihood
estimation of parameters (Binomial, Poisson and Normal). Confidence intervals and related problems. (7L)
Module III
Testing of Hypothesis: Simple and Composite hypothesis. Critical region. Level of significance. Type I and Type II errors.
One sample and two sample tests for means and proportions. 2 - test for goodness of fit. (5L)
Module IV
Advanced Graph Theory: Planar and Dual Graphs. Kuratowskis graphs. Homeomorphic graphs. Eulers formula ( n - e + r =
2) for connected planar graph and its generalisation for graphs with connected components. Detection of planarity. Graph
colouring. Chromatic numbers of Cn, Kn , Km,n and other simple graphs. Simple applications of chromatic numbers. Upper
bounds of chromatic numbers (Statements only). Chromatic polynomial. Statement of four and five colour theorems. ( 10L )
Module V
Algebraic Structures: Group, Subgroup, Cyclic group, Permutation group, Symmetric group ( S3), Coset, Normal subgroup,
Quotient group, Homomorphism & Isomorphism
( Elementary properties only).
Definition of Ring, Field, Integral Domain and simple related problems. ( 12L)
Text Books:
1. Banerjee A., De S.K. and Sen S.: Mathematical Probability, U.N. Dhur & Sons.
2. Gupta S. C and Kapoor V K: Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics, Sultan Chand & Sons.
3. Mapa S.K. :Higher Algebra (Abstract & Linear), Sarat Book Distributors.
4. Sen M.K., Ghosh S. and Mukhopadhyay P.: Topics in Abstract Algebra, University Press.

448
Page 303 of
5.
NBA February 2015
West D.B.: Introduction to Graph Theory, Prentice Hall.
References:
1. Babu Ram: Discrete Mathematics, Pearson Education.
2. Balakrishnan: Graph Theory (Schaums Outline Series), TMH.
3. Chakraborty S.K and Sarkar B.K.: Discrete Mathematics, OUP.
4. Das N.G.: Statistical Methods, TMH.
5. Deo N: Graph Theory with Applications to Engineering and Computer Science, Prentice Hall.
6. Khanna V.K and Bhambri S.K. : A Course in Abstract Algebra, Vikas Publishing House.
7. Spiegel M R., Schiller J.J. and Srinivasan R.A. : Probability and Statistics
(Schaum's Outline Series), TMH.
8. Wilson: Introduction to graph theory, Pearson Edication.
Communication Engineering & Coding Theory
Code: CS401
Contacts: 2L
Credits: 3
Module - 1: Elements of Communication system, Analog Modulation & Demodulation, Noise, SNR Analog-to-Digital
Conversion. (Basic ideas in brief) [8]
[Details: Introduction to Base Band transmission & Modulation (basic concept) (1L); Elements of Communication systems
(mention of transmitter, receiver and channel); origin of noise and its effect, Importance of SNR in system design (1L);
Basic principles of Linear Modulation (Amplitude Modulation) (1L); Basic principles of Non-linear modulation (Angle
Modulation - FM, PM) (1L); Sampling theorem, Sampling rate, Impulse sampling, Reconstruction from samples, Aliasing
(1L); Analog Pulse Modulation - PAM (Natural & flat topped sampling), PWM, PPM (1L); Basic concept of Pulse Code
Modulation, Block diagram of PCM (1L); Multiplexing - TDM, FDM (1L);
Module - 2: Digital Transmission: [8]
[Details: Concept of Quantisation & Quantisation error, Uniform Quantiser (1L); Non-uniform Quantiser, A-law &
law
companding (mention only) (1L); Encoding, Coding efficiency (1L); Line coding & properties, NRZ & RZ, AMI,
Manchester coding PCM, DPCM (1L); Baseband Pulse Transmission, Matched filter (mention of its importance and basic
concept only), Error rate due to noise (2L); ISI, Raised cosine function, Nyquist criterion for distortion-less base-band binary
transmission, Eye pattern, Signal power in binary digital signals (2L);
Module - 3: Digital Carrier Modulation & Demodulation Techniques: [8]
[Details: Bit rate, Baud rate (1L); Information capacity, Shanons limit (1L); M-ary encoding, Introduction to the different
digital modulation techniques - ASK, FSK, PSK, BPSK, QPSK, mention of 8 BPSK, 16 BPSK (2L); Introduction to QAM,
mention of 8QAM, 16 QAM without elaboration (1L); Delta modulation, Adaptive delta modulation (basic concept and
importance only, no details (1L); introduction to the concept of DPCM, Delta Modulation, Adaptive Delta modulation and
their relevance (1L); Spread Spectrum Modulation - concept only. (1L).
Module - 4: Information Theory & Coding: [8]
[Details: Introduction, News value & Information content (1L);, Entropy (1L);, Mutual information (1L);, Information rate
(1L);, Shanon-Fano algorithm for encoding (1L);, Shannon's Theorem - Source Coding Theorem (1L);, Channel Coding
Theorem, Information Capacity Theorem (basic understanding only) (1L);; Error Control & Coding - basic principle only.
(1L);
Text Books:
11.2
11.3
An Introduction to Analog and Digital Communications by Simon Haykin; Published by Wiley India.
Data Communication and Networking by Behrouz A. Forouzan, Published by Tata McGraw-Hill
References:
7.
Communication Systems 4th Edition by Simon Haykin; Published by Wiley India (Student Edition)
8.
Principles and Analog and Digital Communication by Jerry D Gibson, Published by MacMillan.
9.
Communication Systems by A. B. Carlson, Published by McGraw-Hill.
10.
Understanding Signals and Systems by Jack Golten, Published by McGraw Hill.
Learning Outcome: [These are the minimum competence to be developed; the students will be encouraged to learn more
and acquire better understanding.]
Module -1: The student will be able to differentiate between base-band transmission and modulation and compute antenna
size from knowledge of carrier frequency; (Tutorial: To identify different communication processes based on these two

448
Page 304 of
NBA February 2015
methods and appreciate their relative merit and demerit); The learner will be able to determine the carrier and message
frequencies from the expression for AM signals and Angle modulated signals. Given an expression for a modulated signal,
the student must be able to recognize the type of modulation. The ability to explain each and every block of the PCM
system must be acquired.
Module -2: The student must be able to appreciate the importance of digital modulation over analog modulation in respect of
noise immunity (concept); The student will be able to compute the coding efficiency of binary and decimal coding systems;
The relative merits and demerits of the different digital modulation techniques to be understood clearly; (Tutorial: Students
should be encouraged to find out where these different modulation techniques are used in everyday life); Capability to
calculate signal power in digital systems to be mastered.
Module -3: Ability to compute bit rate and baud rate for different signals to be developed; the student must be able to
compare between the channel capacity in case of channels of varying band-width and SNR value and predict the maximum
data rate possible; The learner must be able to compare the merits and short comings of the basic digital modulation
techniques. (Tutorial: Find out the area of application for each with reason for such application)
Module -4: Student will be able to calculate the information content, entropy and information rate for given situations;
He/she will be able to appreciate the importance of the different line coding and error coding techniques. (Tutorial: Find out
the range of applicability).
Formal Language & Automata Theory
Code: CS402
Contacts: 3L +1T
Credits: 4
Prerequisites of Formal Language & Automata Theory:
Elementary discrete mathematics including the notion of set,function,relation,product,partial order,equivalence
relation,graph& tree. They should have a thorough understanding of the principle of mathematical induction.
Module-1:
[13 L]
Fundamentals: Basic definition of sequential circuit, block diagram, mathematical representation, concept of transition table
and transition diagram
(Relating of Automata concept to sequential circuit concept) Design of sequence detector,
Introduction to finite state model
[ 2L]
Finite state machine: Definitions, capability & state equivalent, kth- equivalent concept [ 1L]
Merger graph, Merger table, Compatibility graph [ 1L]
Finite memory definiteness, testing table & testing graph. [1L]
Deterministic finite automaton and non deterministic finite automaton.
[1L] Transition diagrams and Language
recognizers. [1L]
Finite Automata: NFA with transitions - Significance, acceptance of languages. [1L]
Conversions and Equivalence: Equivalence between NFA with and without transitions. NFA to DFA conversion. [2L]
Minimization of FSM, Equivalence between two FSMs , Limitations of FSM [1L]
Application of finite automata, Finite Automata with output- Moore & Melay machine. [2L]
Learning outcome of Finite Automata:
The student will be able to define a system and recognize the behavior of a system. They will be able to minimize a system
and compare different systems.
Module-2:
[8 L]
Regular Languages : Regular sets. [1L]
Regular expressions, identity rules. Ardens theorem state and prove [1L]
Constructing finite Automata for a given regular expressions, Regular string accepted by NFA/DFA [1L]
Pumping lemma of regular sets. Closure properties of regular sets (proofs not required). [1L]
Grammar Formalism: Regular grammars-right linear and left linear grammars. [1L]
Equivalence between regular linear grammar and FA.
[1L]
Inter conversion, Context free grammar.
[1L]
Derivation trees, sentential forms. Right most and leftmost derivation of strings. (Concept only)
[1L]
Learning outcome of Regular Languages and Grammar:
Student will convert Finite Automata to regular expression. Students will be able to check equivalence between regular
linear grammar and FA.
Module-3:
[9L]
Context Free Grammars, Ambiguity in context free grammars.

448
[1L]
Page 305 of
NBA February 2015
Minimization of Context Free Grammars.

[1L]
Chomsky normal form and Greibach normal form.
[1L]
Pumping Lemma for Context Free Languages. [1L]
Enumeration of properties of CFL (proofs omitted). Closure property of CFL, Ogdens lemma & its applications [1L]
Push Down Automata: Push down automata, definition.
[1L]
Acceptance of CFL, Acceptance by final state and acceptance by empty state and its equivalence. [1L]
Equivalence of CFL and PDA, interconversion. (Proofs not required). [1L]
Introduction to DCFL and DPDA.
[1L]
Learning outcome of PDA and context free grammar:

Students will be able to minimize context free grammar. Student will be able to check equivalence of CFL and PDA. They
will be able to design Turing Machine.
Module-4:
[6L]
Turing Machine : Turing Machine, definition, model
Design of TM, Computable functions [1L]
Churchs hypothesis, counter machine [1L]
Types of Turing machines (proofs not required) [1 L]
Universal Turing Machine, Halting problem
[2L]
[1L]
Learning outcome of Turing Machine :

Students will be able to design Turing machine.
TEXT BOOKS:
Introduction to Automata Theory Language and Computation, Hopcroft H.E. and Ullman J. D., Pearson education.
Theory of Computer Science , Automata Languages and computation, Mishra and Chandrashekaran, 2nd edition, PHI.
Formal Languages and Automata Theory, C.K.Nagpal, Oxford
REFERENCES:
6.1 Switching & Finite Automata, ZVI Kohavi, 2nd Edn., Tata McGraw Hill
6.2 Introduction to Computer Theory, Daniel I.A. Cohen, John Wiley
6.3 Introduction to languages and the Theory of Computation, John C Martin, TMH
6.4 Elements of Theory of Computation, Lewis H.P. & Papadimitrou C.H. Pearson, PHI.
Object Oriented Programming & UML(Contents Modified)
Code: IT401
Contacts: 3L+1T
Credits: 4
Prerequisites of Object Oriented Programming & UML:
The fundamental point in learning programming is to develop the critical skills of formulating programmatic solutions for real
problems. It will be based on basic knowledge of algorithms and procedural programming language. Once the basic skill of
writing programs using loop, methods and arrays will be clear then the student can develop object oriented software using
class encapsulation and inheritance.
Object oriented design [10 L]
Concepts of object oriented programming language, Major and minor elements, Object, Class, relationships among objects,
aggregation, links, relationships among classes-association, aggregation, using, instantiation, meta-class, grouping
constructs.
Object oriented concepts [4 L]
Difference between OOP and other conventional programming advantages and disadvantages. Class, object, message
passing, inheritance, encapsulation, polymorphism
Basic concepts of object oriented programming using Java [22 L]
Implementation of Object oriented concepts using Java.
Language features to be covered:
Class & Object proprieties [6L]
Basic concepts of java programming advantages of java, byte-code & JVM, data types, access specifiers, operators, control
statements & loops, array, creation of class, object, constructor, finalize and garbage collection, use of method overloading,
this keyword, use of objects as parameter & methods returning objects, call by value & call by reference, static variables &
methods, garbage collection, nested & inner classes, basic string handling concepts- String (discuss charAt() , compareTo(),
equals(), equalsIgnoreCase(), indexOf(), length() , substring(), toCharArray() , toLowerCase(), toString(), toUpperCase() ,

448
Page 306 of
NBA February 2015
trim() , valueOf() methods) & StringBuffer classes (discuss append(), capacity(), charAt(), delete(), deleteCharAt(),
ensureCapacity(), getChars(), indexOf(), insert(), length(), setCharAt(), setLength(), substring(), toString() methods),
concept of mutable and immutable string, command line arguments, basics of I/O operations keyboard input using
BufferedReader & Scanner classes.
Reusability properties[6L] Super class & subclasses including multilevel hierarchy, process of constructor calling in
inheritance, use of super and final keywords with super() method, dynamic method dispatch, use of abstract classes &
methods, interfaces. Creation of packages, importing packages, member access for packages.
Exception handling & Multithreading [6L] Exception handling basics, different types of exception classes, use of try &
catch with throw, throws & finally, creation of user defined exception classes.
Basics of multithreading, main thread, thread life cycle, creation of multiple threads, thread priorities, thread
synchronization, inter-thread communication, deadlocks for threads, suspending & resuming threads.
Applet Programming (using swing) [4L] Basics of applet programming, applet life cycle, difference between application
& applet programming, parameter passing in applets, concept of delegation event model and listener, I/O in applets, use of
repaint(), getDocumentBase(), getCodeBase() methods, layout manager (basic concept), creation of buttons (JButton class
only) & text fields.
Textbooks/References:
1. Rambaugh, James Michael, Blaha "Object Oriented Modelling and Design" Prentice Hall, India
2. Ali Bahrami "Object Oriented System Development" Mc Graw Hill
3. Patrick Naughton, Herbert Schildt "The complete reference-Java2" TMH
4. R.K Das "Core Java For Beginners" VIKAS PUBLISHING
5. Deitel and Deitel "Java How to Program" 6th Ed. Pearson
6. Ivor Horton's Beginning Java 2 SDK Wrox
7. E. Balagurusamy " Programming With Java: A Primer" 3rd Ed. TMH
Communication Skill & Report Writing

Code: HU481
Cr-2
Guidelines for Course Execution:
Practical
Objectives of this Course: This course has been designed:
1. To inculcate a sense of confidence in the students.
2. To help them become good communicators both socially and professionally.
3. To assist them to enhance their power of Technical Communication.
A.
Detailed Course Outlines:

Technical Report Writing :
1.
2.
3.
2L+6P
Report Types (Organizational / Commercial / Business / Project )

Report Format & Organization of Writing Materials
Report Writing (Practice Sessions & Workshops)
B. Language Laboratory Practice

I. Introductory Lecture to help the students get a clear idea of Technical Communication & the need of Language
Laboratory
Practice Sessions
2L
2. Conversation Practice Sessions: (To be done as real life interactions)
2L+4P
a) Training the students by using Language Lab Device/Recommended Texts/cassettes /cds to get their Listening Skill
& Speaking Skill honed
b) Introducing Role Play & honing over all Communicative Competence
3. Group Discussion Sessions:
2L+6P
a) Teaching Strategies of Group Discussion
b) Introducing Different Models & Topics of Group Discussion
c) Exploring Live /Recorded GD Sessions for mending students attitude/approach & for taking remedial measure
Interview Sessions;
2L+6P
a) Training students to face Job Interviews confidently and successfully
b) Arranging Mock Interviews and Practice Sessions for integrating Listening Skill with Speaking Skill in a
formal situation for effective communication

448
Page 307 of
NBA February 2015
4.
a)
b)
c)
Presentation:
2L+6P
Teaching Presentation as a skill
Strategies and Standard Practices of Individual /Group Presentation
Media & Means of Presentation: OHP/POWER POINT/ Other Audio-Visual Aids
5.
a)
b)
c)
Competitive Examination:
2L+2P
Making the students aware of Provincial /National/International Competitive Examinations
Strategies/Tactics for success in Competitive Examinations
SWOT Analysis and its Application in fixing Target
Books Recommended:
Nira Konar: English Language Laboratory: A Comprehensive Manual
D. Sudharani: Advanced Manual for Communication Laboratories & Technical Report Writing
Pearson Education (W.B. edition), 2011
PHI Learning, 2011
References:
Adrian Duff et. al. (ed.):
Cambridge Skills for Fluency
A) Speaking (Levels 1-4 Audio Cassettes/Handbooks)
B) Listening (Levels 1-4 Audio Cassettes/Handbooks)
Cambridge University Press 1998
Mark Hancock: English Pronunciation in Use
4 Audio Cassettes/CDS
OUP 2004
NUMERICAL METHODS
Code : M(CS) 491
Contacts : 2L
Credits :1
1.
Assignments on Newton forward /backward, Lagranges interpolation.
2.
Assignments on numerical integration using Trapezoidal rule, Simpsons 1/3 rule, Weddles rule.
3.
Assignments on numerical solution of a system of linear equations using Gauss elimination and Gauss-Seidel
iterations.
4.
Assignments on numerical solution of Algebraic Equation by Regular-falsi and Newton Raphson methods.
5.
Assignments on ordinary differential equation: Eulers and Runga-Kutta methods.
6.
Introduction to Software Packages: Matlab / Scilab / Labview / Mathematica.
Communication Engineering & Coding Theory

Code : CS 491
Contacts : 3L
Credits :2
Practical Designs & Experiments:
Module - 1: Generation of Amplitude Modulation (Design using transistor or Balanced Modulator Chip (to view the wave
shapes)
Module - 2: Generation of FM using VCO chip (to view the wave shapes)
Module - 3: Generation of PAM
Module - 4: Generation of PWM & PPM (using IC 555 Timer)
Software Tools
Code : CS 492
Contacts : 3L
Credits :2
8.
i.
Introduction to Visual Basic & difference with

BASIC. Concept about form Project, Application, Tools, Toolbox,
Controls & Properties. Idea about Labels, Buttons,

448
Page 308 of
NBA February 2015
Text Boxes.
ii.
Data basics, Different type variables & their use in VB,
iii.
Sub-functions & Procedure details, Input box () & Msgbox ()
iv.
Making decisions, looping
v.
List boxes & Data lists, List Box control, Combo Boxes, data Arrays.
vi.
Frames, buttons, check boxes, timer control,
vii.
Programming with data, ODBC data base connectivity.
viii.
Data form Wizard, query, and menus in VB Applications,
ix.
Graphics.
9. Case studies using any of the following items including relevant form design with the help of visual programming
aids.
a)
Payroll accounting system.
b)
Library circulation management system.
c)
Inventory control system.
d)
University examination & grading system.
e)
Patient information system.
f)
Tourist information system.
g)
Judiciary information system.
h)
Flight reservation system.
i)
Bookshop automation software.
j)
Time management software.
Object Oriented Programming & UML(Contents Modified)

Code: IT491
Contacts: 3
Credits: 2
1. Assignments on class, constructor, overloading, inheritance, overriding
2. Assignments on wrapper class, arrays
3. Assignments on developing interfaces- multiple inheritance, extending interfaces
4. Assignments on creating and accessing packages
5. Assignments on multithreaded programming
6. Assignments on applet programming
Note: Use Java for programming
Preferably download "java_ee_sdk-6u4-jdk7-windows.exe" from
http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/java/javaee/downloads/java-ee-sdk-6u3-jdk-7u1-downloads-523391.html
Since UML is removed from CS504D/IT401 and introduced in CS602/IT602, syllabus of CS602/IT602 needs to be remodeled. New CS602/IT602 syllabus is as follows:

448
Page 309 of
NBA February 2015
SEMESTER V
Theory
HU-501
Contracts: 3L
Credits- 3
Module-I
1. Economic Decisions Making Overview, Problems, Role, Decision making process.
2. Engineering Costs & Estimation Fixed, Variable, Marginal & Average Costs, Sunk Costs, Opportunity Costs, Recurring
And Nonrecurring Costs, Incremental Costs, Cash Costs vs Book Costs, Life-Cycle Costs; Types Of Estimate, Estimating
Models - Per-Unit Model, Segmenting Model, Cost Indexes, Power-Sizing Model, Improvement & Learning Curve,
Benefits.
Module-II
3. Cash Flow, Interest and Equivalence: Cash Flow Diagrams, Categories & Computation, Time Value of Money, Debt
repayment, Nominal & Effective Interest.
4. Cash Flow & Rate Of Return Analysis Calculations, Treatment of Salvage Value, Annual Cash Flow Analysis, Analysis
Periods; Internal Rate Of Return, Calculating Rate of Return, Incremental Analysis; Best Alternative Choosing An Analysis
Method, Future Worth Analysis, Benefit-Cost Ratio Analysis, Sensitivity And Breakeven Analysis. Economic Analysis In
The Public Sector - Quantifying And Valuing Benefits & drawbacks.
Module-III
5. Inflation And Price Change Definition, Effects, Causes, Price Change with Indexes, Types of Index, Composite vs
Commodity Indexes, Use of Price Indexes In Engineering Economic Analysis, Cash Flows that inflate at different Rates.
6. Present Worth Analysis: End-Of-Year Convention, Viewpoint Of Economic Analysis Studies, Borrowed Money
Viewpoint, Effect Of Inflation & Deflation, Taxes, Economic Criteria, Applying Present Worth Techniques, Multiple
Alternatives.
7. Uncertainty In Future Events - Estimates and Their Use in Economic Analysis, Range Of Estimates, Probability, Joint
Probability Distributions, Expected Value, Economic Decision Trees, Risk, Risk vs Return, Simulation, Real Options.
Module-IV
8. Depreciation - Basic Aspects, Deterioration & Obsolescence, Depreciation And Expenses, Types Of Property,
Depreciation Calculation Fundamentals, Depreciation And Capital Allowance Methods, Straight-Line Depreciation
Declining Balance Depreciation, Common Elements Of Tax Regulations For Depreciation And Capital Allowances.
9. Replacement Analysis - Replacement Analysis Decision Map, Minimum Cost Life of a New Asset, Marginal Cost,
Minimum Cost Life Problems.
10. Accounting Function, Balance Sheet, Income Statement, Financial Ratios Capital Transactions, Cost Accounting,
Direct and Indirect Costs, Indirect Cost Allocation.
Readings
1. James L.Riggs,David D. Bedworth, Sabah U. Randhawa : Economics for Engineers 4e , Tata McGraw-Hill
2. Donald Newnan, Ted Eschembach, Jerome Lavelle : Engineering Economics Analysis, OUP
3. John A. White, Kenneth E.Case,David B.Pratt : Principle of Engineering Economic Analysis, John Wiley
4. Sullivan and Wicks: Engineering Economy, Pearson
5. R.Paneer Seelvan: Engineering Economics, PHI
6. Michael R Lindeburg : Engineering Economics Analysis, Professional Pub
Code: IT501
Contact: 3L + 1T
Credits: 4
Complexity Analysis:[2L]
Time and Space Complexity, Different Asymptotic notations their mathematical significance
Algortihm Design Techniques:
Divide and Conquer: [3L]
Basic method, use, Examples Binary Search, Merge Sort, Quick Sort and their complexity
Heap Sort and its complexity [1L]
Dynamic Programming: [3L]
Basic method, use, Examples Matrix Chain Manipulation, All pair shortest paths, single source shortest
Backtracking: [2L]

448
path.
Page 310 of
NBA February 2015
Basic method, use, Examples 8 queens problem, Graph coloring problem.

Greedy Method: [3L]
Basic method, use, Examples Knapsack problem, Job sequencing with deadlines, Minimum cost spanning
by Prims and Kruskals algorithm.
tree
Lower Bound Theory: [1L]

O(nlgn) bound for comparison sort
Disjoint set manipulation: [2L]
Set manipulation algorithm like UNION-FIND, union by rank.
Graph traversal algorithm: Recapitulation [1L]
Breadth First Search(BFS) and Depth First Search(DFS) Classification of edges - tree, forward, back and
cross edges complexity and comparison
String matching problem: [3L]
Different techniques Naive algorithm, string matching using finite automata, and Knuth, Morris, Pratt
algorithm with their complexities.
(KMP)
Amortized Analysis: [3L]

Aggregate, Accounting, and Potential Method.
Network Flow: [3L]
Ford Fulkerson algorithm, Max-Flow Min-Cut theorem (Statement and Illustration)
Matrix Manipulation Algorithm: [3L]
Strassens matrix manipulation algorithm; application of matrix multiplication to solution of simultaneous
linear equations using LUP decomposition, Inversion of matrix and Boolean matrix multiplication
Notion of NP-completeness: [3L]
P class, NP class, NP hard class, NP complete class their interrelationship, Satisfiability problem, Cooks
theorem (Statement only), Clique decision problem
Approximation Algorithms: [3L]
Necessity of approximation scheme, performance guarantee, polynomial time approximation schemes,
vertex cover problem, travelling salesman problem.
Text Book:
7.
T. H. Cormen, C. E. Leiserson, R. L. Rivest and C. Stein, Introduction to Algorithms
8.
A. Aho, J.Hopcroft and J.Ullman The Design and Analysis of Algorithms
D.E.Knuth The Art of Computer Programming, Vol. 3

Jon Kleiberg and Eva Tardos, "Algorithm Design"
Reference:
11.4 K.Mehlhorn , Data Structures and Algorithms - Vol. I & Vol. 2.
11.5 S.Baase Computer Algorithms
11.6 E.Horowitz and Shani Fundamentals of Computer Algorithms
11.7 E.M.Reingold, J.Nievergelt and N.Deo- Combinational Algorithms- Theory and Practice, Prentice Hall,
1997
Code: IT502
Contact: 3L + 1T
Credits: 4
Pre-requisite: Basic Electronics in First year, Introduction to Computing in second semester, Analog &
Digital Electronics and Computer Organisation in Third semester.
Module 1: [12 L]

448
Page 311 of
NBA February 2015
Introduction: Review of basic computer architecture (Revisited), Quantitative techniques in computer design, measuring and
reporting performance. (3L)
Pipelining: Basic concepts, instruction and arithmetic pipeline, data hazards, control hazards and structural hazards,
techniques for handling hazards. Exception handling. Pipeline optimization techniques; Compiler techniques for improving
performance. (9L)
Module 2: [8L]
Hierarchical memory technology: Inclusion, Coherence and locality properties; Cache memory organizations, Techniques for
reducing cache misses; Virtual memory organization, mapping and management techniques, memory replacement policies.
(8L)
Module 3: [6L]
Instruction-level parallelism: basic concepts, techniques for increasing ILP, superscalar, superpipelined and VLIW processor
architectures. Array and vector processors. (6L)
Module 4: [12 L]
Multiprocessor architecture: taxonomy of parallel architectures; Centralized shared- memory architecture: synchronization,
memory consistency, interconnection networks. Distributed shared-memory architecture. Cluster computers. (8L)
Non von Neumann architectures: data flow computers, reduction computer architectures, systolic architectures. (4L)
Learning Outcome:
This course is a formidable prerequisite for the course Operating System to be offered in the subsequent semester.
Text books:
[To be detailed]
Operating System
Code: IT502
Contact: 3L
Credits: 3
Introduction [4L]
Introduction to OS. Operating system functions, evaluation of O.S., Different types of O.S.: batch, multi-programmed, timesharing, real-time, distributed, parallel.
System Structure[3L]
Computer system operation, I/O structure, storage structure, storage hierarchy, different types of protections, operating
system structure (simple, layered, virtual machine), O/S services, system calls.
Process Management [17L]
Processes [3L]: Concept of processes, process scheduling, operations on processes, co-operating processes, interprocess communication.
Threads [2L]: overview, benefits of threads, user and kernel threads.
CPU scheduling [3L]: scheduling criteria, preemptive & non-preemptive scheduling, scheduling algorithms (FCFS,
SJF, RR, priority), algorithm evaluation, multi-processor scheduling.
Process Synchronization [5L]: background, critical section problem, critical region, synchronization hardware,
classical problems of synchronization, semaphores.
Deadlocks [4L]: system model, deadlock characterization, methods for handling deadlocks, deadlock prevention,
deadlock avoidance, deadlock detection, recovery from deadlock.
Storage Management [19L]
Memory Management [5L]: background, logical vs. physical address space, swapping, contiguous memory allocation,
paging, segmentation, segmentation with paging.
Virtual Memory [3L]: background, demand paging, performance, page replacement, page replacement algorithms
(FCFS, LRU), allocation of frames, thrashing.
File Systems [4L]: file concept, access methods, directory structure, file system structure, allocation methods
(contiguous, linked, indexed), free-space management (bit vector, linked list, grouping), directory implementation
(linear list, hash table), efficiency & performance.
I/O Management [4L]: I/O hardware, polling, interrupts, DMA, application I/O interface (block and character
devices, network devices, clocks and timers, blocking and nonblocking I/O), kernel I/O subsystem
(scheduling, buffering, caching, spooling and device reservation, error handling), performance.

448
Page 312 of
NBA February 2015
Disk Management [3L]: disk structure, disk scheduling (FCFS, SSTF, SCAN,C-SCAN) , disk
reliability, disk formatting, boot block, bad blocks.
Protection & Security [4L]
Goals of protection, domain of protection, security problem, authentication, one time password, program threats,
system threats, threat monitoring, encryption.
Text Books / References :
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Milenkovie M., Operating System : Concept & Design, McGraw Hill.

Tanenbaum A.S., Operating System Design & Implementation, Practice Hall NJ.
Silbersehatz A. and Peterson J. L., Operating System Concepts, Wiley.
Dhamdhere: Operating System TMH
Stalling, William, Operating Systems, Maxwell McMillan International Editions, 1992.
Dietel H. N., An Introduction to Operating Systems, Addison Wesley.
Free
Electiv
e
Circuit Theory & Network

Code:
IT504A
Contact:
3L+1T
Credits: 4
Module
1.
Content
a) Resonant Circuits: Series and Parallel resonance [1L], (*) Impedance and Admittance Characteristics,
Quality Factor, Half Power Points, Bandwidth [2L], Phasor diagrams, Transform diagrams [1L],
Practical resonant and series circuits, Solution of Problems [Tutorial - 1L].
b) Mesh Current Network Analysis: Kirchoffs Voltage law, Formulation of mesh equations [1L],
Solution of mesh equations by Cramers rule and matrix method [2L], Driving point impedance, Transfer
impedance [1L], Solution of problems with DC and AC sources [1L].
2.
a) Node Voltage Network Analysis: Kirchoffs Current law, Formulation of Node equations and solutions
[2L], driving point admittance, transfer Admittance [1L], Solution of problems with DC and AC sources
[1L].
b) Network Theorems: Definition and Implication of Superposition Theorem [1L], Thevenins theorem,
Nortons theorem [1L], Reciprocity theorem, Compensation theorem [1L], maximum Power Transfer
theorem [1L], Millmans theorem, Star delta transformations [1L], Solutions and problems with DC and
AC sources [1L].
3.
Graph of Network: Concept of Tree and Branch [1L], tree link, junctions, (*) Incident matrix, Tie set
matrix [2L], Determination of loop current and node voltages [2L].
Coupled Circuits: Magnetic coupling, polarity of coils, polarity of induced voltage, concept of Self and
mutual inductance, Coefficient of coupling, Solution of Problems.
Circuit transients: DC transients in R-L and R-C Circuits with and without initial charge, (*) R-L-C
Circuits, AC Transients in sinusoidal R-L, R-C and R-L-C Circuits, Solution of Problems [2L].
4.
Laplace transform: Concept of Complex frequency [1L], transform of f(t) into F(s) [1L], transform of
step, exponential, over damped surge, critically damped surge, damped and un-damped sine functions [2L],
properties of Laplace transform [1L], linearity, real differentiation, real integration, initial value theorem
and final value theorem [1L], inverse Laplace transform [1L], application in circuit analysis, Partial
fraction expansion, Heavisides expansion theorem, Solution of problems [1L].
(*) Laplace transform and Inverse Laplace transform [2L].
Two Port Networks: Relationship of Two port network variables, short circuit admittance parameters,
open circuit impedance parameters, transmission parameters, relationship between parameter sets, network
functions for ladder network and general network.
Old module 9 viz. SPICE deleted for consideration in Sessional
Subject.
Problems
for
Module 1a:
Ex. 1. A parallel RLC Circuit has R= 100 K Ohms, L= 10 mH, C= 10 nF. Find resonant frequency, bandwidth and
Quality Factor.
Ex. 2. Two coils one of R= 0.51 Ohms,L= 32 mH, other of R= 1.3 Ohms, L= 15 mH, and two capacitors of 25
micro F and
62 micro F are in series with a resistance of 0.24 Ohms. Determine resonance frequency and Q of
each coil.
Ex. 3. In a series circuit with R= 50 Ohms, l= 0.05 Ohms and C= 20 micro F, frequency of the source is varied
till the voltage across the capacitor is maximum. If the applied voltage is 100 V, find the maximum voltage across the
capacitor and the frequency at which this occurs. Repeat the problem with R= 10 Ohms.

448
Page 313 of
Hrs
4
6
4
6
4
4
2
8
NBA February 2015
Problems for Module 1b and 2:

Examples for mesh current in networks like T, , bridged T and combination of T and .
Problems for Module- 2a:

See Annexure-1 for the figures
Ex.1. The network of Fig.1 Mod.4 is in the zero state until t= 0when switch is closed. Find the current i1(t) in the resistor
R3.
Hints: the Fig.1 Mod.4 shows the same network in terms of transform impedance with the Thevenin equivalent network.
.
Ex.2. Find the Nortons equivalent circuit for the circuit Fig.2 Mod.4.
st
Hints: As a 1 . step, short the terminals ab. This results in the Circuit of Fig.2.(a). By applying KCL at node a, we have,
(0-24)/4+ isc = 0; i.e isc= 9 A. To find out the equivalent Nortons impedance RN, deactivate all the independent sources,
resulting in a circuit of Fig.2.(b), RN= (4x12)/(4+12) = 3 Ohms. Thus we obtain Norton equivalent circuit of Fig.2 (c).
Problems for Module 2b:
Ex.1. Draw the graph, one tree and its co tree for the circuit shown in Fig.1 mod.5.
Hints: In the circuit there are four nodes (N= 4) and seven branches (B= 7). The graph is so drawn and appears as in Fig. 1
(a). Fig.1(b) shows one tree of graph shown in Fig. 1(a). The tree is made up of branches 2, 5 and 6. The co tree for the tree
of Fig.1 (b) is shown in Fig. 1(c). The co tree has L= B-N+1 = 7-4+1 = 4 Links.
Ex.2. (a). For the circuit shown in Fig.2- Mod.5, construct a tree so that i1 is a link current. Assign a complete set of link
currents and find i1 (t).
(b). Construct another tree in which v1 is a tree branch voltage. Assign a complete set of tree branch voltages and v1 (t).
Take i(t) = 25 sin 1000t A, v(t)= 15 cos 1000t.
Tutorials: (*):Bold and Italics.
Text Books:
1. Valkenburg M. E. Van, Network Analysis, Prentice Hall./Pearson Education
2. Hayt Engg Circuit Analysis 6/e Tata McGraw-Hill
3. D.A.Bell- Electrical Circuits- Oxford
Reference Books:
1. A.B.Carlson-Circuits- Cenage Learning
2. John Bird- Electrical Circuit Theory and Technology- 3/e- Elsevier (Indian Reprint)
3. Skilling H.H.: Electrical Engineering Circuits, John Wiley & Sons.
4. Edminister J.A.: Theory & Problems of Electric Circuits, McGraw-Hill Co.
5. Kuo F. F., Network Analysis & Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons.
6. R.A.DeCarlo & P.M.Lin- Linear Circuit Analysis- Oxford
7. P.Ramesh Babu- Electrical Circuit Analysis- Scitech
8. Sudhakar: Circuits & Networks:Analysis & Synthesis 2/e TMH
9. M.S.Sukhija & T.K.NagSarkar- Circuits and Networks-Oxford
10. Sivandam- Electric Circuits and Analysis, Vikas
11. V.K. Chandna, A Text Book of Network Theory & Circuit Analysis,Cyber Tech
12. Reza F. M. and Seely S., Modern Network Analysis, Mc.Graw Hill .
13. M. H. Rashid: Introduction to PSpice using OrCAD for circuits and electronics, Pearson/PHI
14. Roy Choudhury D., Networks and Systems, New Age International Publishers.
15. D.Chattopadhyay and P.C.Rakshit: Electrical Circuits New Age

448
Page 314 of
NBA February 2015
Data Communication
Code: IT504B
Contact: 3L + 1T
Credits: 4
Module I:
Data Communication Fundamentals: Layered Network Architecture; Mode of communication, topology, Data and Signal;
Transmission Media: Guided, Unguided; Transmission Impairments and Channel Capacity; Transmission of Digital Data:
Interfaces-DTE-DCE, MODEM, Cable MODEM; The telephone network system and DSL technology; [10L]
Module II:
Data Link Control: Interfacing to the media and synchronization; Error Control: Error Detection and Correction (Single bit,
Multi bit); Flow control: Stop-and-Wait ARQ, Go-Back-N ARQ, Selective-Repeat ARQ
Data Link Protocols: Synchronous, Asynchronous Protocols, Point-to-Point Protocol(PPP). [12L]
Module III:
Switching Communication Networks: Circuit switching; Packet switching; Routing in packet switched networks; X.25;
Frame Relay; ATM, SONET. [07L]
Module IV:
Communication Network: Topology; Medium Access Control Techniques; IEEE CSMA/CD based
LANs; IEEE Ring LANs; High Speed LANs Token Ring Based(FDDI); High Speed LANs CSMA/CD based; Wireless
LANs: Bluetooth; [07L]
Network Security: Introduction to Cryptography; User Authentication; Firewalls. [04L]
References:
a) Data Communications and Networking, Behrouz A. Forouzan, TMH
b) Data and Computer Communications, William Stallings, PHI
c) Computer Networks, Andrew S. Tanenbaum, PHI
Digital Signal Processing
Code: IT504C
Contact: 3L + 1T
Credits: 4
MODULE I: 9L
Discrete-time signals:
Concept of discrete-time signal, basic idea of sampling and reconstruction of signal, sampling theorem, sequences
periodic, energy, power, unit-sample, unit-step, unit-ramp, real & complex exponentials, arithmetic operations on sequences.
3L
LTI Systems:
Definition, representation, impulse response, derivation for the output sequence, concept of convolution, graphical,
analytical and overlap-add methods to compute convolution supported with examples and exercises, properties of
convolution, interconnections of LTI systems with physical interpretations, stability and causality conditions, recursive and
non-recursive systems.
6L
MODULE II: 11L
Z-Transform:
Definition, mapping between s-plane and z-plane, unit circle, convergence and ROC, properties of Z-transform, Z-transform
on sequences with examples and exercises, characteristic families of signals along with ROCs, convolution, correlation and
multiplication using Z-transform, initial value theorem, Persevals relation, inverse Z-transform by contour integration,
power series & partial-fraction expansions with examples and exercises.
6L
Discrete Fourier Transform:
Concept and relations for DFT/IDFT, Twiddle factors and their properties, computational burden on direct DFT, DFT/IDFT
as linear transformations, DFT/IDFT matrices, computation of DFT/IDFT by matrix method, multiplication of DFTs,
circular convolution, computation of circular convolution by graphical, DFT/IDFT and matrix methods, linear filtering using
DFT, aliasing error, filtering of long data sequences Overlap-Save and Overlap-Add methods with examples and exercises.
5L
Fast Fourier Transform:
Radix-2 algorithm, decimation-in-time, decimation-in-frequency algorithms, signal flow graphs, Butterflies, computations in
one place, bit reversal, examples for DIT & DIF FFT Butterfly computations and exercises. 4L
MODULE III: 5L
Filter Design:
Basic concepts of IIR and FIR filters, difference equations, design of Butterworth IIR analog filter using impulse invariant
and bilinear transforms, design of linear phase FIR filters, no. of taps, rectangular, Hamming and Blackman windows.
5L
MODULE IV: 7L

448
Page 315 of
NBA February 2015
Digital Signal Processor:

Elementary idea about the architecture and important instruction sets of TMS320C 5416/6713 processor, writing of small
programs in Assembly Language.
4L
FPGA:
Architecture, different sub-systems, design flow for DSP system design, mapping of DSP algorithms onto FPGA. 3L
TEXT BOOKS:
c)
Digital Signal Processing Principles, Algorithms and Applications, J.G.Proakis & D.G.Manolakis, Pearson Ed.
d)
Digital Signal processing A Computer Based Approach, S.K.Mitra, TMH Publishing Co.
e)
Digital Signal Processing Signals, Systems and Filters, A. Antoniou, TMH Publishing Co.
f)
VLSI Digital Signal Processing Systems Design and Implementation, Wiley International Publication.
g)
Digital Signal Processing with Field Programmable Gate Arrays, U.Meyer-Baese, Springer.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Digital Signal Processing, P. Rameshbabu, Scitech Publications (India).

Digital Signal Processing, S.Salivahanan, A.Vallabraj & C. Gnanapriya, TMH Publishing Co.
Digital Signal Processing; A Hands on Approach, C. Schuler & M.Chugani, TMH Publishing Co.
Digital Signal Processing,
A. Nagoor Kani, TMH Education
Digital Signal Processing S. Poornachandra & B. Sasikala, MH Education
Digital Signal Processing; Spectral Computation and Filter Design Chi-Tsong Chen, Oxford University Press
Texas Instruments DSP Processor user manuals and application notes.
Digital Signal Processing A practical Approach (second Edition) Emmanuel C. Ifeacher & Barrie W. Jervis,
Pearson Education
Xilinx FPGA user manuals and application notes.
Operation Research
Code: IT504D Contact: 3L + 1T Credits: 4
Module I
Linear Programming Problems (LPP):
Basic LPP and Applications; Various Components of LP Problem Formulation.
Solution of Linear Programming Problems:
Solution of LPP: Using Simultaneous Equations and Graphical Method;
Definitions: Feasible Solution, Basic and non-basic Variables, Basic Feasible Solution, Degenerate and Non-degenerate
Solution, Convex set and explanation with examples.
5L
Solution of LPP by Simplex Method; Charnes Big-M Method; Duality Theory. Transportation Problems and Assignment
Problems.
12L
Network Analysis:
Module II
Shortest Path: Floyd Algorithm; Maximal Flow Problem (Ford-Fulkerson); PERT-CPM (Cost Analysis, Crashing, Resource
Allocation excluded).
6L
Inventory Control:
Introduction to EOQ Models of Deterministic and Probabilistic ; Safety Stock; Buffer Stock.
3L
Game Theory:
Module III
Introduction; 2-Person Zero-sum Game; Saddle Point; Mini-Max and Maxi-Min Theorems (statement only) and problems;
Games without Saddle Point; Graphical Method; Principle of Dominance.
5L
Queuing Theory:
Module IV
Introduction; Basic Definitions and Notations; Axiomatic Derivation of the Arrival & Departure (Poisson Queue). Poisson
Queue Models: (M/M/1): ( / FIFO) and (M/M/1: N / FIFO) and problems.
5L
Text Books:
1.
H. A. Taha, Operations Research, Pearson

448
Page 316 of
NBA February 2015
2. P. M. Karak Linear Programming and Theory of Games, ABS Publishing House

3. Ghosh and Chakraborty, Linear Programming and Theory of Games, Central Book Agency
4. Ravindran, Philips and Solberg - Operations Research, WILEY INDIA
References:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Kanti Swaroop Operations Research, Sultan Chand & Sons

Rathindra P. SenOperations Research: Algorithms and Applications, PHI
R. Panneerselvam - Operations Research, PHI
A.M. Natarajan, P. Balasubramani and A. Tamilarasi - Operations Research, Pearson
M. V. Durga Prasad Operations Research, CENGAGE Learning
J. K. Sharma - Operations Research, Macmillan Publishing Company
Microprocessors & Microcontrollers

Code:
IT504E
Contact: 3L
+ 1T Credits:
4
Module -1:
[8L] Introduction to Microcomputer based system. History of evolution of Microprocessor and Microcontrollers
and their advantages and disadvantages.
[1L]
Architecture of 8085 Microprocessor, Pin description of 8085.
[2L]
Address/data bus Demultiplexing , Status Signals and the control signals.
[1L]
Instruction set of 8085 microprocessor, Addressing modes,
[3L]
Timing diagram of the instructions (a few examples).
[1L]
Module -2:
[9L]
Assembly language programming with examples, Counter and Time Delays,
Stack and Subroutine,
[6L]
Interrupts of 8085 processor(software and hardware), I/O Device Interfacing-I/O Mapped I/O and Memory Mapped
I/O , Serial (using SID and SOD pins and RIM, SIM Instructions) and Parallel data transfer,
[
3
L
]
Module 3:
The 8086 microprocessor- Architecture, Addressing modes, Interrupts
Introduction to 8051 Microcontroller Architecture, Pin Details.
Addressing modes, Instruction set, Examples of Simple Assembly Language.
Module -4:
Memory interfacing with 8085, 8086
chips- 8255 ,8251,8237/8257,8259
PPI with 8085 and Microcontroller 8051.
microcontroller (16F877)
[1L]
Learning Outcome:
Additional Tutorial Hours will be planned to meet the following learning
outcome.
[10L]
[3L]
[3L]
[4L]
[2L]
[9L]
[2L] Support IC
[4L] Interfacing of 8255
Brief introduction to PIC
Through this course, the students will be exposed to hardware details of 8085 microprocessor with the related signals
and their implications. They will also learn programming and interfacing of 8085. The students will understand the
difference between the architecture of 8085 and 8086. They will also be aware of the 8051 architecture and its
programming. Lastly the students will have a basic idea on PIC microcontroller (16F877)
TEX
TS :
1. Microprocessors and microcontrollers - N. Senthil Kumar, M. Saravanan and
Jeevananthan
(Oxford university
press)
2. 8051 Microcontroller K. Ayala (Cengage
learning)
3. MICROPROCESSOR architecture, programming and Application with 8085 - R.Gaonkar (Penram

448
Page 317 of
NBA February 2015
international
Publishing
LTD.)
4.Microcontrollers:Principles&Applications , Ajit Pal, PHI
2011.
5.Naresh Grover, Microprocessor comprehensive studies Architecture, Programming and InterfacingDhanpat Rai,
2003
6. 8051 Microprocessor V. Udayashankara and M.S Mallikarjunaswami
(TMH).
7. Microprocessor 8085 and its InterfacingS Mathur
(PHI)
8. An Introduction to Microprocessor and Applications Krishna Kant
(Macmillan) Reference:
1. 8086 Microprocessor K Ayala (Cengage
learning)
2. The 8085 Microprocessor, Architecture, Programming and Interfacing- K Uday Kumar,
B .S Umashankar (Pearson)
3. The X-86 PC Assembly language, Design and Interfacing - Mazidi, Mazidi and Causey
(PEARSON)
4. The 8051 microcontroller and Embedded systems - Mazidi, Mazidi and McKinley
(PEARSON)
5. Microprocessors The 8086/8088, 80186/80386/80486 and the Pentium family N. B. Bahadure
(PHI).
6. The 8051 microcontrollers Uma Rao and Andhe Pallavi
(PEARSON).
Programming Practices using
C++ Code: IT504F
Contact: 3L
+ 1T Credits:
4
Introduction [3L]
Programming paradigms,Language translator, Basics of OOP, Structure of C++ program, Class and object, Abstraction and
encapsulation, Polymorphism, Inheritance, Static and dynamic binding.
Declaration, Expression and statements [4L]
Data types, Variables, Constants, Operator and expression, Operator precedence and associativity. Statements: Labelled,
Expression, Compound, Control, Jump, Declaration, Try-throw-catch.
Array, pointer and function [4L]
Array,Addresses, Pointer. Function: Declaration, Definition and call, Inline function, Main function argument, Reference
variable, Function overloading, Default argument, Parameter passing, Recursion, Scope of variable, Return-by-value and
Return-by-reference, Pointer to function
Data abstraction through classes and user defined data types [6L]
Class, Members, Constructor and destructor, Copy constructor.
Dynamic memory management: Operators new and delete, Malloc and free, Static member, Scope of class names, Scope of
variables.
Operator Overloading [5L]
Overloading unary and binary operator, Overloaded function calls, Subscripting, class member access, Non-member
operator, New and delete, Cast operator.
Class relationships [6L]
Introduction, Polymorphism, Coercion, Overloading, Parametric and inclusion polymorphism
Inheritance: direct and indirect superclasses, Multiple inheritance, Virtual base class,Friend, Virtual function, Abstract class,
Overriding and hiding, Dynamic binding of functions, Virtual destructor and operators.
Template and Exception Handling [5L]
Class template, Member function inclusion, Function template, Specialization,Inheritance, Namespace.
Concept of exception handling, Catch block, Nested try-catch block, Condition expression in throw expression, Constructor
& destructor, Runtime standard exception
Standard Library in C++ [3L]
Standard library function, Input and output, Iostream class hierarchy, Class ios, Other stream classes.
Object oriented design and modelling [4L]

448
Page 318 of
NBA February 2015
Software development, Qualities of software system, Software architecture, Process life cycle, phases, Modularity, OO
methodology, Modeling, UML overview, Object oriented design patterns.
Textbooks/References:
1. Schildt, H., The Complete Reference C++, McGraw Hill.
2. C++ object oriented programming paradigm, Debasish Jana, PHI
3. Pooley, R and P. Stevens, Using UML , Addison-Wesley.
4. Programming In C++, Y.I. Shah and M.H. Thaker, ISTE/EXCEL BOOKS
5. Rambaugh, James Michael, Blaha "Object Oriented Modelling and Design" Prentice Hall, India
6. Rajaram: Object Oriented Programming and C++, New Age International
Design & Analysis Algorithm Lab

Code: IT591
Contact: 3P Credits: 2
Practical
Programming Language used :C
Lab :1 : Divide and Conquer :
> Implement Binary Search using Divide and Conquer approach
> Implement Merge Sort using Divide and Conquer approach
Lab :2 : Divide and Conquer :
> Implement Quick Sort using Divide and Conquer approach
> Find Maximum and Minimum element from a array of integer using Divide and Conquer
approach
Lab :3 : Dynamic Programming :
> Find the minimum number of scalar multiplication needed for chain of matrix

>Implement all pair of Shortest path for a graph ( Floyed- Warshall Algorithm )
>Implement Traveling Salesman Problem
>Implement Single Source shortest Path for a graph ( Dijkstra , Bellman Ford Algorithm )
Lab :6 : Brunch and Bound :
>Implement 15 Puzzle Problem
Lab :7 : Backtracking :
>Implement 8 Queen problem
Lab :8 : Backtracking (implement any one of the following problem):
>Graph Coloring Problem
>Hamiltonian Problem
Lab :9 : Greedy method(implement any one of the following problem) :
>Knapsack Problem
>Job sequencing with deadlines
Lab :10 : Greedy method (implement any one of the following problem) :
>Minimum Cost Spanning Tree by Prim's Algorithm
>Minimum Cost Spanning Tree by Kruskal's Algorithm
Lab :11 : Graph Traversal Algorithm :
>Implement Breadth First Search (BFS)
>Implement Depth First Search (DFS)
Code: IT592
Contact: 3P
Credits: 2
All laboratory assignments are based on Hardware Description Language (VHDL or Verilog) Simulation.
[Pre-requisite: The hardware based design has been done in the Analog & Digital Electronics laboratory and Computer
Organisation laboratory]
HDL introduction
Basic digital logic base programming with HDL
8-bit Addition, Multiplication, Division
8-bit Register design
Memory unit design and perform memory operatons.
8-bit simple ALU design
8-bit simple CPU design
Interfacing of CPU and Memory

448
Page 319 of
NBA February 2015

Code: IT593
Contact: 3P
Credits: 2
1. Managing Unix/Linux Operating System [8P]:
Creating a bash shell script, making a script executable, shell syntax (variables, conditions, control structures, functions,
commands). Partitions, Swap space, Device files, Raw and Block files, Formatting disks, Making file systems, Superblock,
I-nodes, File system checker, Mounting file systems, Logical Volumes, Network File systems, Backup schedules and
methods Kernel loading, init and the inittab file, Run-levels, Run level scripts. Password file management, Password security,
Shadow file, Groups and the group file, Shells, restricted shells, user-management commands, homes and permissions, default
files, profiles, locking accounts, setting passwords, Switching user, Switching group, Removing users & user groups.
2. Process [4P]: starting new process, replacing a process image, duplicating a process image, waiting for a process,
zombie process.
3. Signal [4P]: signal handling, sending signals, signal interface, signal sets.
4. Semaphore [6P]: programming with semaphores (use functions semctl, semget, semop, set_semvalue,
del_semvalue, semaphore_p, semaphore_v).
5. POSIX Threads [6P]: programming with pthread functions (viz. pthread_create, pthread_join,
pthread_exit, pthread_attr_init, pthread_cancel)
6. Inter-process communication [6P]: pipes(use functions pipe, popen, pclose), named pipes(FIFOs, accessing
FIFO), message passing & shared memory(IPC version V).
Circuits and Networks Lab
Code:
IT594A
Contacts:
3P
Credits: 2
14.
Characteristics of Series & Parallel Resonant circuits
15.
Verification of Network Theorems
16.
Transient Response in R-L & R-C Networks ; simulation / hardware
17.
Transient Response in RLC Series & Parallel Circuits & Networks ; simulation / hardware
18.
Determination of Impedance (Z), and Admittance (Y) parameters of Two-port networks
19.
Generation of periodic, exponential, sinusoidal, damped sinusoidal, step, impulse, and ramp signals using
MATLAB
20.
Representation of Poles and Zeros in s-plane, determination of partial fraction expansion in sdomain and cascade connection of second-order systems using MATLAB
21.
Determination of Laplace Transform, different time domain functions, and Inverse Laplace
22.
Transformation using MATLAB
Note: An Institution / college may opt for some other hardware or software simulation wherever possible
in place of MATLAB
Data Communication Lab
Code:IT59
4B
Contact:
3P Credits:
2
List of Experiments
1. To study different types of transmission media
2. Familiarization with Networking cables (CAT5, UTP), Connectors (RJ45, T-connector), Hubs,
Switches. Configuration of a HUB/Switch.
3. PC-to-PC Communication with the Data Communication Trainers for
File Transfer.
Error detection codes, Data Encryption etc.
4. Experiments using LAN Trainer kit for
Point-to-Point Communication
Multicast/Broadcast Communication
Data Encryption and security
protocols
5. To make inter-connections in cables for data communication in LAN and install LAN using (a) Tree topology (b)

448
Page 320 of
NBA February 2015
STAR topology (c) Bus topology (d) Token-Ring topology

6. Study of MODEMs: (a) configure the modem of a computer (b) Study Serial Interface RS-232 and its applications
(c) Study the Parallel Interface and its applications
DSP Lab
Code:
IT594C
Contact: 3P
Credits: 2
3.
Simulation Laboratory using standard Simulator:
11. Sampled sinusoidal signal, various sequences and different arithmetic operations.
12. Convolution of two sequences using graphical methods and using commands- verification of the properties
of convolution.
13. Z-transform of various sequences verification of the properties of Z-transform.
14. Twiddle factors verification of the properties.
15. DFTs / IDFTs using matrix multiplication and also using commands.
16. Circular convolution of two sequences using graphical methods and using commands, differentiation
between linear and circular convolutions.
17. Verifications of the different algorithms associated with filtering of long data sequences and Overlap add and
Overlap-save methods.
18. Butterworth filter design with different set of parameters.
19. FIR filter design using rectangular, Hamming and Blackman windows.
Hardware Laboratory using either 5416 or 6713 Processor and Xilinx FPGA:
13. Writing & execution of small programs related to arithmetic operations and convolution using Assembly Language
of TMS320C 5416/6713 Processor, study of MAC
instruction.
14. Writing of small programs in VHDL and downloading onto Xilinx FPGA.
15. Mapping of some DSP algorithms onto
FPGA. OR Lab
Code: IT594D
Contact
: 3P
Credits:
2
Software based lab using C /C++
1. Assignment on Tranportation problem.
2. Assignment on Assignment problem
3. Assignment on Duality
4. Assignment on Simplex method (Including Charns Big-M Method)
5. Assignment on Shortest Path by using Dijkstras or Floyds Algorithm
6. Assignment on Maximal Flow Problem (Ford-Fulkerson Method).
7. Assignment on PERT/CPM
8. Familiarization with O.R package: TORA
Microprocessor & Microcontroller Lab
Code:
IT594E
Contact:
3P
Credits2
Sl. No.
Experiment Name
No of
Hours
Study of Prewritten programs on 8085 trainer kit using the basic instruction set (data transfer,
Load/Store, Arithmetic, Logical).
Or,
Familiarization with 8085 simulator on PC. Programs using basic instruction set (data transfer,
Load/Store, Arithmetic, Logical) on the simulator.

448
Page 321 of
NBA February 2015
Programming using kit or Simulator for:
3
4
1.
Table look up
2.
Copying a block of memory
3.
Shifting a block of memory
iv)
Packing and unpacking of BCD numbers
4.
Addition of BCD numbers
5.
Binary to ASCII conversion and vice-versa (Using Subroutine Call)
6.
BCD to Binary Conversion and vice-versa
vii)
String Matching, Multiplication
Program using IN/OUT instructions and 8255 PPI on the trainer kit e.g. subroutine for delay,
1. Glowing all the LEDs one by one with particular delay
2. Reading switch state and glowing LEDs accordingly.
18
Serial communication between two trainer kits

Study of Prewritten programs on 8051 Microcontroller Kit using the basic instruction set (data
transfer, Load/Store, Arithmetic, Logical).
Or,
Familiarization with 8051 Simulator on PC. Study of prewritten programs using basic instruction
set (data transfer, Load/Store, Arithmetic, Logical).
Total 30 hours (10 classes each of 3 periods)
3
3

Code:
IT594F
Contact:
3P
Credits: 2
Introduction of UNIX/Linux Operating System which includes preliminary commands, start-up & shutdown methodology,
file handling as well as introduction to editors like Vi editor, introduction to GNU C & C++ compiler, as well as
introduction to GNU & GDB script. [4P]
Introduction to C++, basic loop control, executing programs, writing functions, selection
statements, review of functions and parameters, command line arguments, recursion, I/O streams, arrays
and string manipulation, pointers, structures & unions. [6P]
Object-Oriented Programming in C++, fundamentals of classes, constructors-destructors.
Dealing with member functions, operator overloading and polymorphism (both static & dynamic). [6P]
Dealing with inheritance, derived class handling, abstract class, virtual class, overriding, template class, name-space &
exception handling. [4P]
Dynamic memory allocation, implementation of Linked Lists, using C++. [4P]
Note: GNU C++ can be used for the programming, since it is free and has no licensing anomaly
SEMESTER VI
Detailed syllabus further defining learning outcome as per discussion in the workshop held on 9.7.2012 will be uploaded
shortly.
Theory
HU-601
Contracts: 2L
Credits- 2
Module-I
1. Basic concepts of management: Definition Essence, Functions, Roles, Level.
2. Functions of Management: Planning Concept, Nature, Types, Analysis, Management by objectives; Organisation
Structure Concept, Structure, Principles, Centralization, Decentralization, Span of Management; Organisational
Effectiveness.
Module-II

448
Page 322 of
NBA February 2015
3. Management and Society Concept, External Environment, CSR, Corporate Governance, Ethical Standards.
4. People Management Overview, Job design, Recruitment & Selection, Training & Development, Stress Management.
5. Managerial Competencies Communication, Motivation, Team Effectiveness, Conflict Management, Creativity,
Entrepreneurship.
Module-III
6. Leadership: Concept, Nature, Styles.

7. Decision making: Concept, Nature, Process, Tools & techniques.
8. Economic, Financial & Quantitative Analysis Production, Markets, National Income Accounting, Financial Function
& Goals, Financial Statement & Ratio Analysis, Quantitative Methods Statistical Interference, Forecasting,
Regression Analysis, Statistical Quality Control.
Module-IV
9. Customer Management Market Planning & Research, Marketing Mix, Advertising & Brand Management.
10. Operations & Technology Management Production & Operations Management, Logistics & Supply Chain
Management, TQM, Kaizen & Six Sigma, MIS.
Readings:
1. Management: Principles, Processes & Practices Bhat, A & Kumar, A (OUP).
2. Essentials for Management Koontz, Revised edition, Tata McGraw Hill (TMH)
3. Management Stoner, James A. F. (Pearson)
4.Management - Ghuman, Tata McGraw Hill(TMH)
Database Management System

IT-601
Contracts: 3L
Credits- 3
Introduction [4L]
Concept & Overview of DBMS, Data Models, Database Languages, Database Administrator, Database Users, Three Schema
architecture of DBMS.
Entity-Relationship Model [6L]
Basic concepts, Design Issues, Mapping Constraints, Keys, Entity-Relationship Diagram, Weak Entity Sets, Extended E-R
features.
Relational Model [5L]
Structure of relational Databases, Relational Algebra, Relational Calculus, Extended Relational Algebra Operations, Views,
Modifications Of the Database.
SQL and Integrity Constraints [8L]
Concept of DDL, DML, DCL. Basic Structure, Set operations, Aggregate Functions, Null Values, Domain Constraints,
Referential Integrity Constraints, assertions, views, Nested Subqueries, Database security application development using
SQL, Stored procedures and triggers.
Relational Database Design [9L]
Functional Dependency, Different anamolies in designing a Database., Normalization using funtional dependencies,
Decomposition, Boyce-Codd Normal Form, 3NF, Nomalization using multi-valued depedencies, 4NF, 5NF
Internals of RDBMS [7L]
Physical data structures, Query optimization : join algorithm, statistics and cost bas optimization. Transaction processing,
Concurrency control and Recovery Management : transaction model properties, state serializability, lock base protocols, two
phase locking.
File Organization & Index Structures [6L]
File & Record Concept, Placing file records on Disk, Fixed and Variable sized Records, Types of Single-Level Index
(primary, secondary, clustering), Multilevel Indexes, Dynamic Multilevel Indexes using B tree and B+ tree .
Text Books:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Henry F. Korth and Silberschatz Abraham, Database System Concepts, Mc.Graw Hill.
Elmasri Ramez and Novathe Shamkant, Fundamentals of Database Systems, Benjamin Cummings
Publishing. Company.
Ramakrishnan: Database Management System , McGraw-Hill
Gray Jim and Reuter Address, Transaction Processing : Concepts and Techniques, Moragan Kauffman
Publishers.
Jain: Advanced Database Management System CyberTech
Date C. J., Introduction to Database Management, Vol. I, II, III, Addison Wesley.
Ullman JD., Principles of Database Systems, Galgottia Publication.

448
Page 323 of
NBA February 2015
Reference:
1. James Martin, Principles of Database Management Systems, 1985, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi
2. Fundamentals of Database Systems, Ramez Elmasri, Shamkant B.Navathe, Addison Wesley Publishing Edition
3. Database Management Systems, Arun K.Majumdar, Pritimay Bhattacharya, Tata McGraw Hill
Computer Networking
IT-602
Contracts: 3L
Credits- 3
Module I
Overview of Data Communication and Networking: [4L]
Introduction; Data communications: components, data representation (ASCII,ISO etc.), direction of data flow (simplex, half
duplex, full duplex); network criteria, physical structure (type of connection, topology), categories of network (LAN,
MAN,WAN); Internet: brief history, Protocols and standards; Reference models: OSI reference model, TCP/IP reference
model, their comparative study.
Physical Level: [6L]
Overview of data(analog & digital), signal(analog & digital), transmission (analog & digital) & transmission media (guided
& unguided); Circuit switching: time division & space division switch, TDM bus; Telephone Network;
Module II
Data link Layer: [5L]
Types of errors, framing(character and bit stuffing), error detection & correction methods; Flow control; Protocols: Stop &
wait ARQ, Go-Back- N ARQ, Selective repeat ARQ, HDLC;
Medium Access sub layer: [5L]
Point to Point Protocol, LCP, NCP, Token Ring; Reservation, Polling, Multiple access protocols: Pure ALOHA, Slotted
ALOHA, CSMA, CSMA/CD, CSMA/CA Traditional Ethernet, fast Ethernet(in brief);
Module III
Network layer: [8L]
Internetworking & devices: Repeaters, Hubs, Bridges, Switches, Router, Gateway; Addressing : IP addressing, subnetting;
Routing : techniques, static vs. dynamic routing , Unicast Routing Protocols: RIP, OSPF, BGP; Other Procols: ARP, IP,
ICMP, IPV6;.
Transport layer: [4L]
Process to Process delivery; UDP; TCP; Congestion Control: Open Loop, Closed Loop choke packets; Quality of service:
techniques to improve QoS: Leaky bucket algorithm, Token bucket algorithm,
Module IV
Application Layer [5L]
Introduction to DNS, SMTP, SNMP, FTP, HTTP & WWW; Security: Cryptography (Public, Private Key based), Digital
Signature, Firewalls.
Modern topics: [5L]
ISDN services & ATM, DSL technology, Cable Modem: Architecture & Operation in brief
Wireless LAN: IEEE 802.11, Introduction to blue-tooth.
Text Books:
1. B. A. Forouzan Data Communications and Networking (3rd Ed.) TMH
2. A. S. Tanenbaum Computer Networks (4th Ed.) Pearson Education/PHI
3. W. Stallings Data and Computer Communications (5th Ed.) PHI/ Pearson Education
4. Zheng & Akhtar, Network for Computer Scientists & Engineers, OUP
5. Black, Data & Computer Communication, PHI
6. Miller, data Communication & Network, Vikas
7. Miller, Digital & Data Communication, Jaico
8. Shay, Understanding Data Communication & Network, Vikas
Reference Books:
1. Kurose and Rose Computer Networking -A top down approach featuring the internet Pearson Education
2. Leon, Garica, Widjaja Communication Networks TMH
3. Walrand Communication Networks TMH.
4. Comer Internetworking with TCP/IP, vol. 1, 2, 3(4th Ed.) Pearson Education/PHI
IT-603
Contracts: 3L
Credits- 3
Overview of System Analysis & Design , Business System Concept, System Development Life Cycle, Waterfall Model ,
Spiral Model, Feasibility Analysis, Technical Feasibility, Cost- Benefit Analysis, COCOMO model. [10L]
Module II
System Design Context diagram and DFD, Problem Partitioning, Top-Down And Bottom-Up design; Decision tree,
decision table and structured English; Functional vs. Object- Oriented approach. [5L]

448
Page 324 of
NBA February 2015
Module III
Coding & Documentation Structured Programming, OO Programming, Information Hiding, Reuse, System
Documentation. [4L]
Testing Levels of Testing, Integration Testing, Test case Specification, Reliability Assessment, Validation & Verification
Metrics, Monitoring & Control. [8L]
Module IV
Software Project Management Project Scheduling, Staffing, Software Configuration Management, Quality Assurance,
Project Monitoring. [7L]
Module V
Fundamentals of Object Oriented design in UML
Static and dynamic models, why modeling, UML diagrams: Class diagram, interaction diagram: collaboration diagram,
sequence diagram, state chart diagram, activity diagram, implementation diagram. [10 L]
Some Justifications about the changes made in the above syllabus
Note:
1. "UML extensibility- model constraints and comments, Note, Stereotype" is omitted to fit the syllabus in 10L.
2. There are 44 lectures in the current syllabus and the proposed syllabus is also spans 44 lectures.
3. To my opinion, "Coding & Documentation Structured Programming, OO Programming, Information Hiding, Reuse,
System Documentation. [4L]" from Module III may be removed and then total lectures get reduced to 40.

IT-604A Contracts: 3L
Credits- 3
Professional Elective
Source Coding [7L]
Uncertainty and information, average mutual information and entropy, information measures for continuous
random
variables, source coding theorem, Huffman codes.
Channel Capacity And Coding [7L]
Channel models, channel capacity, channel coding, information capacity theorem, The Shannon limit.
Linear And Block Codes For Error Correction [8L]
Matrix description of linear block codes, equivalent codes, parity check matrix, decoding of a linear block code,
perfect
codes, Hamming codes.
Cyclic Codes [7L]
Polynomials, division algorithm for polynomials, a method for generating cyclic codes, matrix description of cyclic
codes,
Golay codes.
BCH Codes [8L]
Primitive elements, minimal polynomials, generator polynomials in terms of minimal polynomials, examples of BCH
codes.
Convolutional Codes [8L]
Tree codes, trellis codes, polynomial description of convolutional codes, distance notions for convolutional codes,
the generating function, matrix representation of convolutional codes, decoding of convolutional codes,
distance and performance bounds for convolutional codes, examples of convolutional codes, Turbo codes, Turbo
decoding.
Books
1. Information theory, coding and cryptography - Ranjan Bose; TMH.
2. Information and Coding - N Abramson; McGraw Hill.
3. Introduction to Information Theory - M Mansurpur; McGraw Hill.
4. Information Theory - R B Ash; Prentice Hall.
5. Error Control Coding - Shu Lin and D J Costello Jr; Prentice Hall.
Computer Graphics
IT-604B
Contracts
: 3L
Credits- 3
Module I:
Introduction to computer graphics & graphics systems [6L]: Overview of computer
graphics, representing pictures, preparing, presenting & interacting with pictures for
presentations;

448
Page 325 of
NBA February 2015
Visualization & image processing; RGB color model, direct coding, lookup table; storage tube
graphics display, Raster scan display, 3D viewing devices, Plotters, printers, digitizers,
Light pens etc.; Active & Passive graphics devices; Computer graphics software.
Scan conversion [8L]: Points & lines, Line drawing algorithms; DDA algorithm,
Bresenhams line algorithm, Circle generation algorithm; Ellipse generating algorithm;
scan line polygon, fill algorithm, boundary fill algorithm, flood fill algorithm.
Module II:
2D transformation & viewing [15L]: Basic transformations: translation, rotation, scaling;
Matrix representations & homogeneous coordinates, transformations between coordinate
systems; reflection shear; Transformation of points, lines, parallel lines, intersecting lines.
Viewing pipeline, Window to view port co-ordinate transformation, clipping operations,
point clipping, line clipping, clipping circles, polygons & ellipse. Cohen and Sutherland
line clipping,
Sutherland-Hodgeman Polygon clipping, Cyrus-beck clipping method
3D transformation & viewing [5L]: 3D transformations: translation, rotation, scaling & other
transformations. Rotation about an arbitrary axis in space, reflection through an arbitrary plane;
general parallel projection transformation; clipping, view port clipping, 3D viewing.
Module III:
Curves [3L]: Curve representation, surfaces, designs, Bezier curves, B-spline curves, end
conditions for periodic B-spline curves, rational B-spline curves.
Hidden surfaces [3L]: Depth comparison, Z-buffer algorithm, Back face detection, BSP tree
method, the Painters algorithm, scan-line algorithm; Hidden line elimination, wire frame
methods , fractal - geometry.
Color & shading models [2L]: Light & color model; interpolative shading model; Texture.
Introduction to Ray-tracing: [3L]
Human vision and color, Lighting, Reflection and transmission models.
Books:
1. Hearn, Baker Computer Graphics (C version 2nd Ed.) Pearson education
2. Z. Xiang, R. Plastock Schaums outlines Computer Graphics (2nd Ed.) TMH
3. D. F. Rogers, J. A. Adams Mathematical Elements for Computer Graphics (2nd Ed.)
TMH
Pattern Recognition(Updated-24.01.13)
IT-604C
Contracts: 3L
Credits- 3
1. Basics of pattern recognition
2. Bayesian decision theory
2.1. Classifiers, Discriminant functions, Decision surfaces
2.2. Normal density and discriminant functions
2.3. Discrete features
3. Parameter estimation methods
3.1. Maximum-Likelihood estimation
3.2. Gaussian mixture models
3.3. Expectation-maximization method
3.4. Bayesian estimation
4. Hidden Markov models for sequential pattern classification
4.1. Discrete hidden Markov models
4.2. Continuous density hidden Markov models
5. Dimension reduction methods
5.1. Fisher discriminant analysis
5.2. Principal component analysis
5.3. Parzen-window method
5.4. K-Nearest Neighbour method
6. Non-parametric techniques for density estimation
7. Linear discriminant function based classifier
7.1. Perceptron

448
2L
8L
6L
8L
3L
2L
5L
Page 326 of

8.
9.
7.2. Support vector machines

Non-metric methods for pattern classification
8.1. Non-numeric data or nominal data
8.2. Decision trees
Unsupervised learning and clustering
9.1. Criterion functions for clustering
9.2. Algorithms for clustering: K-means, Hierarchical and other methods
NBA February 2015

4L
2L
Text Books:
1. R. O. Duda, P. E. Hart and D. G. Stork: Pattern Classification, John Wiley, 2001.
2. S. Theodoridis and K. Koutroumbas, Pattern Recognition, 4th Ed., Academic Press, 2009.
3. C. M. Bishop, Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning, Springer, 2006.
Total: 40L
ERP
IT-604D
Contracts: 3L
Credits- 3
Module 1: Overview of ERP (Lectures : 9)
1.
The evolution of ERP systems: A historical perspective

Evolution through Payroll system, Inventory Control system, Materials Requirement Planning (MRP I) system,
Manufacturing Resource Planning (MRP II) system, Their advantages and disadvantages. Definition and Concept
of ERP, Business reasons for rise and popularity of ERP system - Benefits of an ERP system
2.
Business processes supported by ERP systems

Various business functions in an Organization Purchasing, Materials Management, Manufacturing, Sales &
Distribution, Plant Maintenance, Quality Management, Finance & Accounting including Costing, Human
Resources etc.
ERP market place SAP, Oracle, PeopleSoft, JD Edwards, Baan, Microsofts suit of products etc.
Business modules in these ERP packages a brief comparative description of business function modules and submodules.
Overview of key end-to-end business processes supported in two major ERP systems (preferably SAP and Oracle)
Order to Cash, Procure to Pay, Plan to Produce and Despatch.
Module 2 : Information Technology and ERP systems (Lectures : 9)

1.
The evolution of Information Technology (IT): A historical perspective

Evolution of computer generations (hardware and software) Operating systems, File systems to Database
Management systems, Communication Networks. Enabling of ERP systems by IT evolution.
2.
The evolution of ERP systems architecture

Client-Server based architecture, Multi-Tier architecture Presentation layer, Application layer, and Database
layer (On-line Transaction Processing OLTP). Brief discussion on Extended ERP systems - Web-enabled ERP
architecture, Service-Oriented Architecture and Cloud Computing. Open Source ERP.
3.
Related technology concepts

ERP and Supply Chain Management (SCM), and Customer Relationship Management (CRM), ERP and Business
Intelligence (some of the popular tools like Cognos, Business Objects should be mentioned), ERP and Data
warehousing (Data Mart, Data Mining and On-line Analytical Processing - OLAP), ERP and E-business.
Module 3 : Implementation of ERP system (Lectures : 11)

Types of services required in implementation Consulting, Configuration, Customization and Support

448
Page 327 of

1.
NBA February 2015
ERP implementation approach

Single vendor versus Best-of Breed ERP implementation, Big Bang versus
Phased (by module/ site) implementation, Using ERP of Application Service Provider (ASP).
2.
ERP implementation life cycle

Planning different aspects (Economic viability, Senior Management commitment, Resource requirements, Change
management etc.), Understanding requirements and Process preparation Gap analysis and Business Process
Engineering, User Acceptance criteria, Design, Configuration, Customization (difference between Configuration
and Customization, advantages and disadvantages), Extensions, Data migration, End-user training, User
Acceptance, Going live, Roll-out. Differences between ERP implementation life cycle and Custom Software
development phases. Drawbacks of ERP system.
3.
Organizing implementation
Interaction with Vendors, Consultants, and Users. Contracts with Vendors, Consultants, and Employees. Project
Management and Monitoring. ERP Project Organization
Formation of Steering Committee and different User Groups. Top Management Commitment and Steering
Committee meetings. Change Management, Risks and Challenges in ERP implementation.
4.
Post-implementation Support, Review, Maintenance and Security of ERP systems

A typical Support Cycle (Planning, Stabilization, Ongoing and Upgrade phases). Post-implementation Review of
ERP systems measures of review (Efficiency, Effectiveness, and Competitive Advantage), and approaches for
review (User attitude survey, Cost/benefit analysis, Compliance audit, Budget performance review, Service level
monitoring, Technical review, Product review, Integration review etc.). System maintenance and ERP system
maintenance. Software upgrade (patch, release, version). Security and Access control of ERP systems.
Module 4 : Emerging Trends and Future of ERP systems (Lectures : 7)
1.
Emerging Technologies and ERP

Service-oriented Architecture (SOA): Enterprise SOA layers Business processes,
Business services, Components and Integration services, Advantages and Drawbacks of
SOA, When to use SOA, Difference between multi-layered Client-server architecture and SOA, basic awareness of
NetWeaver from SAP, Websphere from Oracle and .Net from Microsoft.
Enterprise Application Integration (EAI): Basic understanding of the concept, Types of EAI (levels) User
Interface, Method (logic), Application Interface, Data.
EAI architecture Typical framework (Business Processes, Components &Services, Messaging service, and
Transport service. Mention of some of the leading EAI vendors IBM, Microsoft, Oracle, SAP, TIBCO.
Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) and ERP: awareness of RFID technology, Benefits of RFID integrated
with ERPs.
M-Commerce: basic concept and applications, difference with E-Commerce, benefits of integration with ERPs.
2.
Future of ERP
Technology transformation to SOA, more E-Commerce features, Growing mobile applications, Economical and
Easy models of ERP deployment etc.
Books Recommended:
1.
Enterprise Resource Planning A Managerial Perspective by D P Goyal, Tata McGraw Hill Education, 2011
2.
Enterprise Resource Planning by Ashim Raj Singla, Cengage Learning, 2008

448
Page 328 of
NBA February 2015
References:
1.
Enterprise Resource Planning, 2nd Edition by Alexis Leon, Tata McGraw Hill Education, 2008
Discrete Mathematics
IT-605A Contracts: 3L
Credits- 3
Free Elective
Module I:
Introduction to Propositional Calculus: Propositions, Logical Connectives, Conjunction, Disjunction, Negation and their
truth table. Conditional Connectives, Implication, Converse, Contrapositive, Inverse, Biconditional statements with truth
table, Logical Equivalence, Tautology, Normal forms-CNF, DNF; Predicates and Logical Quantifications of propositions
and related examples.
Module II:
10L
Theory of Numbers: Well Ordering Principle, Divisibility theory and properties of divisibility; Fundamental theorem of
Arithmetic; Euclidean Algorithm for finding G.C.D and some basic properties of G.C.D with simple examples;
n (Z )
n
Congruences, Residue classes of integer modulo
and its examples.
Order, Relation and Lattices: POSET, Hasse Diagram, Minimal , Maximal, Greatest and Least elements in a POSET,
Lattices and its properties, Principle of Duality, Distributive and Complemented Lattices.
Module III:
10L
Counting Techniques: Permutations, Combinations, Binomial coefficients, Pigeon- hole Principle, Principles of inclusion
and exclusions; Recurrence relations: Formulation/Modelling of different counting problems in terms of recurrence relations,
Solution of linear recurrence relations with constant coefficients ( upto second order) by (i) The iterative method (ii)
Characteristic roots method (iii) Generating functions method.
Module IV:
10L
Graph Coloring: Chromatic Numbers and its bounds, Independence and Clique Numbers, Perfect Graphs-Definition
and examples, Chromatic polynomial and its determination, Applications of Graph Coloring.
Matchings: Definitions and Examples of Perfect Matching, Maximal and Maximum Matching, Halls Marriage
Theorem
(Statement only) and related problems.
6
L
Texts:
Russell Merris, Combinatorics, Wiley-Interscience series in Discrete Mathematics and Optimisation
1.
2.
3.
4.
N. Chandrasekaran and M. Umaparvathi, Discrete Mathematics, PHI

Gary Haggard, John Schlipf and Sue Whitesides, Discrete Mathematics for Computer Science, CENGAGE Learning
Gary Chartrand and Ping Zhang Introduction to Graph Theory, TMH
References:
10. J.K. Sharma, Discrete Mathematics, Macmillan
11. Winfried Karl Grassmann and Jean-Paul Tremblay, Logic and Discrete
Mathematics, PEARSON.
12. S. K. Chakraborty and B. K. Sarkar, Discrete Mathematics, OXFORD University Press.
13. Douglas B. West, Introduction to graph Theory, PHI

(HSS) IT-605B
Contracts
: 3L
Credits- 3
Introduction : HR Role and Functions, Concept and Significance of HR, Changing role of HR managers - HR functions
and
Global Environment, role of a HR Manager.
Human Resources Planning : HR Planning and Recruitment: Planning Process - planning at different levels - Job
Analysis
- Recruitment and selection processes - Restructuring strategies - Recruitment-Sources of Recruitment-Selection
Process- Placement and Induction-Retention of Employees.

448
Page 329 of
NBA February 2015
Training and Development : need for skill upgradation - Assessment of training needs - Retraining and
Redeployment methods and techniques of training employees and executives - performance appraisal systems.
Performance Management System : Definition, Concepts and Ethics-Different methods of Performance AppraisalRating
Errors-Competency management.
Industrial Relations : Factors influencing industrial relations - State Interventions and Legal Framework - Role of
Trade unions - Collective Bargaining - Workers' participation in management.
Case
study.
Books :
1. Gary Dessler, Human Resource Management - (8th ed.,) Pearson Education, Delhi
2.Decenzo & Robbins, Personnel / Human Resource Management, 3rd ed., John Wiley & Sons (Pvt.) Ltd.
3. Biswajeet Patanayak, Human Resource Management, PHI, New Delhi
4. Luis R. Gomez, Mejia, Balkin and Cardy, Managing Human Resources PHI, New Delhi.
Compiler
Design IT605C
Contracts:
3L Credits- 3
Introduction to Compiling [3L]
Compilers, Analysis of the source program, The phases of the compiler, Cousins of the compiler.
Lexical Analysis [6L]
The role of the lexical analyzer, Tokens, Patterns, Lexemes, Input buffering, Specifications of a token, Recognition
of a tokens, Finite automata, From a regular expression to an NFA, From a regular expression to NFA, From a
regular
expression to DFA, Design of a lexical analyzer generator (Lex).
Syntax Analysis [9L]
The role of a parser, Context free grammars, Writing a grammar, Top down Parsing, Non-recursive Predictive parsing
(LL), Bottom up parsing, Handles, Viable prefixes, Operator precedence parsing, LR parsers (SLR, LALR),
Parser generators (YACC). Error Recovery strategies for different parsing techniques.
Syntax directed translation [5L]
Syntax director definitions, Construction of syntax trees, Bottom-up evaluation of S attributed definitions, L
attributed definitions, Bottom-up evaluation of inherited attributes.
Type checking [4L]
Type systems, Specification of a simple type checker, Equivalence of type expressions, Type conversions
Run time environments [5L]
Source language issues (Activation trees, Control stack, scope of declaration, Binding of names), Storage
organization (Subdivision of run-time memory, Activation records), Storage allocation strategies, Parameter
passing (call by value, call by reference, copy restore, call by name), Symbol tables, dynamic storage allocation
techniques.
Intermediate code generation [4L]
Intermediate languages, Graphical representation, Three-address code, Implementation of three address statements
(Quadruples, Triples, Indirect triples).
Code optimization [5L]
Introduction, Basic blocks & flow graphs, Transformation of basic blocks, Dag representation of basic blocks,
The principle sources of optimization, Loops in flow graph, Peephole optimization.
Code generations [4L]
Issues in the design of code generator, a simple code generator, Register allocation & assignment.
Text books:
1. Aho, Sethi, Ullman - Compiler Principles, Techniques and Tools - Pearson Education.
2. Holub - Compiler Design in C - PHI.
Artificial Intelligence
IT-605D
Contracts:
3L
Credits- 3
Introduction [2]
Overview of Artificial intelligence- Problems of AI, AI technique, Tic - Tac - Toe problem.

448
Page 330 of
NBA February 2015
Intelligent Agents [2]

Agents & environment, nature of environment, structure of agents, goal based agents, utility based agents, learning agents.
Problem Solving [2]
Problems, Problem Space & search: Defining the problem as state space search, production system, problem
characteristics, issues in the design of search programs.
Search techniques [5]
Solving problems by searching :problem solving agents, searching for solutions; uniform search strategies: breadth
first
search, depth first search, depth limited search, bidirectional search, comparing uniform search strategies.
Heuristic search strategies [5]
Greedy best-first search, A* search, memory bounded heuristic search: local search algorithms & optimization
problems:
Hill climbing search, simulated annealing search, local beam search, genetic algorithms; constraint satisfaction
problems, local search for constraint satisfaction problems.
Adversarial search [3]
Games, optimal decisions & strategies in games, the minimax search procedure, alpha-beta pruning, additional
refinements,
iterative deepening.
Knowledge & reasoning [3]
Knowledge representation issues, representation & mapping, approaches to knowledge representation, issues in
knowledge representation.
Using predicate logic [2]
Representing simple fact in logic, representing instant & ISA relationship, computable functions & predicates,
resolution,
natural deduction.
Representing knowledge using rules [3]
Procedural verses declarative knowledge, logic programming, forward verses backward reasoning, matching,
control knowledge.
Probabilistic reasoning [4]
Representing knowledge in an uncertain domain, the semantics of Bayesian networks, Dempster-Shafer theory, Fuzzy sets
&
fuzzy logics.
Planning [2]
Overview, components of a planning system, Goal stack planning, Hierarchical planning, other planning techniques.
Natural Language processing [2]
Introduction, Syntactic processing, semantic analysis, discourse & pragmatic processing.
Learning [2]
Forms of learning, inductive learning, learning decision trees, explanation based learning, learning using
relevance
information, neural net learning & genetic learning.
Expert Systems [2]
Representing and using domain knowledge, expert system shells, knowledge acquisition.
Basic knowledge of programming language like Prolog &
Lisp. [6] Books:
1. Artificial Intelligence, Ritch & Knight, TMH

448
Page 331 of
NBA February 2015
2. Artificial Intelligence A Modern Approach, Stuart Russel Peter Norvig Pearson

3. Introduction to Artificial Intelligence & Expert Systems, Patterson, PHI
4. Poole, Computational Intelligence, OUP
5. Logic & Prolog Programming, Saroj Kaushik, New Age International
6. Expert Systems, Giarranto, VIKAS
7. Artificial Intelligence, Russel, Pearson
Practical
Database Management System Lab
Code: IT691
Contact: 3P
Credits: 2
Structured Query Language
1. Creating Database
Creating a Database
Creating a Table
Specifying Relational Data Types
Specifying Constraints
Creating Indexes
2. Table and Record Handling
INSERT statement
Using SELECT and INSERT together
DELETE, UPDATE, TRUNCATE statements
DROP, ALTER statements
3. Retrieving Data from a Database
1. The SELECT statement
2. Using the WHERE clause
3. Using Logical Operators in the WHERE clause
4. Using IN, BETWEEN, LIKE , ORDER BY, GROUP BY and HAVING
Clause
5. Using Aggregate Functions
6. Combining Tables Using JOINS
7. Subqueries
4. Database Management
Creating Views
Creating Column Aliases
Creating Database Users
Using GRANT and REVOKE
Cursors in Oracle PL / SQL
Writing Oracle PL / SQL Stored Procedures
Computer Networking Lab
Code: IT692
Contact: 3P
Credits: 2
NIC Installation & Configuration (Windows/Linux)
2) Understanding IP address, subnet etc
Familiarization with
x. Networking cables (CAT5, UTP) xi.
Connectors (RJ45, T-connector) xii.
Hubs, Switches
TCP/UDP Socket Programming
Simple, TCP based, UDP based
Multicast & Broadcast Sockets
Implementation of a Prototype Multithreaded Server
Implementation of
Data Link Layer Flow Control Mechanism (Stop & Wait, Sliding Window)
Data Link Layer Error Detection Mechanism (Cyclic Redundancy Check) Data
Link Layer Error Control Mechanism (Selective Repeat, Go Back N)
8) Server Setup/Configuration
FTP, TelNet, NFS, DNS, Firewall

448
Page 332 of
NBA February 2015
Code: IT693
Contact:
3P Credits:
2
Pre-requisite: For Software Engineering Lab,design a project proposal which will be used throughout the lab for performing
different experiments using CASE Tools.
1.Preparation of requirement document for proposed project in standard format.
2.Project Schedule preparation using tools like MSProject.Generation of Gnatt and PERT chart from schedule.Prepare
Project Management Plan in standard format.
3.Draw Use Case diagram,Class diagram,Sequence diagram and prepare Software Design Document using tools like
Rational Rose.
4.Estimate project size using Function Point(FP)/Use Case Point.Use Excel/Open Office template for calculation.
5.Design Test Script/Test Plan(both Black box and WhiteBox approach) for a small component of the proposed
project.(Develop that component using programming languages like c/Java/VB etc.)
6.Generate Test Result and perform defect root cause analysis using Pareto or Fishbone diagram.
7.Compute Process and Product Metrics (e.g Defect Density,Defect Age,Productivity,Cost etc.)
8.Familiarization with any Version Control System like CVS/VSS/Pvcs etc.
(Following projects can be used as dummy projects:
Library
Management
System Railway Reservation
System Employee Payroll
Online
Banking
System
Online Shopping Cart
Online
Examination)

448
Page 333 of
NBA February 2015
Internet Technology
IT701
Contracts: 3L Credits- 3
34L
Module I-6L
Introduction (1L):
Proposed VII Semester Theory
Overview, Network of Networks, Intranet, Extranet and Internet.
World Wide Web (1L):
Domain and Sub domain, Address Resolution, DNS, Telnet, FTP, HTTP.
Review of TCP/IP (1L):
Features, Segment, Three-Way Handshaking, Flow Control, Error Control, Congestion control, IP Datagram, IPv4
and IPv6.
IP Subnetting and addressing (1L):
Classful and Classless Addressing, Subnetting. NAT, IP masquerading, IP tables.
Internet Routing Protocol (1L):
Routing -Intra and Inter Domain Routing, Unicast and Multicast Routing, Broadcast.
Electronic Mail (1L):
POP3, SMTP.
Module II-9L
HTML (3L):
Introduction, Editors, Elements, Attributes, Heading, Paragraph. Formatting, Link, Head, Table, List, Block,
Layout, CSS. Form, Iframe, Colors, Colorname, Colorvalue.
Image Maps (1L):
map, area, attributes of image area.
Extensible Markup Language (XML) (4L):
Introduction, Tree, Syntax, Elements, Attributes, Validation, Viewing. XHTML in brief.
CGI Scripts (1L):
Introduction, Environment Variable, GET and POST Methods.
Module III-10L
PERL (3L):
Introduction, Variable, Condition, Loop, Array, Implementing data structure, Hash, String, Regular Expression,
File handling, I/O handling.
JavaScript (4L):
Basics, Statements, comments, variable, comparison, condition, switch, loop, break. Object string, array,
Boolean, reg-ex. Function, Errors, Validation.
Cookies (1L):
Definition of cookies, Create and Store a cookie with example.
Java Applets (2L):
Container Class, Components, Applet Life Cycle, Update method; Parameter passing applet, Applications.
Module IV-4L
Client-Server programming In Java (2L):
Java Socket, Java RMI.
Threats (1L):
Malicious code-viruses, Trojan horses, worms; eavesdropping, spoofing, modification, denial of service attacks.
Network security techniques (2L):
49

448
Page 334 of
NBA February 2015
Password and Authentication; VPN, IP Security, security in electronic transaction, Secure Socket Layer (SSL),
Secure Shell (SSH).
Firewall (1L):
Introduction, Packet filtering, Stateful, Application layer, Proxy.
Module v-5L
Internet Telephony (1L):
Introduction, VoIP.
Multimedia Applications (2L):
Multimedia over IP: RSVP, RTP, RTCP and RTSP. Streaming media, Codec and Plugins, IPTV.
Search Engine and Web Crawler (2L):
Definition, Meta data, Web Crawler, Indexing, Page rank, overview of SEO.
Reference:
1. Web Technology: A Developer's Perspective, N.P. Gopalan and J. Akilandeswari, PHI Learning, Delhi,
2013. (Chapters 1-5,7,8,9).
2. Internetworking Technologies, An Engineering Perspective, Rahul Banerjee, PHI Learning, Delhi, 2011.
(Chapters 5,6,12)
Multimedia
IT702
Contracts: 3L
Credits- 3
Introduction [2L]
Multimedia today, Impact of Multimedia, Multimedia Systems, Components and Its Applications
Text and Audio [6L]
Text: Types of Text, Ways to Present Text, Aspects of Text Design, Character, Character Set, Codes, Unicode, Encryption;
Audio: Basic Sound Concepts, Types of Sound, Digitizing Sound, Computer Representation of Sound (Sampling Rate,
Sampling Size, Quantization), Audio Formats, Audio tools, MIDI
Image and Video (8L)
Image: Formats, Image Color Scheme, Image Enhancement; Video: Analogue and Digital Video, Recording Formats and
Standards (JPEG, MPEG, H.261) Transmission of Video Signals, Video Capture, and Computer based Animation.
Synchronization [4L]
Temporal relationships, synchronization accuracy specification factors, quality of service
Storage models and Access Techniques [(4L]
Magnetic media, optical media, file systems (traditional, multimedia)
Multimedia devices Output devices, CD-ROM, DVD, Scanner, CCD
Image and Video Database [8L]
Image representation, segmentation, similarity based retrieval, image retrieval by color, shape and texture; indexing- k-d
trees, R-trees, quad trees; Case studies- QBIC, Virage. Video Content, querying, video segmentation, indexing
Document Architecture and Content Management [9L]
Content Design and Development, General Design Principles
Hypertext: Concept, Open Document Architecture (ODA), Multimedia and Hypermedia Coding Expert Group (MHEG),
Standard Generalized Markup Language (SGML), Document Type Definition (DTD), Hypertext Markup Language (HTML)
in Web Publishing. Case study of Applications
Multimedia Applications [4L]
Interactive television, Video-on-demand, Video Conferencing, Educational Applications, Industrial Applications,
Multimedia archives and digital libraries, media editors.
Books:
1. Ralf Steinmetz and Klara Nahrstedt , Multimedia: Computing, Communications & Applications , Pearson Ed.
2. Nalin K. Sharda , Multimedia Information System , PHI.
3. Fred Halsall , Multimedia Communications , Pearson Ed.
4. Koegel Buford , Multimedia Systems , Pearson Ed.
5. Fred Hoffstetter , Multimedia Literacy , McGraw Hill.
6. Ralf Steinmetz and Klara Nahrstedt , Multimedia Fundamentals: Vol. 1- Media Coding and Content Processing , PHI.
7. J. Jeffcoate , Multimedia in Practice: Technology and Application , PHI.
8. Prabhat K. Andleigh & Kiran Thakrar , Multimedia Systems Design , PHI.
50
448
Page 335 of
NBA February 2015
E Commerce
IT703A
Contracts:
3L Credits- 3
Introduction to E-Commerce [6L]: Definition, Scope of E-Commerce, Hardware requirements, E-Commerce and Trade
Cycle, Electronic Markets, Electronic Data Interchange and Internet Commerce.
Business to Business E-Commerce [7L]: Electronic Markets, Electronic Data Interchange (EDI): Technology, Standards
(UN/EDIFACT), Communications, Implementations, Agreements, Security, EDI and Business, Inter-Organizational Ecommerce.
Legal issues [5L]: Risks: Paper Document vs. Electronic document, Authentication of Electronic document, Laws, Legal
issues for Internet Commerce: Trademarks and Domain names, Copyright, Jurisdiction issues, Service provider liability,
Enforceable online contract.
Security Issues [6L]: Security Solutions: Symmetric and Asymmetric Cryptosystems, RSA, DES, and Digital Signature,
Protocols for secure messaging, Secure Electronic Transaction (SET) Protocol, Electronic cash over internet, Internet
Security.
Business to Consumer E-Commerce [8L]: Consumer trade transaction, Internet, Page on the Web, Elements of ECommerce with VB, ASP, SQL.
E-business [7L]: Internet bookshops, Software supplies and support, Electronic Newspapers, Internet Banking, Virtual
Auctions, Online Share Dealing, Gambling on the net, E-Diversity, Case studies through internet.
Books:
3. E-Commerce-Strategy, Technologies & Applications by David Whitley, TMH
4. E-Commerce- The cutting edge of business by Kamlesh K. Bajaj, TMH
5. E-Commerce through ASP by W Clarke- BPB
6. Beginning E-Commerce with VB, ASP, SQL Server 7.0 & MTS by Mathew Reynolds, Wrox Publishers
7. Global Electronic Commerce- Theory and Case Studies by J. Christopher Westland and Theodore H. K Clark,
University Press
Soft
Computing
IT703B
Contracts: 3L
Credits- 3
Module-I [2L]
Introduction: Introduction to soft computing; introduction to fuzzy sets and fuzzy logic systems; introduction to biological
and artificial neural network; introduction to Genetic Algorithm.
Module-II [10L]
Fuzzy sets and Fuzzy logic systems:
Classical Sets and Fuzzy Sets and Fuzzy relations : Operations on Classical sets, properties of classical sets, Fuzzy set
operations, properties of fuzzy sets, cardinality, operations, and properties of fuzzy relations.
Membership functions : Features of membership functions, standard forms and boundaries, different fuzzification methods.
Fuzzy to Crisp conversions: Lambda Cuts for fuzzy sets, fuzzy Relations, Defuzzification methods.
Classical Logic and Fuzzy Logic: Classical predicate logic, Fuzzy Logic, Approximate reasoning and Fuzzy Implication
Fuzzy Rule based Systems: Linguistic Hedges, Fuzzy Rule based system Aggregation of fuzzy Rules, Fuzzy Inference
System- Mamdani Fuzzy Models Sugeno Fuzzy Models.
Applications of Fuzzy Logic: How Fuzzy Logic is applied in Home Appliances, General Fuzzy Logic controllers, Basic
Medical Diagnostic systems and Weather forecasting
Module-III [10L]
Neural Network
Introduction to Neural Networks: Advent of Modern Neuroscience, Classical AI and Neural Networks, Biological
Neurons and Artificial neural network; model of artificial neuron.
Learning Methods : Hebbian, competitive, Boltzman etc.,
Neural Network models: Perceptron, Adaline and Madaline networks; single layer network; Back-propagation and multi
layer networks.
Competitive learning networks: Kohonen self organizing networks, Hebbian learning; Hopfield Networks.
Neuo-Fuzzy modelling:
Applications of Neural Networks: Pattern Recognition and classification
ModuleIV[10L]
Genetic Algorithms: Simple GA, crossover and mutation, Multi-objective Genetic Algorithm (MOGA).
Applications of Genetic Algorithm: genetic algorithms in search and optimization, GA based clustering Algorithm, Image
processing and pattern Recognition
Module-V
[4L]

448
Page 336 of
NBA February 2015
Other Soft Computing techniques: Simulated Annealing, Tabu search, Ant colony optimization (ACO), Particle Swarm
Optimization
(PSO).
Text
Books:
1. Fuzzy logic with engineering applications, Timothy J. Ross, John Wiley and Sons.
2. S. Rajasekaran and G.A.V.Pai, Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic and Genetic
Algorithms, PHI
3. Principles of Soft Computing , S N Sivanandam, S. Sumathi, John Wiley & Sons
4. Genetic Algorithms in search, Optimization & Machine Learning by David E. Goldberg
5. Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft computing, Jang, Sun, Mizutani, PHI
6. Neural Networks: A Classroom Approach,1/e by Kumar Satish, TMH,
7.
8.
Genetic Algorithms in search, Optimization & Machine Learning by David E. Goldberg, Pearson/PHI
A beginners approach to Soft Computing, Samir Roy & Udit Chakraborty, Pearson
Reference
Books:
1. Fuzzy Sets and Fuzzy Logic: Theory and Applications, George J. Klir and Bo Yuan, Prentice Hall
2. Neural Networks: A Comprehensive Foundation (2nd Edition), Simon Haykin, Prentice Hall.
Image
Processing
IT703C
Contracts: 3L
Credits- 3
38
L
Introduction
[3L]
Background, Digital Image Representation, Fundamental steps in Image Processing, Elements of Digital Image Processing Image Acquisition, Storage, Processing, Communication, Display.
Digital Image Formation [4L]
A Simple Image Model, Geometric Model- Basic Transformation (Translation, Scaling, Rotation), Perspective Projection,
Sampling & Quantization - Uniform & Non uniform.
Mathematical
Preliminaries
[9L]
Neighbour of pixels, Connectivity, Relations, Equivalence & Transitive Closure; Distance Measures, Arithmetic/Logic
Operations, Fourier Transformation, Properties of The Two Dimensional Fourier Transform, Discrete Fourier Transform,
Discrete Cosine & Sine Transform.
Image
Enhancement
[8L]
Spatial Domain Method, Frequency Domain Method, Contrast Enhancement -Linear & Nonlinear Stretching, Histogram
Processing; Smoothing - Image Averaging, Mean Filter, Low-pass Filtering; Image Sharpening. High-pass Filtering, Highboost Filtering, Derivative Filtering, Homomorphic Filtering; Enhancement in the frequency domain - Low pass filtering,
High pass filtering.
Image
Restoration
[7L]
Degradation Model, Discrete Formulation, Algebraic Approach to Restoration - Unconstrained & Constrained; Constrained
Least Square Restoration, Restoration by Homomorphic Filtering, Geometric Transformation - Spatial Transformation, Gray
Level
Interpolation.
Image
Segmentation
[7L]
Point Detection, Line Detection, Edge detection, Combined detection, Edge Linking & Boundary Detection - Local
Processing, Global Processing via The Hough Transform; Thresholding - Foundation, Simple Global Thresholding, Optimal
Thresholding; Region Oriented Segmentation - Basic Formulation, Region Growing by Pixel Aggregation, Region Splitting
&
Merging.
Books:
1.
Digital
Image
Processing,
Gonzalves,Pearson
2. Digital Image Processing, Jahne, Springer India

448
Page 337 of
NBA February 2015
3.Digital Image Processing & Analysis,Chanda & Majumder,PHI

4.Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing, Jain, PHI
5.Image Processing, Analysis & Machine Vision, Sonka, VIKAS
6. Getting Started with GIS- Clarke Keith. C; PE.
7. Concepts & Techniques of GIS - Lo C.P, Albert, Yeung K.W- PHI.
IT704A
Contracts: 3L
Credits- 3
[36L]
Introduction to Distributed System [2]
Introduction, Examples of distributed system, Resource sharing, Challenges
Operating System Structures: [3]
Review of structures: monolithic kernel, layered systems, virtual machines. Process based models and client server
architecture; The micro-kernel based client-server approach.
Communication [4]
Inter-process communication , Remote Procedure Call, Remote Object Invocation, Tasks and Threads. Examples from
LINUX, Solaris 2 and Windows NT.
Theoretical Foundations: [2]
Introduction. Inherent Limitations of distributed Systems. Lamport's Logical clock. Global State
Distributed Mutual Exclusion:[4]
Classification of distributed mutual exclusion algorithm. NonToken based Algorithm:Lamport's algorithm, Ricart-Agrawala
algorithm. Token based Algorithm: Suzuki-Kasami's broadcast algorithm.
Distributed Deadlock Detection: [4]
Deadlock handling strategies in distributed systems. Control organizations for distributed deadlock detection. Centralized
and Distributed deadlock detection algorithms: Completely Centralized algorithms, path pushing, edge chasing, global state
detection algorithm.
Protection and Security: [4]
Requirements for protection and security regimes. The access matrix model of protection. System and user modes, rings of
protection, access lists, capabilities. User authentication, passwords and signatures. Use of single key and public key
encryption.
Distributed file systems: [6]
Issues in the design of distributed file systems: naming, transparency, update semantics and fault resilience. Use of the
Virtual File System layer. Examples of distributed systems including Sun NFS, the Andrew filestore, CODA file system and
OSF DCE.
Distributed Shared Memory: [4]
Architecture and motivations. Algorithms for implementing DSM. Memory Coherence
CORBA: [3]
The Common Object Request Broker Architecture model and software and its relationship to Operating Systems.
Books:
1 Andrew S. Tanenbaum and Maarten Van Steen, Distributed Systems Principles and Paradigms,
PHI
2. Singhal Mukesh & Shivaratri N. G., Advanced Concepts in Operating Systems, TMH
3. Tanenbaum, A. S. Distributed Operating Systems, (ISBN 0-131-439-340), Prentice Hall 199
4. Tanenbaum, A. S. Modern Operating Systems, 2nd Edition (ISBN 0-13-031358-0), Prentice
Hall 2001.
5. Bacon, J., Concurrent Systems, 2nd Edition, (ISBN 0-201-177-676), Addison Wesley 1998.
6. Silberschatz, A., Galvin, P. and Gagne, G., Applied Operating Systems Concepts, 1st Edition,
(ISBN 0-471-36508-4), Wiley 2000.
7. Coulouris, G. et al, Distributed Systems: Concepts and Design, 3rd Edition, (ISBN 0-20161918-0), Addison Wesley 2001.

448
Page 338 of
NBA February 2015
8. Galli, D.L., Distributed Operating Systems: Concepts and Practice (ISBN 0-13-079843-6),
Prentice-Hall 2000.
Cloud Computing
IT704B
Contracts: 3L
Credits- 3
Module 1: Definition of Cloud Computing and its Basics (Lectures : 9)
1.
Definition of Cloud Computing:

Defining a Cloud, Cloud Types NIST model, Cloud Cube model, Deployment models (Public , Private, Hybrid
and Community Clouds), Service models Infrastructure as a Service, Platform as a Service, Software as a
Service with examples of services/ service providers, Cloud Reference model
Characteristics of Cloud Computing a shift in paradigm
Benefits and advantages of Cloud Computing
2.
Cloud Architecture:
A brief introduction on Composability, Infrastructure, Platforms, Virtual Appliances, Communication Protocols,
Applications, Connecting to the Cloud by Clients
3.
Services and Applications by Type

IaaS Basic concept, Workload, partitioning of virtual private server instances, Pods, aggregations, silos
PaaS Basic concept, tools and development environment with examples
SaaS - Basic concept and characteristics, Open SaaS and SOA, examples of SaaS platform
Identity as a Service (IDaaS)
Compliance as a Service (CaaS)
Module 2 : Use of Platforms in Cloud Computing (Lectures : 12)

1.
Concepts of Abstraction and Virtualization

Virtualization technologies : Types of virtualization (access, application, CPU, storage), Mobility patterns (P2V,
V2V, V2P, P2P, D2C, C2C, C2D, D2D)
Load Balancing and Virtualization: Basic Concepts, Network resources for load balancing, Advanced load
balancing (including Application Delivery Controller and Application Delivery Network), Mention of The Google
Cloud as an example of use of load balancing
Hypervisors: Virtual machine technology and types, VMware vSphere
Machine Imaging (including mention of Open Virtualization Format OVF)
Porting of applications in the Cloud: The simple Cloud API and AppZero Virtual Application appliance
2.
Concepts of Platform as a Service

Definition of services, Distinction between SaaS and PaaS (knowledge of Salesforce.com and Force.com),
Application development
Use of PaaS Application frameworks
3.
Use of Google Web Services

Discussion of Google Applications Portfolio Indexed search, Dark Web, Aggregation and disintermediation,
Productivity applications and service, Adwords, Google Analytics, Google Translate, a brief discussion on Google
Toolkit (including introduction of Google APIs in brief), major features of Google App Engine service.
4.
Use of Amazon Web Services

Amazon Web Service components and services: Amazon Elastic Cloud, Amazon Simple Storage system, Amazon
Elastic Block Store, Amazon SimpleDB and Relational Database Service
54
448
Page 339 of
5.
NBA February 2015
Use of Microsoft Cloud Services

Windows Azure platform: Microsofts approach, architecture, and main elements, overview of Windows Azure
AppFabric, Content Delivery Network, SQL Azure, and Windows Live services
Module 3 : Cloud Infrastructure (Lectures : 7)

Types of services required in implementation Consulting, Configuration, Customization and Support
1. Cloud Management
An overview of the features of network management systems and a brief introduction of related products from
large cloud vendors, Monitoring of an entire cloud computing deployment stack an overview with mention of
2.
some products, Lifecycle management of cloud services (six stages of lifecycle)

Concepts of Cloud Security
Cloud security concerns, Security boundary, Security service boundary
Overview of security mapping
Security of data: Brokered cloud storage access, Storage location and tenancy, encryption, and auditing and
compliance
Identity management (awareness of Identity protocol standards)
Module 4 : Concepts of Services and Applications (Lectures : 8)
1.
Service Oriented Architecture: Basic concepts of message-based transactions, Protocol stack for an SOA
architecture, Event-driven SOA, Enterprise Service Bus, Service catalogs
2.
Applications in the Cloud: Concepts of cloud transactions, functionality mapping, Application attributes, Cloud
service attributes, System abstraction and Cloud Bursting, Applications and Cloud APIs
3.
Cloud-based Storage: Cloud storage definition Manned and Unmanned
4.
Webmail Services: Cloud mail services including Google Gmail, Mail2Web, Windows Live Hotmail, Yahoo
mail, concepts of Syndication services
Books Recommended:
1.
Cloud Computing Bible by Barrie Sosinsky, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd, 2013
2.
Mastering Cloud Computing by Rajkumar Buyya, Christian Vecchiola, S. Thamarai Selvi, McGraw Hill
3.
4.
5.
Education (India) Private Limited, 2013

Cloud computing: A practical approach, Anthony T. Velte, Tata Mcgraw-Hill
Cloud Computing, Miller, Pearson
Building applications in cloud:Concept, Patterns and Projects, Moyer, Pearson
References:
1.
Cloud Computing Second Edition by Dr. Kumar Saurabh, Wiley India

IT704C
Contracts: 3L
Credits- 3
Module 1: Overview and Concepts of Data Warehousing (Lectures : 9)
4.
Overview of Data warehousing

Strategic information and the need for Data warehousing, Defining a Data warehouse, Evolution of Data
warehousing, Data warehousing and Business Intelligence
5.
The Building Blocks of Data warehouse
Defining features Subject-oriented data, Integrated data, Time-variant data, Nonvolatile data, Data granularity

448
Page 340 of
NBA February 2015
Data warehouses and Data marts

Architectural Types Centralized, Independent data marts, Federated, Hub-and-Spoke, Data mart bus
Overview of components - Source Data, Data Staging, Data Storage, Information Delivery, Metadata,
and Management and Control components
6.
Business Requirements and Data warehouse

Dimensional nature of Business data and Dimensional Analysis, Dimension hierarchies and categories, Key
Business Metrics (Facts), Requirement Gathering methods and Requirements Definition Document (contents)
Business Requirements and Data Design Structure for Business Dimensions and Key Measurements, Levels
of detail
Business Requirements and the Architecture plan
Business Requirements and Data Storage Specifications
Business Requirements and Information Delivery
Strategy
Module 2 : Data warehouse Architecture and Infrastructure (Lectures : 8)

6.
Architectural components
Concepts of Data warehouse architecture Definition and architecture in the areas of Data acquisition,
Data storage, and Information delivery
Distinguishing characteristics Different objectives and scope, Data content, Complex analysis for
faster response, Flexible and Dynamic, Metadata-driven etc
Architectural Framework supporting flow of data, and the Management and Control module
Technical architecture Data acquisition, Data storage, and Information delivery
Overview of the components of Architectural Types introduced in Module 1.
7.
Infrastructure for Data warehousing

Distinction between architecture and infrastructure, Understanding of how data warehouse infrastructure
supports its architecture
Components of physical infrastructure, Hardware and Operating systems for data warehouse, Database
Software, Collection of Tools,
Data warehouse Appliances evolution and benefits
8.
The role of Metadata

Understanding the importance of Metadata
Metadata types by functional areas Data acquisition, Data storage, and Information delivery
Business Metadata overview of content and examples
Technical Metadata overview of content and examples
Metadata Requirements, Sources of Metadata, Metadata management challenges, Metadata Repository,
Metadata integration and standards
Module 3 : Data Design and Data Preparation (Lectures : 9)

3.
Principles of Dimensional Modeling

Data Design Design decisions, Basics of Dimensional modeling, E-R modeling versus Dimensional modeling
The STAR schema illustration, Dimension Table, Fact Table, Factless Fact Table, Data granularity
STAR schema keys Primary, Surrogate, and Foreign
4.
Advantages of the STAR schema, STAR schema examples

Data Extraction, Transformation, and Loading
Overview of ETL, Requirements of ETL and

steps

448
Page 341 of

Data extraction
techniques
NBA February 2015
identification of sources and
Data transformation Basic tasks, Transformation types, Data integration and consolidation, Transformation for
dimension attributes
Data loading Techniques and processes, Data refresh versus update, Procedures for Dimension tables, Fact tables
: History and incremental
loads
ETL
options
5.
Tool
Data Quality
Importance of data quality, Challenges for data quality, Data quality tools, Data cleansing and purification, Master
Data
Management
Module 4 : Information access and delivery (Lectures : 10)
5.
Matching information to classes of users

Information from Data warehouse versus Operational systems, Users of information their needs and how to
provide information
Information
applications
delivery
queries,
reports,
analysis,
and
Information delivery tools Desktop environment, Methodology and criteria for tool selection, Information
delivery framework, Business Activity Monitoring, Dashboards and Scorecards
6.
OLAP in Data warehouse

Overall concept of Online Analytical Processing (OLAP), OLAP definitions and rules, OLAP characteristics
Major features and functions of OLAP General features, Dimensional analysis, Hypercubes, Drill Down and
Roll Up, Slice and Dice, Rotation, Uses and
Benefits
Familiarity with OLAP models Overview of variations, MOLAP, ROLAP, HOLAP, DOLAP, Database OLAP,
Web OLAP
7.
Data Warehouse and the web

Web-enabled Data Warehouse adapting data warehouse for the
web
Web-based information delivery Browser technology for data warehouse and Security
issues
OLAP and Web Enterprise OLAP, Web-OLAP approaches, OLAP Engine
design
8.
Data Mining
Overview of Data mining Definition, Knowledge Discovery Process (Relationships, Patterns, Phases of the
process), OLAP versus Data mining
Some aspects of Data mining Association rules, Outlier analysis, Predictive analytics
etc) Concepts of Data mining in a Data warehouse environment
Major Data Mining techniques Cluster Detection, Decision Trees, Memory-based Reasoning, Link Analysis,
Neural Networks, Genetic Algorithms etc
Data Mining Applications in industry Benefits of Data mining, Discussion on applications in
Customer Relationship Management (CRM), Retail, Telecommunication, Biotechnology, Banking and
Finance etc Books Recommended:

448
Page 342 of
NBA February 2015
6.
Data Warehousing Fundamentals for IT Professionals, Second Edition by Paulraj Ponniah, Wiley
India
References:
2.
Data Warehousing, Data Mining, & OLAP Second Edition by Alex Berson and Stephen J. Smith, Tata
McGraw Hill
Education
3.
Data warehouse Toolkit by Ralph Kimball, Wiley India
Sensor
Networks
IT704D
Contracts: 3L
Credits- 3
Module I: Introduction and Overview
[4L]
Learning Objective: To provide an overview about sensor networks and emerging
technologies.
Overview of wireless networks, types, infrastructure-based and infrastructure-less, introduction to MANETs (Mobile Adhoc Networks), characteristics, reactive and proactive routing protocols with examples, introduction to sensor
networks, commonalities and differences with MANETs, constraints and challenges, advantages, applications, enabling
technologies for WSNs.
Module II: Architectures
[9L]
Learning Objective: To study about the node and network architecture of sensor nodes and its
execution environment.
Single-node architecture - hardware components, design constraints, energy consumption of sensor nodes ,
operating systems and execution environments, examples of sensor nodes, sensor network scenarios, types of sources
and sinks single hop vs. multi hop networks, multiple sources and sinks mobility, optimization goals and figures of
merit, gateway concepts,
design
principles
for
WSNs,
service
interfaces
for
WSNs.
Module III: Communication Protocols
[9L]
Learning Objective: To understand the concepts of communication, MAC, routing protocols and also study about
the naming and addressing in WSN.
Physical layer and transceiver design considerations, MAC protocols for wireless sensor networks, low duty cycle
protocols and wakeup concepts - S-MAC , the mediation device protocol, wakeup radio concepts, address and name
management, assignment of MAC addresses, routing protocols- classification, gossiping, flooding, energy-efficient
routing, unicast protocols, multi-path routing, data-centric routing, data aggregation, SPIN, LEACH, Directed-Diffusion,
geographic routing.
Module IV: Infrastructure Establishment
[9L]
Learning Objective: To learn about topology control and clustering in networks with timing synchronization
for localization services with sensor tasking and control.
Topology control, flat network topologies, hierarchical networks by clustering, time synchronization, properties,
protocols based on sender-receiver and receiver-receiver synchronization, LTS, TPSN, RBS, HRTS, localization and
positioning, properties and approaches, single-hop localization, positioning in multi-hop environment, range based
localization algorithms location services, sensor tasking and control.
Module V: Sensor Network Platforms and Tools
[9L]
Learning Objective: To study about sensor node hardware and software platforms and understand the
simulation and programming techniques.
Sensor node hardware, Berkeley motes, programming challenges, node-level software platforms, node-level
simulators, state-centric
programming,
Tiny
OS,
nesC
components,
NS2
simulator,
TOSSIM.

448
Page 343 of
NBA February 2015
TEXT
BOOKS
1. Holger Karl & Andreas Willig, Protocols and Architectures for Wireless Sensor Networks, John Wiley, 2005.
2. Feng Zhao & Leonidas J. Guibas, Wireless Sensor Networks- An Information Processing Approach", Elsevier,
2007.
REFERENCE
S
1. Kazem Sohraby, Daniel Minoli, & Taieb Znati, Wireless Sensor Networks- Technology, Protocols, and
Applications, John Wiley, 2007.
2. Anna Hac, Wireless Sensor Network Designs, John Wiley, 2003.
3. Thomas Haenselmann, "Sensor Networks", available online for free, 2008.
4. Edgar Callaway, "Wireless Sensor Networks: Architectures and Protocols", Auerbach, 2003.
Mobile Computing
IT704E
Contracts:
3L
Credits- 3
Introduction to Personal Communications Services (PCS): PCS Architecture, Mobility management, Networks
signalling. Global System for Mobile Communication (GSM) system overview: GSM Architecture, Mobility
management, Network signalling. [5L
General Packet Radio Services (GPRS): GPRS Architecture, GPRS Network Nodes. Mobile Data Communication: WLANs
(Wireless LANs) IEEE 802.11 standard, Mobile IP.
[5
L
Wireless Application Protocol (WAP): The Mobile Internet standard, WAP Gateway and Protocols, wireless mark up
Languages (WML). Wireless Local Loop(WLL): Introduction to WLL Architecture, wireless Local Loop Technologies.
[7L
Third Generation (3G) Mobile Services: Introduction to International Mobile Telecommunications 2000 (IMT 2000)
vision, Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (W-CDMA), and CDMA 2000, Quality of services in 3G.
[7L
Global Mobile Satellite Systems; case studies of the IRIDIUM and GLOBALSTAR systems. Wireless Enterprise
Networks: Introduction to Virtual Networks, Blue tooth technology, Blue tooth Protocols.
[7L
Server-side programming in Java, Pervasive web application architecture, Device independent example application
[8
L
Text :
1.
2.
3.
4.
Pervasive Computing, Burkhardt, Pearson

Mobile Communication, J. Schiller, Pearson
Wireless and Mobile Networks Architectures, Yi-Bing Lin & Imrich Chlamtac, John Wiley & Sons, 2001
Mobile and Personal Communication systems and services, Raj Pandya, Prentice Hall of India, 2001.
Reference :
1. Guide to Designing and Implementing wireless LANs, Mark Ciampa, Thomson learning, Vikas Publishing
House, 2001.
2. Wireless Web Development, Ray Rischpater, Springer Publishing,
3. The Wireless Application Protocol, Sandeep Singhal, Pearson .
4. Third Generation Mobile Telecommunication systems, by P.Stavronlakis, Springer Publishers,
Bio
Informatics(Proposed)
IT705A
Contracts:
3L Credits3
MODULE 1: INTRODUCTION TO MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
5
Concepts of Cell, tissue, types of cell, components of cell, organelle. Functions of different organelles.
Concepts of DNA: Basic Structure of DNA; Double Helix structure; Watson and crick model. Exons and Introns and Gene
Concept.

448
Page 344 of
NBA February 2015
Concepts of RNA : Basic structure, Difference between RNA and DNA. Types of RNA.
Concept of Protein: Basic components and structure. Introduction to Central Dogma: Transcription and Tranlation
Introduction to Metabolic Pathways.
Module 2: Sequence Databases
2
Introduction to Bioinformatics. Recent challenges in Bioinformatics. Protein Sequence Databases, DNA sequence
databases. sequence database search programs like BLAST and FASTA. NCBI different modules: GenBank; OMIM,
Taxonomy browser, PubMed;
Module 3 DNA SEQUENCE ANALYSIS
14
DNA Mapping and Assembly : Size of Human DNA ,Copying DNA: Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR), Hybridization
and Microarrays, Cutting DNA into Fragments, Sequencing Short DNA Molecules, Mapping Long DNA Molecules.
DeBruijn Graph.
Sequence Alignment: Introduction, local and global alignment, pair wise and multiple alignment, Dynamic Programming
Concept. Alignment algorithms: Needleman and Wunsch algorithm, Smith-Waterman.
Module 4 : Introduction Probabilistic models used in Computational Biology
Probabilistic Models; Hidden Markov Model : Concepts, Architecture, Transition matrix, estimation matrix. Application
of HMM in Bioinformatics : Genefinding, profile searches, multiple sequence alignment and regulatory site identification.
Bayesian networks Model :Architecture, Principle ,Application in Bioinformatics.
Module 5: Biological Data Classification and Clustering
Assigning protein function and predicting splice sites: Decision Tree

Control
System
IT705B
Contracts: 3L
Credits- 3
36L
Module I:
a) INTRODUCTION
Concepts of Control Systems- Open Loop and closed loop control systems and their differences- Different examples of
control systems- Classification of control systems, Feed-Back Characteristics, Effects of
feedback. Mathematical models Differential equations, Impulse Response and transfer functions - Translational and
Rotational
mechanical systems
[4L]
Module I:
b) TRANSFER FUNCTION REPRESENTATION
Transfer Function of linear systems, Block diagram representation of systems considering electrical systems as examples
- Block diagram algebra Representation by Signal flow graph - Reduction using masons gain formula.
[4L]
Module II:
a) TIME RESPONSE ANALYSIS
Standard test signals - Time response of first order systems Characteristic Equation of Feedback control systems, Transient
response of second order systems - Time domain specifications Steady state response - Steady state errors and
error constants.
[4L]
b) STABILITY ANALYSIS IN S-DOMAIN
The concept of stability Rouths stability criterion limitations of Rouths stability.
Root Locus Technique: The root locus concept - construction of root loci-effects of adding poles and zeros to G(s)H(s)
on the root loci.
[5L]
Module III:
a) FREQUENCY RESPONSE ANALYSIS
Introduction, Frequency domain specifications-Bode diagrams-Determination of Frequency domain specifications and
transfer function from the Bode Diagram-Phase margin and Gain margin-Stability Analysis from Bode Plots. [5L]
b) : STABILITY ANALYSIS IN FREQUENCY DOMAIN
Polar Plots, Nyquist Plots Stability Analysis.
[4L]
Module - IV :
a) CLASSICAL CONTROL DESIGN TECHNIQUES

448
Page 345 of
NBA February 2015
Compensation techniques Lag, Lead, Lead-Lag Controllers design in frequency Domain, PID Controllers. [5L]
b) STATE SPACE ANALYSIS OF CONTINUOUS SYSTEMS
Concepts of state, state variables and state model, derivation of state models from block diagrams, DiagonalizationSolving the Time invariant state Equations- State Transition Matrix and its Properties Concepts of
Controllability and Observability
[5L]
TEXT BOOKS:
Automatic Control Systems 8th edition by B. C. Kuo 2003 John Wiley and sons.,
2. Control Systems Engineering by I. J. Nagrath and M. Gopal, New Age International
(P) Limited, Publishers, 2nd edition.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Modern Control Engineering by Katsuhiko Ogata Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 3rd edition, 1998.
2. Control Systems Engg. by NISE 3rd Edition John Wiley
Modelling & Simulation
IT705C
Contracts: 3L
Credits- 3
Module-I: Introduction to Modelling and Simulation :
Nature of Simulation. Systems , Models and Simulation, Continuous and Discrete Systems, system
modelling, Components of a simulation study, Introduction to Static and Dynamic System simulation , Application areas,
Advantages ,Disadvantages and pitfalls of Simulation.
Module II : System Dynamics & Probability concepts in Simulation :
Exponential growth and decay models, Generalization of growth models ,
Discrete and Continuous probability functions, Continuous Uniformly Distributed Random
Numbers, Generation of a Random numbers, Generating Discrete distributions, Non-Uniform
Continuously Distributed Random Numbers, Rejection Method.
Module-III : Simulation of Queuing Systems and Discrete System Simulation :
Poisson arrival patterns, Exponential distribution, Service times, Normal Distribution Queuing
Disciplines, Simulation of single and two server queue. Application of queuing theory in computer
system. Discrete Events ,Generation of arrival patterns ,Simulation programming tasks , Gathering
statistics, Measuring occupancy and Utilization , Recording Distributions and Transit times .
Module-IV : Analysis of Simulation output :
Sensitivity Analysis, Validation of Model Results
Text Books:
1. Jerry Banks, John Carson, B.L.Nelson and D.M.Nicol Discrete Event System Simulation, Fifth Edition,
Pearson.
9. Narsingh Deo, 1979, System Simulation with Digital Computers, PHI.
10. Geoffrey Gordon, System Simulation, PHI.
11. Averill M. Law and W.David Kelton, Simulation Modelling and Analysis, Third Edition, McGraw Hill
12. J. N. Kapoor.. Mathematical Modelling, Wiley eastern Limited.
Reference Books:
1. Sankar Sengupta, System Simulation and Modeling, Pearson.
2. C.Dennis Pegden, Robert E.Shannon and Randall P.Sadowski, 1995, Introduction to Simulation using SIMAN,
2nd Edn., Tata McGraw-Hill.
3. A.M.Law and W.D.Kelton.. Simulation Modelling and Analysis, T.M.H. Edition.
Microelectronics & VLSI Design
IT705D
Contracts: 3L
Credits- 3
36L
Module

448
Content
Hour
Page 346 of

1
NBA February 2015
Introduction to VLSI Design: VLSI Design Concepts, Moor's Law, Scale of Integration
(SSI, MSI, LSI, VLSI, ULSI basic idea only), Types of VLSI Chips (Analog & Digital
VLSI chips, General purpose, ASIC, PLA, FPGA), Design principles (Digital VLSI
Concept of Regularity, Granularity etc), Design Domains (Behavioral, Structural, Physical),
Y-Chart, Digital VLSI Design Steps.
MOS structure: E-MOS & D-MOS, Charge inversion in E-MOS, Threshold voltage, Flatband voltage, Potential balance & Charge balance, Inversion, MOS capacitances.
Three Terminal MOS Structure: Body effect.
Four Terminal MOS Transistor: Drain current, I-V characteristics. Current-voltage
equations (simple derivation).
Scaling in MOSFET: Short Channel Effects, General scaling, Constant Voltage & Field
scaling.]
CMOS: CMOS inverter, Simple Combinational Gates - NAND gate and NOR Gate using
CMOS.
Micro-electronic Processes for VLSI Fabrication: Silicon Semiconductor Technology- An
Overview, Wafer processing, Oxidation, Epitaxial deposition, Ion-implantation & Diffusion,
leaning, Etching, Photo-lithography Positive & Negative photo-resist
Basic CMOS Technology (Steps in fabricating CMOS), Basic n-well CMOS process, p-well
MOS process, Twin tub process, Silicon on insulator
ayout Design Rule: Stick diagram with examples, Layout rules.
Hardware Description Language VHDL or Verilog Combinational & Sequential Logic
circuit Design.
10
10
10
Text Books
1. Digital Integrated Circuit, J.M.Rabaey, Chandrasan, Nicolic, Pearson Education.
2. CMOS Digital Integrated Circuit, S.M.Kang & Y.Leblebici, TMH.
3. Modern VLSI Design, Wayne Wolf, Pearson Education.
4. VHDL, Bhaskar, PHI.
5. Advance Digital Design Using Verilog , Michel D. Celliti, PHI
References:
1. Digital Integrated Circuits, Demassa & Ciccone, John Willey & Sons .
2. Modern VLSI Design: system on silicon, Wayne Wolf; Addison Wesley Longman Publisher
3. Basic VLSI Design, Douglas A. Pucknell & Kamran Eshranghian, PHI
4. CMOS Circuit Design, Layout & Simulation, R.J.Baker, H.W.Lee, D.E. Boyee, PHI
Advanced Data Communication &
Coding(Proposed) IT705E
Contracts:
3L Credits3
Advanced Data Communication and Coding [40L]
1. Prerequisites: Data and signals, Classification of signals, Communications systems, analog and digital
communication systems, Applications of communication systems. [2L]
2. Digital Communication: Nyquist Sampling theorem, Inter-symbol interference and its removal, line codes (polar,
unipolar, bipolar, Manchester), Detection error probability (polar, unipolar, bipolar), Digital Modulation techniques (ASK,
FSK, BPSK, QPSK, QAM, PCM, DPCM, Delta Modulation, Adaptive Delta Modulation), Digital Transmission and
Transmission Impairments. [10L]
3. Optical Networks: WDM, Telecommunication Infrastructure, Switching, SONET, PDH and SDH, bit
interleaving, Architecture of Optical Transport Network, Link Management Protocols, Solutions. [8L]
4. Satellite Communication: Basic Transmission Theory, System Noise Temperature and G/T Ratio, Design Of Down
Links, Domestic Satellite Systems Using Small Earth Stations, Uplink Design, Design Of Satellite Link For Specified
(C/N).
Multiple Access Techniques, Frequency Division Multiple Access (FDMA), TDMA, CDMA, Estimating Channel
Requirements, Practical Demand Access Systems, Random Access, Multiple Access With On Board Processing, VSAT.
[10L]
5. Mobile Communications: Mobile telephone service, Transmission protocols, Introduction to GSM, GPRS,
CDMA, Switching techniques, Fading, Quality of service (QOS). [8L]
Books Recommended:
[1] Advanced Communication Systems by Wayne Tomasi; Pearson.
[2] Digital Communication by Proakis; PHI
[3] Optical Networks by Uyless Black; Pearson

448
Page 347 of
NBA February 2015
[4] Satellite Communication by Timothy Pratt; Addison Wesley.

Practic
al
Group Discussion
HU781
Contracts: 3L
IT791
Contracts: 3L
Credits- 2
Applet
1.
Create a banner using Applet
2.
Display clock using Applet
3.
Create different shapes using Applet
4.
Fill colors in shapes using Applet
5.
Goto a link using Applet
6.
Create an event listener in Applet
7.
Display image using Applet
8.
Open a link in a new window using Applet
9.
Play sound using Applet
10.
Read a file using Applet
11.
Write to a file using Applet
JavaScript
12.
Validate the fields of a form using JavaScript.
13.
Guess a number based on user input.
14.
Program on image rollover using JavaScript.
15.
Display clock using JavaScript.
16.
Prompt, alert, array, looping in JavaScript.
17.
Calculator using JavaScript.
18.
Validate e-mail, phone no. using reg-ex in JavaScript.
Perl
19.
Write a perl script to implement associative array.
20.
Write a perl script to implement the regular expression as follows:
a). If a string contains any vowel, count the total number of vowels. b).
If a string starts with MCA and end with bw, print 1 else 0.
c). If string starts with 0 or any no. as, then print 1 else 0.
21. Write an html code to call a perl script from cgi-bin.
22. Implement the following with regular expression in Perl:
a). a*bc
b). a* at least 2 bs c).
a*exactly 3 bs
23. A simple File operation using Perl.
Client Server Programming
24. Write a socket program to get the current date and time from the server.
25. Write a socket program where the client will send lowercase letters and the server will return uppercase letter.
26. Write a server and a client program to implement TCP chat server-client.
27. Create a simple calculator application using Java RMI.
HTML
1. Start your web page with an <html> tag i)
Add a heading.
ii) Add a title.
iii) Start the <body> section.
iv) Add the following text using <H1> and </H1> tags:
This Web page was designed by (your name)
v) Add the following text using <H2> and </H2> tags: My HTML assignment vi)
Add a horizontal line
vii) Insert an image to your web page.

448
Page 348 of
NBA February 2015
Note: You should then refer to your image with just the filename, and NOT the entire pathname to the file.
viii) Add another horizontal line.
ix) Enter a paragraph of text.
Write about things you have learned in html.
Make sure the text in this paragraph is a color other than black, but something one can see.
Add a link that takes you to your favorite webpage.
x) Start a new paragraph. Add a three item ordered list. Make it creative (dont just say item 1, item 2, etc and keep it
clean)!
xi) Close out your body and html tags.
Add a heading.
ii) Add a title.
iii) Start the <body> section. iv)
Start a new paragraph.
Use alignment attribute,
Use bold, italic, underline tags,
Use font tag and associated attributes,
Use heading tags,
Use preserve tag,
Use non breaking spaces (escape character).
Add a heading.
ii) Add a title.
iii) Start the <body> section. iv)
Start a new paragraph.
Create Hyperlinks:
(a)
Within the HTML document. (b)
To another URL.
(c)
To a file that can be rendered in the browser.
Add a heading.
ii) Add a title.
Create an unordered list,
Create an ordered list,
Use various bullet styles,
Created nested lists,
Use the font tag in conjunction with lists,
Create definition lists,
Use graphics as bullets.
Add a heading.
ii) Add a title.
iii) Start the <body> section. a)
Create a simple table
Create borders and adjust border size.
Adjust table cell spacing.
Change border color.
Change table background color.
b) Align a new table on HTML page.
Perform cell text alignment,
Create multi-column tables,
Display information about your academic qualification into this table.
Add a heading.
ii) Add a title.
Create a frameset:
Use frame tags,

448
Page 349 of
NBA February 2015
Create vertical (column) frames,

Create horizontal (row) frames,
Create complex framesets,
Use the hyperlink tag to target displaying an HTML page to another frame.
7. Start your web page with an <html> tag
i) Add a heading.
ii) Add a title.
Create a simple HTML form.
Use the input tag to create a: text box; text area box; check box; list box; radio button; password field; popup menu; hidden
field. Use submit and reset buttons. Create an admission form using the above information.
8. Create a web page that will include an image. Then create image map to watch different parts of that image closely.
9. Using frames as an interface, create a series of web pages where the theme is to provide resources (internet, intranet,
static HTML pages) pertaining to the subject of HTML. Ideally, your goal is to create a resource that you can use long after
this module when needing information on HTML. As a minimum requirement to this assignment your webpage should:
Consist of at least 3 frames.
Contain at least 5 URLs to internet and/or intranet sites that you can reference as part of your job.
Contain at least 5 references to documents that you have created that you use on a regular basis.
Contain at least 5 references to documents others have created that you use on a regular basis.
Be organized in a fashion that is logical and intuitive to you.
Is done with enough quality that you would not be opposed to it being a link at another site.
10. Create a web page as you wish and the html elements of the page will be styled by CSS.
XML
1. Write a XML program that will create an XML document which contains your mailing address.
2. Write a XML program that will create an XML document which contains description of three book category.
3. Create an XML document that contains the name and price per pound of coffee beans.
i) In your XML document mention all properties of XML declaration.
ii) The root element has name <coffee_bean>
iii) Create nested elements for different types of coffee.
iv) Validate the document and if any parsing error is present, fix them.
4. Create an XML document that contains airline flight information.
i) In your XML document mention all properties of XML declaration.
ii) The root element has name <airlines>
iii) Create three nested <carrier> elements for three separate airlines. Each element should include a name attribute.
iv) Within each <carrier> nest at least two <flight> ,each of which contains departure_city, destination_ city, fl_no,
dept_time.
v) Validate the document and if any parsing error is present fix them.
5. Create an XML version of your resume. Include elements such as your name and position desired. Nest each of your
former employers within an <employer> element. Also, nest your educational experience within an <education> element.
Create any other nested elements that you deem appropriate, such as <references> or <spcl_skills> elements.
6. Create a DTD on product catalog.
Multimedia Lab
IT792
Contracts: 3L
65

448
Page 350 of
NBA February 2015
Credits- 2
1. Sound capturing & editing using tools like SOUNDFORGE
2. Image editing using tools like Adobe Photoshop
3. Creating/editing motion video/animation clips (using tools like Flash / Adobe Premier)
4. Creation of Content using HTML (basic tags, table form, frame, link to other Image)
5. Creating stylesheet using DHTML
6. Home Page creation using HTML, DHTML.
Books
1. Adobe , Adobe Photoshop 6.0: Classroom in a book Pearson Ed.
2. Anushka Wirasinha , Flash in a Flash- Web Development , PHI
3. Macromedia Flash5 fast and easy Web Development, Design, PHI
4. Castro, HTML4 for the World Wide Web, Pearson Ed.
5. Schurman & Purdi , Dynamic HTML in Action, Second Edition , PHI
6. Lozano, Multimedia- Sound & Video , PHI
E Commerce Lab
IT793A
Contracts: 3L
Credits- 2
Following E-Commerce experiments are to be implemented using either VB, ASP, SQL or JAVA, JSP, SQL.
Creating E-Commerce Site [3P]: Designing and maintaining WebPages. Advertising in the Website, Portals and Vortals.
E-Commerce Interaction [6P]: Comparison Shopping in B2C, Exchanges Handling in B2B, Interaction Examples: Virtual
Shopping Carts.
E-Commerce Applications [6P]: Online Store, Online Banking, Credit Card Transaction
Processing.
Books:
1. E-Commerce through ASP by W Clarke- BPB
2. Beginning E-Commerce with VB, ASP, SQL Server 7.0 & MTS by Mathew Reynolds, Wrox
Publishers
3. Professional Java Server Programming J2EE 1.3 Edition By Allamaraju et al, SPD.
Soft Computing Lab

IT793B
Contracts: 3L
Credits- 2
In this laboratory the students need to implement the soft computing tools in Matlab. Some exposure in C also can be used
for neural network and Genetic Algorithm.
A sample assignment list is given below:
FUZZY LOGIC:
1. Write a Matlab program to implement the different Fuzzy Membership functions.
2. Write a Matlab program to implement Fuzzy set operations and its properties.
3. Write a Matlab code to implement composition of Fuzzy and Crisp Relations.
4. Write Matalab code to implement Fuzzy Information System (develop the system using command line and GUI
based Fuzzy toolbox)
Neural network:
5. Write Matlab code to implement McCulloh-Pitts neural network for generate AND, OR functions.
6. Write Matlab code to implement Perceptron learning for particular set of problem.
7. Write Matlab code for OR function with bipolar inputs and targets using Adaline network.
8. Write Matlab code for XOR function with bipolar inputs and targets using Madaline network.
9. Write C program to implement McCulloh-Pitts model to generate AND, OR functions.
Genetic Algorithm
10. Write a Matlab code for maximizing F(x)=x2, , where x ranges from say 0 to 31 using Genetic Algorithm.
11. Use of Genetic Algorithm toolbox in matlab for optimization problem solving.
12. Implantation Simple Genetic Algorithm in C for solving optimization problem.
Image Processing Lab
IT793C
Contracts: 3L
Credits- 2

448
Page 351 of

66
NBA February 2015
Syllabus for B.Tech(Information Technology) Up to Fourth Year

Revised Syllabus of B.Tech IT (for the students who were admitted in Academic Session 2010-2011)
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Display of Grayscale Images.

Histogram Equalization.
Non-linear Filtering.
Edge detection using Operators.
2-D DFT and DCT.
Filtering in frequency domain.
Display of color images.
Conversion between color spaces.
DWT of images.
Segmentation using watershed transform.
Organisational Behaviour
HU801A Contracts: 2L Credits- 2
VIII Semester
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Organizational Behaviour: Definition, Importance, Historical Background, Fundamental Concepts of OB,

Challenges and Opportunities for OB.
[2]
Personality and Attitudes: Meaning of personality, Personality Determinants and Traits, Development of
Personality, Types of Attitudes, Job Satisfaction.
[2]
Perception: Definition, Nature and Importance, Factors influencing Perception, Perceptual Selectivity, Link
between Perception and Decision Making.
[2]
Motivation: Definition, Theories of Motivation - Maslows Hierarchy of Needs Theory, McGregors Theory X &
Y, Herzbergs Motivation-Hygiene Theory, Alderfers ERG Theory, McClellands Theory of Needs, Vrooms
Expectancy Theory.
[4]
Group Behaviour: Characteristics of Group, Types of Groups, Stages of Group Development, Group Decision
Making.
[2]
Communication: Communication Process, Direction of Communication, Barriers to Effective Communication.
6.
[2]
7. Leadership: Definition, Importance, Theories of Leadership Styles.
[2]
8. Organizational Politics: Definition, Factors contributing to Political Behaviour.
[2]
9. Conflict Management: Traditional vis-a-vis Modern View of Conflict, Functional and Dysfunctional Conflict,
Conflict Process, Negotiation Bargaining Strategies, Negotiation Process.
[2]
10. Organizational Design: Various Organizational Structures and their Effects on Human Behaviour, Concepts of
Organizational Climate and Organizational Culture.
[4]
References:
1.
Robbins, S. P. & Judge, T.A.: Organizational Behavior, Pearson Education, 15th Edn.
2.
Luthans, Fred: Organizational Behavior, McGraw Hill, 12th Edn.
3.
Shukla, Madhukar: Understanding Organizations Organizational Theory & Practice in India, PHI
4.
5.
Fincham, R. & Rhodes, P.: Principles of Organizational Behaviour, OUP, 4th Edn.
Hersey, P., Blanchard, K.H., Johnson, D.E.- Management of Organizational Behavior Leading Human Resources,
PHI, 10th Edn.
Or
Project Management
HU801B
Contracts

448
Page 352 of
NBA February 2015
: 2L
Credits- 2
1.
2.
Project
Management
Concepts:
Concept
and
Characteristics
Project, Importance of Project Management.[1]
Project Planning: Project Evaluation, Financial Sources, Feasibility Studies. [4]
of
3.
Project Scheduling: Importance of Project Scheduling, Work Breakdown Structure and Organization Breakdown
Structure, Scheduling Techniques Gantt Chart and LOB, Network Analysis CPM/PERT. [6]
4. Time Cost Trade-off Analysis Optimum Project Duration. [2]
5. Resource Allocation and Leveling. [2]
6. Project Life Cycle. [2]
7. Project Cost Capital & Operating Costs, Project Life Cycle Costing, Project Cost Reduction Methods. [2]
8. Project Quality Management: Concept of Project Quality, TQM in Projects, Project Audit. [1]
9. Software Project Charateristics and Mangement [2]
types of Softwares for Projects, Major Features of
10. IT in Projects: Overview of
Project Management Softwares like MS Project, Criterion for Software Selection. [2]
References
1. Gopalkrishnan P. and Rama Mmoorthy: Text Book of Project Management, Macmillan
2. Nicholas John M.: Project Management for Business and Technology Principles and Practice, Prentice Hall
India, 2nd Edn.
3. Levy Ferdinand K., Wiest Jerome D.: A Management Guide to PERT/CPM with GERT/PDM/DCPM and other
networks, Prentice Hall India, 2nd Edn.
4. Mantel Jr., Meredith J. R., Shafer S. M., Sutton M. M., Gopalan M. R.: Project Management: Core Text Book,
Wiley India, 1st Indian Edn.
5. Maylor H.: Project Management, Pearson, 3rd Edn.
6. Nagarajan K.: Project Management, New Age International Publishers, 5th Edn.
7. Kelkar. S.A, Sotware Project Management: A concise Study, 2nd Ed., PHI
IT801A
Contracts: 3L
Credits- 3
Computer Architecture and Organization-Review, Fundamentals of Computer Design, Technology Trends Cost Performance
Analysis (3L)
Parallel Processing Architectures- Taxonomy- SISD, MISD, SIMD,MIMD, PRAM models (3L)
Data and Resource Dependencies, Program Partitioning and Scheduling, Control Flow vs. Data Flow (3L)
Network topologies-Static, Dynamic, Types of Networks (3L)
RISC vs. CISC, Memory Hierarchy, Virtual Memory (4L)
Concepts of Pipelining, Instruction Pipelining, dynamic pipelining, arithmetic pipelines. (4L)
Multiprocessors- Multistage Networks, Cache Coherence, Synchronization, Message- passing (4L)
Vector Processing Principles- Instruction types, Compound, Vector Loops, Chaining (4L)
Array Processors- Structure, Algorithms (3L)
Data Flow Architecture- Graphs. Petri Nets, Static and Dynamic DFA, VLSI Computations (4L)
Parallel Programming Models, Languages, Compilers (4L)
Books:
Computer Architecture and Parallel Processing- Kai Hwang and A. .Brigggs International Edition, McGraw Hill
Advanced Computer Architecture: D. Sima, T. fountain, P. Kacsuk, Pearson
Parallel Computer Architecture: D. Culler, J.P.Singh, A.Gupta, Elsevier
Parallel Computing
IT801B
Contracts: 3L
Credits- 3

448
Page 353 of
NBA February 2015
37L
Module I
Introduction.-Parallel Processing Environment- Pipelining and Data Parallelism, Scalability, Flynns Taxonomy,. (3L)
Parallel Processing organization- Mesh, Hyper-tree, Pyramid, Butterfly, Hypercube network
(4L)
Module II
Parallel Algorithms Structure, cost, Analysis ;Elementary Algorithms: Broadcast, Prefix sums, All sums (4L)
Algorithms on Selection problem, Merging-Odd-even merging network, CREW Merging, N-ary searching
(6L)
Matrix Transposition ,Matrix Multiplications- 2D Mesh SIMD ,Hypercube SIMD, Shuffle-Exchange SIMD models.
Discrete Fourier Transform, Fast Fourier Transform (6L)
Module III
Linear system of equations- Gaussian Elimination, Gauss-Seidel algorithm, Jacobi algorithm (3L)
Sorting Enumeration sort, Odd-even transposition sort, Bitonic merge
Elliss Algorithm (3L)
Module IV
Graph Algorithms, Spanning Tree Algorithms, (4L)
Parallel Programming Languages FORTRAN 90, OCCAM(4L)
Books for reference:
1. Parallel Computing Theory and Practice -Michael J. Quinn (McGraw Hill Inc.)
2. Design and Analysis of Parallel Algorithms- S.G. Akl (PH)
Natural Language Processing

IT801C
Contracts: 3L
Credits- 3
Module I
Regular Expressions and Automata Recap)
[2L]
Introduction to NLP, Regular Expression, Finite State Automata

[5L]
Tokenization
Word Tokenization, Normalization, Sentence Segmentation, Named Entity Recognition,
Multi Word Extraction, Spell Checking Bayesian Approach, Minimum Edit Distance
[4L]
Morphology
Morphology Inflectional and Derivational Morphology, Finite State Morphological Parsing, The Lexicon and
Morphotactics, Morphological Parsing with Finite State Transducers, Orthographic Rules and Finite State
Transducers, Porter Stemmer
Module II
[4L]
Language Modeling
Introduction to N-grams, Chain Rule, Smoothing Add-One Smoothing, Witten-Bell Discounting; Backoff,
Deleted Interpolation, N-grams for Spelling and Word Prediction, Evaluation of language models.
Hidden Markov Models and POS Tagging
[4L]
Markov Chain, Hidden Markov Models, Forward Algorithm, Viterbi Algorithm, Part of Speech Tagging Rule
based and Machine Learning based approaches, Evaluation
Module III
Text Classification
[4L]
Text Classification, Nave Bayes Text Classification, Evaluation, Sentiment Analysis Opinion Mining and
Emotion Analysis, Resources and Techniques

448
Page 354 of
Context Free Grammar
NBA February 2015

[5L]
Context Free Grammar and Constituency, Some common CFG phenomena for English, Top-Down and Bottom-up
parsing, Probabilistic Context Free Grammar, Dependency Parsing
Module IV
Computational Lexical Semantics
[4L]
Introduction to Lexical Semantics Homonymy, Polysemy, Synonymy, Thesaurus WordNet, Computational

Lexical Semantics Thesaurus based and Distributional Word Similarity
Information Retrieval
[5L]
Boolean Retrieval, Term-document incidence, The Inverted Index, Query Optimization, Phrase Queries, Ranked
Retrieval Term Frequency Inverse Document Frequency based ranking, Zone Indexing, Query term proximity,
Cosine ranking, Combining different features for ranking, Search Engine Evaluation, Relevance Feedback
Books:
1. Speech and Language Processing, Jurafsky and Martin, Pearson Education
2. Foundation of Statistical Natural Language Processing, Manning and Schutze, MIT Press
3. Multilingual natural language Processing Applicationsfrom Theory to Practice: Bikel, Pearson.
IT801D
Contracts: 3L
Credits- 3
Total: - 38 Lectures
Module1: Attacks on Computers & Computer Security (5L)
Introduction, Need for Security, Security approaches, Principles of Security, Types of attack.
Module2: Cryptography: Concepts & Techniques (7L)
Introduction, Plaintext & Cipher text, Substitution Techniques, Transposition Techniques, Encryption &
Decryption, Symmetric & Asymmetric key Cryptography, Key Range & Key Size
Module3: Symmetric Key Algorithm (8L)
Introduction, Algorithm types & Modes, Overview of Symmetric Key Cryptography, DES(Data Encryption
Standard) algorithm, IDEA(International Data Encryption Algorithm) algorithm, RC5(Rivest Cipher 5)
algorithm. Module4: Asymmetric Key Algorithm, Digital Signature and RSA (5L)
Introduction, Overview of Asymmetric key Cryptography, RSA algorithm, Symmetric & Asymmetric key
Cryptography together, Digital Signature, Basic concepts of Message Digest and Hash Function (Algorithms on
Message Digest and Hash function not required).
Module5: Internet Security Protocols, User Authentication (6L)
Basic Concepts, SSL protocol, Authentication Basics, Password, Authentication Token, Certificate based
Authentication, Biometric Authentication.
Module6 : Electronic Mail Security (4L)
Basics of mail security, Pretty Good Privacy, S/MIME.
Module7: Firewall (3L)
Introduction, Types of firewall, Firewall Configurations, DMZ Network
Text :
1. Cryptography and Network Security, William Stallings, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education Asia
2. Network Security private communication in a public world, C. Kaufman, R. Perlman and M. Speciner,
Pearson
3. Cryptography & Network Security: Atul Kahate, TMH.
Reference :
1. Network Security Essentials: Applications and Standards by William Stallings, Pearson

448
Page 355 of
NBA February 2015
2. Designing Network Security, Merike Kaeo, 2nd Edition, Pearson Books

3. Building Internet Firewalls, Elizabeth D. Zwicky, Simon Cooper, D. Brent Chapman, 2nd Edition,
Oreilly
4. Practical Unix & Internet Security, Simson Garfinkel, Gene Spafford, Alan Schwartz, 3rd Edition,
Oreilly
Technology Management
IT802A
Contracts: 3L
Credits- 3
:To be Implemented.
Cyber law and Security Policy
IT802B
Contracts: 3L
Credits- 3
Module 1A: Introduction of Cybercrime:
What is cybercrime?, Forgery, Hacking, Software Piracy, Computer Network intrusion
Module 1B: Category of Cybercrime:
how criminals plan attacks, passive attack, Active attacks, cyberstalking.
[4]
[4]
Module 2: Cybercrime Mobile & Wireless devices:

[8]
Security challenges posted by mobile devices, cryptographic security for mobile devices, Attacks on mobile/cellphones,
Theft, Virus, Hacking. Bluetooth; Different viruses on laptop.
Module -3: Tools and Methods used in Cyber crime:
[8]
Proxy servers, panword checking, Random checking, Trojan Horses and Backdoors; DOS & DDOS attacks; SQL injection:
buffer over flow.
Module 4A: Phishing & Identity Theft:
Phising methods, ID Theft; Online identity method.
Module 4B: Cybercrime & Cybersecurity:
Legal aspects, indian laws, IT act, Public key certificate
[4]
[4]
Text: Cyber security by Nina Gobole & Sunit Belapune; Pub: Wiley India.
Optical Networking
IT802C
Contracts: 3L
Credits- 3
Optical Networks: [36 hours]
Module 1: [10]
Optical communications - Basics of: [2]
Sources.
Transmitters
.
Modulators.
Optical
fiber.
Photodetectors, and
Receivers.
Switching in
networks.[2]
Circuit switched.
Packet switched.
Cell switched.
Virtual circuit switched.
Burst switched (fast circuit
switched). Transmission [1]
9. Asynchronous.

448
Page 356 of
NBA February 2015
10. Synchronous.
Layering in packet switched networks. [2]

12. Motivation.
13. Commonly used abstraction,
13.2
Physical layer.
13.3
Data link layer.
13.4
Network layer.
13.5
Transport layer.
13.6
Application layer.
Layering in circuit switched networks. [3]
4. Physical layer.
5. Multiplexing standards.
6. Signalling - CAS, CCS.
7. SS7 concept.
Module 2: [8]
Data plane, management plane, control plane - concept.
[1] First
generation networks.
[2]
h) SDH/SONET.
i) Computer interconnections - ESCON, Fiber Channel, HIPPI. j)
FDDI.
k) ATM.
l) DQDB.
Components description.
[3]
12. Mode locked laser (for ps pulses).
13. Tunable filters.
14. Multiplexers.
15. Demultiplexers.
16. Tunable wavelength convertors.
17. Optical amplifiers.
a. Fiber - EDFA. b.
SOA.
18. Tunable transmitters.
19. Tunable receivers.
20. Dispersion compensating fibers. Multiplexing
techniques.
[2]
20. SDM.
21. TDMA.
22. WDMA (OFDMA).
1. DWDM.
2. SCM.
23. CDMA.
Module 3 :
[9]
Protocols for single channel broadcast networks. (recapitulation)
16. ALOHA, CSMA/CD.
17. Problems with CSMA/CD.
18. Definition of high speed network.
Classification of multiple access methods. (recapitulation)
23. Random access.
24. Reserved acces.
25. Scheduled access.
Multichannel multiple access protocols.
14. Desirable charactersticks of protocol.
1. Scalability.
2. Fairness.
15. TTTR.
16. TTFR.
17. FTTR.
18. FTFR.
19. Problem of wavelength stability.
Multihop WDM network.
[2]
xiii.Shufflenet.

448
[1]
[1]
[2]
Page 357 of
NBA February 2015
xiv.MSN.
Wavelength routed networks.
[3]
7. Mesh.
8. Ring-Traffic grooming problem.
Module 4: [9]
IP over Optical framework.
1. ASON.
2. MPS.
[2]
Burst switched network (bufferless networks) [1]

All-optical circuit switches. [1]
All-optical packet switches. [3]
3. Broadcast and select.
4. Wavelength routed.
5. Space switch based.
6. Discussion on various switch architectures.
7. Packet buffering techniques.
8. Travelling type.
9. Recirculating type.
Protection and restoration. [2]
6. Restoration mechanism.
7. Restoration timing issues.
8. Path protection.
9. Span protection.
10. P-cycles.
Text:
References:
1. WDM Networks: Biswanath Mukherjee.
2. Optical Networks - A Practical Perspective: Rajiv Ramaswamy & Kumar Sivarajan.
Low Power Circuits & Systems
IT802D
Contracts: 3L
Credits- 3
Basics of MOS circuits: MOS Transistor structure and device modeling; MOS Inverters; MOS Combinational Circuits
Different Logic Families
Sources of Power dissipation: Dynamic Power Dissipation: Short Circuit Power; Switching Power; Gliching Power: Static
Power Dissipation
Supply Voltage Scaling Approaches: Device feature size scaling; Multi-Vdd Circuits; Architectural level approaches:
Parallelism, Pipelining; Voltage scaling using high-level transformations; Dynamic voltage scaling; Power Management.
Switched Capacitance Minimization Approaches: Hardware Software Tradeoff; Bus Encoding; Twos complement Vs Sign
Magnitude; Architectural optimization; Clock Gating; Logic styles
Leakage Power minimization Approaches: Variable-threshold-voltage CMOS (VTCMOS) approach; Multi-thresholdvoltage CMOS (MTCMOS) approach ; Dual-Vt assignment approach (DTCMOS); Transistor stacking.
Special Topics: Adiabatic Switching Circuits; Battery-aware Synthesis; Variation tolerant design
References:
1. Sung_Mo Kang, Yusuf Leblebici, CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits, Tata McGraw Hill
2. Neil H. E. Weste and K. Eshraghian, Principles of CMOS VLSI Design, 2nd Edition, Addison Wesley (Indian reprint).
3. A. Bellamour, and M. I. Elmasri, Low Power VLSI CMOS Circuit Design, Kluwer Academic Press, 1995
4. Anantha P. Chandrakasan and Robert W. Brodersen, Low Power Digital CMOS Design, Kluwer Academic Publishers,
1995
5. Kaushik Roy and Sharat C. Prasad, Low-Power CMOS VLSI Design, Wiley-Interscience, 2000

448
Page 358 of
NBA February 2015
Business Analytics
IT802E
Contracts: 3L
Credits- 3
Total: - 38 Lectures
Module 1: Foundations of Business Analytics (4L)
Introduction to Business Analytics, Analytics on Spreadsheets.
Module 2: Product-Market Fit: Gap Analysis (6L)
Gap Analysis, Carrying Out Gap Analysis, Steps in Gap Analysis, Conducting a Representative Survey for Gap Analysis,
Predicting Consumer Behaviour and Gap Analysis in Smartphone Market.
Module 3: Analytical Modeling by Factor and Cluster Analysis (8L)
Factor Analysis Concepts, Application of Factor Analysis
Concepts of Cluster Analysis, Similarity Measures, Application of Cluster Analysis.
Module 4: Analytical Modeling by Logistics Regression and Discriminant Analysis (10L)
Linear Discriminant Analysis Model, Predictive Modeling using Discriminant Analysis, Application of Linear Discriminant
Analysis for Credit Scoring of Loan Applicants.
Theoretical Formulation of Logistics Regression, Mathematical Interpretation of Logistics Regression, Indicator for Model
Fit, Applying Logistics Regression,
Application of Logistics Regression in Predicting Risk in Portfolio Management
Testing the Reliability/Consistency of the Different Factors Measured.
Module 5: Segmentation of primary target market by Heuristic Modeling (4L)
Introduction to RFM Analysis
Enhancing Response Rates with RFM Analysis.
Module 6: Segmentation of target market based on large databases using Decision Tree approach. (6L)
Introduction to Chi-square Automatic Interaction Detection (CHAID)
Predictive Modelling by CHAID.
Text:
1. Business Analytics: An Application Focus, Purba Halady Rao, Prentice Hall.
2. "Business Analytics" James R. Evans, Pearson.
Reference:
1. "Modeling Techniques in Predictive Analytics", Thomas W. Miller, Pearson
2. "Enterprise Analytics: Optimize Performance, Process, and Decisions Through Big Data", Thomas H. Davenport,
Pearson.
3. "Fundamentals of Business Analytics", Seema Acharya, Wiley India.
4. "Business Intelligence: A Managerial Perspective on Analytics", Ramesh Sharda, Dursun Delen, Efraim Turban,
David King, Prentice Hall
Robotics
IT802F
Contracts: 3L
Credits- 3
No
Topic
Number of
Lectures
Module 0: Preface, Information for Students and Teachers, Acknowledgement

Module 1: Introduction
Introduction -- brief history, types, classification and usage, Science and Technology of
robots, Some useful websites, textbooks and research journals.
Module 2: Elements of robots links, joints, actuators, and sensors
Position and orientation of a rigid body, Homogeneous transformations, Representation of
joints, link representation using D-H parameters, Examples of D-H parameters and link
transforms, different kinds of actuators stepper, DC servo and brushless motors, model of a
DC servo motor, Types of transmissions, Purpose of sensors, internal and external sensors,
common sensors encoders, tachometers, strain gauge based force-torque sensors, proximity
74

448
Page 359 of

3
10
and distance measuring sensors, and vision.

Module 3: Kinematics of serial robots
Introduction, Direct and inverse kinematics problems, Examples of kinematics of common
serial manipulators, workspace of a serial robot, Inverse kinematics of constrained and
redundant robots, Tractrix based approach for fixed and free robots and multi-body systems,
simulations and experiments, Solution procedures using theory of elimination, Inverse
kinematics solution for the general 6R serial manipulator.
Module 4: Kinematics of parallel robots
Degrees-of-freedom of parallel mechanisms and manipulators, Active and passive joints,
Constraint and loop-closure equations, Direct kinematics problem, Mobility of parallel
manipulators, Closed-from and numerical solution, Inverse kinematics of parallel
manipulators and mechanisms, Direct kinematics of Gough-Stewart platform.
Module 5: Velocity and static analysis of robot manipulators
Linear and angular velocity of links, Velocity propagation, Manipulator Jacobians for serial
and parallel manipulators, Velocity ellipse and ellipsoids, Singularity analysis for serial and
parallel manipulators, Loss and gain of degree of freedom, Statics of serial and parallel
manipulators, Statics and force transformation matrix of a Gough-Stewart platform,
Singularity analysis and statics.
Module 6: Dynamics of serial and parallel manipulators
Mass and inertia of links, Lagrangian formulation for equations of motion for serial and
parallel manipulators, Generation of symbolic equations of motion using a computer,
Simulation (direct and inverse) of dynamic equations of motion, Examples of a planar 2R and
four-bar mechanism, Recursive dynamics, Commercially available multi-body simulation
software (ADAMS) and Computer algebra software Maple.
Module 7: Motion planning and control
Joint and Cartesian space trajectory planning and generation, Classical control concepts using
the example of control of a single link, Independent joint PID control, Control of a multi-link
manipulator, Non-linear model based control schemes, Simulation and experimental case
studies on serial and parallel manipulators, Control of constrained manipulators, Cartesian
control, Force control and hybrid position/force control, Advanced topics in non-linear
control of manipulators.
Module 8: Modeling and control of flexible robots
Models of flexible links and joints, Kinematic modeling of multi-link flexible robots,
Dynamics and control of flexible link manipulators, Numerical simulations results,
Experiments with a planar two-link flexible manipulator.
Module 9: Modeling and analysis of wheeled mobile robots
Introduction and some well known wheeled mobile robots (WMR), two and three-wheeled
WMR on flat surfaces, Slip and its modeling, WMR on uneven terrain, Design of slip-free
motion on uneven terrain, Kinematics, dynamics and static stability of a three-wheeled
WMRs on uneven terrain, Simulations using Matlab and ADAMS.
Module 10: Selected advanced topics in robotics
Introduction to chaos, Non-linear dynamics and chaos in robot equations, Simulations of
planar 2 DOF manipulators, Analytical criterion for unforced motion. Gough-Stewart
platform and its singularities, use of near singularity for fine motion for sensing, design of
Gough-Stewart platform based sensors.
Over-constrained mechanisms and deployable structures, Algorithm to obtain redundant links
and joints, Kinematics and statics of deployable structures with pantographs or scissor-like
elements (SLEs).
NBA February 2015

4
Practical
Design Lab
CS891
Contracts: 6
Credits- 4
Revised Syllabus of B.Tech IT (for the students who were admitted in Academic Session 2010-2011)

448
Page 360 of
NBA February 2015
The Spoken tutorials are designed by IIT-Bombay and promoted by MHRD, GoI, to make the students industry ready. These
tutorials can be organised in Colleges and promoted among students. The tutorials followed by practice will enable the
students to handle problems. After 2-3 weeks of practice there is a scope for evaluation and certification.
Please visit the website for details. http://www.spoken-tutorial.org
Any three topics from the following may be can be chosen:
1. C and C++ ; Basic and Intermediate Levels
2. Advanced C++
3. Java and Netbeans
4. Java Business Application
5. PHP & MySQL
6. Python
7. Scilab
8. Linux and Ubuntu

448
Page 361 of
NBA February 2015
APPENDIX II
RUBRICS FOR PROGRAM OUTCOMES

ASSESSMENT
Rubric for analyzing a given problem and identifying computing
requirements
Name: ____________________
Course: ______________
Internal/External Evaluator:______________________
Date:___________
Intended Outcome:: Analyze and Identify and define the computing requirements for a given problem
which are appropriate to its solution
Rubric
Problem statement
Requirement
specifications
Highly competent 3
Problem statement
describes complete
understanding of the
problem. Describes
fully the known
information and what
needs to be
determined.
Clear and concrete
description of
computing
requirements in terms
of hardware and
software
specifications
Competent
Problem statement
describes some
understanding of the
problem. Describes
most of the known
information and what
needs to be
determined.
Description of
computing
requirements is
somewhat clear
in terms of hardware
and software
specifications
Beginner
Problem statement is
not specified at all.
No clear computing
requirements for the
problem solution.
NBA February 2015
Rubric for usage of current techniques/skills/modern tools

Name: ____________________
Course: ______________
Date:___________
Intended Outcome:: Select/Explore the new tool and able to work on it

Rubric
Below expectations
1
Meets expectations
2
Exceeds
expectations 3
Knowledge of
professional tools
Is not familiar with stateof-the-art

tools (hardware,
software).
Knows what tools are

generally
available and is
competent to use
them at a basic level.
Maintains expertise in
appropriate tools for the
field
Selection of tools
Is not able to identify the

right
tools for a particular
problem or
project.
Can usually identify tools

that
might fit a particular
problem or
project.
Can identify and evaluate

which
tools are best for a
particular
problem or project.
Use appropriate
simulation design
tools
Not used any tool in

any of the
phases of the
problem
Used tool but could

not
conclude the results
Used tool effectively

and
concluded results
with various
test cases.
Ability to develop
new skills and
expertise
Is unable to
independently learn
new tools and skills;
requires
assistance .
Is able to eventually learn

new
tools and skills, but is
sometimes
inefficient and
uncomfortable
doing so.
Is able to quickly and

effectively
learn new tools and skills.
NBA February 2015
Rubric for local/global impact of computing in society

Name: ____________________
Course: ______________
Date:___________
Intended Outcome:: Analyze real world problems using accomplished knowledge

Rubric for Project
Rubric
Unacceptable(1)
Knowledge
Not able to identify

the economic, social
and environmental
costs of Information
Technologies.
Comprehension
Not able to foresee

how their current
and future work will
influence the
economy, society
and the environment,
.
Application
Not able to tackle real

problems related with
computing skills, and
apply the acquired
knowledge to find
solutions, taking into
account economic,
social and
environmental
constraints.
Below
Expectations(3)
Able to identify the
economic, social and
environmental costs
of Information
Technologies, but not
able to define why
technology can
transform the way of
live.
Able to foresee how
their current and
future work will
influence the
economy, society and
the environment, but
cannot apply this to
their daily work.
Able to tackle real
problems but cannot
apply the acquired
knowledge to find
account economic,
social and
environmental
constraints.
Meets Expectations(5)
Able to identify the
economic, social and
environmental
costs of Information
Technologies, and
be able to define why
technology can
transform the way of
live.
Able to foresee how
their current and future
work will influence the
economy, society and
the environment, and
apply this to their daily
work.
Able to tackle real
problems related with
computing skills, and
apply the acquired
knowledge to find
account economic,
social and
environmental
constraints.
NBA February 2015
Rubric for understanding of professional/ethical/social and security

issues
Name: ____________________
Course: ______________
Date:___________
Intended Outcome:: Understand the professional/ethical and legal issues relevant to IT

Rubric
Highly competent
3
Originality
Always documents
source of others' work
and make an effort to
determine if use is
appropriate
Professional Competency Formulate specific
professional standards
and how they apply to
software design.
Security issues
Can clearly articulate
and assess likelihood
of securities issues in
a
case of software
design.
Competent
2
Referencing use of
others' work
Beginner
1
Has been caught
turning in the work of
others
Acknowledges that a
software design is
professionally
substandard.
Student is aware of
Security issues but
cannot articulate
Lack of awareness of
professional standards
in software design.
Lack of awareness of
security issues in
software design.
NBA February 2015
Rubric for working in multidisciplinary teams

Name: ____________________
Course: ______________
Date:___________
Intended Outcome:: Participate as responsible member of a team in developing software solutions

Rubric
Assumes
individual and
team
responsibility
Unsatisfactory
Does not
complete
assigned tasks or
actively
participate in the
team.
Developing
Completes all
assigned tasks by
deadline and
participates in
many team
activities.
Satisfactory
Completes all
assigned tasks by
deadline to
advance the
project and
participates in
most team
activities.
Recognizes and
appreciates
varied
backgrounds of
team members
Rejects alternate
viewpoints and
has some
disrespectful or
impolite
communication.
Respectfully
redirects focus
away from
conflict to the
immediate task at
hand.
Respectfully
identifies and
acknowledges
conflict to work
towards
resolution.
Exemplary
Thoroughly
completes all
assigned tasks by
deadline and
proactively helps
other team
members to
advance the
project.
Treats team
members
respectfully and
manages or
resolves
conflicts in ways
that
strengthen
overall team
cohesiveness.
NBA February 2015
Rubric for communication skills

Name: ____________________
Course: ______________
Date:___________
Intended Outcome:: Oral and written communication of students in Projects

Rubric
Excellent (5)
Expresses ideas clearly
Relating to audience
Visuals
Content and knowledge
Clarity and composition
References
Acceptable (3)
Oral presentations
Accurate and complete.
Partial complete
Explanation of key
explanation of key
concepts with relevant
literature
literature.
Eye contact over entire
Eye contact with limited
room and elaborate
group and
appropriate responses to
limited responses to
questions
questions
Effective use of visuals
visuals are partially added
enhance/add impact to
the impact to presentation
presentation
Written communications
Demonstration of full
At ease with content and
knowledge of the subject
able to elaborate and
with explanations and
explain to some degree.
elaboration.
Sentence structure
Sentence structure
accurately varied and
generally varied and clear.
clear. Easy to comprehend. Easy to comprehend
Reference section
complete and
comprehensive.
Minor inadequacies in
references
Poor (2)
Explanation of concepts
not accurate with
literature.
Minimal eye contact with
audiences
and limited responses to
questions
visuals are used, some are
distracting the audience
from the presentation
Uncomfortable with
content. Only basic
concepts are demonstrated
and interpreted.
Sentence structure often
neither varied nor clear.
Moderate interference with
comprehension
Inadequate list of
references or references in
text.
NBA February 2015
Rubric for continuing professional development

Name: ____________________
Course: ______________
Date:___________
Intended Outcome:: identifying and usage of information sources to accomplish a given assignment
Rubric for Projects
Rubrics
Highly competent
3
Competent
2
Beginner
1
Selection of task
Recent and highly

effective tool or
technology or process or
research
trend is selected
Digs up all kinds of
information, comes up
with exhaustive
information including all
the background.
Recent but moderately

effective tool or
technology or process or
research trend is
selected
Collects adequate
information about the tool
but not much about related
ones
Not recent not effective

tool or technology or
process or research trend is
selected
Research/information
gathering
Collects minimal
information and about just
the particular tool/
technology
NBA February 2015
Rubric for understanding engineering and management principles

Name: ____________________
Course: ______________
Date:___________
Intended Outcome:: applying engineering and management principles as an individual and team
member
Rubrics
Project Planning
Unsatisfactory
Lack of capability in
choosing appropriate
team
Project Process
Attends group
meetings without any
preparation
Project Delivery
Fail to deliver project

on time
Developing
Selects appropriate
team but lack of
awareness about
proper planning in
terms of timeline etc.
Arrives prepared for
group meetings but
does not work
effectively as group
member
Able to deliver only
projects rough draft
on time
Satisfactory
Completely aware of
the project, project
team and project
control.
Arrives prepared for
group Meetings on
time and works
effectively as a group
member
Delivers project on
time and also
effective professional
content.
NBA February 2015
Sample PO Assess
Assessment
PO 9: An ability to propose original ideas and solutions, culminating into a modern, easy to use
tool, by a larger section of the society with longevity through effective communication in speech and in
writing, including documentation of hardware and software systems to customers/users or peers.
Assessment Criteria:
PO (9.1): Oral and written communication shown by the students in curriculum
PO (9.2): Technical and Communication skills shown in extra-curricular activities
Assessment Process and tools:
PO (9.1)
The ability of the students to communicate effectively is assessed regularly

during the program through various courses.
The communication abilities are broadly
categorized into oral and written communication skills. Precisely, these abilities are
assessed over the following courses during the program using appropriate assessment
tools for each course.
In addition to these courses, these abilities are also assessed by
the faculty in other courses when students present the seminars and write the home
assignments
Course
HU101: English
Language & Technical
Communication
Measurement
Assessment Tool
External marks
Performance in internal and

external exams.
External marks
Performance in two spoken
activities, Rapid speaking
session to assess spontaneity,
written communication task
as part of internal marks.
Performance/marks
in
external lab
HU481: Technical Report

Writing & Language Lab
IT795: Project-1
Technical report submitted

Oral and Power point
presentation at the end of
course
IT892: Project-2
Technical report submitted

Oral and Power point
presentation at the end of
course
Assessed by a team of
evaluators with a pre published
rubric (Snippet of rubric is
given)
Rubric 1
Assessed by a team of
evaluators with a pre published
rubric (Snippet of rubric is
given)

NBA February 2015
PO (9.2)
Technical Skills can be achieved by the courses listed under this program outcome,
like: IT501: Design & Analysis of Algorithm, IT603: Software Engg, IT604B: Computer
Graphics, IT701: Internet Technology. The attainment of PO is assessed by the internal and
external examination marks. Also apart from this the achievements can be assessed by
considering the participation of the students in the seminar, paper presentation, coding
competition etc.
Communication skills shown during the extra-curricular activities in addition to the
curriculum are considered taking in to consideration of the following:
Program level Statistics: (PLS)
1. Workshops and seminars participated in other institutions and our institute.
2. Number of students participated in Technical Quiz, Coding competition etc.
Survey reports:
Exit Survey: After the end of the program
Alumni Survey: After one year of graduation
Employer Survey: After one year of graduation
Measurements considered under this section to assess the PO are:
Number of students participated in various extracurricular activities like
Workshops, Seminars, and Paper Presentations etc.
Program level statistics:
paper presentations/ internships/industry visit etc. is prepared. A comparative statement
with the previous academic year is considered to indirectly assess the PO.
Survey reports:
Exit survey:
The IT program has developed a written questionnaire for graduating students called as
Exit Survey. This has to be submitted by all the graduating students. The students
feedback data is used to help identify any emerging trends in either a positive or a negative
direction. The survey questions related to this PO are as follows:
How much effective are you able to communicate your ideas to others
either oral/written/presentation?
Do you observe your communication skills are improved after

your graduation course?
NBA February 2015
Alumni Survey:
The alumni survey is a written
ritten questionnaire which alumni are asked to complete.
co
Data will
be collected after one yearr of graduation. The data will be analyzed and used in continuous
improvement. The survey questions related to this PO are as follows:
How well has yourr graduate education helped you to write a technical
technic document?
Are you comfort in presenting documents and power points
p
at
your compan
company/institute?
Employer Survey:
The employer survey is a written qquestionnaire which employers of the programs graduates
are asked to complete. The survey questions related to this PO are as follow
llows:
Can our graduate effectively communicate ideas and technical information?
infor
How often do you select our student to communicate with customer
omers?
Assessment Analysis:
The communication
munication abilities were assessed with student data which was
collected during the coursse work. Both course level assessment and oral assessment by the
faculty indicate that most of the students presentation and writing skills are good. Some
difficulty in answering que
questions precisely and accurately was observed. The figure 1
illustrates these observationns
Figure 1. Asse
Assessment for Technical Report Writing and Language Courrses
With the direct assessment,, it was observed that overall students were able to
perform spoken and written activities at an ac
acceptable level (80-85%). Students did
not perform as well on Rapid speaking session which is useful to identify the
t
spontaneous c o m m u ni c at io n ab ilit ie s of our graduates (approx 60%)
In HU481 some difficulties were observed in graduates with respect to group discussions and
individual communications (by giving presentation).
The necessary actions were taken to overcome the identified weaknesses by giving assignment
on presentation for appropriate practices.
Total 95 student records were used for the assessment of Project course during the
t academic
year 2013-14 and it is found that the presentation and delivery skills of students were good
(>90% scored 5s and 3s, <5% scored 1s). In the oral assessment, students
nts performed
perfor
well on two dimensio
ensions, some weakness were apparent in subject knowledge
ledge (>5%
scored 1s and <80%
% scor
scored 5s and 3s). The most of the students were able
ble to perform
acceptable performance
mance on both oral and written communication for the academic
cademic year
NBA February 2015
2013-14. More than 800% of the students scored above level 3 and less than 10% of the
students scored below llevel 3 in Project. With the help of workshops students were gained
relevant subject knowledge
ledge and improved their performance in this course as compared
compa
to
last year.
In addition, the number

umber of students participated in various extraccurricular activities
like workshops, paper prese
presentations conducted at various institutions and our institute is
collected at end of the eacch academic year. This data is used for communication
comm
abilities
assessment. The assessment
sment result analysis is shown in figure2 below:
Figure 2. Students participation in various activities

Some difficulties were observed in graduates with respect to paper presentations. The
necessary actions were taken to overcome the identified weaknesses and initiate the culture
of paper presentation by organizing a one day event on paper presentation. Around 100s of
our graduates were part
participated there.
The participation our students secured prizes for events like Best Brain Challenge, IIT KGP,
Finalist at ACM-ICPC
ICPC provisional round at IIT Kharagpur,2014, Qualified Google code jam
IA round 2014.
With the help of indirect assessment, the students communication abilities were
evaluated. The surveyy ttemplate was used for the assessment of comm
munication abilities
as shown below.
Template of Program leve
vel statistics
Measurment
No of students
Participation in Paper presentations, workshops and seminars

Template for evaluating survey reports.

Quest
Question
Sample size
Exit survey
How much effective are you able to communicate

your
ideas to others either oral/written/prese
oral/written/presentation?
Average
A
on 1-5 scale
NBA February 2015
Do you observe your communication skills are improved after

your graduation course?
Alumni survey
How well has your graduate education helped you

to
write a technical document?
Are you comfort in presenting documents and power points at
your company/institute?
Employer survey
Can our graduate effectively communicate ideas

and technical information?
How often do you select our student to communicate with
customers?
Exit Survey was completed by 85 of 95 graduating seniors with almost 4.5 response rate.
55-5% of Alumni responding to the Alumni Survey indicated 4.1 response rates
Summary
Rubrics for evaluating PO attainment with performance indicators:
Completely
attained
Attained
Partially
attained
Performance
3
indicators:
At least 60 % of the
students
at
high
PO (9.1): Oral and written are
competence level and
communication shown by
30% students are at
the students in curriculum
moderate
competence
(60% weight age)
level
from exam
results, and Rubric (
project)
At least 50 % of the students

are at
high competence
level and 30% students are
at moderate competence
level from exam results,
Rubric (project)
At least 30 % of the
students
are
at
high
competence
level
and 30% students
are at
moderate
competence
level
from exam results,
Rubric
(major
project)
PO(9.2):
Technical and
Communicatio
n skills shown
in extracurricular
activities
NBA February 2015
Program
Level
Statistics
(20%
weightage)
60% of the students

have
participated (taken from
PLS
template.)
50% of the students have

participated (taken from PLS
template.)
Less
than 30%
of
the
students have
participated
(taken from PLS
template.)
Survey
Reports(20
%
weightage)
Average of survey
report
is >3.5
Average of survey report

is between 2 and 3.5
Average of survey
report
is <2
Evaluation of PO attainment for A.Y 2013-14
Completely
attained
Attained
Partially
attained
Score
Performance
3
indicators:
PO (9.1): Oral and
written
communication shown
by the students in
curriculum
(60%
weightage)
Program
Level
Statistics
PO
(9.2) (20%
weighta
Technical
ge)
and
Communic
ation skills
shown in Survey
Reports(
extra20%
curricular
weighta
activities
ge)
60%*3
1.8
20%*3
0.6
20%*3
0.6
Score obtained on
scale 3
NBA February 2015
Evaluation of PO attainment for A.Y 2014-15

Completely
attained
3
Attained
2
Partially
attained
Score
Performance
indicators:
PO (9.1): Oral and
written
communication shown
by the students in
curriculum
(60%
weightage)
Program
Level
Statistics
PO
(9.2) (20%
weighta
Technical
ge)
and
Communic
ation skills
shown in Survey
Reports(
extra20%
curricular
weighta
activities
ge)
60%*3
1.8
20%*3
0.6
20%*3
0.6
Score
obtained on
Observations and Steps to improve attainment of PO

Program Outcome 9 attainment is said be completely attained from the rubrics of
evaluation in both AY 2013-14 and AY 2014-15
From direct assessment tool, 85% of our graduates are able to exhibit their
interpersonal skills through various courses in graduate program.
The students participation in Paper Presentations, Workshops and various
activities were increased and 30-40% of the participants secured prizes in
prestigious institutions.
Evidences:
Internal and external exam papers for these courses are available in examination

NBA February 2015
section.
Samples copies of Project are available in the department Library.
Annual report of the department for co-curricular activities and competitive exams
data which was placed in department office.
Exit survey, Alumni and Employer Survey documents files are available in the
department office.
Rubrics used
Snippet of Rubrics:
Rubric: For project
Rubric
Expresses ideas clearly
Relating to audience
Visuals
Content and knowledge
Clarity and composition
References
Excellent (5)
Acceptable (3)
Oral presentations
Accurate and complete.
Partial complete
Explanation of key
explanation of key
literature
literature.
Eye contact over entire
Eye contact with limited
room and elaborate
group and
appropriate responses to
limited responses to
questions
questions
Effective use of visuals
visuals are partially
enhance/add impact to
added the impact to
presentation
presentation
Written communications
Demonstration of full
At ease with content and
knowledge of the subject
able to elaborate and
with explanations and
explain to some degree.
elaboration.
Sentence structure
accurately varied and
clear. Easy to
comprehend.
Reference section
complete and
comprehensive.
Sentence structure
generally varied and
clear. Easy to
comprehend
Minor inadequacies in
references
Poor (2)
Explanation of concepts
not accurate with
literature.
Minimal eye contact with
audiences
and limited responses to
questions
visuals are used, some are
distracting the audience
from the presentation
Uncomfortable with
content. Only basic
concepts are
demonstrated and
interpreted.
Sentence structure often
neither varied nor clear.
Moderate interference
with comprehension
Inadequate list of
references or references
in text.
Sample Course Assessment

CS302 DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHM
I.
Course Syllabus
Module -I. [8L] Linear Data Structure
Introduction (2L):
Why we need data structure? Concepts of data structures: a) Data and data structure b) Abstract Data Type and Data
Type.
Algorithms and programs, basic idea of pseudo-code. Algorithm efficiency and analysis, time and space analysis of
algorithms order notations.
Array (2L):
Different representations row major, column major. Sparse matrix - its implementation and usage. Array representation
of polynomials.
Linked List (4L):
Singly linked list, circular linked list, doubly linked list, linked list representation of polynomial and applications.
NBA February 2015
Module -II: [7L] Linear Data Structure

[Stack and Queue (5L):
Stack and its implementations (using array, using linked list), applications. Queue, circular queue, dequeue.
Implementation of queue- both linear and circular (using array, using linked list), applications.
Recursion (2L):
Principles of recursion use of stack, differences between recursion and iteration, tail recursion. Applications - The
Tower of Hanoi, Eight Queens Puzzle.
Module -III. [15L] Nonlinear Data structures
Trees (9L):
Basic terminologies, forest, tree representation (using array, using linked list). Binary trees - binary tree traversal (pre-,
in-, post- order), threaded binary tree (left, right, full) - non-recursive traversal algorithms using threaded binary tree,
expression tree. Binary search tree- operations (creation, insertion, deletion, searching). Height balanced binary tree
AVL tree (insertion, deletion with examples only). B- Trees operations (insertion, deletion with examples only).
Graphs (6L):
Graph definitions and concepts (directed/undirected graph, weighted/un-weighted edges, sub-graph, degree, cutvertex/
articulation point, pendant node, clique, complete graph, connected components strongly connected component,
weakly connected component, path, shortest path, isomorphism). Graph representations/storage implementations
adjacency matrix, adjacency list, adjacency multi-list. Graph traversal and connectivity Depth-first search (DFS),
Breadth-first search (BFS) concepts of edges used in DFS and BFS (tree-edge, back-edge, cross-edge, forward-edge),
applications.
Minimal spanning tree Prims algorithm (basic idea of greedy methods).
Module - IV. Searching, Sorting (10L):
Sorting Algorithms (5L): Bubble sort and its optimizations, insertion sort, shell sort, selection sort, merge sort, quick
sort,
heap sort (concept of max heap, application priority queue), radix sort. Searching (2L): Sequential search, binary
search, interpolation search. Hashing (3L): Hashing functions, collision resolution techniques.
Recommended books:
1. Data Structures And Program Design In C, 2/E by Robert L. Kruse, Bruce P. Leung.
2. Fundamentals of Data Structures of C by Ellis Horowitz, Sartaj Sahni, Susan Anderson-freed.
3. Data Structures in C by Aaron M. Tenenbaum.
4. Data Structures by S. Lipschutz.
5. Data Structures Using C by Reema Thareja.
6. Data Structure Using C, 2/e by A.K. Rath, A. K. Jagadev.
7. Introduction to Algorithms by Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronald L. Rivest, Clifford Stein.

II. Concept map of Data Structures course
III.
NBA February 2015
Course outcomes (COs)
Having successfully completed the course, student will be able to:
CO
CO1
CO2
CO3
CO4
IV.
Description
Interpret and compute asymptotic notations of an algorithm to analyze the
consumption of resources (time/space).
Exemplify and implement stack, queue and list ADT to manage the memory using
static and dynamic allocations. Implement binary search tree to design applications like
expression trees. Identify, model, solve and develop code for real life problems like
shortest path and MST using graph theory.
Develop and compare the comparison-based search algorithms and sorting algorithms.
Identify appropriate data structure and algorithm for a given contextual problem and
develop in C.
Mapping of Course outcomes (COs) to Program outcomes (POs)
NBA February 2015
Data structure course maps majorly to 1,2,3,4,5,11 program outcomes
PO
CO
CO1
CO2
CO3
CO4
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
2
1
2
1
1
2
2
2
1
2
2
2
2
2
Fig 1: Mapping of Course outcomes to Program outcomes

V.
Assessment of Course outcomes
2
2
2
CO2
Delivery
Methods
Assessment
method/
period of
assessment
NBA February 2015
Exemplify and implement stack, queue and list ADT to manage the
memory using static and dynamic allocations. Implement binary search
tree to design applications like expression trees. Identify, model, solve and
develop code for real life problems like shortest path and MST using graph
theory.
Power point presentation and BB

Laboratory programs
Home assignment
Mid-term exams
Laboratory
Quiz/ tutorial
End exam
End of semester
Monthly
Weekly
End of topic
End of semester

NBA February 2015
>>Write Abstract Data Type of a data structure which can be applicable
for
recursion process and implement this data structure in C language using
arrays.
>> Modify Queues implementation in C program such that the
disadvantage of dequeued space is non reusable is overcome
Sample
Focus
questions
>> Write a program that simulates a mouse in a maze. The program must
print the path taken by the mouse from the starting point to the final point,
including all spots that have been visited and backtracked. Thus, if a spot
is visited two times, it must be printed two times; if it is visited three
times, it must be printed three times.(Back tracking would help the
situation)
>>Construct memory in a fashion that data entered will follow a sequence
of orderly input and orderly output and no priority is given to the middle
values. Use contiguous memory spaces to execute it.
>> It is known that when dynamically added data is stored using a binary
search tree and traversed in in-order yields incremental sorted order.
Modify either the data structure or order of traversing in a BST to yield a
decremented sorted
order.
>> Find the polished expression using non linear data structure.
>> Implement an algorithm to find the shortest packet sending path from
all servers to every client provided the weights between them. Consider at
least 3 hubs each with 6 systems.
CO3
Delivery
Methods
Assessment
method/
period of
assessment
Develop and compare the comparison-based search algorithms and sorting

algorithms.
Power point presentation and BB

You tube Videos
Home assignment
Mid-term exams
Laboratory
Quiz/ tutorial
End exam
End of semester
Monthly
Weekly
End of topic
End of semester

NBA February 2015
Execute a search algorithm in C language for unsorted data whose time
complexity is O(n).
On what type of data searching can be done?
Given the program for Linear search on integers write a program for
linear
Sample
search on characters
Focus
Explain best case, average case and worst case of linear search.
questions
It is known that when dynamically added data is stored using a binary
decremented sorted order.
CO4
Delivery
Methods
Identify appropriate data structure and algorithm for a given contextual

problem and develop in C.
Overall essence of all the subject
Assessment
Home assignment
method/
Laboratory
period of
assessment
Sample
Focus
questions
End of semester
Weekly
Write a program that simulates a mouse in a maze. The program must

print the path taken by the mouse from the starting point to the final point,
including all spots that have been visited and backtracked. Thus, if a spot
is visited two times, it must be printed two times; if it is visited three
times, it must be printed three times.(Back tracking would help the
situation)
It is known that when dynamically added data is stored using a binary
decremented sorted order.
Write comparative searching techniques to search a key in a dynamic
list. Calculate the time and space complexity of search algorithm. Try to
reduce the complexity to O(log n) of search algorithm. Discuss the
possibilities
In a particular data base that is stored in a dynamic fashion, it is observed
that same data is replicated. It is decided to remove all these replicates in
order to optimize the memory used. Implement a solution to achieve this.
Write a program for zip/postal code look up (i.e., if u given postal code
output will be city name and area name and pin code) using a data
structure.
Write a program that reads a list of names and telephone numbers from
user and inserts them into a BST tree. Once the tree has been built, present
the user with a menu that allows him or her to search the list for a
specified name, insert a new name, delete an existing name, or print the
entire phone list. At the end of the job, write the data in the list back to the
file. Test your program with at least 10 names.
Solve the problem of a sales man who needs to visit all capitals of Indian
states with minimum cost. He is not willing to travel a city twice.

NBA February 2015
A manager of MNC needs to visit Dubai from Vijayawada through
airways and there is no direct flig
flight
ht to fly. Provided all flight services with
source destination and cost. Identify the minimum cost path to plan his
journey through connecting flights.
Implement an algorithm to find the shortest packet sending path from all
servers to every client prov
provided
ided the weights between them. Consider at
least 3 hubs each with 6 systems.
Data structures & Algorithm CS302

Academic Year:2012-13
13
Enrolled students:98
Teaching Methodology:
Assessment tools:
Continuous assessment
Practicals
End semester exam
Lecture by teacher
PPT
COMPREHENSIVE RESULT ANALYSIS:
Marks
Range
0-5
5-7
7-10
Assignment Sessional Assignment Sessional

1
1
2
2
No. of students in the range
14
18
17
13
22
34
25
35
62
46
56
50
NBA February 2015
Micro Result Analysis
Attainment
Assignment 1
Sessional 1
Assignment 2
Sessional 2
level
CO
Q1
Q2
Q1
Q2
Q1
Q2
Q1
Q2
of CO
A R A R A R A R A R A R A R A R
CO1 98 84
98 80
CO2
98 84 98 80
CO3
98 81
98 85
CO4
98 81 98 85
Instructor Report
Impact of delivery methods: Able to understand and identify core concepts

Course outcome Attainment remarks: Course outcomes are not entirely attained. Self
learning and practical orientation is not completely attained
Student Feedback: Need more practice.
Scope for improvement: Teaching methodologies and evaluation methods are to be
changed
Course coordinator Remarks: For the next academic year during curriculum revision
changes has to be changed in evaluation methods.
Data structures & Algorithm CS302

Academic Year:2013-14
Enrolled students:128
Teaching Methodology:
Assessment tools:
Practicals
End semester exam
Lecture by teacher
PPT
COMPREHENSIVE RESULT ANALYSIS:
Marks
Range
0-5
5-7
7-10
Assignment Sessional Assignment Sessional

1
1
2
2
No. of students in the range
19
21
22
16
32
46
35
47
77
61
71
65
NBA February 2015
Micro Result Analysis
Assignment 1
Q1
Q2
Sessional 1
Q1
Q2
Assignment 2
Q1
Q2
Sessional 2
Q1
Q2
CO
A
R
A
R
A
R
A
R
A
R
A
R
A
R
A
R
CO1 128 109
128 107
CO2
128 109 128 107
CO3
128 106
128 112
CO4
128 106 128 112
Instructor Report
Impact of delivery methods: Able to understand and identify core concepts

Course outcome Attainment remarks: Course outcomes are not entirely attained. Self
learning and practical orientation is not completely attained
Student Feedback: Need more practice.
Scope for improvement: Teaching methodologies and evaluation methods are to be
changed
Course coordinator Remarks: For the next academic year during curriculum revision
changes has to be changed
ed in evaluation methods.
Attainment
level
of CO
NBA February 2015
APPENDIX III
B.TECH (IT) OUTCOME ASSESSMENT
B.Tech (IT) Program Survey Form
NBA February 2015
NBA February 2015
NBA February 2015
B.Tech (IT) Alumni Survey Form

Assessment of Progress in Career
B.Tech (IT), Institute of Engineering & Management, Alumni
Full Name
Year of Passing
Company at which you got recruited first
Current Company you are working
Mobile No
How comfortable were you in the training/initial months in your first employment?
What is your progress in the employment?

i.e. Your Initial Position Current Position
Higher education
What is your masters degree that you had pursued? ( M.S / M.Tech / MBA / Any other )
What is the nature of projects you handled after your graduation (either in employment or individually
NBA February 2015
To meet the current job requirements, please specify the tools/technologies you used other than what
you have learnt during the program
What is the size of your team in profession when working in teams
Working Domain
SAP, Health Sector, Cloud, Insurance etc
NBA February 2015
Employer/Scholar Survey
B.Tech (IT), Institute of Engineering & Management, Alumni
NBA February 2015
B.Tech (IT) Alumni Survey Form

Assessment of Outcomes
B.Tech (IT), Institite of Engineering & Management, Alumni
NBA February 2015
APPENDIX IV
FACULTY PUBLICATIONS
Last 3 Years (2012-2015)
Mohuya Chakraborty
1.
S. Roy Chatterjee, M. Chakraborty, S. Ray, Modified Nash Bargaining Power

Control Algorithm for Underlay Cognitive Radio to Combat Terrorism,
communicated to Elsevier Computers and Electrical Engineering, July 2014.
2.
Mukhopadhyay, I. and Chakraborty, M. (2014) Hardware Realization of Artificial

Neural Network Based Intrusion Detection & Prevention System. Journal of
Information Security, 5, 154-165. ISSN Print: 2153-1234, ISSN Online : 2153-1242.
http://dx.doi.org/10.4236/jis.2014.54015.
3.
S. Roy Chatterjee, R. Mandal, M. Chakraborty, A Comparative Analysis of Several

Back Propagation Algorithms in Wireless Channel for ANN-Based Mobile
Radio Signal Detector, published in International Journal of Innovative Science and
Modern Engineering (IJISME), Exploring Innovation (ISSN:23196386 Online,
Reg. No.: 68121/BPL/CE/12), Vol. - 1, Issue 9, pp 31-37, August 2013.
4.
S. Roy Chatterjee, I. Banerjee, S. Bhattacharyya, M. Chakraborty, Artificial Neural

Network based Automatic Mobile Radio Signal Classifier, published in IEM
International Journal of Management and Technology (IEMIJMT), ISSN 2229-6611,
Vol. 2, pp 103-106, January 2012.
5.
T. Chatterjee, I. Mukhopadhyay, M. Chakraborty, Artificial Neural Network

Modeling of Intrusion Detection and Prevention System, published in IEM
International Journal of Management and Technology (IEMIJMT), ISSN 2229-6611
Vol. 2, pp 107 110, January 2012.
6.
Swagata Roy Chatterjee, Soham Majumder, Bodhisatta Pramanik and Mohuya

Chakraborty, FPGA Implementation of Pipelined Blowfish Algorithm, in Proc.
2014 Fifth International Symposium on Electronic System Design (ISED 2014), IEEE
Computer Society, Surathkal, Mangalore, India, held during 15-17th December, 2014.
7.
S. Roy Chatterjee, I. Banerjee, S. Bhattacharyya, M. Chakraborty, Artificial Neural

Network based Automatic Mobile Radio Signal Classifier, in Proc. International

NBA February 2015
Conference on Innovative Techno-Management Solutions for Social Sector, January
2012, in collaboration with IEEE, 17-18 January, 2012, pp 101-104.
8.
T. Chatterjee, I. Mukhopadhyay, M. Chakraborty, Artificial Neural Network

Modeling of Intrusion Detection and Prevention System, in Proc. International
Conference on Innovative Techno-Management Solutions for Social Sector, January
2012, in collaboration with IEEE, 17-18 January, 2011, pp 91-94 (2nd best paper
award winner).
K.K. Ghosh
1. Narrow band filter using 1D periodic structure with defects for
DWDM systems,
R. Ghosh, K.K. Ghosh, R. Chakraborty, Optics Communications, Volume 289, 15
February 2013, Pages 75-80
2. Bloch Wave Analysis for Optical Band Structure of III-Nitrides Photonic CrystalsIWPSD2011,KANPUR, K.K.Ghosh, R.Ghosh D.Ghosal, Proc. SPIE 8549, 16th
International Workshop on Physics of Semiconductor Devices, 85492P (October 15,
2012); doi:10.1117/12.926762.
3. ENHANCEMENT
OF
LIGHT
EXTRACTION
EFFICIENCY
USING
NANOSTRUCTURE PHOTONIC CRYSTAL ON LIGHT EMITTING DIODE, R.
Ghosh, K.K. Ghosh and R. Chakraborty, published in conference proceedings of 37th
National symposium of Optical Society of INDIA held at Pondicherry University, 2325 Jan, 2013.
4. Directional Light Extraction Efficiency Enhancement of LED Using Nanostructure 1D
Triangular GaN Grating on the Top, R.Ghosh, K.K. Ghosh and R. Chakraborty,
Published in conference proceedings of IEMCON-2013 (International Conference) at
Kolkata.
5. Authored Basic Electronics (Platinum Publisher, Kolkata, India ) as a text book for
Undergraduate Science / Engineering students.
6. Contributed Chapter on Noise in Electronic and Photonic Devices Ch.2, P.25 in
Advances in Photodiodes Edited by Gian- Franco DallaBetta, INTECH Open
Access Publisher, Online Journal Access at www.intechopen.com
Kamakhya Prasad Ghatak
1. PK Bose, N Paitya, S Bhattacharya, D De, S Saha, KM Chatterjee, S Pahari, KP
Ghatak, Influence of light waves on the effective electron mass in quantum wells,
wires, inversion layers and superlattices, American Scientific Publishers, Quantum
Matter volume 1, issue 2, pages 89-126, 2012/12/1
2. N Paitya, S Bhattacharya, D De, KP Ghatak, Influence of quantizing magnetic field
on the Fowler-Nordheim field emission from non-parabolic materials, American
Scientific Publishers, Quantum Matter volume 1, issue 2, pages- 63-85, 2012/6/1.
NBA February 2015
Rajiv Ganguly
1. Rajiv Ganguly, Some Studies on the Development of II-VI Semiconductor Films for Sensor
Technology Ph.D. Thesis submitted to Advanced Materials and Solar Photovoltaic Division,
School of Energy Studies, Jadavpur University, September 2012 for the award of Doctor of
Philosophy (Engineering) of Jadavpur University.
Tamal Chakraborty
1. Chakrabarti Tamal, A Study on DNA Pattern Matching and Sequence Alignment,
Ph.D. thesis, Calcutta University, India, 2014.
2. Kar Saikat, Saha Siladitya, Chakrabarti Tamal (2014), DNA Multiple Sequence
Alignment by an Ant Colony Based Approach, CiiT International Journal of Biometrics
and Bioinformatics [Print: ISSN 0974 9675 & Online: ISSN 0974 956X], Volume6,No.4,p132
p136,DOI: BB092013002
3. Chakrabarti Tamal, Saha Sourav and Sinha Devadatta (2013), A Cellular Automata Based
DNA Pattern Classifier, CiiT International Journal of Biometrics and Bioinformatics [Print: ISSN
0974 9675 & Online: ISSN 0974 956X], Volume5,No.9,p346p352,DOI: BB092013002
4. Chakrabarti Tamal, Saha Sourav and Sinha Devadatta (2013), DNA Multiple Sequence
Alignment by a Hidden Markov Model and Fuzzy Levenshtein Distance based Genetic
Algorithm, International Journal of Computer Applications (ISBN: 973-93-80876-16-7), Volume
73,No.16,p26p30
5. Banerjee Sagnik, Chakrabarti Tamal and Sinha Devadatta (2013), A Faster Fitness
Calculation Method for Genetic Algorithm Based Multiple Protein Sequence Alignment,
International Journal of Scientific & Engineering Research, [ISSN: 2229-5518], Volume 4, Issue 7,
p768p772
6. Banerjee Sagnik, Chakrabarti Tamal and Sinha Devadatta (2013), Finding All Occurrences of a
Pattern by a Genetic Algorithm Based Divide-and-Conquer Method, International Journal of
Computer Applications (ISBN: 973-93-80873-18-3), Volume64,No.18,p48p52
7. Banerjee Sagnik, Chakrabarti Tamal and Sinha Devadatta (2012), A Genetic Algorithm
Based Pattern Matcher, International Journal of Scientific & Engineering Research, [ISSN:
2229- 5518], Volume 3, Issue 11
8. Chakrabarti Tamal and Sinha Devadatta (2012), An Efficient Technique for Finding
Longest Common Subsequence of DNA Sequences, IEM International Journal of Management
& Technology [ISSN: 2229- 6611], Volume 2, Issue 2, p37 p41
9. Chakrabarti Tamal and Sinha Devadatta (2012), A Fast Divide and Conquer Based Pattern
Matcher to Find DNA Patterns, Proceedings of National Conference on Pervasive Computing
and Communications, p94 p98

Subrata Saha
NBA February 2015
1. S. Saha, S Panda and M. Basu, Optimal pricing and lot-sizing for perishable inventory with
price and time dependent ramp-type demand, International Journal of Systems
Science. (2012) DOI:10.1080/ 00207721.598956. Pub Taylor & Francis.
2. S. Saha , A comparative study of optimal replenishment policy for a retailer in
declining market, International Journal of Operational Research.(Accepted) Pub:
Inderscience.
3. S. Saha, S. Panda and S. Nandi, Retailers optimal pricing and economic order
quantity in stock and price sensitive demand environment, International Journal of
Operational Research. Vol. 15, No. 4, 2012 Pub: Inderscience.
4. S. Saha, S Das and M. Basu, Supply Chain Coordination Under Stock and Price
Dependent Selling Rates Under Declining Market, Advances in Operations Research
(2012) DOI:10.1155/2012/375128.
Biman Bandyapadhyay
1. Anamika Khaskel, Prasanta Gogoi, Pranjit Barma nand Biman Bandyopadhyay,
Grindstone chemistry: a highly efficient and green method for synthesis of 3,4dihydropyrimidin-2-(1H)-ones by L-tyrosine as an organocatalyst: a combined
experimental and DFT study ,RSC Adv., 2014,4, 35559-35567, DOI:
10.1039/C4RA05244G
2. Moitrayee Mukherjee, Biman Bandyopadhyay, Tapas Chakraborty, Ultraviolet and
infrared spectroscopy of matrix-isolated 7-azaindole dimer: Matrix effect on excited
state tautomerization,Chemical Physics Letters, Vol 546, pp 74-79.
3. Biman Bandyapadhyay, Tautomers and Dimers of Selected Cyclic -dicarbonyl
Compounds Studied by Matrix Isolation Infrared Spectroscopy, Aug 2012.
4. Biman Bandyopadhyay, Prasenjit Pandey, Pujarini Banerjee, Amit K Samanta, Tapas
Chakraborty, CHO Interaction Lowers Hydrogen Transfer Barrier to KetoEnol
Tautomerization of -Cyclohexanedione: Combined Infrared Spectroscopic and
Electronic Structure Calculation Study, J. Phys. Chem. A, 2012, 116 (15), pp 3836
3845, DOI: 10.1021/jp2108736, March 22, 2012
5. M Mukherjee, B Bandyopadhyay, P Biswas, T Chakraborty, Amine inversion effects
on the IR spectra of aniline in the gas phase and cold inert gas matrixes, Indian
Journal of Physics, March 2012, Volume 86, Issue 3, pp 201-208, Date: 12 Apr 2012 .
6. Bandyopadhyay B, Pandey P, Banerjee P, Samanta AK, Chakraborty T, CH center
dot center dot center dot O Interaction Lowers Hydrogen Transfer Barrier to Keto-Enol
Tautomerization of beta-Cyclohexanedione: Combined Infrared Spectroscopic and
Electronic Structure Calculation Study, Journal of Physical Chemistry A, Vol.116,
No.15, 3836-3845, 2012, DOI10.1021/jp2108736.
Paramita Mukherjee
1. Paromita Mukherjee, "Travelling Influences: The Connection between Elizabeth
Bowens Fiction and Travel Writing" National Seminar on Placing the Space: Facets

NBA February 2015
and Prospects of Travel Writing, organized by the Department of English, Aliah
University, Kolkata, India, September 2014
2. Paromita Mukherjee, "The Private and the Public: Gender and Politics in Tagores The
Home and the World", Seminar on Gender, Politics and Society organized by the
Council for Political Studies and Womens Study Centre of Rabindra Bharati
University, Kolkata, India, March 2014
3. Paromita Mukherjee, "Obstruction of Feminine Mobility: Problematic Artistic Choice
in Aurora Leigh" English Forum: Journal of the Department of English, Gauhati
University Volume 2 Issue March 2013 Publisher Gauhati University, Guwahati,
Assam, India, March 2013
4. Paromita Mukherjee, "Creolizing Nation Language, Folklore and Science Fiction: Nalo
Hopkinsons Rhetorical Strategy in Midnight Robber" Rupkatha Journal on
Interdisciplinary Studies in Humanities, Volume 4, Issue 2, December 2012
5. Paromita Mukherjee, "Emersonian Epistemology: Merging Western and Indian
Philosophy in American Rhetoric" Comsomath: Magazine on Computer Science,
Social Science & Mathematics Volume 15, Issue 1, Publisher Netaji Nagar Day
College, Kolkata, India, March 2012
6. Paromita Mukherjee, "The Strangeness Within: Gender and Identity in Tagores Short
Story, Woman Unknown'", Book "Women and Tagore: Recreating the Space in the
New Millennium, Ed. Rajasri Basu Publisher Abhijeet Publications, New Delhi, India,
2012
Amarnath Chakraborty
1. Tuluma Das, Amarnath Chakraborty, Amitabha Sarkar, Palladium catalyzed addition of
arylboronic acid or indole to nitriles: synthesis of aryl ketones , Tetrahedron Letters, Elsevier,
Volume 55, Issue 52, Pages 7198-7202.
2. Yudhajit Bhattacharjee, Amarnath Chakraborty, Label-Free Cysteamine-Capped
Silver Nanoparticle-Based Colorimetric Assay for Hg(II) Detection in Water with Subnanomolar
Exactitude, ACS Sustainable Chem. Eng., 2014, 2 (9), pp 21492154, DOI:
10.1021/sc500339n, August 13, 2014.
3. Tuluma Das, Amarnath Chakraborty, Amitabha Sarkar, Solvent control of product diversity
in palladium-catalyzed addition of arylboronic acid to aryl aldehydes, Tetrahedron Letters,
Elsevier B.V., Volume 55 Issue 37 Pages 51745178.
4. Y Bhattacharjee, A Chakraborty, ACS Sustainable Chem, Journal Eng Volume 2
Pages 2149-2154, 2014.
7. Ansuman Bej, Amarnath Chakraborty, Amitabha Sarkar, free, phosphine free
Pd-catalyzed annulations of aryl bromides with diarylacetylenes , RSC Advances,
Royal Society of Chemistry, Volume 3, Issue 36 ,Pages 15812-15819.
Asima Sarkar
1. Chakrabarty, R. and Sarkar A. (2014), Behavior of Volatility of the Indian Stock Market with
respect to Some Eco-Political Factors, Communicated to the Economic and Political Weekly
NBA February 2015
on April 14, 2014.

2. Chakrabarty, R. and Sarkar A. (2014), An Analysis of Impact of Global Recession on Indian
Stock Market with Particular Emphasis on a Few Leading Sectors, The IUP Jounal of Applied
Finance, 20(1), 46-61.
3. Chakrabarty, R. and Sarkar A. (2013), The Effect of Economic Indicators on the Volatility of
Indian Stock market: Using Independent Component Regression, Journal of Contemporary
Research in Management, 8(4), 1-22.
4. Chakrabarty, R. and Sarkar A. (2013), Cross Border Volatility Spillover on Indian Stock
Market Using a Polynomian Distributed Lag Model, Tactful Management Research Journal,
1(11), 33-43.
Debalina Ghosh
1. Debalina Ghosh, K.N.Dey, A Comparative Study of Contrast Enhancement using
Image Fusion, IOSR Journal of Computer Engineering, ISSN:2278-0661, p ISSN:
2278-8727, Vol. 16, Issue 4, Ver II (Jul-Aug 2014), Pp 05-08.
1. Nirnay Ghosh, Debangshu Chatterjee, Soumya K Ghosh, and Sajal K Das. "Securing
Loosely-coupled Collaboration in Cloud Environment through Dynamic Detection and
Removal of Access Conflicts". IEEE Transactions on Cloud Computing (TCC), 2014,
DOI: 10.1109/TCC.2014.2361527.
2. Nirnay Ghosh, Debangshu Chatterjee, and Soumya K Ghosh. "An Efficient
Heuristic-based Role Mapping Framework for Secure and Fair Collaboration in SaaS
Cloud". IEEE International Conference on Cloud and Autonomic Computing (CAC
2014), 8-12 September, 2014, London, UK. (accepted - to appear in IEEE Explore)
3. Nirnay Ghosh, Triparna Mondal, Debangshu Chatterjee, and Soumya K Ghosh.
"Verifying Conformance of Security Implementation with Organizational Access
Policies in Community Cloud - A Formal Approach". ICETE SECRYPT 2014, 28-30
August, Vienna, Austria. (accepted - to appear in Scitepress Digital Library)
Imon Banerjee
1. Imon Banerjee, Chiara Catalano, Francesco Robbiano, Michela Spagnuolo, Accessing
and Representing Knowledge in the Medical Field: Visual and Lexical Modalities"
Book 3D Multiscale Physiological Human, Pages 297-316, Publisher: Springer
London, January 2014.
2. Imon Banerjee Marios Pitikakis, "Knowledge management in medicine - A framework
to organize, browse and retrieve medical data" 7th International Conference on Health
Informatics (HEALTHINF 2014), March 2014.
4. Abhinandan Datta, Imon Banerjee, "Priority Based Mathematical Modeling for Grid
Computing Environment" Undergraduate Academic Research Journal (UARJ), ISSN
2278-1129, Pages 2278-1129, 2012
1. I Mukhopadhyay et. al., Artificial Neural network Modeling of Intrusion Detection
& Prevention System, published in IEM International Journal of Management &

Technology, Vol 2, No 1, pp, 2012. Print ISSN: 2229-6611.
NBA February 2015
2. I Mukhopadhyay et.al. Survey on Intrusion Detection and Prevention System: A

MANET Perspective published in International Journal of Scientific & Engineering
Research Volume 3, Issue 9, September - 2012 ISSN 2229-5518.
3. I Mukhopadhyay et.al. Web Penetration Testing using Nessus and Metasploit Tool
published in IOSR Journal of Computer Engineering (IOSR-JCE) Volume 16, Issue 3,
Ver. IV (May-Jun. 2014), PP 126-129 e-ISSN: 2278-0661, p-ISSN: 2278-8727.
5. I Mukhopadhyay et.al. Simulation of Denial of Service (DoS) Attack using Matlab
and Xilinx IOSR Journal of Computer Engineering (IOSR-JCE) Volume 16, Issue 3,
Ver. IV (May-Jun. 2014), PP 119-125 e-ISSN: 2278-0661, p-ISSN: 2278-872.
6. I Mukhopadhyay et.al. Hardware Realization of Artificial Neural Network based
Intrusion Detection & Prevention System, published in Journal of Information
Security (JIS), Vol. 5, No. 4, pp. 154-165, October 2014. 10.4236/jis.2014.54015.
7. I Mukhopadhyay et.al., Web Penetration Testing using Kali Linux, published in
proceeding of 1st International Science & Technology Congress, held between 28th to
31st August 2014 at Science City, Kolkata, Elsevier Publication 2014, Page No: 275282.
Lopa Mandal
1. Lopa Mandal and Pramatha Nath Basu. Web Content Authoring for Ubiquitous and Context
Aware Learning - A Tag based Approach. International Journal of Computer Applications
[ISSN:0975 8887] 75(7):23-28, August 2013. Published by Foundation of Computer Science,
New York, USA. DOI:10.5120/13124-0480
2. Lopa Mandal, Pramatha Nath Basu, Engineering a cognitive authoring tool and its user
interface using Blooms Taxonomy. EduTech - e Journal of Education and Technology
[ISSN:0975
5004],
July
2012,
Issue
No:1202.
url
http://www.edutech.net.in/EduTechViewArticle.htm?Issue=1202&Article=ART00005
3. Lopa Mandal, et.al. , A simple approach of building a Learning Management System(LMS)
to experiment with intelligent tutoring, Proceedings of 2nd Annual International Conference
on Innovative Techno Management Solutions for Social Sector (IEMCON 2012) in cosponsorship with IEEE, 2012, Kolkata, India. pp. 356-359.
Maumita Chakraborty
1. M. Chakraborty and R.K. Pal, Extraction of All Spanning Trees of a Simple Symmetric
Connected Graph using Divide-and-Conquer Technique, Assam University Journal of Science
and Technology, Vol. 9, No. 2, pp. 112-126, 2012. ISSN: 0975-2773.
1. Rashmi Ranjan Sahoo, Abdur Rahaman Sardar ,Moutushi Singh,, Sudhabindu Ray ,
Subir Kumar Sarkar, A Bio Inspired and Trust Based Approach for Clustering in
WSN, Natural Computing, Springer DOI: 10.1007/s11047-015-9491-8

NBA February 2015
2. Moutushi Singh, Rupayan Das, A Survey of Different Techniques for Detection of
Wormhole Attack in Wireless Sensor Network, in International Journal of Scientific
& Engineering Research ,Volume 3, Issue 10, October-2012, ISSN 2229-5518
4. Moutushi Singh, Abdur Rahaman Sardar, Subir Kumar Sarkar, Intrusion Detection
in Wireless Sensor Networks using Fuzzy Logic, in IEM International Journal of
Management & Technology, January 2012, Vol. 2, No.1, pp. 1-6.
5. Moutushi Singh, Abdur Rahaman Sardar, Rashmi Ranjan Sahoo, Subir Kumar Sarkar,
Lightweight Trust Model for Clustered WSN, Proceedings of the 3rd International
Conference on Frontiers of Intelligent Computing: Theory and Applications (FICTA)
2014, Volume 328, 2015, pp 765-773.
6. Abdur Rahaman Sardar, Rashmi Ranjan Sahoo, Moutushi Singh, Subir Kumar Sarkar,
Intelligent Intrusion system in wireless sensor Network Proceedings of the 3rd
International Conference on Frontiers of Intelligent Computing: Theory and
Applications (FICTA) 2014, Volume 328, 2015, pp 707-712.
7. Abdur Rahaman Sardar, Moutushi Singh, Rashmi Ranjan Sahoo, Koushik Majumder,
Jamuna Kanta Sing, Subir Kumar Sarkar, An Efficient Ant Colony Based Routing
algorithm for Better Quality of Services in MANET, in Proceedings of the 48th
Annual Convention of CSI , DOI: 10.1007/978-3-319-03107-1_26, Vol 1. Pp: 233-238
8. Rashmi Ranjan Sahoo, Moutushi Singh, Abdur Rahaman Sardar, Sharmila Mohaptra,
Subir Kumar Sarkar, TREE-CR: Trust Based secure and energy efficient clustering in
WSN in Emerging Trends in Computing, Communication and Nanotechnology (ICECCN), 2013 Third International Conference, pp.532, 538, 25-26 March 2013, IEEE
Xplore.
9. Rashmi Ranjan Sahoo, Moutushi Singh, Biswa Mohan Sahoo, Koushik Majumder,
Sudhabindu Ray, Subir Kumar Sarkar, A Light Weight Trust based Secure and
Energy Efficient Clustering in Wireless Sensor Network: Honey Bee Mating
Intelligence Approach, Elsevier, Procedia Technology, Volume 10, 2013, Pages 515523, ISSN 2212-0173,
10. Rashmi Ranjan Sahoo, Abdur Rahaman Sardar ,Moutushi Singh,, Sudhabindu Ray ,
Subir Kumar Sarkar ' Trust Based Secure and Energy Efficient Clustering in Wireless
Sensor Network: A Bee Mating Approach' Pattern Recognitions and Machine
Intelligence ( PreMI, 2013)Fifth International Conference, PReMI 2013, LNCS 8251,
Sringer, pp. 100107, 2013.
11. Moutushi Singh, Abdur Rahaman Sardar, Subir Kumar Sarkar, Intrusion Detection
in Wireless Sensor Networks using Fuzzy Logic, in IEEE sponsored International
Conference on Innovative Technomanagement Solutions in Social Sector organized
by Institute of Engineering & Management at Science City, Kolkata, 2012.
Rabi Narayan Behera
1. Rabi Narayan Behera, Artificial Neural Network: A Soft Computing Application In
Biological Sequence Analysis, International Journal of Computational Engineering

Research, Volume 4, Issue 4, April, 2014.
NBA February 2015
2. Ashish Prosad Gope, Rabi Narayan Behera, A Novel Pattern Matching Algorithm in
Genome Sequence Analysis, International Journal of Computer Science and
Information Technologies, Volume 5 Issue 4 July - August 2014.
3. Rabi Narayan Behera, Aman Sharma Computational Discovery and Analysis of
Metabolic Pathway using Atom Mapping Techniques, The 5th International
Conference on Electronics Engineering and Computer Science (IEMCON-2014),
(Conference Proceedings published by Elsevier Science & Technology ISBN
9789351072485) 28-31 August, 2014.
1. Soumen De & Samiran Ghosh Satyasaran Changdar, NUMERICAL SIMULATION
OF NONLINEAR NEWTONIAN BLOOD FLOW THROUGH A STENOSED
ARTERY UNDER THE INFLUENCES OF PERIODIC BODY ACCELERATION,
5th International and 41st National Conference on Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Power
FMFP-2014 , IIT Kanpur, FMFP-2014 , IIT Kanpur, 2014.
2. Sahana Lahiri and Soumen De Soham Mandal, Satyasaran Changdar, Sohini De,
Diptarka Saha, Modified Duo-Histogram Equalization Algorithm for Contrast
Enhancement of Low Contrast Medical Images Based On Hyper-Kurtosis and Its
Application vs. Contrast Enhancement Dye, IEMCON 2014.
4. Soumen De Satarupa Das, Soma Das, Satyasaran Changdar, ANALYSIS OF BLOOD
FLOW THROUGH MULTI-IRREGULAR SHAPE STENOSED ARTERY,
International Journal of Pharmacy and Biological Sciences, 4, 2, 244-252, 2014,
International Journal of Pharmacy and Biological Sciences
5. Sourav Maji and Soumen De Satyasaran Changdar, Surajit Kumar Mondal, DuoHistogram Equalization method for Contrast Enhancement for Images using PowerLaw Transformation of Mean based on Kurtosis, 4th International Conference on
Technical and Managerial Innovation in Computing and Communications in Industry
and Academia, Advanced Computation, IEMCON, 2013
6. Soumen Dey Satyasaran Changdar, Sourav Maji, Surajit Kumar Mondal , RootMean-Skewness Bi-Histogram Equalization Method for Contrast Enhancement and
Scalable Brightness Preservation for Low-Contrast Asymmetric Images, International
Journal of Electrical, Electronics and Data Communication, 62-66 IRAJ, 2013
NBA February 2015
APPENDIX V
FACULTY DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMS

Faculty Development Cell

Organizes
One Day Seminar
on
Security in Communication Systems
Organized by
in Collaboration with
IEEE-Women in Engineering (WIE), Kolkata Section
Program Schedule
Time
10:00 AM 10:30
AM
Event
10:30 AM 11:30
AM
Invited Talk
1
Speaker
Topic
Inauguration
Mr. Arijit Ukil
11:30 AM 11:45
AM
11:45 AM 12:45
PM
Organization
Innovation
Lab - TCS
Security and Privacy in

Ubiquitous Computing
Tea
Invited Talk
2
Prof. Iti Saha

Misra
Jadavpur
University
Cognitive Radio
Communication
12:45 PM 1:45 PM
Lunch
1:45 PM 2:45 PM
Invited Talk
Dr.Amitava
IBM
Nanonetworks: An

3
2:45 PM 3:45 PM
Invited Talk
4

Mukherjee
Prof. Sushmita
Sur Kolay
ISI - Kolkata
NBA February 2015

emerging area in
communications
Intellectual Property
Protection and
Security in Chip Design
Titles & Short Biographies

Invited Talk 1
Topic: Security and Privacy in Ubiquitous Computing
Arijit Ukil
Scientist R&D
Tata Consultancy Services
Mailto: arijit.ukil@tcs.com
Website: http://www.tcs.com
Bio:
Arijit Ukil is currently working in Innovation Labs, Tata Consultancy Services Ltd., Kolkata
as a Scientist. He is primarily engaged with the research activity on ubiquitous computing,
security and privacy. Before joining Tata Consultancy Services Ltd in 2007, he has worked as
Scientist-C in Deference Research and Development Organization (DRDO), India for more
than four years. He has done his B. Tech in Electronics and Telecommunication Engineering
in 2002 and currently pursuing PhD. He has published more than 30 conference and journal
papers and four book chapters. He has been reviewer in IEEE Transactions on Vehicular
Technology, IEEE Transactions on Wireless Communications, IEEE VTC, IEEE WCNC. He
has been invited and delivered keynote lectures and tutorials in various international and
national conferences. He is enlisted in 2010 Marquis Whos Who as a renowned contributor
in the field of computer science and information technology.
Invited Talk 2
Topic: Cognitive Radio Communication
Dr. Iti Saha Misra
Professor, Department of Electronics and
Telecommunication Engineering
Jadavpur University, Kolkata
Bio:
Dr. Iti Saha Misra is presently holding the post of Professor in the Department of Electronics
and Telecommunication Engineering, Jadavpur University, Kolkata, India. She completed her
B.Tech degree in Radio Physics and Electronics from Calcutta University (1989) and Masters
in Telecommunication Engineering from Jadavpur University (1991), Kolkata, India. After the
completion of PhD in Engineering in the field of Microstrip Antennas from Jadavpur
University (1997), she is actively engaged in teaching since 1997. Her current research
interests are in the areas of Mobility Management Network Architecture and protocols,
Integration Architecture of
WLAN and 3G Networks, Call admission control and Packet Scheduling for WiMAX and
Cellular Networks, QoS for VoIP operation on Wireless LAN, and Cognitive Radio Networks.
Her other research activities are related to Design Optimization of Wire Antennas using
Numerical Techniques.

NBA February 2015
She has authored more than 130 Journal papers and International Conference research papers
of repute and one book on Wireless Communications and Networks published by McGraw
Hill, India. She has visited many countries like USA, France, Australia, Singapore, Malaysia,
Thiland
and Bangladesh to present research papers in the IEEE and other reputed International
Conferences, delivered invited lectures. She is the recipient of the Career award for Young
teachers by All India Council for Technical Education (AICTE) for the financial year 20032004 and obtained the IETE Gowri memorial award for being the best paper in the general
topic of 4G
networks: Migration to the Future. She has developed the OPNET laboratory in the
Department of Electronics and Telecommunication Engineering of Jadavpur University to
carry out advanced
research work in Broadband wireless domain. She is the Senior Member of IEEE, founder
Chair of the Women In Engineering, Affinity Group, IEEE Calcutta Section and at present she
is the
Secretary of IEEE Kolkata Section.
Invited Talk 3
Title: Nanonetworks: An emerging area in communications
Dr. Amitava Mukherjee
Senior Manager
IBM India Private Limited
Plot X1-7, Block EP-GP, Sector 5, Salt Lake, Kolkata 70091, India
Office: +91-33-6611-3601 Cell: +91-98300-34077
amitava.mukherjee@in.ibm.com
Brief Bio:
Amitava is senior manager with over 29 years of experience in senior-level leadership for
Global delivery operation, IT consulting, Sales and Solutioning, Risk management, Training
and Hiring, and Research & Development. He is the leader and executer with a successful
background of managing large project account and competency. He possesses in-depth
experience in developing solutions as well as in assessing, analyzing risks for proposal
development in competitive bidding to national/international clients. He has capability in
selection, recruiting, training, development of top performing technical talents. Amitava has
extensive experience of managing research and development projects in cutting-edge
communication technology.
His research experiences and interests cover the areas of nano-network, cognitive radio
network wireless communication, mobile computing and communication, wireless sensor
network, pervasive computing and mobile governance, optical network, combinatorial
optimization and distributed system.
Around 135 published papers in journals and conference proceedings of international repute
(like IEEE, ACM, etc.) in wireless communication, pervasive computing, sensor networks,
optical networks, etc., five books in wireless communication and societal engineering and two
patents in senor network and optical network filed in IBM.
Amitava is a senior manager in IBM India from 1995. Amitava was on sabbatical from IBM
India (Jan 2003-Mar 2005), and visited University of New South Wales, Sydney as visiting
Professor (2003-2004) and Royal Institute of Technology, Stockholm as Senior Researcher

NBA February 2015
(2004-2005). From 1983 to 1995, he was with the Department of Electronics and
Telecommunication Engineering, Jadavpur University, Calcutta, India in research and
academic positions.
Invited Talk 4
Title: Intellectual Property Protection and Security in Chip Design
Dr. Sushmita Sur Kolay
Indian Statistical Institute
Kolkata
Brief Bio:
Susmita Sur-Kolay received the B.Tech degree from Indian Institute of Technology Kharagpur
and the Ph.D. degree from Jadavpur University India. She was a Research Assistant at
Massachusetts Institute of Technology, post-doctoral fellow at University of Nebraska-Lincoln
and Visiting Faculty at Intel Corp., USA. She is presently a Professor in the Advanced
Computing and Microelectronics Unit of the Indian Statistical Institute, Kolkata, India. Her
research contributions are in the areas of algorithmic CAD for VLSI physical design, fault
modeling and testing, IP protection of VLSI design, synthesis of quantum computers, graph
algorithms. She has authored several technical papers in international journals and refereed
conference proceedings and a chapter in the Handbook on Algorithms for VLSI Physical
Design Automation. She was the Technical Program Co-Chair of VLSI Design Conference
2005, VDAT 2007, ISVLSI 2011, and has served on the program committees of several
international conferences. She has also been on the editorial board of Proc. of IEE CDT, and
an Associate Editor of the IEEE Transactions on VLSI Systems. She is a Distinguished Visitor
of IEEE Computer Society(India), Senior Member of IEEE, Member of ACM, IET and VLSI
Society of India. Two papers co-authored by her won best paper awards at two international
conferences. Among many other awards, she was the recipient of the President of India
Gold Medal (summa cum laude) at IIT Kharagpur and IBM Faculty Award.
NBA February 2015
One Day Seminar

On
Research Methodology & Tools
Organized by
Department of Information Technology
In Collaboration with
Computer Society of India, Kolkata Chapter
January 15, 2014
Program Schedule
Time
10:00 AM
10:30 AM
10:30 AM
11:30 AM
Event
Organization
Topic
Inauguration
Invited Talk 1
11:30 AM
11:45 AM
11:45 AM
Speaker
Dr. Amlan
Chakraborti
Tea
Invited Talk 2
Dr. Sourav Saha
IBM India Private
Research
12:45 PM
Ltd.
12:45 PM
1:30 PM
1:30 PM
2:30 PM
2:30 PM
3:30 PM
Lunch
Invited Talk 3
Dr. Subir Kumar

Sarkar
Invited Talk 4
3.30 PM
3.45 PM
Vote of Thanks
Inauguration
Titles & Short Biographies
Invited Talk 1
Dr. Amlan Chakraborti
Head
A.K. Choudhury School of Information Technology
University of Calcutta
Life Member, Computer Society of India
Cell: +91 9831129520
achakra12@yahoo.com
NBA February 2015

Methodology
& Tools
NBA February 2015
Invited Talk 2
Title: Research Methodology & Tools
Dr. Sourav Saha
Ph.D. (Engg), PMP

IBM India Private Limited
Cell: +91 9831444761
sousaha2@in.ibm.com
Research Methodology & Tools: Lecture Outline
Research Methods is a course, which consists of the following topics. They are:
Definition of Research
Development of research skill
Deductive reasoning in comparison with Inductive reasoning
Scientific method for carrying out research activity
Identifying the categories when selecting a research problem
Formulating a hypothesis
Analyzing and developing research plan
3 types of research questions with descriptive studies
Theory in comparison with Hypotheses
Defining Empiricism
Research classifications
Assignments
Key Objectives
At the completion of this module, you should be able to:
Define research
Describe how to conduct good research
Differentiate between deductive reasoning and inductive reasoning
Identify research problem and develop a research plan
Interpret results and form conclusions
Identify the 3 types of research questions and analyze the respective case studies based
on the question types
State the difference between theory and hypotheses
Define empiricism
Differentiate between qualitative and quantitative research approach
Differentiate between experimental and non-experimental research approach
Target Audience: Beginners
Course Duration:: 1hr
What is the module about?
The Research Methods module defines the term research based on the philosophies laid out
by various

NBA February 2015
scholars in the 20th century. The module acts as a guide book to assist new researchers to
follow certain
principles before plunging into any research assignment.
Invited Talk 3
Prof. Subir Kumar Sarkar
Professor & Former Head
Dept. of Electronics & Telecommunication Engg.
Jadavpur University, Kolkata - 32
Cell: +91 9432595988
su_sarkar@hotmail.com
NBA February 2015
One Day Seminar

On
Proficient Protection of Intellectual Property of Research Proposals
September 2, 2014
Venue: Science Auditorium (Gurukul)
Program Schedule
Time
Event
10:00 AM
10:15 AM
Speaker
Time: 10 AM
Organization
Topic
Inauguration
Invited Talk 1
Prof. Pranab
Kumar Banerjee
Jadavpur
University
"Research" a
complement of
"Teaching"
11:00 AM
12:00 PM
Invited Talk 2
Prof. Manas
Kumar Sanyal
Indian Institute of
Engineering
Science &
Technology
IPR and
Knowledge
Economy
12:00 PM
1:00 PM
Invited Talk 3
Prof. Subhasis
Mukherjee
Calcutta University
Copyrights
10:15 AM
11:00 AM
1:00 PM
onwards
Lunch
Inauguration
Speech Abstracts
"Research" a complement of "Teaching"

NBA February 2015
A common, perennial topic of debate within academic community involves the questions of
teaching vs. research. Some academics opine that research is irrelevant in professional institute
- that it is a form of consumption by teachers that do nothing to train better professionals.
During last decade or little more all over the world there change in paradigm in educational
objectives especially in technological and professional studies. It has transitioned from
conventional input based education to outcome based education. A teacher cannot implement
and adopt outcome based education unless he is equipped with current trend and continuously
changing requirements of the society. The presentation starts with discussing the educational
objectives with reference to technical education. To meet the objects and to provide proper
training to the students, the educator must be involved in research and continuously improve
the contents of teaching materials and methods as per need. In an academic institute the
teachers will not be motivated to do research unless there is environment of research in the
institute and good academic ambiance. To create research environment serious involvement of
all stake holders is essential. In research activities one has to "experiment', "examine", "probe,
"study", and draw conclusions. These need lot of time, financial support and proper
encouragement from management. In this presentation the guideline for mobilization of
research fund and application procedure for different fund granting authorities will be
discussed. The persons involved in research would become disinterested if it is not properly
appreciated, encouraged and rewarded. One process of getting social and international
recognition is to publish paper and getting patent. The presentation will conclude brief
discussion about the method of filing patent application.
Prof. Pranab Kumar Banerjee
IPR and Knowledge Economy

We live in a knowledge based economy. Innovation and an untainted reputation are of
fundamental importance to a company's success. Intellectual assets are amongst a company's
most valuable assets and the means to protect and enforce them have become increasingly
important. Intellectual property (IP) rights such as trademarks, patents or copyright can

NBA February 2015
provide the tools to achieve this. The rise of the Internet and social networking sites present
new challenges for IP regimes, as does an emerging IP market. Up until relatively recently,
intellectual property (IP) law was a specialized and dry legal domain, populated by a small
cadre of expert lawyers. It was rarely contentious, let alone publicly debated. Over the past
few years, particularly with the development of an economy increasingly based on knowledge,
this has changed considerably. We encounter, use and create IP every day both in our
professional and private lives. IP is an opportunity but can also be an operational risk
companies need to take both aspects into account.
Prof. Manas Kumar Sanyal
Copyright and all that!

Intellectual Properties (IPs) are creation of mind. It becomes an intangible asset the moment it
is created. Though intangible, it both has a use value as well as an exchange value, thus it can
be traded. Since it can be traded, the owners should be properly identified, the right of the
owner to be conferred, to be enforcing, the guilty should be booked, and should the rights be
infringed. Being intangible property, the definition of theft, infringement is vague, so is the
definition of the ownership in the first place. This calls for new legislation, new definitions,
possibly new enforcing authority and possibly new punitive measures. Copyright is an
interesting piece of IP, which offers many surprises and opened up a new domain of
intellectual pursuit. Some of the surprises and some of the contradictions of the existing
regimes will be highlighted. Lastly, some moral issues will remain at the centre-stage forever,
when we discuss about the creation of mind and the thrust towards pushing the frontier of
knowledge.
Prof. Subhasis Mukherjee
Audience
NBA February 2015
NBA February 2015
One Day Seminar

On
E-Governance
September 9, 2014
Program Schedule
Time
Event
3:00 PM
5:00 PM
Invited Talk
Time: 3 PM
Speaker
Organization
Mr. G. K. Pillai
Former Union
Home Secretary
Topic
" E-Governance
Opportunities and
Threats for Next
Generation"
NBA February 2015
One Day Seminar

On
Cloud Computing
September 10, 2014 Venue: Science Auditorium (Gurukul)
Program Schedule
Time
Event
3:00 PM
5:00 PM
Invited Talk
Time: 3 PM
Speaker
Organization
Mr. Kantanu
Kundu
CEO and Founder

A2ZApps Pvt. Ltd.
Topic
" The Future Ahead
Cloud Computing"
NBA February 2015
One Day Seminar

On
Toy Technology
September 24, 2014 Venue: Seminar Hall (Gurukul)
Program Schedule
Date
Time
Event
Sep 24,
2014
2:00 PM
Invited Talk
4:00 PM
Time: 2 PM
Speaker
Organization
Prof. Amitava
Gupta
Professor
Department of
Power Engineering,
JU
Topic
" Toy Technology
Its not a Childs
Play"
The faculty development programme (FDP) held on 24.09.2014 at the Seminar hall of the
Institute of Engineering & Management Campus was addressed by Prof. Dr. Amitava Gupta of
Jadavpur University. Prof. Dr. Gupta began the address with 2 short films. The first film was
titled No Childs play which dwelt on the art of toy making.
The film traces the development aspect of toy making from ancient age to the digital age. It
showed the usage of articulated tools used around 7000 years back and how different was its
travel down the ages in terms of form, shape and looks. The toys had different stories to tell
and how they were a part of the society and culture during the Maurya and Gupta period to the
Chinese dynasties. The industrial revolution which brought in a change in the approach to toy
making through the mechanical touch to the craftsmanship and thereby the shift in thinking
that happened. The fifties and sixties saw the introduction of electric operated toys in the
market which made a paradigm shift in the whole concept and opened up the doors to the toy
manufacturers. The seventies saw the introduction of plastic toys. Gradually the toy
manufacturers moved on with new innovations, more customized with much more
technological upgradation to the digital age.
Prof. Dr. Gupta made a presentation titled Kids Stuff on innovation drawing the example
of two 2 wheelers highlighting the simulation aspect. While talking on the subject he laid
stress on the advantages of Bluetooth application and development of drive mechanism citing
examples from the 2 wheelers. Prof. Dr. Gupta also spoke on the principle of an Open Loop
Pulsating Heat Pump (PHP) while highlighting the story of a toy motor boat. He explained the
idea behind the movement of the boat and showed the modification done by a researcher
(through a short film) where electric heat has been used for the evaporator and for powering of
the boat, solar panels were used for flying quadcopters. He ended his discourse with another
short film which dwelt on the subject of plastic moulding and designing through a software
called solidworks.
At the end of the session he dwelt on the huge toy industry, the overall market size and the
challenges by the Chinese toy industry. On a question of how to highlight the students engaged
in robotics he urged the faculty members to explore the possibilities with leading toy
manufacturers like Funskool which can open up the doors for the students.
Prof. Amitava Gupta
NBA February 2015
NBA February 2015
One Day Seminar

On
Physics
September 25, 2014 Venue: Seminar Hall (Gurukul)
Program Schedule
Date
Time
Event
Sep 25,
1:30 PM
Educational
2014
3:30 PM
Movie
Time: 2 PM
Speaker
Organization
Topic
E=MC2 Einsteins Big
Idea
An educational movie on E=mc2 Einsteins Big Idea was shown as a part of the faculty
development programme (FDP) held on 25.09.2014 at the Seminar hall of the Institute of
Engineering & Management Campus.
Snapshots of the movie E=MC2 Einsteins Big Idea
NBA February 2015
One Day Seminar

On
Patent
October 30, 2014
Program Schedule
Date
Time
Oct 30, 2014
12:00 PM
1:00 PM
Event
Speaker
Invited Talk
Dr. Mahuya
Hom Choudhury
Patent &
Trademark
Attorney
Oct 30, 2014

1:00 PM
2:00 PM
Invited Talk
Ms. Paramita
Saha
Time: 12 Noon
Organization
Scientist, Patent
Information
Center, WB State
Council of Science
& Technology,
Govt. of WB
Scientist, Patent
Information
Center, WB State
Council of Science
& Technology,
Govt. of WB
Dr. Mahuya Hom Choudhury
Topic
Patent Filing
Patent Search
Ms Paromita Saha
Audience
NBA February 2015
NBA February 2015
One Day Seminar

On
Astronomical Dating of Ancient Events and Mahabharata
November 15, 2014
Date
Nov 15,
2014
Program Schedule
Time
2:00 PM
4:00 PM
Time: 2 PM - 4 PM
Event
Speaker
Organization
Invited Talk
Dr. Amitabha
Ghosh
Ex-Director of IIT,
Kharagpur
Dr. Amitabha Ghosh delivering lecture
Topic
Astronomical Dating of
Ancient Events and
Mahabharata
NBA February 2015
Two Day
Teachers Training Programme
on
Mentoring
Faculty Development Programme on
"Mentoring the students in IEM to make them ready for corporates and higher
studies
12-13 Jan 2015
Audience: All the faculties of IEM
Speakers:
1. Prof. Dr. Sudhir Kumar Barai Career Planning
Professor, IIT KGP
skbarai@civil.iitkgp.ernet.in
+91 94340 18649
12th Jan 2015; 1:00-2:30pm
2. Prof. Dr. Manas Kumar Sanyal Career of Engineers : Myth and Reality
Professor, IIEST Shibpur
hodhrm@becs.ac.in; hrmbesus@gmail.com; sanyal_manas@yahoo.co.in
+91 98313 52950
12th Jan 2015; 2:30-4:00pm
3. Mr. Debanjan Dutta
MD, Webcon Consulting (India) Limited
debanjand@hotmail.com
+91 98308 40038
13th Jan 2015; 1:00-2:30pm
4. Mr. Sajal Ghosh Recruitment & Selection - An insight towards the HR Function
Director (HR) & Company Secretary
MCC PTA India Corp. Private Limited
gsajal59@yahoo.com
+91 98310 82959
13th Jan 2015; 2:30-4:00pm
The points to be discussed
What are the important points mentors should
focus upon
How to write a good resume
Deciding how to choose the right placement
Practical tips on job applications and interview
techniques
Developing a range of transferable skills, e.g
time management
Examining career options
Providing an insight into the final year
Learning from their experiences
To cope with finding a placement while
studying and manage time and priorities
Helping in writing application to different
universities
Paper presentations
To identify their strength and make them

confident with their communication
Seminars
Communication Development programs
Personality Development class
To prepare them for corporate environment
Outbound training Program
Industrial visit
Conferences
Guest Lectures from Corporate
Reading articles of various industries
Regular aptitude training
Group Discussions
Mock Interviews
Career Development Programme
Etc..
Mr. Sajal Ghosh delivering lecture
NBA February 2015
NBA February 2015
One Day Seminar

on
Make in India Slogan vis--vis China India Growth Story
Jan 15, 2015 Venue: Science Auditorium (Gurukul)
Program Schedule
Date
Time
Time: 9:30 10:30 AM
Event
Speaker
Organization
Invited Talk
Mr. G. K. Pillai
Former Union
Home Secretary
Jan 15, 2015

9:30 AM
10:30 AM
Topic
Make in India Slogan
vis--vis China India
Growth Story
One Week Teachers Training Programme

on
Pedagogy
Jan 21-22, 2015
Date
Venue: Science Auditorium (Gurukul)/Management House Time: 11

AM
Program Schedule Day 1

Time
Event
Speaker
Organization
9:30
INAUGURATION
AM
9:30
AM
12:00
PM
Keynote
Talk
12:00
PM
12:25
PM
Dr. Satyajit
Chakrabarti
IEM
Topic
Venue
Sc Audi
Coordinator
Prof. Dhriti
Barua
Sc Audi
Prof. Sreyashi
Datta
Sc Audi
Prof. Gora
Chakraborty
Sc Audi
Prof. Malay
Ganguly
Seminar
Hall
Prof. Rajib
Ganguly
Teaching
Pedagogy
Sruti Natak
Aainer tin dharaa
PARALLEL SESSIONS
Jan
21
12:30
PM
1:30
PM
Invited
Talk 1
Prof. Bhaskar
Gupta
Jadavpur
University
Invited
Talk 2
Dr. Shivaji
Chakraborty
Jadavpur
University
Teaching
Pedagogy in
Electronics &
Communication
Engineering
Teaching
Pedagogy in
Electrical
Engineering

1:00
PM
1:45
PM
1:45
PM
2:45
PM
2:45
PM
3:00
PM
3:00
PM
4:00
PM
Date
Invited
Talk 3
Prof. Himadri
Chattapadhyay
Jadavpur
University
Teaching
Pedagogy in
Mechanical
Engineering
TEA
Invited
Talk 4
Invited
Talk 5
ExDirector,
IIM.
Kolkata
Prof. Subir
Choudhury
Dr. Amit
Chakraborty
Teaching
Pedagogy in
Management
Studies
Organization
Topic
Medical
Practitioner
Motivational
Speech
Sruti Natak
Ischool o Baadi
Jan
22
1:00
PM
1:45
PM
1:45
PM
2:45
PM
2:45
PM
3:00
PM
3:00
PM
4:00
PM
NBA February 2015

Canteen
Prof. Aditya Ray
LG 0.3
Prof. Dwipayan
De
Canteen
Prof. Aditya Ray
Sc Audi
Prof. Asok
Banerjee
LUNCH
Program Schedule Day 2

Time Event
Speaker
11:30
AM
1:00
PM
Venue
Coordinator
Sc Audi
Prof. Nilanjana Datta

Roy
Sc Audi
Prof. Gora
Chakraborty
Canteen
Prof. Aditya Roy
Sc Audi
Prof. Tapan Kumar

Hazra
Canteen
Prof. Aditya Roy
Sc Audi
Prof. Kajari Sur
LUNCH
Invited
Talk 6
Prof. (Dr.)
Ajay
Chakraborty
IEM
Teaching
Pedagogy in
Physics
TEA
Invited
Talk 7
Prof. (Dr.)
Dipak
Chatterjee
Ex-Principal
IEM
Teaching
Pedagogy in
Mathematics
Overall Coordination and Photography Prof. Indraneel Mukhopadhyay
Sruti Natak
Aainer tin dharaa
NBA February 2015
Prof. Dr. Bhaskar Gupta
Audience
NBA February 2015
Prof. Dr. Shivaji Chakraborty
Prof. Himadri Chattopadhyay
NBA February 2015
Prof. Subir Choudhury
Dr. Amit Chakraborty
NBA February 2015
Sruti Natak
Ischool o Baadi
Audience
NBA February 2015
Prof. Dr. Ajay Chakraborty
Prof. Dr. Dipak Chatterjee
NBA February 2015
NBA February 2015
Workshop on Initiative for Enlightening Youth, Creativity and

Innovation
Feb 25, 2015 Venue: Science Auditorium (Gurukul)
Date
Program Schedule
Time
Event
Speaker
Feb 25, 2015

4:00 4:30
PM
Invited Talk
Dr. S.K.Mitra
Feb 25, 2015

4:30 5:00
PM
Invited Talk
Mr. C.P.Daniel
Time: 4:00 5:00 PM
Organization
Dy. Controller of
Patents & Designs,
The Patent Office,
Kolkata
Examiner of Patents
& Designs, The
Patent Office,
Kolkata
Topic
Overview of IPRs
on Procedure for
Registration of
Designs
NBA February 2015
NBA February 2015

NBA February 2015
A Health Awareness programme on Breast Diseases
conducted by Medica Super Specialty Hospital
Program Schedule
Date
Time
Event
Speaker
Organization
Dr. Tapti Sen
HOD Consultant
Breast Surgeon
from the Medica
Institute of Breast
Diseases
March 12,
2015
1:30 PM
2:30 PM
Invited Talk
Topic
Breast Diseases
About the program

A Health Awareness Programme on Breast Diseases was held on 12 March 2015 from 1:30 p.m
at the Seminar Hall, IEM, Kolkata. The programme was attended by Faculty, Staff and Students of
the Institute. Dr. Tapti Sen, HOD Consultant Breast Surgeon from the Medica Institute of
Breast Diseases, Kolkata,delivered a talk on the symptoms, and prevention of Breast Diseases.
She addressed the issues of the silent disease, its diagnosis, the risk factors involved and the
importance of timely detection and prompt evaluation. She asserted that Breast Cancer is one of
the most highly treatable forms of cancer. Early detection and correct treatment can ensure a
healthy and long life for the patient. Dr. Sen also added that the Medica Institute of Breast
Diseases provides diagnosis, imaging and treatment to those patients with all kinds of breast
diseases. The programme concluded with the physician interacting with the audience where she
answered questions and clarified myths associated with breast diseases. She also requested the
audience to
spread the awareness of breast diseases to ensure good and healthy life.
Feedback
The talk delivered by Dr. Tapti Sen, HOD Consultant Breast Surgeon from the Medica Institute
of Breast Diseases, Kolkata, on 12 March 2015 was very informative and useful. The Faculty, Staff
and Students have benefitted greatly from the interaction they had with her and look forward to
more such Health Awareness Programmes. We are thankful to Dr. Sen and the Medica Institute
of Breast Diseases, Medica Superspeciality Hospital, Kolkata for their co-operation, effort and
support in creating awareness for the wellbeing of women in society. We greatly appreciate the
initiative taken by you.
Dr. Tapti Sen delivering lecture
NBA February 2015
Harnessing intellectual Property & its Management for Growth and

Prosperity
Venue: Science Auditorium (Gurukul) Time: 8:30 PM 4:30 PM
Program Schedule
Date
March 23,
2015
Time
8:30 PM
4:30 PM
Event
Speaker
Organization
Topic
Invited Talk
The workshop on Harnessing intellectual Property & its Management for

Growth and Prosperity was held on 23rd March 2015 at the IEM, Gurukul Building,
Saltlake, Kolkata. The workshop began with the registration of participants at 8:30 a.m.
followed by the inauguration which was presided over by members of NRDC. Prof. Dr.
Amlan Kusum Nayak, the Principal IEM, initiated the proceedings by speaking on the
Research & Development and Technology Commercialization at IEM.
Prof. Dr. Amlan Kusum Nayak

The inaugural speech was followed by a presentation on IP & Innovation System in India
by Prof. Padmavati, Assoc. Prof, RGSOIPL, IIT Kharagpur. She defined Innovation as a
process of creation and transformation which is the fundamental means of economic
development globally. Technological Innovation is guided by a legal framework to foster
innovation for research and includes necessities such as appropriate infrastructure, governance,
reporting of public funded academic research, intellectual property, policy for research

NBA February 2015
materials, efficient multilateral agreements for sharing of resources among researchers and
availability of human resource. She laid emphasis on the aspect of market sense whereby it
was conveyed that it is not advisable to make products that have no market value/sense.
Some of the other salient points of her discussion include:
Having a clear cut IP policy between a Company and an Institute at Competitions to avoid
ideas being stolen.
Keeping sight of Government policies and programmes.
Need for translating the huge funds available in India into potential products.
Issues relating to IP monopoly in relation to market power, duplication, re-engineering,
copying which poses a threat to IP wealth realisation.
Identifying IEMs strength in terms of design and intellect and keeping it realistic.
Starting small and making it big by fully utilizing Indias good R&D systems.
She also listed various IP forms such as Trade Secrets, Trademarks, and Copyright etc. She
concluded by asserting that IP Systems are used to give value to tangible assets and that filing
of IP is jurisdiction specific.
Prof. Padmavati
The second speaker, Dr. S.K. Mitra, Controller of Patents and Designs, Patent Office,
Kolkata spoke about the Indian Patent System. According to him, a lot of research is being
undertaken; however, he was doubtful if it was protected at all as failure to do so, makes ones
intellectual creation, public property. He briefed the participants on IP Rights, when and how
patents can be filed, the procedures and formalities involved, the Head Offices in the 4 Indian
Metros, the role of a Patent Attorney and the validity of filed patents (20 years) and
Trademarks (10yrs) and Designs (15 yrs).
NBA February 2015
Dr. S.K. Mitra

Ms. Subarna Kundu, Patent Attorney, M/s S. Majumdar and Co, Kolkata, began by
defining a Patent as a techno-legal document. In her lecture on Disclosure of Invention for
Patent Protection, she indicated that patents have Territorial Rights and that a patent
application should undergo an examination before it is granted permission. The document
should be complete with all details/specifications for patentability. The patent gives the scope
or underlines the limitations of what one wants to disclose or legalize. Drafting of a patent
includes
1. Assessing the patentability of the invention.
2. Defining the scope of the invention
3. Finally, the draft is submitted to the Patents Office which judges the application and passes it
if it fulfils the specified requirements.
NBA February 2015
Ms. Subarna Kundu

The next speaker Mr. Amitava Chakrabarty, Patent Attorney, Kolkata spoke at length
about Designs: Patent and Industrial Design. His presentation focused on Novelty of Patent Application, its protection, exceptions to novelty applications
Design, Classification of Design, Value of Creative Design, Licensing of Design and whether the
artistic work is an Overlapping of Rights
Basic difference between Industrial Design and Trademark
10 Steps involved in filing an application for design
Prototype not compulsory for Registration of Design, Piracy of Registered Design and the
Cardinal Rules (Dos and Donts) of Patent Registration
NBA February 2015
Mr. Amitava Chakrabarty
The Post Lunch Session began with a demo and practice of how to file a patent and how to use
a paid patent search mechanism (orbit.com, 5lpa) by Dr. Sanjeeva K. Majumder, Dy
Manager, NRDC, New Delhi. He demonstrated how the Prior-Art Search can be done and
responded to queries and clarifications posed by the participants.
Dr. Sanjeeva K. Majumder

Advocate Jayesh K. Unnikrishnan, Legal Advisor, CSIR, New Delhi, initiated an
interactive session with the audience which encouraged the participants to discuss various
issues relating to IP Rights. The interaction on Legal Issues in Technology
Commercialisation was well appreciated by the audience.
Jayesh K. Unnikrishnan
The last speaker of the workshop, Prof. (Dr) M.K. Sanyal, IIEST, Shibpur, Howrah spoke
on University-Industry Collaboration for Innovation Incubation. He shed light on the
collaboration between Academic Research and its application in the Industry. The need for IP

NBA February 2015
Rights for the protection of innovations, the relevance and application drew queries from the
audience.
The workshop concluded with a Question-Answer session and Feedback provided by the
audience.
Audience
NBA February 2015
Computing and Low Power VLSI Design: Intel Perspective

Venue: Seminar Hall (Gurukul) Time: 3:30 PM 5:00 PM
Program Schedule
Date
Time
Event
Speaker
Organization
Topic
Invited Talk
Mr. Subhomoy
Chattopadhyay
Intel Corporation
in Santa Clara
USA
Computing and Low

Power VLSI Design: Intel
Perspective
May 7, 2015
3:30 PM
5:00 PM
The lecture on "Mobile Computing and Newer Developments in VLSI" was delivered by
Mr. Subhomoy Chattopadhyay, a Senior Engineering Manager at Intel Corporation in
Santa Clara USA. Subhomoy has worked in the area of high performance and low power chip
design for the last 21 years at IBM Corp, Sun Microsystems (Oracle) and now Intel
Corporation. Subhomoy obtained his BE degree from IIEST Shibpur, MTECH from IIT
Madras and his MS in Computer Engineering and VLSI design from University of Tennessee,
Knoxville, USA, in 1989, 1991 and 1995 respectively.
Subhomoy leads global teams at Intel Corporation that worked on low power SOC designs for
tablet, client and phone market. He has presented invited tutorials on low power design at
various International conferences in Japan, Germany, Brazil, UK, Singapore, India and Canada
in the last 10 years. Subhomoy is a senior member of IEEE.
The objective of the talk was to highlight the mobile computing scenarios with focus on some
aspect of low power VLSI design and process technology to enable new devices and
applications for the future with -14nm and 10nm technology. Mr. Subhomoy Chattopadhyay
began his talk on Computing and Low power VLSI Design- An Intel Perspective where he
discussed issues that matter most for low power SOC Design for Tablet, Phone and the
wearables market. He discussed how we can enable high performance and very low power,
Some of the ways in which this can be done is by:
Enabling high performance/lower leakage transistors along with very low V min SRAM
bit cells using FINFET technology and FDSOI
Enabling NTV (Near Threshold Voltage) IP Design that enables operation at 0.55V and
below.
Enable special low power SRAM design to enable very low V min.
The lecture focused on Moores Law, FINFET technology, its advantages and Semi Conductor
technology Scaling Trend 45nm to future(how it will scale up to a level and then stop,
because it cease to be cost effective), 22nm and 14nm Interconnect Design (Resistance and
Cap Optimization).
Some of the other issues discussed are as follows:
Overview of SOC/Chip low power states (supported with a graphical representation of
a typical 14nm low power SOC)

NBA February 2015
NTV challenges in Design and Process Technology.
Read and NR Assist Techniques for low power SRAM Design 22nm and 14nm IP
Design
Active and Leakage power reduction techniques used in SOC design
He summarized his presentation with a note on special low power materials in the silicon
manufacturing, specialized silicon process technology to enable high performance and low
power, enabling of low power modes through software and firmware, special low power
regulators-LDO, IVR etc and special low power IP Design at NTV
The programme concluded with a doubt clearing session with Faculty and discussion with
students who were keen to know about Intel Corporation.
Mr. Subhomoy Chattopadhyay
Audience
Mr. Subhomoy Chattopadhyay
NBA February 2015
Q&A Session
Principal Felicitating Mr. Subhomoy Chattopadhyay
NBA February 2015
NBA February 2015
NBA February 2015

It Nba

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

It Nba

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

B.

Tech in Information Technology

(January 2013 Format)

NBA February 2015

Self Assessment Report (SAR)

DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

NATIONAL BOARD OF ACCREDITATION

B.Tech in Information Technology

(January 2013 Format)

NBA February 2015

Name and address of the department: ................................................................................................... 13

Total number of students: ...................................................................................................................... 14

Name of the Programme .................................................................................................................... 15

Title of the Degree ............................................................................................................................. 15

Name, designation, telephone number, and e-mail address of the..................................................... 15

Programme Coordinator for the NBA: ............................................................................................................. 15

History of the programme along with the NBA accreditation, if any:............................................... 15

Deficiencies, weaknesses/concerns from previous accreditations: .................................................... 15

Total number of students in the programme: ..................................................................................... 15

B.Tech in Information Technology

(January 2013 Format)

NBA February 2015

Vision, Mission and Programme Educational Objectives (75) ........................................... 17

Programme Outcomes (150)................................................................................................... 50

Attainment of Programme Outcomes (40) ............................................................................................ 67

Illustrate how course outcomes contribute to the POs (10) ........................................................... 67

Evaluation of the attainment of Programme Outcomes (75) ................................................................. 86

Indicate results of evaluation of each PO (25) ............................................................................... 97

Programme Curriculum (125) ............................................................................................. 120

4. Students Performance (100) .................................................................................................... 142

Placement and Higher Studies (30) ..................................................................................................... 144

Professional Activities (20) ................................................................................................................. 145

Professional societies/chapters and organising engineering events (4) ....................................... 145

4.4.3. Publication of technical magazines, newsletters, etc. (4) ................................................................. 147

Faculty Retention (15) ......................................................................................................................... 175

Institute of Engineering & Management

B.Tech in Information Technology

(January 2013 Format)

NBA February 2015

5.7. Faculty Research Publications (FRP) (20) ............................................................................................. 176

5.10 Faculty interaction with outside world (10) ........................................................................................... 180

Technical Manpower Support in the Department (15) .................................................................... 188

Governance, Institutional support and Financial Resources (75) .................................... 213

Campus Infrastructure and Facility (10) .............................................................................................. 213

Maintenance of academic infrastructure and facilities (4) ........................................................... 213

Organisation, Governance, and Transparency (10) ............................................................................. 216

Institute of Engineering & Management

B.Tech in Information Technology

(January 2013 Format)

NBA February 2015

Safety Norms and Checks (5) .............................................................................................................. 242

Safety of civil structure (1)........................................................................................................... 243

Institute of Engineering & Management

B.Tech in Information Technology

(January 2013 Format)

NBA February 2015

Self Assessment Report (SAR)

INSTITUTE OF ENGINEERING & MANAGEMENT,

WEST BENGAL UNIVERSITY OF TECHNOLOGY

PROF. SATYAJIT CHAKRABARTI

Introduction of new course:

Revised intake of B.Tech Computer Science & Engineering to 90

Revised intake of B.Tech Information & Multimedia Technology to 60